Skip to main content

Full text of "Proceedings of the City Council of the City of Chicago"

See other formats


The Nev#jerty IJiiraiy 



TT 



December 1, 1910. 



COMMUNICATIONS, ETC. 



^ V 

1810 



COPY 



JOURNAL OF THE 

PROCEEDINGS 

OF THE 

CITY COUNCIL 

OF THE 

CITY OF CHICAGO. ILLINOIS 



Regular Meeting, Thursday, December i, 1910, 



10:30 O'CLOCK A. M. 



OFFICIAL RECORD. 

Presemt — Hon. Fred A. Busse, Mayor, 
and Aid. Coughlin, Harding, Shufelt, 
Foreman, Pringle, Dailey, Eichert, Shea- 
han, Martin, Long, Parker, Merriam, 
Snow, Emerson, Derpa, Egan, Vavricek, 
Oullerton, Cermak, Danisch, Fulton, 
Buckley, Lawley, Lucas, Utpatel, Beil- 
fuss, Sitts, Brennan, Healy, Bowler, 
Stewart, Murray, Taylor, Foell, Bauler, 
Clettenberg, Hey, Britten, Krumholz, 
Haderlein, Dunn, Thomson, Lipps, Rein- 
berg, Capp, Wilson, Littler, Twigg, Muel- 
ler, McDermott, Mclnerney, Kearns, 
Bengen, Fisber, Eea, Reading, Block, 
Ryan, Donahoe, Clark and Forsberg. 

Absent — Aid. Kenna, Fick, Kunz, 
Koraleski, Powers and Mahoney. 

QUORUM. 

At 10:30 A. M., a quorum being pres- 

M 



ent, the Mayor called the Council to 
order. 



Communications from the Mayor, Comp- 
troller, Commissioner of Public Works 
and All Other City Officers, Depart- 
ments and Branches of the City Gov- 
ernment. 

The Clerk presented the following com- 
munication submitted by His Honor, the 
Mayor : 

Mayor's Office,) 
December 1, 1910. j 

To the Honorable, the City Council, Chi- 
cago, Illinois : 

Gentlemen — I herewith transmit to 
your Honorable Body a copy of a letter 
received from Lieut. Col. Ceo. A. Zinn, 
Corps of Engineers, U. S. A., in which 



371,872 



1820 



COMMUNICATIONS, ETC. 



December 1, 1910. 



he calls attention to the fact that no 
reply has been received to his letter of 
November 15th in which he requested 
that the City fix a date on or before 
which it could remove the Lake Street 
bridge. I respectfully call the attention 
of your Honorable Body to the fact that 
the communication was referred to your 
Committee on Harbors, Wharves and 
Bridges. 

Respectfully submitted, 
(Signed) Fred A. Busse, 

Mayor. 

The following letter was submitted 
with the foregoing communication: 

WAR DEPARTMENT, 

UNITED STATES ENGINEER OFFICE, 

508 Federal Building. 
Chicago, III., November 29, 1910. 
Eon. Fred A. Busse,. Mayor, Chicago, III.: 

Dear Sir — Permit me to remind ,you 
that action upon your request of No- 
vember 12, 1910, for additional time for 
the removal of the Lake Street bridge, is 
being delayed by reason of the fact that 
up to the present time no reply has been 
received to my letter of November 15, 
in which I requested that the City name 
a fixed date on or before which they 
would remove this bridge. 

The navigation interests appear to be 
strongly opposed to any extension of the 
time limit. 

Very respectfully, 
(Signed) Geo. A. Zinn, 

Lieut. Col. Corps of Engineers. 

Aid. Littler moved to refer the said 
communication and letter to the Com- 
mittee on Harbors, Wharves and Bridges. 

The motion prevailed. 

also, 

The following communication : 

Mayor's Office, | 
December 1, 1910. | 

To the HonoraUe, the City Council, Chi- 
cago, Illinois: 

Gentlemen— I herewith transmit to 
your Honorable Body a copy of a letter 
received from Lieut. Col. Geo. A. Zinn, 
Corps of Engineers, U. S. A., in which 
he calls attention to the fact that the 
federal permits for the works in connec- 
tion with the Southwest Land and Lake 
Tunnel off 73rd street would expire in 



the near future, for such action as your 
Honorable Body may see fit to make!' 
Respectfully submitted, 
(Signed) Fred A. Busse, 

Mayor. 

End. (letter). 

The following letter was transmitted 
with the foregoing communication: 

WAR DEPARTIMENT, 
united states engineer office, 

508 Federal Building. 
Chicago, 111., November 29, 1910. 
Eon. Fred A. Busse, Mayor, Chicago, 
Illinois : 

Dear Sir— On October 15, 1910. a 
communication was sent from this -office 
to tlie Commissioner of Pni^lic Works 
calling attention to the f ; that the 
federal permits for works L.. connection 
with the Southwest Land and Lake Tun- 
nel off 73rd street would expire in the 
near future, and if the Vvork could not 
be completed within the time limit a 
request for an extension would receive 
consideration. 

A similar letter was also sent to the 
contractors, Geo. W. Jackson, Inc., who 
have requested an extension of time 
covering their permits until June 1, 
1911. 

As action cannot be taken on this re- 
quest until the city authorities have 
stated their position I will thank you 
to take the matter up with a view to 
reaching an early conclusion. 

Very respectfully, 
(Signed) Geo. A. Zinn, 

Lieut. Col. Corps of Engineers. 

Aid. Littler moved to refer the said 
communication and letter to the Com- 
mittee on Harbors, Wharves and 
Bridges. 

The motion prevailed. 

ALSO, 

The following communication: 

Mayor's Office, ) 
December 1, 1910. j 

To the EonoraUe, the City Council, Chi- 
cago, Illinois: 

Gentlemen— I herewith transmit to 
your Honorable Body copies of letters 
received from the Commissioner of Pub- 
lic Works, and the City Engineer, to- 
gether with a list of the firms to whom 



December 1, 1910. 



COMMUNICATIONS, ETC. 



1821 



the correspondence was sent in the mat- 
ter of the alleged violation of the so- 
called Mann Law, Avhich penalizes the 
dumping of refuse material in Lake 
Michigan. 

Respectfully submitted, 
(Signed) • Feed A. Busse, 

Mayor. 

End. (letters). 

Aid. Littler moved to refer the said 
communication, together with the com- 
munications transmitted therewith, to 
the Committee on Harbors, Wharves and 
Bridges. 

The motion prevailed. 

ALSO, 

The following communication: 

Mayor's Office, ) 
December 1, 1910. j 

To the Honorable, the City Council, Chi- 
- cago, Illinois: 

Gentlemen — I herewith transmit to 
your Honorable Body a copy of a letter 
addressed to me by the Hon. B. J. Mul- 
laney, Commissioner of Public Works, 
replying to certain inquiries addressed 
to this office by Lieut. Col. Geo. A. Zinn, 
Corps of Engineers^ U. S. A., A copy 
of this letter has been sent to Lieut. Col. 
Geo. A. Zinn, and I lay the attached 
correspondence before you for your in- 
formation and such action as your Hon- 
orable Body may see fit to take. 
Respectfully submitted, 

(Signed) Feed A. Busse, 

Mayor. 

The following letter was transmitted 
with the foregoing communication : 

Chicago, December 1, 1910. 

Hon. Fred A. Busse, Mayor, City of 
Chicago : 

Dear Sir — Several inquiries directed 
to your office from George A. Zinn, 
Lt. (?ol. Corps of U. S. Engineers, have 
been transmitted to this office. I take 
this means of laying before you the 
bridge-building program as it has been 
formulated in preparation of estimates 
for appropriations for 1911. 

The Finance Committee will be asked 
to make appropriation in such a way 
that work can be started as soon as the 
Budget for 1911 is passed, on the follow- 
ing five bridges : W^ashingt'on street, 
Indiana street, where the existing bridges 



are out, and Chicago avenue, 35th street 
and 92nd street, where the existing 
bridges are in such condition that they 
should be replaced by new bridges at the 
earliest possible moment. Plans for 
bridges at Washington street, Indiana 
street, 35th street and 92nd street are 
ready. Plans for Chicago avenue are 
practically ready, as the Engineer in 
Charge of Bridges believes that the 
plans for one of the other bridges are 
easily adaptable to Chicago avenue. 

In addition to the above named 
bridges this department is asking the 
Finance Committee to make provision, 
■contingent upon the bond issue, for 
bridges at the following named points: 
Belmont avenue, Webster avenue, Black- 
hawk street and Weed street over the 
North Branch of the Chicago River, 
Clark street over the main river, Lake 
street, Madison street and Fuller street 
over the South Branch of the Cbicago 
River and 100th street and lOGtli street 
over the Calumet River. 

If these requests be allowed and the 
necessary funds be provided by bond 
issue, work will be commenced just as 
soon as plans can be prepared and will 
be carried forward in 1911 on the bridges 
at Belmont avenue, Blackhawk street. 
Lake street and Fuller street. It is not 
expected that with the present organiza- 
tion of this department we shall be able 
to commence actual construction during 
1911 on Weed street, AVebster avenue, 
Clark street, Madison street, 100th 
street and lOGtli street. About the best 
we can do for these bridges in 1911 is 
to prepare the necessary plans and get 
roadv for actual construction work early 
in 1912. 

The most difficult bridge problem con- 
fronting the department relates to the 
Lake street bridge. This problem cannot 
be solved until the Finance Committee 
acts upon certain financial phases of it. 
Lake street not only serves pedestrians 
and team traffic but carries an elevated 
railroad and several street car lines. 
To put it out of commission before either 
the Indiana or Washington street bridge 
is completed, or until both are completed, 
vrould not only be a serious inconven- 
iencQ to business and ordinary street 
traffic but would seriously inconvenience 
the thousands of people who cross the 
bridge daily either on foot or on street 
cars and elevated trains. The financial 
side of the question is substantially 



1822 



COMMUNICATIONS, ETC. 



December 1, 1910. 



The Engineer in Charge of Bridges es- 
timates that a bridge of the necessary 
vertical lift type, which seems to be the 
only kind that will answer at that point, 
can be built there in the ordinary way, 
that is, by removing the present bridge 
first, for about $300,000. He is satisfied 
that by the expenditure of an additional 
$100,000, making a total of $400,000, he 
can install the new bridge while the old 
one is kept in operation without inter- 
rupting traffic more than three or four 
times for a couple of days at a time, un- 
til the new bridge is completed, provid- 
ing the government will permit the east 
draw to be closed and only the west draw 
left open for shipping. It is possible 
that this might be arranged, as only 
about 3 per cent more traffic passes 
through Lake street bridge than passes 
through 12th street where one draw 
serves all purposes all the time. If the 
government insists upon both draws be- 
ing left open during the construction of 
the new bridge the Engineer in Charge 
of Bridges estimates that the total cost 
will be approximately another $50,000 or 
a total of $450,000. 

The bridge-building program as out- 
lined above provides for all bridges which 
must be either replaced by modern bridg- 
es of the bascule type or by bridges of 
wider span, except the bridges at Rush 
street, Wells street, Adams street, Jack- 
son street, Van Buren street, 12th street, 
Fullerton avenue, Diversey street, Tor- 
rence avenue and Riverdale. Rush street 
is included in this list because the prob- 
lem there should be handled in connec- 
tion with the proposed boulevard link 
•connecting the North and South Park 
systems; Wells street, because the 
Northwestern Elevated Railroad Com- 
pany is under obligation to construct 
it. The Sanitary District has agreed to 
build the 12th street bridge and has 
made tentative arrangements to build 
bridges at Adams and Jackson streets 
and to replace the bascule bridges at 
Van Buren street with one of wider span 
as a means of increasing the flow of 
water through the Chicago River. The 
need of a new bridge at Fullerton avenue 
is not pressing. The bridge at Diversey 
street connects two boulevard systems and 
should be taken up in connection with the 
park boards. The bridges at Torrence 
avenue and Riverdale are over the Cal- 
umet River and while they must be re- 
placed by modern bridges at some time, 
the need of bridges at those points at 



the present time is not deemed to be 
pressing. 

Yours very truly, 
(Signed) B. J. Mullaney, 

Commissioner of Public Works. 

Aid. Foell moved to refer the said 
communication and letter to the Com- 
mittee on Finance and the Committee 
on Harbors, Wharves and Bridges. 

The motion prevailed. 

ALSO, 

The following communication : 

Mayor's Office, ) 
December 1, 1910. j 

To the Honorable, the City Council, Chi- 
cago, Illinois: 

Gentlemen — I herewith transmit to 
your Honorable Body a copy of an appli- 
cation made by Mr. Clarence A. Knight, 
General Counsel for the Chicago & Oak 
Park Elevated Railroad Company, ask- 
ing for a permit to extend certain plat- 
forms of that railroad. The application, 
together with blueprints which accom- 
pany it, is submitted for such action as 
your Honorable Body may see fit to 
take. 

Respectfully submitted, 
(Signed) Fred A. Busse, 

Mayor. 

End. (2). 

Aid. Foreman moved to refer the said 
communication, together with the at- 
tached papers, to the Committee on Local 
Transportation. 

The motion prevailed. 

ALSO, 

A communication transmitting a com- 
munication from the Bridge Tenders' Mu- 
tual Benefit Association requesting the 
establishment of an eight-hour work-day 
for city bridgetenders, which was 

Referred to the Committee on Finance. 



CITY CLERK. 

The Clerk presented a petition and or- 
dinance for permission and authority to 
George E. Spry, E. W. Blatchford, Sears, 
Roebuck & Company and others to con- 
struct, maintain and operate two rail- 



December 1, 1910. 



NEW BUSINESS — BY WARDS. 



1823 



road switch tracks across Canal street 
and along Fulton street, which were 

Referred to the Committee on Local 
Industries. 

. ALSO, 

The claim of M. A. Monroe for a de- 
. crease and rebate of water taxes, which 
was 

Referred to the Committee on Finance. 



All Matters Presented by the Aldermen, 
Arranged as to Ward Numbers, Begin- 
ning with the First Ward. 

ELEVENTH WARD. 

Aid. Cullerton presented an order for 
an immediate appropriation of the sum 
of $2,000.00 to be expended in the re- 
moval of garbage and the cleaning of 
streets and alleys in the Eleventh Ward, 
which was 

Referred to the Committee on Finance. 

Aid. Danisch presented a copy of reso- 
lutions adopted by the Neighborhood 
Citizens' Clubs of St. Adalbert's Parish 
(Eleventh Ward), urging the installa- 
tion of large, pay-as-you-enter cars on 
the Ashland avenue street railway line, 
which was 

Referred to the Committee on Local 
Transportation. 



FIFTEENTH WARD. 

Aid. Beilfuss presented the following 
■ order, which was^ on motion, duly 
passed : 

Ordered, That the Commissioner of 
Buildings, the Commissioner of Pub- 
lic Works and the Commissioner of 
Health are ordered, and they are here- 
by directed, to issue free of cost a per- 
mit for building, permit for water and 
permit for sanitary inspection, to the 
German United Evangelical Lutheran 
Church, St. Peters' Congregation, at 
the northeast corner of Oakley avenue 
and Cortez street, said permit to cover 
a church and school building. 



SEVENTEENTH WARD. 

Aid. Sitts presented the claim of Louis 
Xarson for salary withheld for time lost, 
which was 

Referred to the Committee on Finance. 



TWENTY-SECOND WARD. 

Aid. Clettenberg presented the claim 
of Emil Rindquist for a refund of fee 
paid for "bar" permit, which was 

Referred to the Committee on Finance. 



TWENTY-EIGHTH WARD. 

Aid. Twigg presented the following 
order,, which was, on motion, duly 
passed: 

Ordered, That the Commissioner of 
Public Works be and he is hereby di- 
rected to issue a permit to Lewis Thor- 
son to erect and maintain a barber 
pole at the edge of sidewalk in front 
of premises known as 2817 Armitage 
avenue. Said barber pole shall be 
erected and maintained in accordance 
with all rules and regulations of the 
Department of Public Works. This 
privilege shall be subject to termina- 
tion by the Mayor at any time in his 
discretion. 



TWENTY-NINTH WARD. 

Aid. Danisch (for Aid. McDermott) 
presented an ordinance providing for the 
vacation of an alley lying in the block 
bounded by Clifton Park avenue, West 
45th street, St. Louis avenue and Archer 
avenue (Parsons and MeCaffery's Addi- 
tion to Chicago, W. Vs, S. E. i^, Section 
2-38-13), which was 

Referred to the Committee on Streets 
and Alleys, South Division. 

The said ordinance reads as follows: 

Be it ordained ly the City Council of the 
City of Chicago: 

Section 1. That all that part of the 
sixteen (16) 'foot public alley running 
in a southwesterly direction southeaster- 
ly of and adjoining the southeasterly line 
of Lots seventy (70), seventy-one (71) 
and seventy- two (72) and northwesterly 
of and adjoining the northwesterly Ime 
of Lots seventy-three (73), seventy-four 
(74) and seventy-five (75) southwest- 
erly of a line drawn from the northeast- 
erly corner of Lot seventy-three (73) to 
a point on the east line of Lot seventy 
(70) twentv-one and five-tenths (21.5) 
feet south "of the north line thereof; 
also all of the east and west twenty-five 
(25)' foot public alley south of and ad- 
joining the south line of Lot seventy-two 
'( 72 ) and north of and adjoining the north 



1824 



UNFINISHED BUSINESS. 



December 1, 1910. 



line of Lot seventy-six (76), in Parsons 
and McCaffery's Addition to Chicago, 
in the west half (W. y^) of the south- 
east quarter (S. E. 14) of Section two 
(2), Township thirty-eight (38) North, 
Range thirteen (13), East of the Third 
Principal Meridian; said part of said 
alley being further described as all of 
the twenty-five (25) foot east and west 
public alley and the southwesterly one 
hundred fifty-one and two-tenths (i5L2) 
feet, measured on the northerly line and 
two hundred four and five-tenths (204.5) 
feet, measured on the southerly line of 
the sixteen (16) foot public alley run- 
ning in a southwesterly direction in the 
block bounded on the north by West 45th 
street, on the southeast by Archer ave- 
nue, on the east by South St. Louis 
avenue and on the west by Clifton Park 
avenue, as colored in red and indicated 
by the words "To be Vacated" upon the 
plat hereto attached, which plat for 
greater certainty is hereby made a part 
of this ordinance, be and the same are 
hereby vacated and closed. 

Section 2. The vacation herein pro- 
vided for is made upon the express con- 
dition that within sixty (60) days after 

the passage of this ordinance 

• shall dedicate to the 

public and open up for public use as an 
alley the north sixteen (16) feet of Lot 
seventy (70) in Parsons and McCaffery's 
Addition to Chicago beforementioned, as 
colored in yellow and indicated by the 
words "To be Dedicated" upon the afore- 
mentioned plat; and further shall with- 
in sixty (60) days after the passage of 
this ordinance pay to the City of Chi- 
cago the sum of dol- 
lars ($ ) toward a fund for the 

payment and satisfaction of any and all 
claims for damages which may arise 
from the vacation of said alley; and 
further shall within sixty (60) days af- 
ter the passage of the ordinance deposit, 
if necessary, with the City of Chicago a 
sum sufficient in the judgment of the 
Commissioner of Public Works to defray 
all cost and expense of constructing side- 
walk and curb across the entrance to the 
alley herein vacated and curbing and 
paving return into the alley herein dedi- 
cated, similar to the sidewalk, paving 
and curbing in Clifton Park avenue be- 
tween 45th street and Archer avenue. 

Section 3. This ordinance shall take 
effect and be in force from and after its 
passage, subject to the conditions of 

Section 2 hereof, provided said 

shall within sixty (60) ' 



days after the passage of this ordinance 
file for record in the office of the Recorder 
of Deeds of Cook County, Illinois, a cer- 
tified copy of this ordinance and a plat 
properly executed and acknowledged 
showing the vacation and dedication here- 
in provided for. 



THIRTY-FIRST WARD. 

Aid. Kearns presented the following 
order, which was, on motion, duly 
passed: 

Ordered, That the City Electrician 
be and he is hereby directed to install 
a patrol box at 63rd and Kedzie ave- 
nue. 



UNFINISHED BUSINESS PENDING 
BEFORE THE COUNCIL. 

Aid. Long moved to proceed to the 
consideration of the report of the Com- 
mittee on Building Department on an 
order directing the issuance of a permit 
to Matthew J. McCue to erect an ad- 
dition to frame building, deferred and 
published November 14, 1910, page 1701. 

The motion prevailed. 

Aid. Long moved to concur in the re- 
port and to pass the said order. 
The motion prevailed. 

The folloAving is the said order as 
passed : 

Ordered, That the Commissioner of 
Buildings be and is hereby directed to 
issue a permit to Matthew J. McCue to 
erect an addition to his frame building at 
6426 Madison avenue, said addition to be 
constructed of corrugated iron and to be 
in size 18 feet long, 12 feet wide and 10 
feet high. 



Aid. Long moved to proceed to the 
consideration of the following matters 
of unfinished business: 

Report of the Committee on Building 
Department on an ordinance revising the 
general building ordinances of the City, 
aeferred and published June 27, 1910, 
pages 712 to 885, inclusive; 

Report of the said committee on an 
ordinance amending the ordinance rec- 
ommended in the said report of June 27 
(to add thereto a new section to be 
known as Section 617%), deferred and 
published July II, 1910, page 1132; 



Deoember 1, 1910. 



BUILDING ORDINANCE 



1825 



Report of the said committee recom- 
mending amendments to certain sections 
of the said ordinance, deferred and pub- 
lished October 17, 1910, page 1527; 

Report of the said committee recom- 
mending amendments to sundry sections 
of the said ordinance, deferred and pub- 
lished November 28, 1910, page 1772; 

Sundry amendments to the said ordi- 
nance, deferred and published as fol- 
lows: July 5, 1910, page 1062; July 
11, pages 1222 to 1230; July 14, page 
1236; October 31, pages 1633 to 1640; 
and November 28, 1910, page 1788. 

The motion prevailed. 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE. 

Aid. Snow moved that the Council do 
now resolve itself into Committee of the 
Whole for the purpose of considering the 
said reports and other matters, and that 
the Chairman of the Committee on 
Building Department do act as Chair- 
man of such Committee of the Whole. 

The motion prevailed, and the Council 
was thereby resolved into Committee of 
the Whole. 

REPORT OF COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE. 

Subsequently, the Committee of the 
Whole having risen, the Council re- 
assembled, with 

His Honor, the Mayor, in the chair. 



Aid. Long thereupon reported, as 
Chairman of the Committee of the 
Whole, that the said committee had 
duly considered the reports and amend- 
ments to the ordinance amending the gen- 
eral building ordinances of the City, and 
that it had directed him, as its Chair- 
man, to report that the said Committee 
of the Whole desired to recommend to 
the Council for passage an ordinance re- 
vising the general building ordinances 
of the City, as a substitute for the ordi- 
ance referred to the said committee for 
consideration; also, that it desired to of- 
fer an ordinance as a substitute for the 
ordinance recommended in the said re- 
port of June 27, 1910, concerning the 
lighting and exit arrangements in thea- 
ters; and further that the said commit- 
tee desired to recommend for passage 
the ordinance recommended in the said 
report of June 27th, concerning stage 
firemen in theaters; and he thereupon 
presented the said substitute ordinances. 

Aid. Long moved that the said ordi- 
nances be published in full in the Jour- 
nal, as the report of the said Committee 
of the Whole, and that consideration 
thereon be deferred and made a special 
order of business for the regular meeting 
of the Council to be held Monday, De- 
cember 5, 1910. 

The motion prevailed. 

The following are the said ordinances: 



AN ORDINANCE, 

Relating to buildings within the City of Chicago. 

Be it ordained by the City Council of the City of Chicago: 

Section 1. That there is hereby added to the Revised Municipal Code of 
Chicago of 1905 a new Chapter, to be known as Chapter XV, which shall read as 
follows : 

CHAPTER XV. 

ARTICLE 1. 

BUILDINGS. 

199. Department of Buildings Established— Officers.) There is hereby estab- 
lished an executive department of the municipal government of the City of Chi- 
cago which shall be known as the Department of Buildings, and which shall 
embrace a Commissioner of Buildings, a Deputy Commissioner of Buildings, an 
Engineer in Charge, a Building Inspector in Charge, an Elevator Inspector in 
Charge, a Fire Escape Inspector in Charge, a Secretary to the Commissioner of 
Buildings and such other assistants and employes as the City Council may by ordi- 
nance provide. 



1826 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



200. Building Commissioner — Off ice Created — Appointment — Bond.) (a) 

There is hereby created the office of Commissioner of Buildings. He shall be the- 
head of said Department of Buildings, and shall be an experienced architect, or a 
civil, structural or architectural engineer or a building contractor or a building 
mechanic and shall have been engaged as an architect or a civil, structural or archi- 
tectural engineer or building contractor or building mechanic for a period of not less 
than ten years prior to his appointment; and during his term of office as Commis- 
sioner of Buildings he shall not be engaged in any other business. 

(b) He shall be appointed by the Mayor, by and with the advice and consent 
of the City Council. 

(c) The Commissioner of Buildings before entering upon the duties of his office- 
shall execute a bond to the City in the sum of twenty-five thousand dollars, with, 
such sureties as the City Council shall approve, conditioned for the faithful per- 
formance of his duties as the Commissioner of Buildings. 

2001/2. Powers— Appointment of Subordinates— Duties of Commissioner.) 

(a) He shall have the management and control of all matters and things per- 
taining to the department of buildings, and shall appoint, and may remove 
according to law, all subordinate officers aud assistants in his department. All 
subordinate officers, assistants, clerks and employes in said department shall be 
subject to such rules and regulations as shall be prescribed from time to time by 
said commissioner. 

(b) The Commissioner of Buildings shall institute such measures and pre- 
scribe such rules and regulations for the control and guidance of his subordinate- 
officers and employes as shall secure the careful inspection of all buildings while 
in process of construction, alteration, repair or removal and the strict enforcement 
of the several provisions of this chapter. 

(c) It shall be the duty of said commissioner and his assistants to enforce alt 
ordinances relating to the erection, construction, alteration, repair, removal or the 
safety of buildings. 

201. Inspection of all Buildings in General Use— Precautions in Behalf 
of Public Safety— May Require Repair or Alteration in Such Cases— Interpretation 
of this Chapter, (a) The Commissioner of Buildings shall inspect or cause to be 
inspected all public school buildings, public halls, churches, theatres, buildings used 
either for manufacturing or commercial purposes, hotels, apartment houses and 
other buildings or structures occupied or frequented by large numbers of people, 
for the purpose of determining the safety of such buildings, or any parts or 
appliances or equipment thereof; the sufficiency of their doors, passageways, aisles, 
stairways, corridors, exits or fire escapes and generally their facilities for egress 
in case of fire or other accidents, and the strength of their floors, and he shall make 
return of all violations of the several provisions of this chapter to the Law De- 
partment for prosecution. 

(b) It shall be the duty of the Commissioner of Buildings, when any citizen 
represents that combustible materials are kept in any place in the city in 
an insecure manner, or that the doors, stairways, corridors, exits or fire escapes 
in any factory or workshop or other place of employment are insufficient for 
the escape of employes in case of fire, panic or accident, or do not comply with the 
provisions of this Chapter; or that the funnels, flues, fire boxes, or heating ap- 
paratus in any building in the city are insecure or dangerous, or that any part of 
any building in the city is in an unsafe or dangerous condition or in any wise in» 



December 1, 1910. 



BUILDING ORDINANCE 



1827 



contravention of this Chapter, to make an examination of such place or building, 
and if such representation is found to be true, said Commissioner shall give notice 
in writing to the owner, occupant, lessee, or person in possession, charge or control 
of such place or building to make such changes, alterations or repairs as safety 
or the ordinance of the City may require. Upon failure of parties so notified to 
comply with said notice the matter shall be placed in the Law Department for 
prosecution. 

(c) It shall be unlawful to continue the use of such building until the changes, 
alterations or repairs found necessary by the Commissioner of Buildings to make 
such building or part thereof safe or to bring it into compliance with this Chapter, 
shall have been made. 

(d) The Commissioner of Buildings shall have full power to pass upon any 
•question arising under the provisions of this chapter, subject to the conditions, 
modifications, and limitations contained therein. 

202. Buildings Found in Unsafe Condition — Notice to Owner — Authority of 
Commissioner.) (a) Whenever the Commissioner of Buildings shall find any 
building, or structure or part thereof in the city in such an unsafe condition as to 
endanger life, but in such condition that by the immediate application of precau- 
tionary measures such danger may be averted, he shall have authority, and it 
«hall be his duty, to forthwith notify, in writing, the owner, agent or person in 
possession, charge or control of such building or structure or part thereof, to adopt 
and put into effect such precautionary measures as may be necessary or advisable 
in order to place such building or structure or part thereof in a safe condition; 
such notice shall state briefly the nature of the work required to be done 
and shall specify the time within which the work required to be done shall be 
completed by the person, firm or corporation notified, which shall be fixed by said 
Commissioner of Buildings, upon taking into consideration the condition of such 
building or structure or part thereof, and the danger to life or property which 
may result from its unsafe condition. 

(b) Whenever such Commissioner of Buildings shall be unable to find the owner 
of such building, structure or part thereof, or any agent or person in possession, 
charge or control thereof, upon whom such notice may be served, he shall address, 
stamp and mail such notice to such person or persons at their last known address, 
and in addition thereto shall place or cause to be placed the notice herein provided 
for upon such building at or near its principal entrance, and shall also post or 
cause to be posted in -a conspicuous place at each entrance to such building, in 
large letters, a notice as follows: 



"TH1& BUILDING IS IN A DANGEROUS CONDITION AND HAS 
BEEN CONDEMNED BY THE COMMISSIONER OF BUILDINGS.'' 



(c) It shall be unlawful for any person, firm or corporation to remove said 
notice or notices without written permission from the Commissioner of Buildings. 

(d) If at the expiration of the time specified in such notice for the completion 
of the work required to be done by the terms of such notice, in order to render the 
building or structure safe, said notice shall not have been complied with, and said 
building or structure is in such an unsafe condition as to endanger life or property, 
it shall be the duty of the Commissioner of Buildings to proceed forthwith to tear 



1828 



COMMITTEE OF THE Y/IIOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



down or destroy that part of said building or structure that is in such unsafe 
condition as to endanger life or property, and in cases where an unsafe building 
or structure cannot be repaired or rendered safe by the application of precaution- 
ary measures, such building or structure, or the dangerous parts thereof, shall 
be torn down by said Commissioner of Buildings or by his order and the expense of 
tearing down any part of such building or structure shall be charged to the person 
owning or in possession, charge or control of such building or structure or part 
thereof, and the said commissioner shall recover or cause to be recovered from such 
owner or person in possession, charge or control thereof the cost of doing such work, 
by legal proceedings prosecuted by the Law Department. 

(e) If the owner, agent or person in possession, charge or control of such 
building or structure, or part thereof, when so notified, shall fail, neglect or refuse 
to place such building or structure, or part thereof, in a safe condition, and to adopt 
such precautionary measures as shall have been specified by said commissioner 
within the time specified in such notice, in such case, at the expiration of such time, 
it shall be unlawful for any person, firm or corporation to occupy or use said building 
or structure, or any part thereof, until said building or structure or part thereof 
is placed in a safe condition; and in case where a building or structure, or part 
thereof, is in a dangerous or unsafe condition and has not been placed in a safe 
condition within the time specified in the notice of the Commissioner of Buildings, 
such building or structure, or such part thereof, shall be forthwith vacated, and it 
shall be unlawful for any person or persons to enter same except for the purpose 
of making repairs required by the Commissioner of Buildings and the ordinances of 
the City of Chicago. 

203. Building or Part of Building Constructed or being Constructed in Violation 
of Chapter— Authority of Commissioner to Tear Down.) (a) Whenever it shall be 
found that any building or structure, or part thereof, is being, or shall have been 
constructed or built in violation of any of the provisions of this chapter, the Com- 
missioner of Buildings shall forthwith notify the o^ATier, agent, superintendent or 
architect of, or the contractor engaged in erecting such building or structure, or 
part thereof, of the fact that such building or structure, or part thereof, has been, 
or is being, constructed or erected contrary to the provisions of this chapter, and 
shall specify briefly in such notice in what manner the provisions of this chapter, 
or any of them, have been violated, and shall require the person so notified to 
forthwith make such building, structure, or part thereof, conform to and comply 
with the provisions of this chapter, specifying in such notice the time within which 
Buch work shall be done. 

(b) If, at the expiration of the time set forth in such notice, the person so 
notified shall have refused, neglected or failed to comply with the request made in 
such notice and to have such building or structure, or part thereof, concerning which 
notice was sent, changed so as to conform to and comply with the provisions of 
this chapter, the Commissioner of Buildings shall have the authority, and it shall 
be his duty to proceed forthwith to tear down or cause to be torn down such 
building or structure, or such part thereof as shall or may have been erected and 
constructed in violation of the provisions or any of the provisions of this chapter, 
and the cost of such work shall be charged to and recovered from the owner of 
such building or structure or from the person for whom such building or structure 
is being erected, in legal proceedings prosecuted by the Law Department. 

204. May Direct Fire Department to Remove.) The Commissioner of Build- 



December 1', 1910. 



BUILDING OEDINANCE 



1829 



ings shall have authority to direct the Fire Marshal to tear down any defective 
or dangerous wall or structure or any building or structure or 
part thereof which may be constructed in violation of the terms of this chapter, 
after written notice has been served upon the owner, lessee, occupant, agent or 
person in possession, charge or control, directing him or them to tear down or 
remove any defective wall, building or structure, or any part thereof, which is 
in a dangerous condition, which has been, or is being, constructed or 
maintained in violation of the terms of this chapter. In case of the 
destruction or partial destruction of buildings by fire, decay or otherwise, 
when any department of the city government, pursuant to the ordinances of 
the city, shall make an outlay of money or incur any liability for the payment of 
any expense on behalf of the city in an effort to preserve or prevent the destruction 
of such building or buildings, or structure, or for the preservation of life of its 
citizens, it shall be the duty of the Commissioner of Buildings to ascertain the 
amount of such outlay or expenditure and present a bill therefor to the owner or 
owners of any such building or buildings, or its or their agent or agents, and it 
shall be the duty of said Commissioner of Buildings to refuse to issue a permit for 
the construction, re-construction, alteration or repair of any building or buildings 
or structure by any such owner or owners, lessee, occupant, agent or person in 
possession, charge or control thereof until such outlay or expenditure shall be 
repaid to the city by the owner, lessee, occupant, agent or person in possession, 
charge or control of such building or buildings thus totally or partially destroyed 
in the manner aforesaid. Said commissioner shall also proceed forthwith to collect 
the amount of such bill from such owner or owners, by legal proceedings prosecuted 
by the Law Department. 

205. May Stop Construction and Wrecking of Buildings.) (a) Said com- 
missioner shall have power to stop the construction of any building or the making 
of any alterations or repairs of any building within said city when the same is 
being done in a reckless or careless manner or in violation of any ordinance, and t© 
order, in writing or by parole, any and all persons in any way or manner whatever 
engaged in so constructing, altering or repairing any such building, to stop and 
desist therefrom. 

(b) And the said commissioner shall have power to stop the wrecking or tearing 
down of any building or structure within said city when the same is being done 
in a reckless or careless manner or in violation of any ordinance or in such a 
manner as to endanger life or property, and to order any and all persons engaged 
in said work to stop and desist therefrom. When such work has been stopped by 
the order of said commissioner, it shall not be resumed until said commissioner 
shall be satisfied that adequate precautions will be taken for the protection of life 
and property, and that said work will be prosecuted carefully and in conformity 
with the ordinances of the city. 

206. Arbitration — Appeal from Decision.) (a) In all cases where discre- 
tionary power is given to the Commissioner of Buildings to estimate damage to 
buildings, as also in questions relating to the security of any building or buildings 
or structures, or part thereof, and in all other cases where discretionary powers are 
given by ordinance to the Commissioner of Buildings, any party or parties believing 
themselves injured or wronged by the decision of the Commissioner of Buildings 
must, before instituting any suit, make an appeal for arbitration as follows, to-wit: 

(b) Any person wishing to make an appeal shall do so within five days after 



1830 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December ], 1910^ 



written notice of the decision or order of the Commissioner of Buildings has been 
given. An appeal made later than five days after the serving of the notice of the 
Commissioner of Buildings shall not entitle the appellant to any arbitration. The 
request for arbitration shall be in writing and shall state the object of the pro- 
posed arbitration and the name of the person who is to represent the appellant as- 
arbitrator. 

(c) The Commissioner of Buildings shall thereupon inform the appellant of 
the cost of such arbitration and such appellant shall, within twenty-four hours 
from the receipt of such information, deposit with the Commissioner of 
Buildings the sum of money requested for defraying the expense of the same, which 
sum shall be fixed in each case by said commissioner in proportion to the time it 
will take and the difficulty and importance of the case, but shall in no case be 
more than the cost of similar service in the course of ordinary business of private 
individuals or corporations. As soon as such sum of money shall have been 
deposited with him, the Commissioner of Buildings shall appoint an arbitrator to 
represent the city and the two arbitrators thus chosen shall, if they cannot agree,, 
select a third arbitrator, and the decision of any two of these arbitrators shall, 
after investigation and consideration of the matter in question, be final and bind- 
ing upon the appellant as well as the city unless an appeal is taken therefrom, 
as provided in case of an appeal under a statutory arbitration, within five days 
thereafter. 

207. Arbitrators to Take Oath-— Power to Examine Witnesses.) The arbitra- 
tors shall themselves, before entering upon the discharge of their duties, be placed 
under oath by the City Clerk, to the effect that they are unprejudiced as to the 
matter in question and that they will faithfully discharge the duties of their posi- 
tion. They shall have the power to call witnesses and place them under oath, and' 
their decision or award shall be rendered in writing, both to the Commissioner of 
Buildings and to the appellant. The fee deposited by the appellant with the Com- 
missioner of Buildings shall be paid by the Commissioner of Buildings to the arbi- 
trators upon the rendering of their report and shall be in full of all costs incident 
to the arbitration; but should the decision of said board of arbitration be rendered 
against the Commissioner of Builidngs, then the money deposited by the aforesaid 
appellant shall be returned to him and the entire cost of such arbitration shall 
be paid by the city. 

208. In Urgent Cases — Commissioner's Power Final.) Whenever the decision 
of the Commissioner of Buildings upon the safety of any building or any part 
thereof is made in a case which is so urgent that failure to properly carry out hi» 
orders to demolish or strengthen such building or part thereof may endanger life 
and limb, the decision and order of the Commissioner of Buildings shall be absolute 
and final. 

209. Duty of Police to Assist Commissioner in Enforcing Provisions of this 
Chapter.) Whenever it shall be necessary, in the opinion of the Commissioner of 
Buildings, to call upon the Department of Police for aid or assistance in carrying out 
or enforcing any of the provisions of this chapter, he shall have the authority so to 
do, and it shall be the duty of the Department of Police, or of any member of said 
department, when called upon by said commissioner, to act according to the instruc- 
tions of, and to perform such duties as may be required by said commissioner in 
order to enforce or put into effect the provisions of this chapter. 

210. Certificates — Notices — Register.) (a) The Commissioner of Buildings 



December 1', 1910. building okdinance 1831 

shall sign or cause to be signed all certificates and notices required to be issued 
from the Department of Buildings and shall keep a record of the same, and shall 
issue or cause to be issued all permits authorized by this chapter. 

(b) He shall also keep a proper record of all transactions and operations of 
the department and such record shall be at all times open to the inspection of the 
Mayor, Comptroller, Superintendent of Police, Fire Marshal and members of the 
City Council. 

211 Must Keep Account of Fees Paid— Annual Reports and Estimates.) (a) 
Said commissioner shall keep in proper books for that purpose an accurate account 
of all fees charged, giving the name of person to whom same is charged, date on 
which said charge is made, and the amount of each such fee. 

(b) He shall also, annually, on or before the first day of February in each year 
prepare and present to the City Council a report showing the receipts and expendi- 
tures and entire work of the Department of Buildings during the previous fiscal 
year and he shall on or before November first of each year prepare and submit 
to the Comptroller an estimate of the whole cost and expense of providing for and 
maintaining his office during the ensuing fiscal year. 

212. Examination and Approval of Plans-Record of Inspections and Com- 
plaints) The Commissioner of Buildings and his assistants shall pass 
upon all questions relating to the strength and durability of buildings or 
structures; shall examine and approve all plans before a permit is issued for the 
construction of any building or structure. The Commissioner of Buildmgs shall 
cause to be kept a complete record showing the location and character of every 
building or other structure for which a permit is issued and shall cause to be filed 
every report of inspection made on such building, which reports shall bear the 
signatures of the inspectors making such inspections. He shall cause to be kept a 
record of all complaints of violations of the building laws and shall cause all 
such complaints to be investigated. 

213. Deputy Commissioner of Buildings— Duty.) (a) There is hereby 
created the office of Deputy Commissioner of Buildings. He shall be appointed by 
the Commissioner of Buildings according to law. The person certified to fiH this 
office shall be either a civil, structural or architectural engineer or an architect, 
an experienced building contractor or an efficient building mechanic with at least five 
years experience and training. 

(b) The Deputy Commissioner of Buildings shall act as Commissioner of 
Buildings in the absence of the Commissioner of Buildings from his office and while 
so acting shall discharge all the duties and possess all the powers imposed upon 
or vested in the Commissioner of Buildings. 

(c) The Deputy Commissioner of Buildings shall have general control of the 
work which is under the immediate charge of the Building Inspector in Charge and 
of that which is under the immediate charge of the Engineer in Charge, and shall 
have immediate charge of the work assigned to the Elevator Inspectors and to the 
Fire Escape Inspectors, and shall perform such other duties as may be required of 
him by the Commissioner of Buildings. 

214 Engineer in Charge— Duties.) (a) There is hereby created the office 
of Engineer in Charge, of the Department of Buildings. He shall be appointed 
by the Commissioner of Buildings according to law. The person certified to fill 

this position shall be a civil, structural, or architectural engineer of at least five 

years experience and training. 



1832 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



(b) The Engineer in Charge shall be in immediate charge of the engineering 
work and staff of the Department of Buildings. The examination of plans sub- 
mitted for the purpose of obtaining a permit, except as to matters elsewhere ex- 
pressly assigned by law to some other department of the city government, shall be 
the duty of the Engineer in Charge and the engineering staff under his charge. The 
approval and stamp of the Engineer in Charge shall be required on the plans for 
the erection, enlargement, alteration, repair or removal of every building before 
a permit for such erection, enlargement, alteration, repair or removal shall be issued. 
The Engineer in Charge shall have charge of all tests of materials and systems of 
construction submitted for the approval of the Commissioner of Buildings. The 
Engineer in Charge shall pass upon the number, location, width and design of all 
fire-escapes required for new buildings, and he shall also pass upon the number, 
location, width and design of fire-escapes to be erected, on existing buildings 
wherever such existing buildings are being enlarged, altered, or remodeled under a 
building permit issued for such enlargement, alteration or remodeling. He shall 
perform such other duties as may be required of him by the Commissioner of 
Buildings. 

215. Assistant Engineer in Charge-Duties.) (a) There is hereby created, 
the office of Assistant Engineer in Charge, of the Department of Buildings. He 
shall be appointed by the Commissioner of Buildings according to law. The per- 
son certified to fill this position shall be a civil, structural or architectural engi- 
neer of at least five years experience and training. 

(b) In the absence of the Engineer in Charge, the Assistant Engineer in Char^^e 
shall act as Engineer in Charge. The Assistant Engineer in Charge shall perform 
such other duties as may be required of him by the Engineer in Charge. 

216. Engineering Staff.) (a) The Commissioner of Buildings shall appoint 
according to law at least four Architectural Engineers, and such other engineers 
and assistants as the City Council may by ordinance provide, for service on the 
engineering staff of the Department of Buildings. Every person certified to fill 
the position of Architectural Engineer shall be a civil, structural or architectural 
engineer of at least five years training and experience. 

(b) The Architectural Engineers shall, under the direction of the Engineer 
in Charge, examine all plans submitted for the purpose of obtaining a permit. 
They shall also examine and verify the figures on all floor load plac'krds before 
such placards are approved for posting. They shall perform such other duties 
as may be required of them by the Engineer in Charge. 

217. Building Inspector in Charge-Duties.) (a) The office of Assistant 
Deputy Commissioner of Buildings is hereby abolished and in lieu thereof there is 
hereby created the office of Building Inspector in Charge of the Department of 
Buildings. He shall be appointed by the Commissioner of Buildings accordino- to 
law. The person certified to fill this position shall be a civil, structural, architec- 
tural or fire protection engineer, or an architect, or a building superintendent or a 
building mechanic with at least five years experience in general buildino- construc- 
tion, 

(b) In the absence of the Commissioner of Buildings and the Deputy Commis- 
sioner of Buildings from their offices the Building Inspector in Charge shall act as 
Commissioner of Buildings, and while so acting he shall discharge all of the duties 
and possess all of the powers imposed upon or vested in the Commissioner of 
Buildings. 



December !, 1910. 



BUILDING OKDINANCE 



1833 



(c) He shall Imve immediate charge of the periodical inspection of buildmgs 
and of the inspection of buildings and structures being erected, enlarged, altered 
or repaired, excepting only such inspection as is expressly assigned to the elevator 
or fire-escape inspectors or is by law assigned to some other department of the 
city government. 

218, Assistant Building Inspectors In Charge.) (a) The Commissioner of 
Buildings shall appoint, according to law, at least four Assistant Building Inspec- 
tors in Charge. 

(b) Every person certified to fill the position of Assistant Building Inspector 
in Charge shall be a civil, structural, architectural or fire protection engineer, or 
•an architect, or a building superintendent or a building mechanic, with at least five 
years experience in general building construction. The Assistant Building Inspectors 
in Charge shall have immediate charge of the several districts assigned to them by 
the Commissioner of Buildings and shall perform such other duties as the Commis- 
sioner of Buildings shall require of them. 

219. Building Inspectors.) (a) The Commissioner of Buildings shall ap- 
point according to law such Building Inspectors as may be necessary. 

(b) Every person certified to fill the position of Building Inspector shall be ' 
a civil, structural, architectural or fire protection engineer, or an architect, or a 
building superintendent or a building mechanic Avith at least five years experience m 
general building construction. The Building Inspectors shall, under the direction of 
the Building Inspector in Charge, examine all buildings and structures in the course of 
erection, enlargement, alteration, repair or removal, as often as is required for 
efficient snpervision, and shall make such periodical examinations of existing struc- 
tures as shall be assigned to them. They shall examine all buildings, structures 
and walls reported to be in dangerous condition. They shall examine all buildings 
and other structures for the enlarging, altering, raising or removing of which, 
application for permit shall be made. 

(c) Every building inspector shall make written reports daily to the Com- 
missioner of Buildings as to the condition in which he found each building examined 
and as to violations, if any, of the ordinances which the Commissioner of Buildings 
is required to enforce, together with the street and number of the premises where 
such violations, if any, were found, the names of the owner, agent, lessee and 
occupant thereof, and of the architect and the contractor engaged in and about the 

. work in question. The Building Inspectors shall perform such other duties as may 
be required of them by . the Commissioner of Buildings. 

220. Elevator Inspector in Charge.) (a) There is hereby created the office 
of Elevator Inspector in Charge. He shall be appointed by the Commissioner of 
Buildings according to law. 

(b) The person certified to fill the position of Elevator Inspector in Charge, 
shall be a graduate in engineering from a recognized technical school, shall be 
versed in the essentials of both mechanical and electrical engineering and shall 
have had at least five years experience in shop or construction work. 

(c) The Elevator Inspector in Charge shall examine all plans for the installa- 
tion of elevators and for the installation of mechanical devices and apparatus in 
theatres, amusement parks and the like, and, no such elevator, mechanical device 
or apparatus shall be installed or operated without, the approval of the Elevator 
Inspector in Charge. The Elevator Inspector in Charge shall cause such inspection 



1834 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



to be made of all new installations, as may be necessary to insure the carrying 
out of the approved plans and shall cause such periodic inspection to be made 
of existing installations of such mechanisms, devices and apparatus, as may be 
required by the Commissioner of Buildings, and shall perform such other duties as 
may be required of him by the Commissioner of Buildings. 

221. Elevator Inspectors.) (a) The Commissioner of Buildings shall appoint 
according to law such Elevator Inspectors as may be necessary. 

(b) Every person certified to fill the position of Elevator Inspector shall be 
a mechanical engineer, machinist or elevator builder, and shall be well grounded in 
the rudiments of mechanical and electrical engineering. 

(c) The Elevator Inspectors shall inspect all elevators and such other me- 
chanisms, devices and apparatus as shall be assigned to them by the Inspector in 
Charge, both existing and in process of being erected or installed, together with all 
the equipment and enclosures thereof. They shall make written reports daily to 
the Commissioner of Buildings as to the condition in which they find the elevators, 
equipment, enclosures, mechanisms, devices and apparatus inspected by them, and 
of any violations of the requirements of this Chapter pertaining to such matters, 
together with the street and number of the premises where such violations, if any, 
occur the names of the 'owner, agent, lessee and occupant thereof, and of the 
architect and contractor engaged in or about the construction and installation of 
such elevators, equipment, enclosures, mechanisms, devices or apparatus. They 
shall perform such other duties as may be required of them by the Commissioner 
of Buildings. 

222. Fire-escape Inspector in Charge.) (a) There is hereby created the 
office of Fire-escape Inspector in Charge. He shall be appointed by the Commis- 
sioner of Buildings according to law. 

(b) The person certified to fill the position of Fire-escape Inspector in Charge 
shall be a civil, structural or architectural engineer, or a man who has had not less 
than five years experience in the design and erection of structural steel or in the 
design and construction of fire-escapes, and he shall be qualified to make all neces- 
sary computations as to the strength of any fire-escape, the design of which may 
be submitted for approval and to pass upon the relative merits of such various 
types of design as may be so submitted. 

(c) The Fire-escape Inspector in Charge shall have immediate charge of the 
inspection of the erection of all fire-escapes and of the periodic inspection of fire- 
escapes, and shall pass upon the number, location, width and design of fire-escapes 
to be erected upon existing buildings, except where an existing building is being 
enlarged, altered or remodeled under a building permit issued for such enlarge- 
ment, alteration or remodeling, in which case the Engineer in CJiarge shall pass 
upon the number, location, width and design of all fire-escapes required, and the 
Engineer in Charge shall also pass upon the number, location, width and design 
of all fire-escapes required for new buildings. The Fire-escape Inspector in Charge 
shall also perform such other duties as may be required of him by the Commissioner 
of Buildings. 

223. Fire-escape Inspectors.) (a) The Commissioner of Buildings shall ap. 
point according to law such Fire-escape Inspectors as may be necessary. 

(b) Every person certified to fill the position of Fire-escape Inspector shall 



December r, 1910. 



BUILDING OKDINANCE 



1835 



be a person who has had at least four years experience in superintending the 
erection of buildings, or in the design or erection of fire-escapes or other steel 
construction, or who is a graduate of a recognized technical school. 

(c) The Fire-escape Inspectors shall, under the direction of the Fire-escape 
Inspector in Charge, inspect all fire-escapes in course of erection and shall make 
periodic inspection of the fire-escape equipment of existing buildings. Every such 
inspector shall make, daily, a written report to the Commissioner of Buildings as 
to the condition of the fire-escape equipment of each building or premises examined, 
as to the accessibility of and means of egress to such equipment, as to the presump- 
tive adequacy of such equipment, and as to any violations of any city ordinance in 
relation to such equipment, together with the street and number of the building 
or premises inspected, the names of the owner, agent, lessee and occupant thereof 
and of the architect and contractor if any, engaged in operation in connection 
with such equipment. The Fire-escape Inspectors shall perform such other duties 
as may be required of them by the Commissioner of Buildings. 

224. Secretary— Duties.) (a) There is hereby created the office of Secretary 
to the Commissioner of Buildings. He shall be appointed by the Commissioner of 
Buildings according to law. 

(b) The Secretary to the Commissioner of Buildings shall, under the super- 
vision and direction of the Commissioner of Buildings, preserve and keep all books, 
records and papers belonging to the office of the Department of Buildings or which 
are required by law to be filed therein. He shall perform such other duties as may 
be required of him by the Commissioner of Buildings. 

225. Clerical Assistants.) The Commissioner of Buildings shall appoint 
according to law, such clerical assistants, stenographers and messengers as may be 
necessary; and they shall perform such duties as may be required of them by the 
Commissioner of Buildings. 

226. Bonds.) The Deputy Commissioner of Buildings, the Engineer in Charge, 
the Assistant Engineer in Charge, the Building Inspector in Charge, the Assistant 
Building Inspectors in Charge, the Elevator Inspector in Charge, the Fire-escape 
Inspector in Charge and the Architectural Engineers shall, before entering upon the 
duties of their offices or positions, each execute to the City of Chicago a bond, con- 
ditioned for the faithful performance of their duties, with such sureties as the 
City Council shall approve in the following sums: The Deputy Commissioner of 
Buildings, ten thousand' dollars; the Engineer in Charge, the Assistant Engineer 
in Charge, the Building Inspector in Charge, the Assistant Building Inspectors in 
in Charge, the Elevator Inspector in Charge, the Fire-escape Inspector in Charge, and 
the Architectural Engineers, five thousand dollars each. 

227. Employees Not to Engage in Another Business.) Every employee in 
the Department of Buildings shall devote his entire time to such employment and 
shall not be engaged in any other business or vocation. 

228. Power of Entry.) The Commissioner of Buildings and his Assistants 
are empowered to enter any building or structure or premises, whether completed 
or in process of erection, for the purpose of determining whether the same has 
been or is being constructed and maintained in accordance with the provisions of 
this chapter and it shall be unlawful to exclude them from any such building, struc- 
ture or premises. 



1836 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



ARTICLE II. 

229. Permits— When Requited— Limitations of Time For.) Before proceeding 
with the erection, enlargement, alteration, repair or removal of any building or 
structure in the city, a permit for such erection, enlargement, alteration, repair 
or removal shall first be obtained by the owner or his agent from the Commissioner 
of Buildings, and it shall be unlawful to proceed with the erection, enlargement, 
alteration, repair or removal of any building or of any structural part thereof 
within the city unless such permit shall first have been obtained from the Com- 
missioner of Buildings. And if after such permit shall have been granted, the 
operations called for by the said permit shall not be begun within six months after 
the date thereof, or if such operations are not completed within a reasonable time 
then such permit shall be void, and no operations thereunder shall be begun or 
completed until an extended permit shall be taken out by the owner or his agent, 
and a fee of ten per cent, of the original cost of permit shall be charged for such 
extended permit. 

230. Permits— Application For— How Made — How Recorded— Stamped Plans- 
How Cared For— Return of Same.) (a) Application for building permits shall be 
made by the owner or his agent to the Commissioner of Buildings. When such ap- 
plication is made, plans in conformity with the provisions of this chapter, which 
have been examined and approved by the Commissioner of Buildings and his assist- 
ants, as hereinbefore provided for, shall be filed with the Commissioner of Buildings. 
He shall then issue a permit, and shall file such application, and shall apply to such 
plans a final official stamp, stating that the drawings to which the same has been 
applied comply with the terms of this chapter. The plans so stamped shall then 
be returned to such applicant. True copies of so much of such plans as may be 
required in the opinion of the Commissioner of Buildings to illustrate the features 
of construction and equipment of the building referred to, shall be filed with the 
Commissioner of Buildings, and shall remain on file in his office for a period of six 
months after the occupation of such building, after which such drawings shall be 
returned by the Commissioner of Buildings to the person by whom they have been 
deposited with him, upon demand. It shall not be obligatory upon the Commis- 
sioner of Buildings to retain such drawings in his custody for more than six months 
after the occupation ^f the building to which they relate. 

(b ) All plans and drawings for the construction or alteration of any building 
or other structure for which building permits are required shall, before such permits 
are issued, be presented to the Commissioner of Health for examination and approval 
as to the proposed plan for the ventilation of rooms, light and air shafts, windows, 
the ventilation of water closets, drainage and plumbing. They shall also be pre- 
sented to the Fire Marshal for approval as to standpipes and all fire-fighting 
apparatus, where same are required. They shall also be presented to the Boiler 
Inspector and Smoke Inspector in all cases where permits from these departments 
are required to be procured by the ordinances of the city. 

(c) The Commissioner of Buildings shall not issue any permit authorizing the 
construction, erection, repair or alteration of any building or structure unless the 
plans submitted for his approval clearly show that such building or structure with 
all its appurtenances, foundations and attachments can be erected entirely within the 
limits of the lot or tract of land upon which it is proposed to erect such building or 
structure, except as provided by the ordinances of the City of Chicago, and no 
permit to erect, repair or alter any building or structure shall authorize the use 



December r, 1910. building ordinance 



1837 



of any part of any public highway or other public ground for the construction or 
maintenance of such building or structure except as provided by the ordinances of the 
City of Chicago, nor shall any permit be issued for the construction or maintenance 
of any balcony or canopy extending over any public highway or other public ground 
unless permits therefor have been obtained from the proper department of the 
city government pursuant to an ordinance specifically authorizing the same. The 
plans of every building or structure which show that any part of said building 
or structure, or any of its appurtenances, or any attachments thereto, extend over 
any part of any public highway or other public ground shall first be submitted to 
the Superintendent of Streets and notice thereby given to him of the proposed en- 
croachment upon any public highway or other public ground. Proof of such notice 
to the Superintendent of Streets must be presented to the Commissioner of Build- 
ings before a permit for any such building or structure shall be issued by said 
Commissioner of Buildings; and no permit issued by the Commissioner of Buildings 
shall authorize any encroachment upon any part of any public highway or other 
public ground. 

(d) In all cases, the approved plan, together with building permits, must be 
kept on the job while the work is in progress. 

231. Plans—Essentials Of.) All such plans and drawings shall be drawn 
to a scale of not less than one-eighth of an inch to the foot, on paper or cloth, in 
mk, or by some process that will not fade or obliterate. All distances and dimen- 
sions shall be accurately figured, and drawings made explicit and complete, showing 
the lot lines and the entire sewerage and drain pipes and the location of all plumbing 
fixtures within such building. Each set of plans presented shall be approved by the 
Commissioner of Buildings before a permit will be granted. No permit shall be 
granted or plans approved unless such plans are signed and sealed by a licensed 
architect, as provided in "An Act to provide for the licensing of architects and regu- 
lating the practice of architecture as a profession in the State of Illinois," approved 
June 3, 1897. ' fi^ ^ 

232. Plans— Alterations Upon Stamped Plans Not Permitted Without Permis- 
sion-Certain Alterations Excepted.) It shall be unlawful to erase, alter or modify 
any Imes, figures, or coloring contained upon such drawings so stamped by the 
Commissioner of Buildings or filed with him for reference. If, during the progress 
of the execution of such work, it is desired to deviate in any manner affecting the 
construction or other essentials of the building from the terms of the application, 
or drawing, notice of such intention to alter or deviate shall be given to the Com- 
missioner of Buildings, and his written assent shall first be obtained before such 
alteration or deviation may be made; but alterations in buildings which do not 
involve any change in their structural parts or of their stairways, elevators, fire 
e.-capes or other means of communication or ingress or egress or in lighting or 
ventilation and that are not in violation of any of the provisions of this chapter, 
may be made without the permission of the Commissioner of Buildings. 

233. Deposit with Water Department— How Made— Indemnifying Bonds— Fees 
for Water Used.) (a) Before the Commissioner of Buildings issues a permit as afore- 
said he shall require evidence from the applicant that payment has been made to 
the Bureau of Water of the city for the water to be used or for a water meter for 
measuring all the water to be used in the construction of such building, under the 
regulations of the Bureau of Water. Such applicant shall produce evidence that 
he has filed with and had approved by the Commissioner of Public Works of the 



1838 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



city an indemnifying bond protecting the city against any and all damage that 
may arise to the streets or alkys upon which such building abuts, and to the city 
and to any person in consequence, or by reason of, the proposed operations to be 
authorized by such permit, or by reason of any obstruction or occupation of any 
street or sidewalks in and about such building operations. . 

(b) The fees to be paid for water used in connection with the erection of 
buildings shall be as follows, to-wit: 

At the rate of five cents for every one thousand bricks, wall measure, used in 
connection therewith: 

At the rate of six cents for every one hundred cubic feet of rubble stone used 
in connection therewith. 

At the rate of eight cents for every one hundred cubic feet of concrete used in 
connection therewith. 

At the rate of fifteen cents for every one hundred yards of plastering used in 
connection therewith. 

At the rate of five cents for every one hundred cubic feet of hollow tile 
arch, partition or fireproof covering used in connection therewith: 

234. Amount of Permit Fees.) (a) The fees to be charged for building per- 
mits shall be as follows: For sheds not exceeding three hundred square feet in 
area. Two Dollars; for open shelter sheds, at the rate of Fifty Cents for each one 
thousand cubic feet or fractional part thereof; for all buildings or other structures, 
other than sheds and open shelter sheds, as hereinafter described, the fee for the 
permit shall be at the rate of Ten Cents for every one thousand cubic feet or frac- 
tional part thereof contained therein, the cubic contents being measured to include 
every part of the building from the basement floor to the highest point of the 
roof, and to include all bay windows and other projections; but in no case, shall 
any permit be issued for a less fee than Two Dollars, except that a fee of One 
Dollar shall be charged for recovering or recoating the roof of any building. 

(b) The fee to be charged for permits issued for alterations and repairs in or 
to any building or other structure shall be based on the cost of such alterations 
and repairs and shall be at the rate of Two Dollars for each Five Thousand DoUara 
or part thereof to be expended therefor. The fee for permit to raise any building 
other than a frame building shall be Two Dollars for every twenty-five feet or frac- 
tional part thereof of frontage. 

(c) In addition to the above permit fees for buildings, permit and inspection 
fee shall be charged as follows : 

For erection of fire-escape, $2.00; 

F'or installation or alteration of elevator, $2.00; 

For annual inspection of elevator, $2.00; 

For erection of billboard or signboard, $2.00 for every 25 lineal feet or fractional 
part thereof. 

For annual inspection of billboard or signboard, 35 cents for each 25 lineal feet 
of billboard or signboard or fractional part thereof; 

For erection of illuminated and other roof signs under Section 710 of this 
Chapter, $50.00 for the first 500 square feet of superficial area or fractional 
part thereof, and two cents for each additional square foot area. 



December 1', 1910. 



BUILDING ORDINANCE 



1839- 



For annual inspection of illuminated and other roof signs under Section 710 

of this Chapter, $50.00; 
For tearing down or wrecking a building $2.00 for every 25 feet of frontage or 

fractional part thereof; 
For annual inspection of building required to be inspected by Section 237 of 

this Chapter, $2.00 for each 25,000 square feet or fractional part thereof; 
For semi-annual inspection of iron, steel or asbestos curtain, $5.00; 
For permit for tank on roof in excess of 400-gallon capacity, $5.00. 

235. Permit for Wrecking Building.) (a) Before proceeding with the wrecking 
or tearing down of any building or other structure more than one story in height or 
of any structure of greater area than 2,800 square feet, a permit for such wrecking or 
tearing down shall first be obtained by the owner or his agent from the Commis- 
sioner of Buildings, and it shall be unlawful to proceed with the wrecking or 
tearing down of any such building or structure or any structural part of such 
building or structure unless such permit shall first have been obtained. Application 
for such permit shall be made by such owner or his agent to the Commissioner of 
Buildings who shall issue such permit upon such application and the payment of 
the fee herein provided for. Such application shall state the location and describe 
the building which it is proposed to wreck or tear down. The fee for such permit 
shall be Two Dollars for every twenty-five feet, or fractional part thereof, of 
frontage. Upon the issuance of such permit, such building may be wrecked or 
torn down, provided that all the work done thereunder shall be subject to the 
supervision of the Commissioner of Buildings and to such reasonable restrictions 
as he may impose in regard to elements of safety and health, and provided, further, 
that the work shall be kept sprinkled and sufficient scaffolding be provided 
to insure safety to human life. 

(b) Any person, firm or corporation engaged in the wrecking of a building or 
other structure for which a permit is required, shall file with the City Clerk 
a bond with sureties satisfactory to the City Comptroller in the sum of 
Twenty Thousand Dollars, to indemnify the City against any law suits brought or 
judgments obtained against the City of Chicago or any of its officials, resulting 
from accidents to persons or property during wrecking operations, and no permit 
shall be issued for any wrecking work except as hereinabove otherwise provided, 
until such bond is filed. 

236. Permit — Revocation Of.) If the work in, upon or about any building 
shall be conducted in violation of any of the provisions of this chapter, it shall be 
the duty of the Commissioner of Buildings to revoke the permit for the building 
or wrecking operations in connection with which such violation shall have taken 
place. It shall be unlawful, after the revocation of such permit, to proceed with 
such building or wrecking operations unless such permit shall first have been re- 
instated or re-issued by the Commissioner of Buildings. Before a permit so revoked 
may be lawfully re-issued or re-instated, the entire building and building site shall 
first be put into condition corresponding with the requirements of this chapter, 
and any work or material applied to the same in violation of any of the provisions 
of this chapter shall be first removed from such building. 

237. Annual Inspection of Buildings — Stairways and Means of Egress — In- 
spection Fee.) (a)The Commissioner of Buildings and his assistants shall make an 
annual inspection of all theatres and places of amusement, worship, instruction or 



\ 



1840 . COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE December 1, 1910. 

entertainment, and also of all other buildings over two stories in height, except 
residences, and except tenements three stories or less in height. It shall be the 
duty of every owner, agent, lessee or occupant of any such building as is referred 
to in this section and of the person in charge or control of the same to permit 
the making of such annual inspection by the Commissioner of Buildings, or by a 
duly authorized Building Inspector, at any time upon demand being duly made. 

(b) Whenever any such inspection shows the building to be in compliance 
with the requirements of this Chapter with respect to stairways, means of egress, 
and in all other respects, it shall be the duty of the Commissioner of Buildings to 
issue, or cause to be issued, a certificate setting forth the result of such inspec- 
sion, containing the date thereof, and a statement to the effect that such building 
complies in all respects with the provisions of this Chapter, upon the payment of 
the inspection fee herein required. 

(c) It shall be the joint and several duty of the owner, agent, lessee or 
occupant of the building so inspected and of each and every person in charge and 
control of the same to frame the said certificate and place it in a conspicuous place 
near the main entrance of such building. 

(d) It shall be the joint and several duty of the owner, agent, lessee or occu- 
pant of every building described in this section to provide a typical floor plan of 
such building reproduced on a sheet eight by ten inches in size. Said plan shall 
be drawn on as large a scale as will be practicable on such sheet, and said sheet 
shall also state the street address of such building, and shall give the class of the 
building, the kind of construction used therein, the height and the number of 
stories contained therein, the nature of the occupancy, and whether said building 
is equipped with an approved automatic sprinkler system. 

(e) It shall also be the joint and several duty of such owner, agent, lessee 
or occupant to deliver a copy of said sheet to the Commissioner of Buildmgs and to 
frame a copy of said sheet and place the same near the framed certificate herein- 
above required. 

(f) It shall also be the joint and several duty of the said owner, agent, 
lessee or occupant to substitute a new sheet for the sheet on file with the Com- 
missioner of Buildings, and also the sheet framed as above required, whenever such 
changes or alterations are made in such building as will affect the substantial 
accuracy of the sheet previously furnished such Commissioner and framed as above 
required. 

(g) Where the result of such inspection shall show that such building fails 
in any respect to comply with the requirements of this Chapter, it shall be the 
duty of the Commissioner of Buildings to notify the owner, agent lessee or occupant 
of such building to this effect and to specify wherein such building fails to comply 
with the requirements of this Chapter; and it shall thereupon become the joint 
and several duty of such owner, agent, lessee or occupant to proceed forthwith to 
make whatever changes or alterations may be necessary to make such building 
comply in all respects with the requirements of this Chapter and to complete such 
changes and alterations within thirty days after the receipt of such notice. 

(h) Upon making such annual inspection, it shall be the duty of the owner 
to pay to the City Collector an annual inspection fee for the same, amounting to 
$2.00 for each 25,000 square feet of floor area, or fractional part thereof. 

238. Architect Must Certify That Plans Comply With the Building Ordli- 
nances.) It shall be unlawful for any architect, or other person permitted under 



December r, 1910. 



BUILDING ORDINANCE 



1841 



the laws of the state to make plans, to prepare or submit to the Commissioner of 
Buildings for his approval any final plans for any building or structure which 
do not comply ^vC^ith the structural requirements of this Chapter. It shall be the 
duty of the Commissioner of Buildings to require that all plans submitted to him 
for approval for any building or structure shall be accompanied by a certificate 
of such architect or such other person preparing such plans that the plans sub- 
mitted comply with the structural requirements of this chapter. 

239. Constructing Buildings Contrary to Approved Plans.) (a) It shall be un- 
lawful for any owner, agent or architect, or for any contractor or builder, engaged 
in erecting or altering any building, to make any departure from the plans as 
approved by the Commissioner of Buildings, of such nature that such departure 
involves any violation of the requirements of this chapter as to buildings of the 
class in which such building is, or to make any changes in plan or construction, 
affecting means of egress, ventilation, natural lighting, or sanitary conditions 
without first obtaining the written consent of the Commissioner of Buildings and 
of the Commissioner of Health for such changes. 

(b) No contractor or builder shall begin any Avork on any building or 
structure for which a permit is required by this chapter, until such permit shall 
have been secured. 



ARTICLE III. 

CLASSIFICATION OF BUILDINGS. 

240. Buildings— Class Of.) (a) All buildings other than sheds and shelter 
sheds as hereafter described, now existing or hereafter erected, altered or enlarged, 
shall be classified as follows: 

(b) Class I.) In Class I shall be included every building other than depart- 
ment stores as described in this chapter, used for the sale, storage, or manufacture 
of merchandise, and every stable having a ground area of 500 square feet or over. 

(e) Class II.) In Class II shall be included every building referred to in sub- 
divisions Class Ila, Class lib and Class lie. 

(d) In Class Ha shall be included every building used for office purposes, 
and also every building used for club house purposes where sleeping accommoda- 
tions are provided for less than twenty persons. 

(e) In Class lib shall be included every building used for hotel, club, lodging 
or rooming house purposes where such building has sleeping accommodations for 
twenty or more persons. 

(f) In Class lie shall be included every building used for a hospital, for 
housing the sick and infirm ,imbeciles or children, and every jail, police station, 
asylum, house of correction and detention, and also every home for the aged and 
decrepit, where sleeping accommodations are provided for more than ten persons. 

(g) Class III.) In Class III shall be included every building used as a family 
residence, and also every building used for garage or stabling purposes, and having 
a ground area of less than 500 square feet. 

(h) Class IV.) In Class IV shall be included every building referred to in 
sub-divisions Class IVa, Class IVb, Class IVc, and Class IVd, as follows: 



1842 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



(i) In Class IVa shall be included every building used as a church or place 
of worship. 

(j) In Class iVb shall be included every building having a parish hall, lodge 
hall, dance hall, banquet hall, skating rink, assembly hall, halls used for the pur- 
pose of exposition and exhibition, and buildings having a hall for the purpose of 
instruction other than schools, included in Class VIII, and also every existing build- 
ing having a hall used for theatrical purposes at the time of the passage of this 
oidinance, except such buildings as are included in Classes IVa, IVc, IVd, and V. 

(k) In Class IVc shall be included every building hereafter erected used for 
moving picture and vaudeville shows and similar entertainments, where an admis- 
sion fee is charged and regular performances are given, and where the seating 
<;apacity does not exceed three hundred, provided, that every building of Class IVc 
existing at the time of the passage of this ordinance shall comply with the provi- 
sions of Class IVb. 

(1) In Class rVd shall be included every grand stand and every baseball, 
athletic and amusement park. 

(m) Class V.) In Class V shall be included every building which is used as a 
public theatre where an admission fee is charged and in which movable scenery is 
used, and every assembly hall hereafter erected having a seating capacity of 
over 300 and containing a permanent stage on which scenery and theatrical ap- 
paratus are used and regular theatrical vaudeville performances are given; 
provided, however, that public halls and club halls with a seating capacity of 
less than 600, although occasionally used for theatrical presentations, shall not he 
construed to be public theatres within the meaning of the term as used in this sec- 
tion, notwithstanding the fact that movable scenery is used upon the stages thereof 
on such occasions, and such public halls and club halls shall not be considered as 
buildings of Class V as herein defined. Such public halls and club halls shall be 
included in Class IVb, as defined in this section. 

(n) Class VI.) In Class VI shall be included every tenement and apartment 
house or building or portion thereof whieh is used or intended to be used as a 
home or residence for two or more families living in separate apartments. 

(o) Class VII.) In Class VII shall be included every building used for the 
sale at retail of dry goods and other articles of general merchandise and commonly 
known and described as a department store. 

(p) Class VIII.) In Class VIII shall be included every building used for 
school purposes having a seating capacity of more than 100 students. 

(q) Requirements with regard to buildings not within any of the above 
classes shall be determined by the Commissioner of Buildings., subject to arbitration 
in the same manner as provided in Sections 206 and 207 of this chapter. 

241. Buildings Used for the Purposes of More Than One Class.) 'Where any 
building is used for the purposes of two or more classes, as herein specified, and 
defined, such portion of any such building as is devoted to the uses and purposes 
of any particular class shall be constructed, operated and maintained in accordance 
with the requirements of this chapter relating to such class, unless such construc- 
tion shall, in the opinion of the Commissioner of Buildings, prove impracticable, 
or unless there would be a conflict between the provisions of this chapter relating 
to the construction of buildings, in either of which cases the provisions which 
relate to and govern the construction of buildings of the class requiring the best 
and safest form of construction sh^ll govern the entire building. 



December I, 1910. 



BUILDING ORDINANCE 



1845 



242. Conflict Between Special and General Provisions. Whenever any 
provision or requirement of this chapter relating specifically to the construction, 
equipment, maintenance, or operation of any building or part of a building used for 
the purposes of any specified class, shall conflict with the general provisions of this 
chapter relating to the construction, equipment, maintenance and operation of 
buildings generally, the special provisions shall govern in each case, except in the 
case of Section 514, which shall govern in all cases coming within its provisions. 



ARTICLE IV. 

CLASS I. 

243. Class I Defined.) In Class I shall be included every building other than 
department stores, as described in this chapter, used for the sale, storage or manu- 
facture of merchandise, and every stable having a ground area of 500 square feet 
or over. 

243 1^. Must Comply With General and Special Provisions.) Every building^ 
of Class I shall comply with the general provisions of this chapter, and shall, in 
additon, comply with the following special provisions : 

244. Buildings— Construction of — In Relation to Height.) (a) The construc- 
tion of buildings of Class I shall be as follows: Buildings of Class I which are 
more than 90 feet in height shall be built of fireproof construction. 

(b) Buildings of Class I which are less than 90 feet in height and more 
than 50 feet in height shall be built of slow-burning, mill or fireproof construction. 

(c) Buildings of Class I of ordinary construction shall not be built more than 
four stories in height. 

245. Skeleton Steel Walls— Metal Lath, and Solid Cement Plaster Covers.) 

(a) A one or two story building used for the purposes of Class I, no part of 
which is within twenty feet of any lot line, alley line or street line, having a 
complete self-supporting steel frame consisting of wall columns, supporting steel' 
trusses, with steel trusses and steel diagonals, designed to resist safely, within 
the safe limits of stress provided by this chapter, a wind pressure of twenty 
pounds per square foot, for each and every exterior surface exposed to the 
wind, in addition to the dead weight of the completed structure, and in addition 
to the live load of 100 pounds per square foot provided for by this chapter, and 
any other live loads which may be imposed on such structure, may have exterior 
walls measuring not less than one and one-third inches thick of metal 
lath or metal fabric plastered on both sides with a mortar consisting only of 
Portland cement and torpedo sand. Complete reinforced concrete framework, 
built in every manner equally as strong and as safe as provided for a steel 
frame, in this section, may have exterior walls built in the same manner, of the- 
same materials and of the same thickness. 

(b) The enclosing walls of buildings which are built not less than fifty feet 
from any lot, alley or street line, may be made of corrugated iron, supported 
on a steel frame. 

246. Door Openings— Revolving Doors.) (xi) The aggregate width of door 



1844 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



openings at the street level in buildings of Class I shall be equal to the aggregate 
width Of stairways, as specified in Section 666 of this chapter, and all locks 
used on exit doors or on doors or gates leading to hallways or stairways which 
lead to exit doors, shall be so arranged that they may be opened from the inside 
without the use of a key, during business hours, or while such buildings are 
occupied for any purpose. In every building of this class, every door leading 
from a loft or space above the first story shall swing into the stair hall, and 
every door which is a means of exit from any floor above the first, shall swing 
outwardly from the space or hallway in which said stairway from such upper 
floor is located. No door when opei shall project over a public sidewalk. 

(b) Revolving doors hall not be considered as complying with this section 
unless the revolving wings of such revolving doors are so arranged that by the 
application of a force slightly more than is necessary to revolve said doors and 
which one person of ordinary strength is capable of exerting, all the wings of 
said doors fold flat on each other, and in an outward direction, or unless the re- 
volving wings of said revolving doors are so arranged that they will be readily 
collapsed or removed by pressure or simple mechanical means to be approved by the 
Commissioner of Buildings and leave sufficient opening for two or more persons 
to pass through side by side. 

247. Existing Buildings of Class I— Increasing Height of.) In all cases where 
buildings of Class I of ordinary construction built prior to the passage of this 
ordinance, are to be increased in height above the height of fifty feet, or of mill 
or slow-burning construction above the height of ninety feet, the additional 
parts of such buildings shall be constructed as herein provided for buildings over 
fifty feet in height or over ninety feet in height, respectively, and said additional 
parts shall be made to conform in all respects to the requirements for buildings 
of this class more than fifty feet in height or more than ninety feet in height, 
respectively, before it shall be lawful to occupy them. 

248. Ceiling and Roof— Space Between.) In buildings of Class I, if the 
enclosed space between a ceiling and the roof is of greater average height than 
two feet, access shall be provided by means of at least one stairway not less than 
three feet wide, leading from a public hallway or corridor. 

249. Fire Walls.) (a) Buildings occupied by more than one person, firm or 
corporation, or for more than one business enterprise conducted by the same 
person, firm or corporation, in separate enclosures on any one floor, shall have 
a brick dividing wall for every fifty feet of street frontage, if of ordinary 
construction, or for every eighty feet of street frontage, if of slow-burning or 
mill construction, and such dividing walls shall extend from the front to- the rear 
wall and such dividing walls and the doors therein shall be built in accordance 
with the provisions of Section 573 of this chapter. 

(b) All of the partitions between the parts of such buildings occupied by 
different persons, firms or corporations, shall be built of incombustible material 
from the floor to the floor boards or roof boards next above such story or stories 
so occupied. 

(c) Only metal framed windows glazed with one-quarter inch thick wire 
glass may be used in such partitions. 

250. Dividing Walls — When Required.) (a) Dividing walls will be required 
in buildings of Class I as follows: 



December Y, 1910. 



BUILDING OBDINANCE 



1845 



(b) Every building of ordinary construction having greater area than 9,000 
square feet shall be divided into areas of 9,000 square feet or less by dividing walls; 
every building of slow-burning or mill construction more than one story in height, 
having a floor area greater than 1.2,000 square feet shall be divided into areas of 
12,000 square feet or less by dividing walls; every fireproof building more than two 
stories in height having a floor area greater than 30,000 square feet shall be divided 
into areas of 30,000 square feet or less by dividing walls. 

(c) Where dividing walls are required in any of the above mentioned build- 
ings, such building shall be subdivided by brick walls, built of the thickness given 
in the table for the thickness of enclosing walls and all door or other openings 
in such walls shall have at each side of the same, iron doors, tin clad doors 
or shutters, as de|cribed in Section 573 of this chapter, and said buildings as 
subdivided shall be provided with stairs and fire escapes the same as hereinafter 
required; provided, however, that one-story buildings of ordinary, mill or slow- 
burning construction and two-story buildings of fireproof construction of any size 
when used as one store, room or workshop and occupied by only one person, 
firm or corporation, may be erected without any dividing walls. 

251. Display of Placard— Indicating Floor Strength.) (a) It shall be the 
duty of the owner of every building of Class I now in existence or hereafter erected, 
or of his agent, or of the occupant, or person in possession, charge or control 
of same, to affix and display conspicuously on each floor of such building, a placard, 
stating the uniformly distributed load per square foot of floor surface, which may 
with safety be applied to that particular floor, as provided by this chapter, or if 
the strength of different parts of any floor varies, then there shall be such 
placards for each varying part of such floor. It shall be unlawful to load any 
such floors or any part thereof to a greater extent than the loads indicated upon 
such placard. 

(b) It shall be the duty of the occupants of such buildings to maintain such 
placards during their occupation of the premises and of 'the owners of buildings, 
or their agents, to cause the same to be properly affixed with each change of 
occupation. It shall be the duty of architects of all buildings, to calculate 
the figures for such placards, which shall be verified and approved by the Com- 
missioner of Buildings before they are affixed upon the respective floors of the 
different buildings. The _ calculations and loads shall be in accordance with the 
provisions of this chapter. 

252. Live Loads for Floors.) The floors of all buildings of Class I shall be 
designed and constructed in such a manner as to be capable of bearing, in 
addition to the weight of floor construction, partitions, permanent fixtures and 
mechanisms that may be set upon the same, a live load of 100 pounds for every 
square foot of surface, and the strength of such building shall be increased 
above the capacity to carry such a live load of 100 pounds per square foot of 
floor surface, when the uses to which such building, or part thereof, is to be applied, 
involve greater stress. The calculations and loads shall be in accordance with the 
provisions of this chapter. 

253. Elevator Buildings.) Elevator buildings intended solely for the receipt, 
storage and delivery of grain in bulk, shall be of fireproof construction as described 
in this chapter. 



1846 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



ARTICLE V. 



CLASS n. 



254. Class II Defined.) (a) In Class II shall be included every building 
referred to in subdivisions Class Ila, Class lib and Class lie. 

(b) In Class Ila shall be included every building used for office purposes, 
^nd also every building used for clubhouse purposes where sleeping aocommodations 
are provided for less than twenty persons. 

(c) In Class lib shall be included every building used for hotel, club, lodging 
or rooming house purposes where such building has sleeping accommodations 
for twenty or more persons. 

(d) In Class lie shall be included every building used for a hospital, for 
liOTising the sick and infirm, imbeciles, or children, and every jail, police station, 
asylum, house of correction and detention, and also every home for the aged 
and decrepit, where sleeping accommodations are provided for more than ten 
persons. 

2541/2- Must Comply With General and Special Provisions.) Every building 
of Class II shall comply with the general provisions of this chapter, and in addition 
to the general provisions shall comply with the following special provisions: 

255. Allowance for Live Loads in Construction of Floors of Class II.) For all 
■buildings of Class II the floors shall be designed and constructed in such manner 
as to be capable of bearing in all their parts, in addition to the weight of floor 
construction, partitions, permanent fixtures and mechanisms that may be set 
upon the same, a live load of fifty pounds for every square foot of surface, and such 
live load shall be computed in accordance with the provisions of this chapter. 

256. Windows and Mechanical Ventilation.) (a) In every buildino; hereafter 
erected for or converted to the purposes of this class, courts shall be of the 
minimum widths and areas prescribed in Section 442 of this chapter, and vent 
■shafts as defined in Section 432 of this chapter, shall be of the following minimum 
width and areas: 

Height of Shaft. Least Width in Feet. Square Feet. 

1 story 3 21 

2 stories 3 • 221/2 

3 stories 3 27 

4 stories 3 36 

5 stories 5 48 

6 stories 6 72 

7 stories 8 96 

8 or more stories 8 120 

(b) In every building hereafter erected for or converted to the purposes of 
-this class, every room used as a private sitting room or as a sleeping room, shall 
have at least one window which opens directly upon a street, alley, yard or court. 
The total glass area of such window or windows opening directly upon a street, alley, 
yard or court shall be not less than one-tenth of the fioor area of such room. The 
top of at least one such window shall be at least seven feet above the floor and at 
least the upper half of such window shall be capable of being opened. No such 
-window shall have a glass area of less than ten square feet unless it be a window 



December I, 1910. 



BUILDING ORDINANCE 



1847 



in excess of the one-tenth of the floor area as required by this paragraph. Pro^ 
vided that sleeping cells in prisons, jails, police stations and houses of detention 
need not have each a window opening directly on a street, alley, yard or court if 
«uch cells are in a cell block which has windows with a glass area equal to one-fourth 
of the floor area of such block and arranged so that each window may be opened 
for one-half of its area, and provided further that such cell block and cells shall 
be equipped with a system of mechanical ventilation approved by the Commissioner 
of Health. 

(c) In every building hereafter erected for or converted to the purposes of 
this class, every pantry, bath room and water closet and urinal compartment shall 
have at least one window which opens directly upon a street, alley, yard, court or 
vent shaft; the total glass area of such window or windows open- 
ing directly upon a street, alley, yard, court or vent shaft shall be 
not less than one-tenth of the floor area of such room or com- 
partment. The top of at least one such window shall be at least seven feet above 
the floor and at least the upper half of such window shall be capable of being 
opened; and no such window shall have a glass area of less than six square feet 
or a glass width of less than one foot; provided, however, that such room or com- 
partment, if located in the upper story of any such building, may be lighted and 
ventilated by means of a skylight having a glass area equal to one-tenth of the 
floor area of the room it serves and be equipped with an efficient ventilator or ven- 
tilators equal in effective area to one-twentieth of the floor area of such room; and 
provided further, that any such room or compartment in a building used for office, 
club or hotel purposes, in lieu of such window or windows, may be ventilated by an 
approved mechanical ventilating system which shall effect at least six complete 
changes of air per hour. 

(d) In every building hereafter erected for or converted to office, hotel or club 
purposes, every room, except a room used as a bakery, which is below street grade 
and which is frequented by the public or in which there are regularly employed five 
or more persons, shall be ventilated by an approved mechanical ventilating system 
which shall effect at least six complete changes of air per hour; provided that in 
case of store rooms below street grade having 1,500 cubic feet of «pace per 
person employed therein, two changes of air per hour will be deemed sufficient. In 
buildings of this class every room, either above or below grade, used as a bakery, 
shall comply with the provisions of the ordinances of the City of Chicago in respect 
to bakeries. 

(e) In every building hereafter erected for or converted to the purposes of 
this class, every room not otherwise specifically provided for in this section shall, 
where practicable, have a window or windows, with a total glass area not less than 
one-tenth of the floor area of such room, opening directly onto a street, alley, yard 
or court, and no such window shall have a width of less than one foot or a total 
glass area of less than ten square feet, unless such window is in excess of the ten 
per cent of floor area requirement; provided that, if it be impracticable to ventilate 
any such room by windows as aforesaid, such rooms shall be ventilated by an ap- 
proved mechanical ventilating system which shall effect at least six complete 
changes of air per hour; the air supply being taken from the outer air at a point 
not less than ten feet above the street level. 

(f ) It shall be the duty of the owner, agent, architect, or party in possession 
or control of any building in whi<jh a mechanical system of ventilation shall have 
been installed under the requirements of this section, upon completion of such sys- 



1848 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



tern, to notify the Commissioner of Health in writing at least twenty-four hours in 
advance of the making of a test of such system; and each such system or unit shall 
be tested for volumetric efficiency by the owner or his representative in the presence 
of the representative of the Commissioner of Health and such system shall not be 
considered as meeting the requirements of this section until it shall have been ap- 
proved by the Commissioner of Health. Every such mechanical ventilating sys- 
tem shall at all times be kept in good repair and in operation so as to insure the 
required ventilation of all rooms and compartments planned to be ventilated thereby, 
during all hours of human accupancy. 

CLASS iia. 

257. Class Ila Defined) In Class Ila shall be included every building used 
for office purposes, and also every building used for club house purposes where sleep- 
ing accommodations are provided for less than twenty persons. 

258. Buildings— Construction of— Height of.) (a) Buildings of Class Ila 
which are ninety feet or more in height shall be built entirely of fireproof con- 
struction. 

(b) Buildings of Class lla less than ninety feet and more than fifty feet in 
height shall be built either of slow-burning, mill or fireproof construction. 

(c) Buildings of Class Ila not exceeding fifty feet in height may be built 
of ordinary construction. 

CLASS lib. 

259. Class lib Defined.) In Class lib shall be included every building used 
for hotel, club, lodging or rooming house purposes where such building has sleeping 
accommodations for twenty or more persons. 

260. Buildings— Construction of— Height of.) (a) Buildings of Class lib 
more than five stories and basement high shall be of fireproof construction. 

(b) Buildings of Class lib more than three stories and basement high but 
not more than five stories and basement high shall be of slow burning or fireproof 
construction. In case slow burning construction be required the cellar and base- 
ment construction, including the floor construction of the first story above the 
cellar or basement, shall be of fireproof construction. 

261. Walls— Divisions and Partitions— Fire Stops.) (a) In buildings hereafter 
erected used wholly or in part for the purposes of Class lib of ordinary, slow- 
burning or mill construction, there shall be for every eight rooms in any one story, 
dividing walls or partitions of incombustible material separating such eight rooms 
from the contiguous spaces. 

(b) In all buildings hereafter erected to be used wholly or in part for the pur- 
poses of Class lib, all elevators and stairs shall be enclosed in partitions of incom- 
bustible or fireproof material, and the partitions of all corridors leading to such 
elevators and stairs shall be of fireproof or incombustible material. Such partitions 
shall be carried on self-supporting masonry or a frame work of steel or iron. Where 
glass is used in said partitions, the same shall be wired glass set in metal frames 
but such glass shall not exceed sixty per centum of the superficial area of said 
partitions. ' 

(c) In all non-fireproof buildings of Class lib there shall be between joists 
a stop of brick, concrete or tile not less than four inches in thickness, extending the 



December 1, 1910. 



BUILDING OEDIlsrANCE 



1849 



full height of joists and spaced not more than twenty-five feet apart, measured in 
the direction of the length of the joist. 

262. Sleeping Stalls in Rooms— When Allowed.) Sleeping stalls shall not be 
constructed or used in any room in any building now existing or hereafter erected 
and devoted, in whole or in part, to the purposes of a lodging or rooming house 
unless such room has two or more windows which open directly upon a street, alley, 
yard or court and which windows have a total area equal to at least one-tenth of 
the floor area of such room, nor unless the semi-partitions forming such stalls are 
so constructed that there is a clear and unobstructed interval of at least thirty 
inches between the top of such semi-partitions and the ceiling of the room, nor 
unless each such stall shall open directly into an aisle or passageway leading di- 
rectly to a stairway or stairway fire escape, the location of which is indicated by a 
red sign and at night by a red light also. Such sleeping stalls shall not be installed 
in any such room in such numbers that there shall be less than 400 cubic feet of air 
per person when all stalls are occupied to their full capacity. The semi-partitions 
forming such stalls hereafter constructed shall be of incombustible material. 

CLASS lie. 

263. Class lie Defined.) In Class He shall be included every building used for 
-a hospital, for housing the sick and infirm, imbeciles or children and also every jail, 
police station, asylum, house of correction and detention and also every home for 
the aged and decrepit, where sleeping accommodations are provided for more than 
ten persons. 

264. Buildings — Construction of — Height of.) (a) All buildings of Class lie 
more than two stories in height hereafter erected for or converted to the purposes 
of Class lie shall be of fireproof construction. 

(b) Buildings of Class lie not more than two stories in height may be of 
ordinary, mill or slow burning construction. 

265. Frontage Consents for Hospitals.) (a) It shall hereafter be unlawful 
for any person, firm or corporation to erect or locate any hospital for the care, 
treatment or nursing of two or more insane persons, inebriates or epileptics, or two 
or more persons suffering from the excessive use of alcoholic liquors, morphine, 
cocaine, or other similar drugs or narcotics, or for the treatment or nursing of any 
person or persons affected" with any contagious disease or diseases, in any block 
in which two-thirds of the buildings on both sides of the streets or avenues sur- 
rounding said block are used exclusively for residence purposes, unless the written 
consent for the erection and maintenance of said hospital is secured from the own- 
ers of the majority of the frontage on both sides of that portion of all streets or 
avenues which surround the square in which said hospital is to be located. 

(b) Said written consents, when required by this section, shall be filed with the 
Commissioner of Buildings before a permit shall be issued for the erection or al- 
teration of a building proposed to be used for hospital purposes, and a copy thereof 
shall be filed with the Commissioner of Health before he shall recommend that any 
license be issued by the City for such hospital. 

266. Coves in Rooms and Corridors of Hospitals.) In every building hereafter 
constructed for or converted to hospital purposes, in all corridors and rooms used 
by patients, all intersections of walls, floors and ceilings shall be formed with 
tangent coves. 



1850 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910, 



267. Elevators in Hospitals.) Every building over three stories in height 
nereafter constructed for or converted to hospital purposes shall have at least one 
elevator, the floor dimensions of which shall be not less than seven feet by five feet, 
and said elevator shall be enclosed in a fireproof shaft with incombustible doors 
closing off each opening and shall comply with all the general provisions of this 
chapter. 

268. Fire Escapes, Balconies, Platforms.) All buildings of Class lie shall be 
equipped with stairway fire escapes not less than three feet in width which shall, 
in number, location and structural features, comply with the general provisions of 
this chapter relating to fire escapes. The balconies and platforms of such fire escapes 
shall be not less than three feet in width and may be made with a smooth surface 
of incombustible material laid flush Avith the floor and with a pitch of one-third 
inch to the foot. 

269. Standpipes and Portable Hand Pumps.) (a) On each floor of every build- 
ing used for the purposes of Class lie there shall be provided, for each two thousand 
square feet of floor area or fractional part thereof, at least one portable hand pump 
of three gallon capacity or one chemical extinguisher of equal capacity, which shall 
be located and maintained subject to the approval of the Fire Marshal. 

(b) In every building more than three stories in height hereafter erected for 
or converted to the purposes of Class lie there shall be constructed one or more 
four-inch stand pipes which shall extend from the basement to the roof and which 
shall be connected with the house pump and house tank and which shall 
have a Siamese connection located on the street or alley side of such building 
for the use of the fire department. Each stand pipe shall be provided with one hose 
connection with fire department thread on the roof of said building, and one con- 
nection on each floor and in the basement thereof, with sufficient hose attached on 
each floor and in the basement so that a stream of water therefrom will reach any 
point thereof. The pattern, quality, installation and maintenance of such stand 
pipes, hose and connections shall be subject to the approval of the Fire Marshal. 

ARTICLE VI. 
CLASS ni. 

270. Class III Defined.) (a) In Class III shall be included every building 
used as a family residence, and also every building used for garage or stabling 
purposes and having a ground area of less than 500 square feet. 

2701/2. Must Comply With General and Special Provisions.) Every building 
of Class III shall comply with the provisions of this chapter, and, in addition to the 
general provisions, shall comply with the following special provisions: 

271. Buildings — Construction of— Height of — Space Occupied on Lot.) (a) 
Every building of Class III which is ninety feet or more in height shall be built 
entirely of fireproof construction. 

(b) Every building of Class III less than ninety feet and more than fifty 
feet in height shall be built entirely of slow-burning, mill or fireproof construction. 

(c) Every building of Class III less than fifty feet in height may be built of 
ordinary construction. 



December I, 1910. 



BUILDING OEDINANCE 



1851 



(d) The amount of space occupied on any lot by Class III buildings shall 
comply with the requirements of Section 440 of this chapter. 

272. Skylights— Construction of— Glass in.) (a) The skylight on the roof 
of every building of Class III erected within the fire limits shall have its sides, 
sashes and frames constructed of metal or of metal-clad wood on all exterior 
surfaces. 

(b) Such skylights shall be covered by a strong wire netting with mesh not 
more than one and one-half inches square placed not less than six inches above the 
glass, supported on uprights of incombustible material, unless wired glass is used. 

273. Allowance of Live Loads in Construction of Floors.) In every building 
of Class III, the floors shall be designed and constructed in such manner as to be 
capable of bearing in all their parts, in addition to the weight of the floor construe 
tion, partitions, permanent fixtures and mechanisms that may be set upon the 
same, a live load of 40 pounds for every square foot of surface. 

274. Habitable Rooms— Definition of— Requirements as to Size and Ventilation.) 

(a) For the purposes of this chapter the term "habitable room" shall be held to 
include every room in every building of Classes III and VI, and every room in build- 
ings of other classes if such rooms are used for the purposes of Classes III and VI, 
in which a family or the individual members thereof regularly sleep or eat or carry 
on their usual domestic or social vocations or avocations. Laundries, bath rooms, 
water closet compartments, serving and storage pantries, storage rooms and closets, 
boiler and machinery rooms, cellars, corridors, and similar spaces used neither fre- 
quently nor during extended periods, shall not be deemed as coming within the 
scope of this term. 

(b) In every building hereafter erected for or converted to the purposes of 
Class III, every habitable room shall have a window or windows with a total glass 
area equal to at least one-tenth of its floor area, opening onto a street, alley, or 
yard as defined in Section 432 of this chapter. None of such required windows shall 
have a glass area of less than ten square feet; and each such window shall have 
its top not less than seven feet above the floor and shall be so constmcted that 
at least its upper half may be opened its full width. No such habitable room shall 
have a floor area of less than eighty square feet, nor a clear height from floor to 
ceiling of less than eight feet and six inches; provided that attic rooms need not be 
eight feet six inches high' for more than one-half of their area, and that such attic 
rooms shall have total cubic contents of not less than seven hundred and fifty cubic 
feet each. 

(c) No living room shall be partitioned off or constructed in any existing 
building or portion thereof, until plans of such building and room have been filed 
with, and a permit for such partitioning or constructing obtained from the Commis- 
sioner of Buildings and the Commissioner of Health ; and every room so partitioned 
off or constructed shall comply with all the requirements for habitable rooms as 
contained in this section. 

275. Alcoves.) Every alcove and alcove room shall comply with the require- 
ments of Section 446 of this chapter. 

276. Pantries, Bath Rooms, Water Closet and XJrinal Compartments— Require- 
ments in Relation Thereto.) In every building hereafter erected for or converted 
to the purposes of Class III, every pantry, bath room, water closet or urinal com- 



1852 



COIMMITTEE OF THE WPIOLF 



December 1, 1910. 



partment shall have at least one; window with a glass area of at least six square 
feet and a minimum width of at least one foot opening upon a street, alley, or yard 
as defined in Section 432 of this chapter, or upon a vent shaft not less in area than 
said window; and no habitable room shall open into or connect with a vent shaft 
thus used. 

277. Bay Windows and Light Shafts — Materials For.) Bay or oriel windows 
may be built of combustible material on front or rear elevations of buildings of 
Class III of two stories or less in height, within the fire limits, provided such bay 
and oriel windows shall not have a greater width than twelve feet at the wall line 
of the building, and, provided, that the outside walls, roofs and soffits of such bay 
or oriel windows, when so constructed, shall be covered with sheet metal or other 
incombustible material. Light shafts wholly within the walls of a two-story build- 
ing of Class III may be built of combustible material covered with sheet metal or 
other incombustible material. In all other cases, bay and oriel windows and light 
shafts and their supports shall be constructed entirely of incombustible material. 

278. Walls— Brick Walls Upon Wooden Sills— Level of Sills Allowed.) Every 
building of Class III not exceeding one story or twenty feet in height from top 
of sills to the highest point of the roof, and with the side walls not exceeding four- 
teen feet in height, and with floor area not exceeding twelve hundred square feet, 
may have brick walls not less than eight inches in thickness erected upon wooden 
sills, the sills supported on iron^ masonry, or concrete supports extending foui 
feet below the surface of the ground, provided that the portion of the supports above 
the ground may consist of cypress or cedar posts. The foundations under such sup- 
ports shall be of concrete, stone or brick, each covering not less than five square 
feet area and not more than eight feet apart, to support with safety the weight 
that may rest upon them; sills shall be placed not higher than four feet above the 
established grade of the street upon which the lot fronts and upon which lot the 
building is erected, where grades are established, and not exceeding seven feet above 
the ground where grades are not established. Every building more than one story, 
and less than two stories high, having a gable or hip roof with a rise of not more 
than thirty degrees, may have eight-inch walls of solid brick or stone masonry, 
provided the side walls do not exceed fourteen feet in height measured from the first 
floor joist, and provided such building has a floor area not exceeding 1,200 feet 
and is not over 22 feet in width. 

279. ' Stairways in Buildings of Class III Hereafter Erected Three Stories or 
More in Height.) In every building of Class III hereafter erected, and three stories 
or more in height, there shall be either two stairways from the first to the top 
story or one such stairway and a fire escape. 



ARTICLE VII. 

CLASS IV. 

280. Class IV Defined.) (a) In Class IV shall be included every building 
referred to in subdivisions Class IVa, Class IVb, Class IVc and Class IVd, as fol- 
lows : 



December I, 1910. 



BUILDING ORDINANCE 



185a 



(b) In Class IVa shall be included every building used as a church or place 
of worship. 

(c) In Class IVb shall be included every building having a parish hall, lodge 
hall, dance hall, banquet hall, skating rink, assembly hall, halls used for the purpose 
of exposition and exhibition, and buildings having a hall for the purpose of instruc- 
tion, other than schools, included in Class VIII, and also every existing building 
having a hall used for theatrical purposes at the time of the passage of this ordi- 
nance,' except such buildings as are included in Classes IVa, IVc, iVd, and V. 

(d) Class IVe shall include every building hereafter erected used for moving 
picture and vaudeville shows and similar entertainments, where an admission fee 
is charged and regular performances are given, and where the seating capacity does 
not exceed three hundred; provided, that every building of Class IVc existing at 
the time of the passage of this ordinance shall comply with the provisions of 
Class IVb. ' ■ 

(e) In Class IVd shall be included every grandstand and every baseball, athletic 
and amusement park. 

281. Must Comply with General and Special Provisions.) Every building or 
structure of Class IV shall comply with the general provisions of this chapter and 
shall, in addition, comply with the following special provisions: 

282. Must Comply With All Ordinances.) It shall be unlawful for any person, 
firm or corporation, to construct or alter any theatre, except in conformity with 
the ordinances of the City of Chicago relative thereto, or to operate any theatre 
that does not conform thereto, 

283. City Officials Empowered to Enter.) The Commissioner of Buildings, 
Commissioner of Health, City Electrician, Fire Marshal, Superintendent of Police, 
and their respective assistants, shall have the right to enter any building used in 
whole or in part for the purposes of Class IV at any reasonable time, and at any 
time when occupied by the public, in order to examine such building, and it shall 
be unlawful for any person to interfere with them in the performance of their duties. 

284. City Officials Empowered to Close.) The Commissioner of Buildings, 
Commissioner of Health, 'Fire Marshal, City Electrician, or Superintendent of Po- 
lice, or any one of them, shall have the power, and it shall be their joint and sev- 
eral duty, to order any building used wholly or in part for the purposes of Class 
IV, to be closed, where it is discovered that there is any violation of any of the 
provisions of this chapter, and kept closed until the same are complied with. 

285. Theaters in Frame Buildings Prohibited.) On and after June 1, 1911, 
no frame building or part thereof shall be used as a moving picture, vaudeville or 
other theatre. 

286. Buildings — Height — Construction — When Used in Part as Class IV.) 
Every building higher than sixty feet^ used in whole or in part for the purposes 
of Class IV Off connected with or made part of any building so used, shall be en- 
tirely of fireproof construction. Every such building, less than sixty feet in height" 
shall be inade of fireproof, slow-burning or mill construction, except as provided in 
this chapter. 



1854 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



CLASS iva. 

287. Class IVa Defined.) In Class IVa shall be included every building used 
as a church or place of worship. 

288. Frontage — Seating Less than Eight Hundred.) Every huilding of Class IVa 
hereafter erected containing an aggregate seating capacity of 800 persons or less, 
shall have for the auditorium a frontage upon two open spaces, of which at least 
one shall be a street, and the other, if not a street, shall be a public or private alley, 
not less than ten feet wide, opening directly on a public street or alley. 

289. Frontage — Seating Over Eight Hundred.) Every building of Class IVa 
hereafter erected containing an aggregate seating capacity greater than eight hun- 
dred persons, shall have for the auditorium a frontage upon three open spaces of 
which at least one shall be a public street and the others, if not streets, shall be 
public or private alleys of a width of not less than ten feet each, opening directly 
on a public street or alley. 

290. Construction of.) (a) Every building of Class IVa, which has a seating 
capacity of less than 600 may be built of ordinary construction. Every building of 
Class IVa having a seating capacity of more than 600 and less than 1,800 shall be 
built of slow-burning, mill or fireproof construction. 

(b) Every building of Class IVa having an aggregate seating capacity greater 
than 1,800 persons shall be built of fireproof construction. 

291. Limitations of Floor Level in Class IVa— Height Above Sidewalk.) (a) 

The limitations of floor levels in buildings hereafter erected, occupied either wholly 
or in part for the purposes of Class IVa, shall be as follows: 

(b) No auditorium of a greater seating capacity than 1,000, shall have the 
highest part of its main floor at a greater distance than 10 feet above the adjacent 
sidewalk grade. No room or rooms having a greater seating capacity than five 
hundred shall be at a greater distance above the sidewalk grade than twenty feet. 
No room or rooms used for the purposes of Class IVa having a greater seating ca- 
pacity than two hundred shall be at a higher level above the sidewalk grade than 
thirty feet; provided, however, that in the case of a building used either wholly 
or in part for the purposes of Class IVa, and built of fireproof construction, a room 
or rooms to be used for the purposes of Class IVa and of an aggregate seating ca- 
pacity of less than five hundred may be located in any story thereof, but in such 
case, there shall be at least two separate and distinct flights of stairs from the 
floor or floors in which such room or rooms are located, to the ground, each of which 
stairs shall be not less than 4 feet wide in the clear and shall be equipped with 
emergency exits and not less than one stairway fire escape. 

292. Allowance for Live Loads in Construction of Floors of Buildings of Class 
IVa — Stairways — Entrances and Exits, Width of.) Every floor in buildings of 
Class IVa shall be designed and constructed in such a manner as to be capable of 
bearing in all its parts, in addition to the weight of floor construction, partitions, 
and permanent fixtures that may be set upon same, a live load of 100 pounds for 
every square foot of surface on such floor. The width of stairways in buildings of 
this class shall be twenty inches for every one hundred of the aggregate seating 
capacity, and for fractional parts of one hundred seating capacity, a proportionate 
part of twenty inches shall be added to the width of such stairway, but no stairway 



December 1, 1910. 



BUILDING ORDINANCE 



1855 



in such building shall be less than four feet wide in the clear, except as hereinafter 
provided, and provided further, that in any such building having a gallery, the seat- 
ing capacity of which does not exceed two hundred and fifty persons, two separate 
and distinct stairways, each not less than three feet wide, shall be permitted. 

293. Galleries— Exit and ^Entrance.) Distinct and separate exits shall be pro- 
vided for each gallery. A common place of exit and entrance may serve for the 
main floor of the auditorium and the gallery or galleries, provided its capacity be 
equal to the aggregate capacity of all aisles or corridors leading from the main 
floor and such gallery or galleries to such place of exit or entrance. Not more than 
two galleries, placed one above the other, shall be permitted in any building of 
Class rVa. 

294. Stairways — Aisles— Steps in Aisles — Passageways, Kept Unobstructed.) 

(a) Aisles in buildings of Class IVa shall, in the aggregate, be eighteen inches in 
width for each 100 of the seating capacity of the auditorium, and for fractional 
parts of 100, a proportionate part of 18 inches shall be added, but no aisle shall 
be less than two feet six inches in width in its narrowest part. Steps shall be 
permitted in aisles only as extending from bank to bank, of seats, and wherever the 
rise from bank to bank of seats is less than five inches, the floor of the aisles shall 
be made on an inclined plane; and where steps occur in outside aisles or corridors, 
they shall not be isolated, but shall be grouped together, and there shall be a light 
so placed as to illuminate such steps in such outside aisles or corridors. All 
aisles and passageways shall be kept free from all portable furniture and other 
obstructions, and no person shall be allowed to stand in or occupy any of such 
aisles or passageways during the services. 

(b) Stairways in buildings used for the purposes of Class IVa shall comply 
with the provisions of Section 308. 

295. Corridors, Passageways, Hallways and Doors— Width of.) The width of 
corridors, passageways, hallways and doors, adjacent to, connected with, or a part 
of the auditorium, shall be computed in the same manner as is herein provided for 
stairways and aisles, excepting, however, that no such corridor, passageway or 
hallway shall be less than four feet in width, and no such doorway shall be less 
than three feet in width. 

296. Seats, Number of, in Rows.) There shall not be more than fourteen 
seats in any one row between aisles. Rows of seats shall not be less than two 
feet eight inches from back to back, and no bank of seats shall be of greater 
rise than twenty inches. 

297. Emergency Exits— All Doors to Open Outward.) (a) Emergency exits 
^nd outside stairways shall be provided for every building of Class IVa, which has 
a larger seating capacity than 800. Such emergency exits shall be one-half the 
aggregate width of the main exits, but no such emergency exits shall be less than 
three feet in width. Provided, that such stairways may be built inside the walls 
of the building in a corridor or passageway not less than seven feet wide and 
enclosed by a fireproof partition not less than four inches thick. Such 
stairway shall he of fireproof construction. All emergency exits and stairways 
therefrom shall be kept free from obstructions of any kind including snow and ice. 

(b) All doors affording egress, directly or indirectly from the auditorium to 
a street or alley, shall open outward. Exit doors shall not be obscured by 



1856 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 191 Q. 



draperies and shall not be locked or fastened in any manner during the time that 
the building is occupied, and shall be so constructed and maintained that they may 
be easily opened from within. 

298. Buildings in Which Seats are Not Fixed— Seating Capacity.) In comput- 
ing the seating capacity of any room or building used for the purposes of this 
class in which the seats are not fixed, an allowance of six square feet of floor 
area shall be made for each person, and all space hetween the walls or partitions 
of such room or building shall be measured in this computation. Provided, that 
in buildings of Class IVa standing at least seven feet from any other building 
and not having more than two stories and each floor having its own separate 
exits, the seating capacity of such floor shall be estimated alone as determining 
the kind of construction under this article. 

299. Every Portion to Be Lighted VThen Occupied at Night— Flues.) Every 
portion of a building of Class IVa and all outlets therefrom leading to streets or 
spaces connected therewith, including the vestibules, halls, corridors, passageways, 
and stairway exits, shall be properly lighted whenever occupied between sunset and 
sunrise, and the same shall be kept so lighted until the entire audience have left 
the premises; and every passageway, corridor, stairway and exit shall be provided 
with a sign indicating the way out of the building, the letters of which shall not 
be less than six inches in height. All lights indicating exits in vestibuhis, halls, 
passageways, corridors or other means of egress from the building shall be con- 
trolled by a separate shut-off, located near the main entrance, and controlled 
only in that particular place. A red light furnished .by gas or sperm oil shall 
be kept burning, in connection with the word "Exit" over every such opening, 
during the entire time such building is occupied between sunset and sunrise. 
Flues used to carry off heat from open lights shall be of incombustible material, 
and shall have at least twelve inches clearance from any combustible material. 

CLASS ivb. 

300. Class IVb Defined.) In Class IVb shall be included every building having a 
parish hall, lodge hall, dance hall, banquet hall, skating rink, assembly hall, halls 
used for the purpose of exposition and exhibition, and buildings having a hall for the 
purpose of instruction, other than schools, included in Class VIII, and also every 
existing building having a hall used for theatrical purposes at the time of the pas- 
sage of this ordinance, except such buildings as are included in Classes IVa, IVc, IVd, 
and V. 

301. Frontage— Seating Less Than Eight Hundred— Seating More Than Eight 
Hundred.) (a) Every building of Class IVb, containing a hall or halls of an 
aggregate seating capacity of 800 persons or less, shall have a frontage upon two 
public spaces, of which at least one shall be a street, and the other, if not a 
street, shall be a public or private alley, not less than ten feet wide, opening 
directly on a public street or alley. 

(b) Buildings of Class IVb, containing halls or rooms, used for the purpose 
of Class IVb, of greater aggregate seating capacity than 800, shall have a frontage 
upon three open spaces, of which at least one shall be a public street, while the 
other two, if not streets, shall be public or private alleys, of a width of not less 
than ten feet, each opening directly on a public street or alley; provided that a 
fireproof passageway at grade level, and not less than seven feet in width may 



December il, 1910. 



jJUILDING ORDINANCE 



1857 



be used in place of one such alley, if such passageway connects with a public 
thoroughfare. 

302. Auxiliary Buildings— Height and Construction of— Communicating Doors.) 

(a) Every building hereafter erected and connected with or made part of any 
building used in whole or in part for the purposes of Class IVb, shall, if sixty or 
less feet in height, be of fireproof, mill or slow-burning contruction, except as 
otherwise provided in this chapter, and, if more than sixty feet in height, of fire- 
proof construction. 

(b) No existing building, other than of fireproof construction, shall be con- 
nected to any building of Class IVb now existing or hereafter constructed, unless 
there is, between such buildings, a fire wall constructed as required by Section 519 
of this Chapter and extending from the ground to and through the roof. 

(c) In all such cases where both buildings are not of fireproof construction, 
each opening in the intervening walls shall be equipped with automatic double fire- 
doors as required by Section 573 of this Chapter. 

303. Existing Buildings— Used for Class IVb and for Other Purposes.) No 
part of an existing building, other than of fireproof construction shall be used 
for the purposes of Class IVb unless such part is separated from all portions of the 
same building used for other purposes by a fire wall constructed as required by 
Section 519 of this Chapter and extending from the ground to the roof and unless 
all openings in such fire wall are equipped with automatic double fire doors as 
required by Section 573 of this Chapter; in which case such other portions may be 
constructed in the manner permitted for separate buildings of such class. 

304. Construction — ^Depending on Capacity.) Every building used for the pur- 
poses of Class IVb, hereafter erected, containing a hall or room of an aggregate seat- 
ing capacity of not more than 1,500 persons, shall be built of mill, slow-burning or 
fireproof construction. Every building hereafter erected used for theatrical purposes, 
with a seating capacity greater than three hundred shall be built to conform to the 
requirements of buildings of Class V hereafter erected. If a hall or room or halls or 
rooms have a total seating capacity of more than 1,500 persons, such building shall be 
built of fireproof construction; provided, that buildings mainly used for exposition 
or exhibition purposes, and not used for theatrical purposes, and not exceeding two 
stories in height which have for public use only a main floor and one gallery and 
which have their walls and structural members of incombustible material and which 
comply with the provisions of this ordinance as to stairways, exits and fire escapes, 
may have their temporary seats, boxes, show cases, platforms, or booths, constructed 
of combustible material; provided, however, that any and all draperies, buntings, 
or other inflammable decorations shall be treated with a fire-retarding solution, 
subject to the approval of the Fire Marshal. 

305. Buildings in Which Seats Are Not Fixed— Seating Capacity.) In 

computing the seating capacity of any room or building used for the purposes of 
this Class, in which the seats are not fixed, an allowance of six square feet 
of floor area shall be made for each person, and all space between the walls or 
partitions of such room or building shall be measured in this computation. Pro- 
vided, that in buildings of Class IVb standing at least seven feet from any other 
building and not having more than two stories and each floor having its own 
separate exits, the seating capacity of each floor shall be estimated alone as deter- 
mining the kind of construction under this article. 



1858 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLJE 



December 1, 1910. 



306. Limitations of Floor Levels — Height Above Sidewalks.) (a) 

The following limitations of floor levels in buildings hereafter erected, occupied 
either wholly or in part for the purposes of Class IVb, shall be as follows: No 
auditorium of a greater seating capacity than one thousand shall have the highest 
part of its main floor at a greater distance than ten feet above the adjacent side- 
walk grade. No room or rooms having a greater seating capacity than five hundred 
shall be at a greater distance above the sidewalk grade than twenty feet. No room 
-or rooms used for the purposes of Class IVb having a greater seating capacity than 
two hundred shall be at a higher level above the sidewalk grade than thirty feet; 
provided, however, that in the case of a building used either wholly or in part for 
the purposes of Class IVb, and built of fireproof construction, a room or rooms to be 
used for the purposes of Class IVb and of an aggregate seating capacity of less 
than five hundred may be located in any story thereof, but in such case, there shall 
be at least two separate and distinct flights of stairs from the floor or floors in 
which such room or rooms are located, to the ground, each of which stairs shall 
be not less than four feet wide in the clear and such floor or floors shall be equipped 
with emergency exits and have not less than one stairway fire escape. 

(b) In buildings of fireproof construction hereafter erected, banquet halls or ball 
rooms having a seating capacity of not more than 900 may be located on any floor. 
Such banquet halls or ball rooms shall have access to at least two interior stairways 
and "not less than one stairway fire escape, the combined width of which shall be 
equal to at least 18 inches for each one hundred persons for whom accommodations 
are provided in said banquet hall or ball room. 

(c) No room or hall used for the purpose of a skating rink shall be constructed, 
operated or maintained above the first floor of any building. 

307. Allowance for Loads in Construction of Floors.) All floors of all build- 
ings of Class IVb shall be designed and constructed in such a manner as to be 
capable of bearing in all their parts, in addition to the weight of floor construc- 
tion, partitions, permanent fixtures and mechanisms that may be set upon the 
same, a live load of one hundred pounds for every square foot of surface in such 
floor, in accordance with the general provisions of this chapter. 

308. Stairways— Entrances and Exits— Width of.) The width of stairways in 
buildings used wholly or in part for the purposes of Class IVb, shall be 18 inches 
for every 100 persons of the aggregate seating capacity of all rooms used for the 
purposes of Class IVb in such buildings; but no stairway in such building shall 
be less than four feet wide in thp clear; provided, that in any such building having 
a room or rooms, balcony or gallery, used for the purposes of Class IVb, the aggre- 
gate seating capacity of which does not exceed 250 persons, two separate and 
distinct stairways, each three feet wide, shall be permitted, but no such building 
hereafter erected shall have less than two interior stairways of the width required 
by this ordinance, and located as far apart as practicable. Every hall or room 
used for the purposes of Class IVb in a building hereafter erected or converted, 
shall have access to not less than two stairways. Every stairway shall have hand- 
rails on each side thereof; stairways which are over seven feet wide shall have 
double intermediate handrails with end newel posts at least five and a half feet 
high; no stairway shall ascend a greater height than 13 feet 6 inches without 
a level landing, which landing shall be not less than four feet wide measured 
in the direction of the run of the stairs. Every stairway leading to a box or boxes 
shall be independent of all other stairs or seats; and such stairway shall not be 



December 1, 1910. 



BUILDING ORDINANCE 



1859 



less than 2 feet 6 inches wide in the clear when such box or boxes seat not to 
exceed thirty people, and an additional width of one inch shall be added to such 
stairway for each additional five persons for whom seating capacity is provided. 

309. Balconies and Galleries — Designation of.) Where there are balconies or 
galleries, the first balcony or gallery shall be designated "balcony" and the second 
and third balconies or galleries shall be designated respectively "gallery" and 
"second gallery." 

310. Balconies and Galleries — ^Exit and Entrance.) Distinct and separate 
places of exit and entrance shall be provided for each gallery. A common place 
of exit and entrance may serve for the main floor of the auditorium and the 
balcony, provided its capacity be equal to the aggregate required capacity of all 
aisles or corridors leading from the main floor and such balcony to such place of 
exit and entrance. 

311. Aisles — Steps in Aisles — Passageways — Kept Unobstructed — Width of 
Corridors, Passageways, Hallways and Doors.) (a) Aisles in rooms used for the 
purposes of Class IVb shall have in the aggregate a width of 1& inches for each 
100 of the seating capacity of such room, and for fractional parts of 100 a pro- 
portionate part of 18 inches shall be added; but no aisle shall be less than two 
feet six inches in width. 

(b) Steps shall be permitted in aisles only as extending from bank to bank 
of seats, and whenever the rise from bank to bank of seats is less than five inches 
the floor of the aisles shall be made as an inclined plane, and where steps occur in 
outside aisles or corridors, they shall not be isolated, but shall be grouped together, 
and there shall be a light so placed as to illuminate such steps in such outside 
aisles or corridors. All aisles and passageways in such rooms shall be kept free 
from camp-stools, sofas, chairs and other obstructions, and no persons shall be 
allowed to stand in or occupy any of such aisles or passageways during any per- 
formance, service, exhibition, lecture, concert, ball, or any public assembly. 

(c) Where there are emergency exits located at the sides of such rooms, 
there shall be a cross aisle giving access to such exits. The location of emergency 
exits and cross aisles shall be subject to the approval of the Commissioner of 
Buildings. 

312. Corridors, Passageways, Hallways and Doors — Width of.) The width 
of corridors, passageways, hallways and doors adjacent to, connected with or a part 
of such rooms, shall be computed in the same manner as is herein provided for 
stairways and aisles, excepting, however, that no such corridor, passageway or hall- 
way shall be less than four feet in width, and no such door shall be less than 
three feet in width. 

313. Seats— Number in Rows.) There shall be not more than fourteen seats in 
any one row between aisles, and in a room or rooms used for the purposes of Class 
IVb, of a seating capacity greater than 400 persons, there shall be an aisle on each 
side of any bank of seats, where there are over seven seats in a row. Rows of seats 
shall not be less than thirty-two inches from back to back and no bank of seats 
shall be of a greater rise than twenty inches. 

314. Emergency Exits.) (a) Emergency exits and stairways shall be provided 
outside of any and all rooms used for the purposes of Class IVb which have a 
seating capacity larger than eight hundred, and such emergency exits shall have 



1860 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



a width equal to one-half of the width provided for the main exits and such emer- 
gency exits shall lead directly to a public thoroughfare. Provided, however, that any 
room or rooms used for the purposes of Class IVb in any building hereafter erected, 
having a seating capacity of more than 400, shall have emergency exits outside of 
the walls of such building equal in width to one-half of the exits required for the 
main exits, and such emergency exits shall lead directly to a public thoroughfare. 
Doors leading to emergency exits shall not be less than three feet wide. Stairs 
shall be not less than four feet wide. Such emergency exits and stairways may be 
built inside the walls of such building of a width not less than four feet, provided 
that they are enclosed by a fireproof partition not less than 4 inches thick; and 
further provided, that the stairs themselves are constructed of incombustible 
material. Emergency stairways may descend into open spaces or passageways, pro- 
vided they do not obstruct more than one-half of the width of such open spaces or 
passageways. 

(b) Every stairway fire escape shall be located and constructed in accordance 
with the requirements of Sections 669, 670 and 673, but in no case shall any room 
used for the purposes of Class IVb located above the third story of any building 
have less than one stairway fire escape. 

315. Doors to Open Outward — Draperies.) (a) All doors affording access 
directly or indirectly to the street, alley or corridor from any room used for the 
purposes of Class IVh shall open outward. 

(b) It shall be unlawful for any person, firm or corporation to obscure the 
exit doors of any room of a building of Class IVb as defined in this chapter, by 
dr'aperies, and during the time any such room or rooms are open to the public, 
said doors shall not be locked or fastened in any manner so as to prevent them 
from being easily opened outwardly; and such doors shall be constructed and main- 
tained so as to require no special knowledge or effort to open them from the 
interior. 

316. Walls Between Auditorium and Stage.) There shall be a solid brick wall 
of the same thickness as required for outside walls between the auditorium and 
stage in buildings hereafter erected for or converted to the use of Class IVb and 
used either wholly or in part for that purpose; and in existing non-fireproof build- 
ings such wall must extend to a height of three (3) feet above the roof. Provided, 
however, that in existing buildings any room used for the purposes of Class IVb at 
the date of the passage of this ordinance having a greater seating capacity than 
four hundred (400) shall have a proscenium wall built of masonry or incombustible 
material. 

317. Curtain Shall Be of Iron, Steel or Asbestos— Inspection of— Fee.) The 

main curtain opening in any such room shall have a wrought iron or steel or 
three-ply asbetos curtain with a wire mesh imbedded therein, which shall be 
inspected by the Building Department semi-annually, for which inspection a charge 
of five dollars shall be made, and all other openings in the proscenium wall shall 
have self-closing iron doors. 

318. Structures Over Ceiling — ^Construction.) If any structure intended to be 
occupied by people is built over the ceiling of any room, used wholly or in' part 
for the purposes of Class IVb, the girders or trusses supporting the same shall 
be of steel protected with fireproofing as required for interior columns in Section 
625. 



December 1, 1910. 



BUILDING ORDINANCE 



1861 



319. Standpipe and Hose on Stage.) In every room used for the purpose of 
Class IVb and having a seating capacity of 250 or more, and where scenery is used 
a standpipe not less than one and one -half inches in diameter, with a hose con- 
nection and hose valve thereon, shall be installed on each side of the stage, and 
shall at all times have connected thei-eto and ready for use, a hose of sufficient 
length to reach any part of the stage. Such standpipe s shall be connected with 
pump or frostproof gravity tank so that a pressure of water of ten pounds per 
square inch shall be furnished through such standpipe at the highest opening. 

320. Vents or Flue Pipes.) (a) One or more vents or flue pipes of metal 
construction or other incombustible material approved by the Commissioner of 
Buildings shall be built over the stage, and shall extend not less than ten feet 
above the highest point of the roof, and shall be equivalent in area to one- 
twentieth of the area of the stage. 

(b) In buildings where additional stories are built above the stage, such 
vents or flue pipes may be carried out near the top of the stage walls, and 
shall be continued and run up on the exterior of the building to a point five feet 
above the highest point of the additional stories. 

(c) All such flues or vents shall be provided with metal dampers which shall 
be controlled or operated by a small tarred hempen cord and also by two electric 
switches, one at the electrician's station on the stage, which station shall be 
fireproof and the other at the stage fireman's station on the opposite side of the 
stage; the arrangement of said cord and said electric switches shall be such that 
the cord will operate as a fusible link between the electric control and the damper 
and will release said damper, should the switches, or either of them, fail to operate. 
Such stations shall be located in such places on the stage as may be determined 
by the Fire Marshal, subject to the provisions of this paragraph, and each switch 
shall have a sign with plain directions as to the operation of the same printed 
thereon. 

321. Fuse Boxes.) Every fuse box shall be surrounded by two thicknesses 
of fireproof material with an air space between, and no fuse shall be exposed to 
the air between the switchboards; all electrical equipment in such rooms shall be 
installed and maintained to the satisfaction and approval of the City Electrician. 

322. Capacity — Certification for License.) (a) The Commissioner of Buildings 
shall determine the numiber of persons which every room used for the purposes of 
Class IVb may accommodate, according to the provisions of this Chapter, and shall 
certify the same to the City Clerk. No more than the number so certified shall be 
allowed in such room at any one time. 

(b) No amusement license shall be issued for any room used for the purposes 
of Class IVb, unless the Commissioner of Buildings, the Fire Marshal and the City 
Electrician shall first have certified, in writing, that such room complies with the 
provisions of this Chapter in every respect. 

323. Exits— Signs at— Lighting Of.) (a) The word "Exit" shall appear in 
letters at least six inches high over the openings to every means of egress from 
every room used for the purposes of CRss IVb, and in every such room having a 
greater seating capacity than 400, a red light furnished by gas or sperm oil shall 
be provided over such sign. 

(b) Every room used for the purposes of Class IVb and all outlets therefrom 
leading to the streets, including passageways, courts, corridors, stairways, exits, 



1862 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 19 IQ. 



and emergency stairways, shall Rave gas or electric lighting equipment to properly 
illuminate such rooms and spaces, and every passageway, court, corridor, stairway,, 
exit, and emergency stairway, shall be provided with signs indicating the way out 
of the building, the letters of which shall not be less than six inches in height. 

324. Lights in Halls, Corridors and Lobbies — Control Of — Separate Shutoff 
— Connection with Gas Mains — Protection of Suspended and Bracket Lights — Pro- 
tection of Lights Inserted in Walls — Protection of Foot Lights — Construction of 
Border Lights — Ducts and Shafts Conducting Heated Air From Lights — ^Protection 
of Stage Lights.) Gas and electric lights in the halls, passageways, corridors, 
lobbies and other means of ingress to or egress from any such room shall be con- 
trolled by a separate shutoff, located in an accessible place, subject to the ap- 
proval of the Commissioner of Buildings, and controlled only in that particular 
place. No gas or electric light fixture shall be inserted in the walls, woodwork,, 
ceilings or in any part of any such room, unless protected by fireproof materials. 
The footlights, if gas light, shall be protected by wire network, and also by a 
strong wire guard, not less than two feet distant from such footlights and a 
trough containing such footlights shall be formed of and be surrounded by fire- 
proof materials. Border lights shall be constructed according to the best knownt 
methods, subject to the approval of the City Electrician, and shall be suspended 
by wire rope. Ducts and shafts used for collecting heated air from the main 
chandelier, or from any other light or lights, shall be constructed of metal, and 
made double with an intervening air space. Stage lights, if gas, shall have strong 
wire guards or metal screens, not less than ten inches in diameter, so constructed 
that any material coming in contact therewith shall be out of reach of flame, and 
such guards or screens shall be firmly soldered to the fixtures in all cases. 

325. Scenery — Definition — Movable Scenery.) (a) "Scenery" as used in 
this chapter shall include all scenery, drop curtains and wings which are con- 
structed or made of cloth, canvas or combustible material, whether stationary 
or movable. 

"Movable scenery" shall include all scenery, drop curtains, borders and wings- 
which are made movable for the purpose of changing scenery and substituting 
another set during or between the various stage acts. 

326. Scenery to Be Non-inflammable.) No scenery or stage paraphernalia of 
any sort shall be used upon the stage of any room used for the purposes of 
Class IVb, unless such scenery and paraphernalia shall have been treated with a 
paint or chemical solution which shall make it non-inflammable, and which treated 
scenery or stage paraphernalia, or both, shall be tested and approved by the- 
Fire Marshal. 

327. Amount of Scenery Allowed — St>rinkler System.) Two sets of house 
scenery and three drops, exclusive of asbestos fire curtain and picture screen shall 
be allowed in existing buildings, rooms and theatres of Class IV, and shall be known 
and designated upon the licenses issued by the City as "Permanent House Scenery", 
and the use and moving of such scenery shall not be construed as placing said build- 
ing, hall, room or theater within the provisions of the ordinance relating to Class 
V Buildings. 

A set of house scenery as contemplated by this section, is hereby defined to 
mean sufficient scenery to make one stage setting, such scenery being in continuous- 



December 1, 1910. building ordinance 1863 

use in such house; provided, however, that the lowering of a drop shall not con- 
stitute a new stage setting. 

No other scenery except as above enumerated shall be permitted on, above or 
underneath the stage. 

Every existing Class IV theatre affected by this section shall be equipped with 
standpipes and hose as required by Section 319 of the Revised Municipal Code of 
Chicaoo of 1905, which standpipes shall extend to the underside of the stage ceilmg 
and shall connect with not less than three sprinkler heads under said stage ceilmg 
in such locations as shall be approved by the Fire Marshal. 

No existing Class IV theatre affected by this section shall increase its seating 
capacity after the passage of this ordinance. 

No scenery or stage paraphernalia of combustible materials shall be used on 
the stage of any room or theatre used for the purposes of Class IV, unless such 
scenery and paraphernalia shall have been treated with a paint or chemical solution 
which shall make it non-inflammable, and which treated scenery or stage parapher- 
nalia, or both, shall be tested and approved by the Fire Marshal. 

328. Dressing Room Partitions.) Partitions forming dressing rooms, except 
where already built, shall be constructed of incombustible material, and such 
dressing rooms shall be properly ventilated. 

329. Apparatus Under Control of Fire Marshal.) The standpipes, hose, vent 
flues and all apparatus for the extinguishing of fire or guarding against the same, 
required by the provisions of this ordinance to be provided, shall be at all times 
so provided and kept in a manner satisfactory to the Fire Marshal. 

CLASS IVc. 

330. Class IVc Defined.) Class IVc. shall include every building hereafter 
erected used for moving picture and vaudeville shows and similar entertainments, 
where an admission fee is charged and regular performances are given, and where 
the seating capacity does not exceed 300, provided that every building of Class 
IVc existing at the time of the passing of this ordinance shall comply with the 
provisions of Class IVb. 

331. Frontage of Class IVc. Every room used for the purposes of Class IVc, 
shall have a frontage upon at least two public thoroughfares, of which at least 
one shall be a street, and the other a street or a public or private alley not less 
than ten feet wide, and opening directly on a public street or alley. 

332. Construction.) Buildings of Class IVc hereafter erected less than thirty 
feet in height, may be built of ordinary construction, but the enclosing walls shall 
be constructed of masonry. No moving picture, vaudeville or theatrical show shall 
hereafter be installed in a frame building. No room or hall used for the purposes 
of Class IVc shall hereafter be installed underneath any living or sleeping room. 

333. Floor Levels— Limitations.) The following limitations of floor levels 
shall apply to every building used for the purposes, of Class IVc; the highest part 
of the auditorium floor shall not exceed four feet above the sidewalk level. The 
floor level at the entrance shall not be at a greater height than eight inches above 
the sidewalk. The aisles shall not have a greater incline than 1% inches to 
the foot. 



1864 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



334. Stairways.) Where external stairways are required, such stairways 
shall be at least six inches wider than the exits, and shall have treads not less 
than ten inches wide and risers not more than 8 inches high, and shall be provided 
with suitable handrails on each side thereof, and the width of such stairs shall 
comply with the requirements of Class IVb. 

335. Balconies and Galleries.) In non-fireproof buildings hereafter erected 
for, or converted to the purposes of Class IVc, not more than one balcony and no 
galleries shall be constructed. 

336. Aisles— Steps and Aisles— Passages to be Kept Unobstructed.) Aisles 
and rooms used for the purposes of Class IVc shall have in the aggregate, a width 
of not less than 20 inches for each 100 of seating capacity of such room and for 
fractional parts of 100, a proportionate part of 20 inches shall be added, and no 
aisle shall have a width of less than two feet six inches. When side emergency 
exits are permitted, there shall be a cross aisle not less than three feet wide, 
leading directly to said exit. Steps shall not be permitted in any aisle or in any 
portion of the auditorium floor. Every aisle, passageway, entrance and exit 
shall be free from turnstiles, railings or other obstructions. 

337. Corridors— Passageways— Doors— Width Of.) The width of corridors, 
passageways and doors shall be computed in the same manner as provided in 
Sections 311 and 312. 

338. Seats— Size— Location.) There shall not be more than ten seats in 
any one row between aisles, nor more than six seats between an aisle and side 
wall. Seats shall not be less than thirty-two inches from back to back and 
shall not be less than twenty inches in width measured at the top of the seat 
back, and shall be secured firmly to the floor. 

339. Exits.) In every building of Class IVc, there shall be provided at least 
two entrance doors. No entrance doors shall be less than four feet in width. If 
the rear of the building abuts upon an alley, there shall be provided not less than 
two emergency exits leading directly to the said alley. Wherever emergency exits 
pass over or under the stage floor level, they shall be enclosed with walls of 
masonry nine inches in thickness, or four inch hollow tile, or of two-inch solid 
plaster, composed of iron studs and metal lath and plaster, and shall have floors 
and ceilings of slow-burning, mill, or fireproof construction. If the side of the 
auditorium abuts upon a street or alley, such emergency exits shall be located as 
follows: one exit shall be located at a distance not greater than five feet from 
the proscenium wall or stage, and the other exit shall be located at a distance 
half way between the foyer and the stage wall. Exits by means of stairways or 
stairway fire escapes, equal in width to eighteen inches for each one hundred 
persons, shall be provided and for fractional parts of one hundred, a proportionate 
part of eighteen inches shall be added. No such exit shall be less than two feet 
six inches in width. 

340. Doors to Open Outward.) All doors affording ingress or egress in 
buildings of Class IVc shall open outward, and no door shall be less than three 
feet wide Such doors, as well as any entrance or exits or opening, shall not be 
obscured by curtains or draperies, and no door shall be locked or fastened at any 
time during the time such building is open to the public, and no door or opening 
shall be less than three feet wide. Such doors shall be so constructed and main"^ 
tained that they may easily be opened from within. 



December 1, 1910. building oedinanci: 1865 

341. Walls Between Auditorium and Stage.) Where the area of the stage 
exceeds 72 square feet, there shall be provided a proscenium wall of solid masonry 
of not less than nine inches in thickness, extending from ground to the roof. 
Where the stage area is less than 72 square feet its proscenium wall may be 
constructed of two-inch solid plaster walls, composed of metal studs and metal 
lath and plaster or three-inch hollow tile. In no case shall the underside of ceiling 
or roof over stage house behind proscenium wall be at a higher level than three 
feet over the highest point of main proscenium opening. And there shall be no 
trap doors or other openings in the stage floor. 

342. Curtain.) (a) The main curtain in the opening of the proscenium wall 
shall be composed of long fibre asbestos twisted on brass wire and woven into a 
close cloth. The laps shall be sewed with two lines of brass and asbestos stitch^ 
ing, which laps shall not be less than one-inch wide. Said cloth shall be lapped 
at least four times around the top and around the bottom bars with at least three 
lines of the stitching above specified. 

(b) The edge of the curtain shall be continuously reinforced by lapping and 
stitching and also with pieces of sheet metal for clips. The curtain shall be at 
least thirty inches wider and higher than the masonry opening, and shall have 
steel top and bottom bars of not less than two square inches in cross section, 
which bars shall be connected by four three -sixteenth inch steel cables. 

(c) There shall be three-eighth inch spanning cables with upper ends secured 
to steel brackets fastened to the wall and the lower ends sufficiently counter- 
weighted to keep the cables taut and where cables pass through the stage floor, 
the holes shall be metal bushed. 

(d) The curtain shall have hard wood eyelets not over eighteen inches cen- 
ter to center, around the standing cables on both vertical edges, which eyelets 
shall be secured to the curtain by bent brass clips riveted to the curtain with 
double sheet metal reinforcing. 

(e) There shall be steel lifting cables, one-half inch in diameter, at each 
end of the curtain and at intermediate points not over ten feet apart attached 
to drums on shafts located above the curtain. 

(f) The operating machinery shall be built according to good mechanical 
engineering practice. 

(g) There shall be emergency chains midway between the lifting cables, to 
hold the curtain which shall be equal in strength and efficiency to the lifting 
cables. 

(h) There shall be steel guides of not less than three-eighths inch metal on 
each side of the curtain from the stage floor to the level of the overhead sheaves. 
The metal guides shall lap the edges of the curtain not less than four inches. 
The curtain shall be incombustible in all its parts and its operating devices. 

(i) The painting and the manner of tripping the curtain and the number of 
and the location of places for tripping shall be subject to the approval of the 
Fire Marshal. 

(j) A permit shall be obtained from the Department of Buildings for the 
erection of each such curtain. The Commissioner of Buildings shall inspect each 
such curtain semi-annually for which semi-annual inspection, a fee of $5.00 shall 
be charged. 

343. Other Openings in Stage Walls.) Every other opening in the proscenium 
wall or in the other walls of the stage shall have self-closing incombustible doors. 



1866 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



344. Structure Over Ceiling— Construction.) A structure may be built over 
the ceiling or roof of any building used wholly or in part for the purposes of Class 
IVc, provided such space is not used for sleeping or living purposes. Girders or 
trusses supporting same shall be of steel protected by fireproofing as required in 
Section 625 and the entire ceiling shall be covered with incombustible material 
subject to the approval of the Commissioner of Buildings. 

345. Picture Machine Booth.) The walls, floor and ceiling of every moving 
picture booth or machine house shall be built of four-inch hollow tile or four-inch 
solid concrete, supported on iron beams or columns, the door of operating room to 
be metal clad and swing outwards. There shall be a metal smoke or flue pipe 
eighteen inches in diameter extending from ceiling to three feet above roof of 
machine house and terminating in the open air. 

346. Standpipes and Hose on Stage.) When the stage area exceeds seventy- 
two square feet and combustible scenery is used on stage, there shall be a water 
stand-pipe not less than ly^ inches in diameter with hose connections and hose of 
sufficient length to reach any and all portions of stage. Said stand-pipe shall be 
connected to either a fifteen hundred gallon frost-proof gravity tank located 
twenty-five feet above stage level, or to a two-inch city pipe connection, satisfac- 
tory to the Fire Marshal. 

347. Vent or Flue Pipe Over Stage.) (a) When the stage exceeds seventy- 
two square feet in area and combustible scenery is used, one or more flue pipes of 
incombustible material and equivalent to one twentieth of the area of the stage 
shall be built over the stage and shall extend eight feet above the highest point 
of roof. 

(b) All such flues or vents shall be provided with metal dampers which 
shall be controlled or operated by a small tarred hempen cord and also by two 
electric switches, one at the electrician's station on the stage, which 
station shall be fireproof and the other at the stage fireman's station on the op- 
posite side of the stage; the arrangement of said cord and said electric switches 
shall be such that the cord will operate as a fusible link between the electric con- 
trol and the damper and will release said damper, should the switches or either of 
them, fail to operate. Such stations shall be located in such places on the stage 
as may be determined by the Fire Marshal, subject to the provisions of this para- 
graph, and each switch shall have a sign with plain directions as to the operation 
of the same printed thereon. 

348. Fuse Boxes.) Every fuse box shall be surrounded by two thicknesses 
of fireproof material with an air space between, and no fuse shall be exposed to 
the air between the switch boards; all electrical equipment in such rooms shall be 
installed and maintained to the satisfaction and approval of the City Electrician. 

349. Capacity— Certification for License.) The Commissioner of Buildings 

shall determine the number of persons which every room used for the purposes 
of Class IVc may accommodate according to the provisions of this chapter, and 
shall certify the same to the City Clerk. No more than the number so certified 
shall be allowed in such room at any one time. 



350. Exits, Signs and Lights.) (a) The word "Exit" shall appear in let- 
ters six inches high over the openings to every means of egress from such room. 



December 1, 1910. 



BUILDING ORDINANCE 



1867 



and a gas or sperm oil light with red globe shall be provided at or over such 
exit sign. 

(b) Every room used for the purposes of Class IVc and all outlets therefrom 
leading to the streets, including passageways, courts, corridors, stairways, exits, 
and emergency stairways, shall have gas or electric lighting equipment to properly 
illuminate such room and spaces, and every passageway, court, corridor, stairway, 
exit and emergency stairway, shall be provided with signs indicating the way 
out of the building, the letters of which, shall not be less than six inches in height. 

351. Lights in Halls, Corridors and Lobbies— Control of—Separate Shutoff— 
Connecfion with Gas Mains— Protection of Suspended and Bracket Lights— Pro- 
tection of Lights Inserted in Walls— Protection of Footlights— Construction o* 
Border Lights, Ducts and Shafts Conducting Heated Air From Lights— Protection 
of Stage Lights.) Gas and electric lights in the halls, passageways, corridors, 
lobbies, and other means of ingress to or egress from any such room shall be 
controlled by a separate shutoff, located in an accessible place, subject to the 
approval of the Commissioner of Buildings and controlled only in that particular 
place. No gas or electric light fixtures shall be inserted in the walls, woodwork, 
ceilings or in any part of any such room, unless protected by fireproof materials. 
The footlights, if gas lights, shall be protected by wire net work, and also by a 
strong wire guard, not less than two feet distant from such footlights, and a 
trough containing such footlights, shall be formed and be surrounded by fireproof 
materials. Border lights shall be constructed acording to the best known methods 
subject to the approval of the City Electrician and shall be suspended by a wire 
rope. Ducts and shafts used for collecting heated air from the main chandelier, 
or from any other light or lights, shall be constructed of metal, and made double 
with an intervening air space. Stage lights, if gas, shall have strong wire guards 
or metal screens, not less than ten inches in diameter, so constructed that any 
material coming in contact therewith shall be out of reach of flame, and such 
guards or screens shall be firmly soldered to the fixtures in all cases. 

352. Apparatus Under Control of Fire Marshal.) The standpipe, hose, vent 
flues, and all apparatus for the extinguishing of fire or guarding against same, 
required by the provisions of this chapter to be provided, shall be at all times so 
provided and kept in a manner satisfactory to the Fire Marshal. 

353. Scenery Requirements—Fire Proof Solution.) (a) All scenery on the 
stage shall be made stationary, and shall consist of not over two asbestos cur- 
tains, three stationary wings on each side and four stationary border drops. All 
scenery and stage paraphernalia shall be treated with a paint or chemical solution 
every six months, which shall make it non-inflammable, and which treated scenery 
or stage paraphernalia shall be tested and approved by the Fire Marshal. Where 
no combustible scenery is used or where all scenery is made of metal, the smoke 
flue over the stage and the standpipes may be dispensed with at the discretion of 
the Commissioner of Buildings and the Fire Marshal. 

(b) Scenery supported by and constructed entirely of incombustible ma- 
terial, shall not be considered as sets of scenery provided for in this section. 

354. Dressing Room Partitions.) Partitions forming dr.essing rooms, except 
where already built, shall be constructed of incombustible material, and such 
dressing rooms shall be properly ventilated. 

355. Frontage Consents Required.) No building of this class shall hereafter 



1868 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



be constructed for, or converted to the use of said class, unless frontage consents 
are secured as required by tlie ordinances of the City of Chicago and filed with 
the Commissioner of Buildings. 

356. Class IVd Defined.) In Class IVd shall be included every grand stand 
and every baseball, athletic and amusement park. 

357. Loads — Allowance for Live Loads.) The floors and stairs of grand 
stands and bleacher stands, existing or hereafter built, shall be designed and 
constructed in such manner as to be capable of bearing in all their parts and 
supports, in addition to the weight of the floor construction, partitions and per- 
manent fixtures, that may be set upon the same, a live load of not less than one 
hundred pounds for every square foot of surface of said floors, and a live load 
of not less than one hundred and fifty pounds for every square foot of the 
bearing surface of the stairs. 

358. Grandstands— Frame Within Fire Limits— Grandsftands Hereafter 
Constructed— Fireproof— Frontage Consents.) (a) Wooden grandstands or tiers- 
of seats commonly known and described as grandstands now constructed or in the 
process of construction may be erected, repaired or enlarged within the fire limits 
where no part of any such structure shall be within sixty feet of any other build- 
ing or structure. All grandstands hereafter erected within the fire limits shall be 
made of fireproof or unprotected steel construction. The enclosing walls, if enclosed, 
shall be made of fireproof or incombustible materials, but the seats may be made 
of wood. Grandstands outside the fire limits may be constructed of wood, but no 
part of any such structure shall be within less than sixty feet of any other building 
or structure. The braces, supports and the underside of all seats, including bleacher 
seats, shall be treated with a fire-retarding solution once a year before opening up 
the premises containing such stand to the public. 

(b) Every person, firm or corporation desiring a permit for the construction 
of a grandstand, except in connection with such as are now in existence, shall first 
obtain the consent in writing of the owners of a majority of the frontage on both 
sides of the street or streets on each side of the block or square in which it is 
desired to erect such grandstand. 

359. Width of Aisles and Exits— Number of Seats Between Aisles.) (a) 

The width of aisles and exits in all grandstands contemplated in Section 356, 
hereafter constructed, shall be in no case less than 36 inches and such width shall 
be increased toward the exits which serve as regular entrances, such width being 
computed at the rate of eighteen inches per each 100 seats or fractional part 
thereof in non-fireproof grandstands, and at the rate of twelve inches for each 
100 seats or fractional part thereof in fireproof grandstands. 

(b) The number of seats between aisles in any row shall not exceed twenty 
in non-fireproof grandstands, nor thirty in fireproof grandstands. 

(c) No exit, gate or door, shall be locked or bolted during the occupancy of 
such stands by the public. All aisles passageways, corridors and exits shall be 
kept free from obstructions of any kind. 

360. Temporary Seating Structures.) Temporary seating structures for shows 
and outdoor exhibitions and the observation of holidays and special occasions may 
be built of combustible material, providing they are built structurally strong 
enough to support a live load of one hundred pounds per square foot, and comply 



December 1, 1910. 



BUILDING ORDINANCE 



1869 



with the provisons of Class IVb in regard to means of exit, aisles and rows of 
seats; and provided, further, that a permit be secured from the Commissioner of 
Buildings, which shall in no case be issued by him Until the party desiring to erect 
said temporary seating structure shall secure the written consent of a majority 
of the property owners or their duly authorized agents, on both sides of the street 
between the two nearest intersecting streets on which said temporary seating 
structure is to be located. And further provided that any permit issued for any 
such temporary seating structure as hereinabove provided for in this section shall 
not entitle the person so receiving said permit to use said temporary seating struc- 
ture for more than ten consecutive days from the first day on which it is so used; 
and further provided that any temporary seating structure provided for in this 
section shall be removed within ten days after the use of the same as provided for 
in this section, and if not so removed it shall be the duty of the Commissioner of 
Buildings to order the same to be removed or torn down by the Fire Marshal. 

361. Use of Roofs Used for Spectatorial Purposes— Prohibited.) It shall be 
unlawful for any person, firm or corporation whether owner, lessee, manager or in 
possession and control or having charge of any building within the city to permit 
the use of the roof of any such building, whether free of charge, or through admis- 
sion fee, to any person or persons as a place of observation or for spectatorial 
purposes. 

AMUSEMENT PARKS. 

362. Roller Coaster Devices.) No roller coaster, scenic railway, or other 
ridmg, sliding, or rolling device, shall be hereafter erected of a greater height 
from the ground than 55 feet. All such coasters, railways, riding or other devices 
shall be equipped with safety clutches. The cars, or any receptacles, which per- 
sons are permitted to occupy, or in which they are permitted to travel, ascend or 
descend, shall have hand rails of sufficient number and height to prevent people 
from being thrown therefrom, and of such character as shall be approved by the 
Commissioner of Buildings. 

363. Frontage Consents Required.) It shall hereafter be unlawful for any 
person, firm or corporation, to build, construct, establish, produce or carry on, any 
amusement within any ground, garden or enclosure of the kind commonly known 
and described as amusement parks, wherein shows of different classes are offered 
or presented by one or more" concessionaries, without first securing written front- 
age consents as required by the ordinances of the City of Chicago. Such front- 
age consents shall be filed with the Commissioner of Buildings before a permit 
shall be issued for the construction of any building or structure connected in any 
way with such amusement or amusement park. 

364. Requirements.) (a) Buildings hereafter erected within an amusement 
park, located outside the fire limits, shall comply, except as herein otherwise speci- 
fied, with the provisions of Class IVb. 

(b) Buildings hereafter erected within amusement parks located outside of 
the fire limits and not exceeding one story in height and which do not contain 
more than one balcony may be built with a self-supporting steel frame designed 
as required by this chapter. Such structures may be enclosed with metal lath 
covered with cement plaster, which plaster shall be not less than one and one-third 
inches thick, or such structures may be enclosed with galvanized iron. The roofs 
of such structures may be of ordinary construction supported on steel trusses and 



1870 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910;. 



covered with a gravel or composition roof, approved by the Commissioner of 
Buildings. 

(c) Every moving picture theatre built within an amusement park shall' 
comply with the provisions of Class IVc. 

365. Open Space Between Buildings.) There shall be an open and un- 
obstructed space of not less than four feet between each and every- 
frame building hereafter erected in an amusement park, where the- 
buildings do not exceed twenty feet in height, and of not less than- 
six feet where the buildings are over twenty feet and less than thirty feet in< 
height, and of not less than ten feet where the buildings are over thirty feet in 
height. Where brick or concrete or other fireproof walls of full seventeen inches in 
thickness are used between such buildings and where such buildings are built of 
^ow-burning construction, these spaces shall not be required, but, in such cases^ 
there shall be a space of ten feet in width at intervals of every two hundred feet. 

366. Standpipes— Fire Plugs— Hose.) There shall be installed within th& 
grounds of every amusement park, an adequate system of water pipes with branch 
connection to fire plug, with sufficient hose connected to city pressure, so as ta 
furnish at all times a good and efficient force of water, which will enable the 
extinguishing of fire at or within each and every building. The size of water 
mains, standpipes, fire plugs, hose, as well as the location, number, and quantity 
of same, shall be subject to the approval of the Fire Marshal. All hose connection 
shall be the standard size used by the Fire Department of Chicago and shall be 
approved by_ the Fire Marshal. 

367. Roller Coasters— Scenic Railways, Etc.— Permit Fee— Certificate of Test 
and Safety.) Before any roller coaster, scenic railway, water chute, or other me- 
chanical, riding, sailing, sliding or swinging device is erected, either in existing 
or new amusement parks, a detailed plan shall be submitted to the Commissioner 
of Buildings, for his approval or rejection, and, if approved, a permit shall be 
procured by the person, firm or corporation desiring to erect such device. The 
permit fee shall be fifty dollars for each such device. Before such device is 
opened to the public each season, a certificate of inspection, signed by a competent 
engineer, approved by the Commissioner of Buildings, must be furnished, certifying 
to the practicability, strength and safety of such devices, and all such device or 
devices shall be examined by the Commissioner of Buildings or his employeea 
upon completion and each year before opening up to the public. 

368. Must Comply With All Ordinances.) It shall be unlawful for any per- 
son, firm or corporation to construct, alter or operate any amusement park or any 
building or structure therein unless they comply with the ordinances of the city- 
relative thereunto. 



ARTICLE VIII. 

CLASS V. 

369. Class V Defined.) In Class V shall be included every building which is 
used as a public theater where an admission fee is charged and in which movable 
scenery is used, and every assembly hall hereafter erected having a seating ca- 
pacity of over 300 and "^containing a permanent stage on which scenery and 



December 1, 1910. 



BUILDING ORDINANCE 



1871 



theatrical apparatus are used and regular theatrical vaudeville performances 
are given; provided, however, that public halls and club halls with a seating 
capacity of less than six hundred, although occasionally used for theatrical 
presentation, shall not be considered as public theaters within the meaning of 
the term as used in this section, notwithstanding the fact that movable scenery 
^'s used upon the stages thereof on such occasions, and such public halls and club 
halls shall not be considered as buildings of Class V as herein defined. Such 
public halls and club halls shall be included in Class IV as defined in this 
section. 

3691/2. Must Comply With General and Special Provisions.) Every building 
of Class V shall comply with the general provisions of this chapter and shall 
ftlso comply with the following special provisions: 

370. City Officers Empowered to Enter Buildings.) The Commissioner of 
Buildings, Commissioner of Health, Fire Marshal, City Electrician, Superintendent 

Police, or any of them, and their respective assistants, shall have the right to 
enter any building used wholly or in part for the purposes of Class V, and any 
and all parts thereof, at any reasonable time, and at any time when occupied by 
the public, in order to examine such buildings, to judge of the condition of the 
same and to discharge their respective duties, and it shall be unlawful for any 
person to interfere with them, or any of them, in the performance of their duties. 

371. City Officers Empowered to Close.) The Commissioner of Buildings 
Commissioner of Health, Fire Marshal, City Electrician and the Superintendent of 
Police, or any one of them, shall have the power, and it shall be their joint and 
several duty, to order any building used wholly or in part for the purposes of 
Class V, closed, where it is discovered that there is any violation of any of the 
provisions of the chapter, and keep same closed until such provisions are com- 
plied with. 

372. License— Mayor Shall Revoke.) Upon a report to the Mayor by the 
Commissioner of Buildings, Commissioner of Health, Fire Marshal, City Electrician 
or the Superintendent of Police that any requirement of this chapter or that any 
order given by them or any of them in regard thereto has been violated, or not 
complied with, the Mayor shall revoke the license of any such theatre or place of 
amusement so reported and cause the same to be closed. 



BUILDINGS OF CLASS V NOW IN EXISTENCE. 

373. Buildings of Class V Now in Existence.) The following provisions shall 
apply to Class V buildings in existence at the time of the passage of this ordi- 
nance : 

374. Walls— Outside— Must Comply with Requirements of Section 519.) The 

outside walls of all such buildings in existence at the time of the passage of this 
ordinance, the roofs or ceilings of which are carried on trusses or girders of a span 
of fifty feet or more shall comply with the requirements of Section 519. 

375. Columns in Walls — Alterations.) If iron or steel columns are intro- 
duced in the walls referred to in Section 374, the brick work around the same 
shall be bonded into that of the connecting walls, and each of such columns shall 
be fireproofed as provided in Sections 624 and 625 of this chapter. All alterations 



1872 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



in such existing buildings, to make them comply with the requirements of this 
chapter may be executed with the same kind of materials as those originally used 
in the construction of such buildings; provided, that after the said building is 
brought into compliance with the provisions of this chapter, then all subsequent 
alterations, enlargements, repairs, replaced or strengthened structural parts dam- 
aged by fire, wear and tear, or otherwise, shall be made of fireproof construction 
or iron or steel construction covered with fireproof materials, as provided by this 
chapter. 

376. Other Classes Built in Conjunction with Class V — Doors for Openings 
Between Connecting Buildings.) In all cases where existing buildings used wholly 
or in part for the purposes of Class V are built in conjunction with or as part 
of buildings devoted to the uses of other classes and where such buildings of the 
other classes, as specified in this ordinance, are not built entirely of fireproof con- 
struction, double iron doors shall be placed at each connecting opening between 
such buildings of Class V and the building connected therewith. 

377. Floor Levels — Limitations of.) (a) Any audience room used for the 
purposes of Class V containing in the aggregate not more than five hundred seats, 
if in a fireproof building, may be located in any story thereof, but in such case 
there shall be at least two stairways to the ground, from the floor or floors on 
which each such room is located, each of which stairways shall be not less than 
four feet in width in the clear. 

(b) In existing buildings of fireproof construction, having an audience room 
with a seating capacity of more than five hundred and less than fifteen hundred, 
the lowest bank of seats of the main floor thereof shall be not more than twelve 
feet above the street level, and every such building shall in all other respects con- 
form to the requirements of this ordinance. The main floor of no existing theatre 
of any construction other than fireproof shall be raised above its present elevation. 

378. Loads — Allowance for Live Loads in Construction of Floors of Class V.) 

For all buildings of Class V all floors shall be designed and constructed in such 
manner as to be capable of supporting in all their parts, in addition to the weight 
of floor construction partitions and permanent fixtures and mechanisms that may 
be set upon the same, a live load of one hundred pounds for every square foot of 
surface in such floors. 

379. Stairways — Entrances and Exits.) (a) Stairways, affording egress 
from any room or rooms used for the purposes of Class V shall be equivalent in 
width to twenty inches for every one hundred of seating capacity of such room, 
and for fractional parts of one hundred a proportionate part of twenty inches 
shall be added, but no such stairway shall be less than four feet wide in the 
clear, except as hereinafter provided in this section. 

(b) All such stairways shall have hand railings on each side thereof and 
shall not ascend to a greater height than thirteen feet six inches without a level 
landing, and the length and width of such landing shall not be less than the width 
of the stairs. No run of stairs shall consist of less than six risers between plat- 
forms, and risers shall not be placed on return platforms. Stairways which are 
over 7 feet wide shall have double intermediate handrails with end newel posts at 
least 51/2 feet high. 

(c) Steps shall not have a greater rise than 8 inches; treads shall not be 
narrower than 10 inches, and winders, shall not be used on any staircase, except 
wnere circular staircases are expressly permitted. 



December 1, 1910. 



BUILDING ORDINANCE 



1873 



(d) In existing theatres every balcony and gallery shall have separate 
and distinct entrance stairways from the sidewalk level, except that in cases 
where the vestibule or entrance to any such theater is not more than fifteen inches, 
or two steps, above the sidewalk level and such steps are at or near the building 
line, the stairways to such balcony and gallery may ascend from the floor of such 
vestibule or entrance, but if the run of the stairs at the bottom is not toward 
the street, there shall be a hand rail or rails, three feet above the floor constructed 
from the foot of such stairways for a distance of not less than five feet leading 
toward the street. All doors intervening between such stairways and the street 
shall, during each and every performance, be kept unfastened. 

(e) There shall be an iron stairway or stairways from the stage to the fly 
galleries and gridiron, continuing to the roof of the building or to some fireproof 
passageway or exit. Such stairways may be circular. Such circular stairways, 
however, shall not be used for access to the dressing rooms. 

(f) Every stairway leading to a box or boxes shall be independent of all 
other stairs or seats; and such stairway shall not be less than two feet eight 
inches wide in the clear, when such box or boxes seat not to exceed thirty people, 
and an additional width of one inch shall be added to such stairway for each addi- 
tional five persons for whom seating capacity is provided. 

(g) Every stairway on the stage side of the proscenium wall shall be not 
less than two feet six inches wide. 

(h) Instead of increasing the width required for entrances, aisles, exits and 
stairways to that required by this chapter, the owner, lessee or manager of any 
such theatre shall have the privilege of leducing the number of permanent seats 
therein until the same ratio between such Avidth and number of seats as hereinbe- 
fore provided for shall be established, and if such privilege be taken advantage 
of, it shall be the duty of the Commissioner of Buildings to make inspection and 
certify that such, ratio actually exists before a license for the operation of any 
such theatre shall be issued. 

380. Floors and Exits.) Floors at all exits shall be level and flush with ad a- 
cent inside floors and shall extend for an unbroken width of not less than four 
feet in front of each exit, and shall be two feet wider than such exit. 

381. Seats in Rows Between Aisles.) (a) Not more than ten seats in any 
row shall be permitted between aisles in any gallery. On the main floor and 
balcony not more than eleven seats shall be permitted between aisles; except in 
rows of seats which are within twenty feet from the exits, in which case thirteen 
seats shall be permitted between aisles. 

(b) Seats shall be not less than twenty inches in width measured at the top 
of the seat backs. Rows of seats shall be not less than two feet eight inches from 
ba,ck to back. 

No bank of seats shall be of greater rise than twenty-two inches. 

(c) All groups of seats shall be so arranged that there shall be an aisle at 
each side of each group, except that groups of five seats or less may abut upon 
a tunnel at one side and an aisle at the other. And except that a bank of seats 
abuting boxes or walls on main floor, balcony, and gallery, of not over five seats 
in a row, shall he required to abut upon one aisle only. 

(d) The number of banks of seats on the main floor shall not exceed fifteen, 
unless an intervening or cross aisle is provided between each fifteen banks of 
seats or unless a direct exit is provided for each aisle. 



1874 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



(e) The number of banks of seats in the balcony shall not exceed nine unless 
an intervening or cross aisle is provided between each nine banks of seats or 
unless a direct exit be provided for each aisle. 

382. Tunnels— Cross Aisles— Vertical Rise— Foyer.) (a) There shall be no 
more than twelve feet rise measured v(irtically in any aisle in any gallery without 
a direct exit by tunnel or otherwise to a corridor with free opening on to the gal- 
lery stairs or other direct discharge to the street, or at such elevation of twelve 
feet an intervening or cross aisle leading directly to an exit. No tunnel shall be 
less than three feet wide in the clear. 

(b) No foyer shall be open to the theatre proper except through the exits. 

383. Main Floor— Balcony and Gallery— Designation of.) (a) The lower 
floor of all theatres shall be designated the "Main Floor." 

(b) Where there are balconies or galleries, the first balcony or gallery shall 
be designated the "Balcony,"' and. the second and third balcony or gallery shall be 
designated, respectively, "Gallery" and "Second Gallery." 

384. Aisles, Corridors and Passageways — Kept Unobstructed — Steps in 
Aisles.) (a) The minimum width of aisles with diverging sides in any room 
used for the purposes of Class V shall be two feet eight inches at the end near 
the stage and not less than three feet at the other end. 

(b) The minimum width of aisles with parallel sides shall be three feet. 

(c) Every aisle shall lead as nearly as possible directly to an exit, but in no 
case shall the center line of such exit be more than three feet from the center line 
of any such aisle leading thereto. 

(d) Steps shall not be permitted, in aisles except as extending from bank to 
bank of seats, and no riser shall be gi'eater than 8 inches, and no tread shall be 
less than 10 inches, and whenever the rise from bank to bank of seats is less than 
five inches, the floor of the aisles shall be made as an inclined plane, and where 
steps are placed in outside aisles or corridors they shall not be isolated, but shall 
be grouped together and a light shall be maintained so that every place where 
there are steps in inclosing aisles or corridors shall be clearly lighted. 

(e) All aisles, passageways, corridors and exits shall be kept free from camp 
stools, chairs, sofas and other obstructions, and no person shall be allowed to stand 
in or occupy any of such aisles, passageways, corridors or exits during any per- 
formance, service, exhibition, lecture, concert or any public assemblage. 

385. Corridors, Passageways, Hallways and Doors — Width of.) (a) The 
width of corridors, passageways, hallways and doors shall be computed in the same 
manner as that hereinbefore provided for stairways, excepting, however, that no 
corridor shall be anywhere less than four feet in width, and no door less than three 
feet wide, except as otherwise herein provided. 

(b) All corridors, passageways, hallways, and stairways leading from any 
balcony or gallery to any toilet room, retiring room, smoking room, check room or 
private office, shall lead directly to an outer exit of the building. Such corridors, 
pasageways, hallways, and stairways shall be at least three feet in width in every 
part, and shall be unobstructed in every part except by doors, not less than three 
feet in width in the clear, which shall swing outward and which shall not have 
locks or catches of any kind whatever. 

386. Doors — Entrance.) (a) The width of entrance doors to every theatre 
shall be computed on the basis of twenty inches in the clear to each one hundred 



December 1, 1910. 



BUILDING OEDINANCE 



1875 



permanent seats in the audience room and in addition tlierto a proportionate 
part of twenty inches for the fractional part of one hundred seats shall be added. 

(b) No mirror or architectural feature shall be so arranged as to give the 
appearance of a doorway, window, exit, hallway or corridor, were none exists. 

387. Dressing Room Partitions.) Partitions forming dressing rooms, except 
where already built, shall be constructed of incombustible material, and such 
dressing rooms shall be properly ventilated. 

388. Emergency Exits— Width— Emergency Stairs— Width— Emergency Exits 
Inside Walls of Buildings— Fire Escapes, Construction— Fire Escapes Leading to 
Street or Alley— Doors Open Outward.) (a) Emergency exits and stairways shall be 
provided separately for each floor, balcony and gallery and shall be of the same 
aggregate width as that provided for the main exits, and shall not be less than 
three feet in width. Such emergency stairways shall be made of iron, steel or 
other incombustible materials. Such emergency exits shall be kept free of obstruc- 
tions of every kind, including snow and ice. 

(b) Such emergency exits and stairways may be built inside the walls of 
the building, provided they are enclosed by a fireproof partition not less than four 
inches thick separating the exits and stairways from the audience room or 
auditorium. 

(c) If said emergency exits lead outside the building, the opening leading 
thereto shall have metal doors with wired glass panels. The doors shall open out- 
ward, and shall be hung from the inside corner of the jambs, and so constructed 
as not to project, when opened, beyond the outside face of the wall. Outside 
shutters will not be permitted, except when they open automatically from the 
interior, without resistance, and when used or opened will automatically fasten, 
securely, flat against the wall, so as not to obstruct the passage on the outside; all 
such automatic devices or attachments to said doors or shutters shall be subject to- 
the approval of the Commissioner of Buildings and the Fire Marshal of the City 
of Chicago. 

I (d) Whenever any such emergency stairway passes over an exit door, window 

; or other opening, such stairway shall be completely inclosed for a space of five 
! feet greater in width than such opening, by iron, steel or other incombustible 
material. 

(e) All such emergency exits and stairways shall land at the ground level in 
a public thoroughfare or in some space that connects directly with a street or alley 
and direct and immediate exit to such public thoroughfare shall not be obstructed 
by any doors, gates, bars or obstruction of any character. 

(f) Every court in which there is an emergency stairway shall have direct 
and unobstructed access along the surface of the ground to a street, alley or yard 
opening into an alley, or street, without entering into or passing through or over 
any building unless by a fireproof passage at least four feet wide and seven feet high 
on the court or ground level. 

(g) All doors in openings from any and all exits and stairways shall be so 
constructed that when opened they shall not obstruct any portion of any other 
doorway, opening or passageway. 

(h) All doors affording ingress to or egress from any theatre shall open 
outward and such doors shall be so constructed and maintained as to require no- 
special knowledge or effort to open them from the interior. 



1876 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



389. Wall — Brick Proscenium Wall Between Auditorium and Stage — Steel 
Curtain Fireproofed on Stage Side — No Combustible Material on Audience Side — 
plans for Curtains — Permit from Building Department — Inspection Fee.) (a) There 
shall be in every theater a solid brick wall of the same construction and thickness 
as is required in outside walls between the auditorium and the stage. The main 
proscenium opening shall have a substantial steel curtain vertically operated and 
fireproofed on the stage side, which shall be raised and lowered by mechanical 
power and shall be in constant use as the regular curtain and act drop. In vaude- 
ville houses said curtain shall be lowered at least once during each performance. 

(b) No combustible material other than painted decorations shall be applied 
to the audience side of such curtains. 

(c) Plans for such curtains shall be approved by the Commissioner of Build- 
ings and a permit obtained previous to its erection. The Commissioner of Build- 
ings shall inspect such curtain semi-annually, for which inspection a fee of five 
dollars shall be charged. 

(d) All other openings in such proscenium wall shall have iron doors, frames 
and thresholds. 

390. Stage — Construction of — Fireproof Paint — Scenery — How Treated.) (a) 

The framing of the floor of every stage shall be of iron or steel. The stage floor 
may be of wood not less than one and three-fourths inches thick, and the 
under side of stage floor shall be saturated with a fireproof solution satisfactory to 
the Fire Marshal. The entire floor construction and floor of fly galleries, rigging lofts 
and paint gallery, all railings and supports and stanchions thereon, and all sheaves, 
pulleys and cables, and their supports, shall be of iron or steel. All woodwork and 
all framing for scenery used on or about the stage shall also be saturated with a fire- 
proof solution, the same as prescribed for stage flooring. 

(b) Counter weighting of scenery must be done with incombustible weights 
carried on steel cables and operated in grooves or slotted channels; except that 
small sandbags, weighing not over eight pounds, may be used to bring down 
scenery ropes to stage level. 

(c) No scenery or stage paraphernalia of any sort shall be used upon the stage 
of any room used for theatrical purposes, unless such scenery and paraphernalia 
shall have been treated with a fireproof or chemical solution which shall make it 
non-inflammable, and which treated scenery or stage paraphernalia, or both, shall 
be tested and approved by the Fire Marshal. 

391. Vestibule for Stage Doors.) All doorways and openings in the rear or 
sides of the stage shall be vestibuled or arranged in a manner satisfactory to the 
•Commissioner of Buildings so as to protect the curtain, scenery and auditorium 
against draughts of air. 

392. Vents — Flue Pipes, Size of — Dampers — Switches for Dampers.) (a) One 
or more vents, or flue pipes, of metal construction or other incombustible material, 
suitable for carrying away smoke, approved by the Commissioner of Buildings, 
and extending not less than fifteen feet above the highest point of the roof and 
■equivalent in area to one-twentieth of the area of the stage, shall be built over 
the stage. 

(b) In buildings where additional stories are built above the stage, such vents 
or flue pipes may be carried out near the top of the stage walls and shall be con- 



December 1, 1910. 



BUILDING ORDINANCE 



1877 



tinued and run up on the exterior of the building to a point five feet above the 
highest point of such additional stories. 

(c) All such flues or vents shall be provided with metal dampers which shall 
be controlled or operated by a small tarred hempen cord and also by two electric 
switches, one at the electrician's station on the stage, which station shall be 
fireproof and the other at the stage fireman's station on the opposite side of the 
stage; the arrangement of said cord and said electric switches shall be such that 
the cord will operate as a fusible link between the electric control and the damper 
and will release said damper, should the switches or either of them, fail to operate. 
Such stations shall be located in such places on the stage as may be determined 
by the Fire Marshal, subject to the provisions of this paragraph, and each switch 
shall have a sign with plain directions as to the operation of the same printed 
thereon. 

(d) All fuse boxes shall be surrounded by two thicknesses of fireproof ma- 
terial, with an air space between, and no fuses shall be exposed to the air between 
the switch board. 

393. Automatic Sprinklers— Location of— Tank— Connections.) (a) An ap- 
proved system of automatic sprinklers shall be provided in every theatre of this 
class, with approved automatic closed circuit electric devices, connecting the valves 
regulating the flow of water in the various sprinkler pipes, with the headquarters 
of the city fire alarm telegraph and such other place or places as the Fire Marshal 
shall direct, so arranged as to prevent any tampering with the system or the 
shutting off of the water from the sprinkler pipes, without automatic notice to the 
Fire Department. 

(b) Such system of automatic sprinklers shall be supplied with water from a 
tank located not less than twenty feet above the level of the highest sprinkler head 
in the system, and it shall be the duty of the fireman provided for in this ordinance 
to include in his daily report the result of an inspection to determine the sufficiency 
of water in this tank. Automatic sprinklers shall be placed in the paint room, 
store room, property room, scene-storage room, carpenter shop and dressing rooms. 
If such rooms are in or connected with a building used for the purposes of Class 
V, such tank shall not be connected with a stand pipe and ladder system, but shall 
be filled through a separate pipe from a fire pump, and a three-inch iron pipe 
shall extend from such tank to the outside of such building, with Siamese con- 
nections for fire department use.- Such entire automatic sprinkler system and 
equipment and the location thereof shall be subject to the approval of the Fire 
Marshal. 

394. Fire Apparatus on Stage— Hand Fire Pumps— Fire Apparatus.) (a) A 
standpipe not less than two and a half inches in diameter, having a hose valve or 
valves thereon shall be installed on each side of the stage, with a hose connection 

j at the stage and at each floor level above and below the stage. Such stand pipes 
! shall be connected with a frost protected tank on the roof, containing not less 
than 3,000 gallons of water, and also with a power pump. A length of approved 
one and one half inch unlined, linen hose, with five-eighths inch smooth bore 
nozzle, shall be attached to each outlet. Hose, when not in use, shall be mounted 
on self-releasing racks of approved pattern. Approved portable fire extinguishers 
or hand fire pumps, shall always be kept ready for use on and under the stage,^ 
I in fly galleries and in rigging lofts, and, in addition thereto, at least four fire 
I department axes and six pike poles shall be kept ready for use on each tier or 
floor of the stage. 



1878 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



(b) In all existing non-fireproof theatres, excepting such as are already 
•equipped with, a two and one-half -inch standpipe in the auditorium portion, there 
shall be one three-inch standpipe in the auditorium portion, supplied as follows: 
(1st) By a frost-protected gravity tank of not less than 5000-gallon capacity, the 
bottom of which shall be elevated at least twenty-five feet above the highest hose 
■outlet; (2nd) A centrifugal power pump with hand control, having a capacity of 
not less than 300 gallons per minute against 50 pounds pressure at the stage roof 
line, except that where an automatic pump is installed in compliance with the 
provisions of this chapter, such pump may be used as one source of supply for 
standpipes; (3rd). In addition to the above, there shall be a pipe of not less than 
three-inch diameter, connected to the standpipe and extending to the outside of 
the building with a Siamese steamer connection, properly placarded and suitable 
for fire department use. Gravity tank shall be filled through a one and one-half 
inch connection from pump. All necessary gages, swing checks and gate valves 
shall be provided. Such stand pipe shall have a one and one-half-inch hose, outlet 
•on the main floor, balcony and galleries. Each outlet shall be provided with a 
-straightway hose gate valve and dripcock connection for the purpose of keeping 
leakage out of the hose. 

(c) All of the above mentioned equipment shall be installed and maintained 
under the direction of and subject to the approval of the Fire Marshal. 

(d) The use of ordinary hot-air furnaces or stoves is prohibited. 

395. Lighting— Independent Lighting System for Exits— Red Lights Over 
J^xits.) (a) All stairways and corridors shall be supplied with a supplementary 
lighting system of electricity, gas or sperm oil, and such system shall be independ- 
ent of all other lights in such building and shall be in operation during the entire 
period such theatre is open to the public and until the audience has left the 
building. The word "EXIT" shall appear in letters at least six inches high over 
the opening to every means of egress from such theatre and a red light furnished 
by gas or sperm oil shall be provided over such sign. 

(b) In every theatre, every portion thereof devoted to the use or accommo- 
dation of the public, and all outlets therefrom leading to the streets, including 
open courts, corridors, stairways, exits and emergency stairways, shall have gas 
or electric lighting equipment to properly illuminate such rooms and spaces, and 
every passageway, court, corridor, stairway, exit and emergency stairway shall be 
provided with signs indicating the way out of the building, the letters of which 
shall not be less than six inches in height. 

396. Lights — Control of Lights in Halls, Corridors and Lobbies — Separate 
Shut-off — Connections with Gas Mains — Independent Connections — Protection of 
Suspended and Bracket Lights — Protection of Lights Inserted in Walls — Protection 
of Footlights — Construction of Border Lights— Ducts and Shafts Conducting Heated 
Air from Lights — Gas Stage Lights to Have Metal Screens.) Gas and elec- 
tric lights in the halls, corridors, lobbies or any other part of any theatre 
used by the audience, except the auditorium, shall be controlled by a 
separate shut-off, located in the lobby, and controlled only in that particular place. 
Gas mains supplying such theatre shall have independent connections for the 
auditorium and the stage, and provisions shall be made for shutting off the gas from 
the outside of the building. Suspended or bracket lights surrounded by glass 
in the auditorium, or in any other part of the theatre, shall be provided with proper 
wire netting underneath. No gas or electric lights shall be inserted in the walls, 
woodwork, ceilings, or in any part of the theatre, unless protected by fireproof 



December 1, 1910. 



BUILDING OEDINANCE 



1879 



materials. Border lights shall be constructed according to the best 
known method and subject to the approval of the Fire Marshal and the City 
Electrician, and shall be suspended by wire rope. Ducts and shafts used 
for conducting heated air from the main chandelier, or from any other light or 
lights, shall be constructed of metal and made double, with an air space between. 
^Gas stage lights shall have strong metal wire guards or screens not less than 
ten inches in diameter, so constructed that any material coming in contact there- 
with shall be out of reach of the flames of such lights, and shall be soldered to 
the fixtures in all cases. 

397. Fire Apparatus — Under Control of Fire Department.) The standpipes, 
4iutomatic sprinklers, gas pipes, electric wires, hose, footlights, fire alarm boxes, fire- 
proof proscenium curtain, switch boxes, ventilators, controlling levers, axes and pike 
poles, and all apparatus for the extinguishing of fire or guarding against the same, 
as provided for by this ordinance, shall be made and kept at all times in condition 
satisfactory to and under the control of the Fire Marshal. 

398. Fire Alarm Apparatus.) Every theatre shall be provided with an approved 
system of automatic or manual fire alarm telegraph apparatus connected by the 
necessary wires with the headquarters of the city fire alarm telegraph and such other 
place or places as the Fire Marshal may direct. The number and location of the 
(boxes and the character of the system, whether automatic or manual, or both, shall 
be determined by the Fire Marshal. 

399. Capacity — Certification for License.) The Commissioner of Buildings 
•shall determine the number of persons which every room used for the purposes of 
'Class V may accommodate according to the provisions of this chapter and shall 
certify the same to the City Clerk. No more than the number so certified shall 
be allowed in such room at any one time. 

400. Theatres in Frame Buildings Prohibited.) On and after June 1st, 1911, 
■no frame building or part thereof within the city shall be used as a moving picture, 
•vaudeville or other theatre. 



TO BUILDINGS OF CLASS V HEREAFTER ERECTED. 

The following provisions ^hall apply to buildings of Class V hereafter erected 
^nd used wholly or in part for such purposes: 

401. Construction— Walls— Outside Walls— Structures.) All buildings of Class 

V hereafter erected shall be built of fireproof construction. 

402. Frontage — Open Spaces — Fireproof Passageways.) (a) All buildings 
hereafter erected used wholly or in part for the purposes of Class V shall be 
located so that they adjoin at least two public thoroughfares, one of which shall 
be a public street and the other may be a public alley not less than ten ( 10) 
feet in width. 

I- 

(b) The audience room of every such building used for the purposes of Class 

V shall have either a public thoroughfare or an open space not less than ten feet 
wide extending from the lowest first floor level to the sky, on each of the two 
sides other than the proscenium and the foyer. Exit doors shall open onto such 
public thoroughfare or the bottom of such open space from the respective sides of 
tlie stage and of the main floor of the audience room, and onto balconies or 



1880 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



platforms built in such public thoroughfare or open space at both the highest and 
the lowest floor levels of each and every balcony and gallery and the doors open- 
ing into such public thoroughfare or open space from any balcony or gallery or 
from the main floor shall comply with all the requirements prescribed hi Section 
410 of this Chapter. 

(c) All such balconies or platforms shall be connected with stairway fire 
escapes leading to the street level or to the bottom of such open space and in the lat- 
ter case they shall have their bottom run toward the public thoroughfare and such 
balconies or platforms and such fire escapes shall comply with all the requirements 
prescribed in Sections 669, 670 and 673 of this chapter. Every such open space, if it does 
not open into a public thoroughfare shall communicate with the public thorough- 
fare at the front side of the theatre by a fireproof passageway leading from the 
bottom level of such open space to the sidewalk level. Where there is a public 
thoroughfare behind the stage every such open space shall also communicate with 
such public thoroughfare by a fireproof passageway leading from the bottom level 
of such open space to the level of the public thoroughfare behind the stage, and 
passing under the stage. 

(d) The walls of a fireproof passageway shall be not less than four inches 
thick, and each and every part of such passageway, including each and all of its 
supports, shall be built of fireproof construction as required in the general provi- 
sions of this Chapter relating thereto. 

(e) Radiators for warming passageways shall be in recesses sufficient in 
depth to prevent them from obstructing the passageway. 

(f ) There shall be no steps or risers in fireproof passageways, but where tiGC- • 
essary, inclined floors of the full width of the fireproof passageway may be built; 
the incline of the floor shall not exceed two and one-half inches in height per foot 
measured horizontally, and no such incline shall be less than ten feet in length. No 
fireproof passageway shall be less than ten feet wide and eight feet high in any 
part thereof except at doors, and these door openings shall be not less than eight 
feet wide and seven feet high. 

(g) If the principal entrance corridor of a theatre is at one side and approxi- 
mately at right angles to the central axis of the audience room, then the center 
line extended of such prnicipal entrance shall intersect the center axis of the stage 
and the audience room between the back of the seat most remote from the stage, 
on said center axis of the stage and the audience room and at a point midway 
between such seat and the wall opposite the proscenium wall. 

403. Buildings of Other Classes Built in Conjunction with Class V.) If build- 
ings used wholly or in part for purposes of Class V, are built in conjunction with 
or as part of buildings devoted to the uses of other classes, then such buildings of 
other classes shall be built of fireproof construction. 

404. Floor Levels— Limitations of.) (a) The floor level of the highest bank 
of seats on the main floor shall not be more than three feet above the sidewalk 
level and the floor level of the lowest bank of seats on said floor shall not be more 
than eight feet below the sidewalk level. 

(b) All floors shall be designed and constructed in such manner as to be capable 
of bearing in all their parts, in addition to the weight of floor construction, permanent 
fixtures and mechanisms that may set upon the same, a live load of one hundred 
pounds for every square foot of surface in such floors. 

(c) The audience room or rooms or auditorium or auditoriums used for the pur- 



December. 1, 1910. 



BUILDING ORDINANCE 



1881 



poses of Class V containing, in the aggregate, not more than five hundred seats, 
if in a fireproof building, may be located in any story thereof, but in such case 
there shall be at least two separate stairways from the floor or floors in which such 
audience room or auditorium is located to the ground, each of which stairways 
shall be not less than four feet in width in the clear. 

405. Stairways — Entrances and Exits.) (a) Stairways affording ingress to or 
egress from any room used for the purposes of Class V shall be in width equivalent 
to twenty inches for each one hundred of seating capacity of such room, and for 
fractional parts of one hundred a proportionate part of twenty inches of width shall 
be added, but in no event shall any such stairways be less than four feet in the clear, 
except as hereinafter provided. 

(b) All such stairways shall have hand rails on each side thereof, and shall not 
ascend to a greater height than thirteen feet six inches without a level landing, 
and the length and width of such landing shall be not less than the width of the 
stairs; no run of stairs shall consist of less than six risers between platforms, 
and risers shall not be placed on return platforms. Stairways which are over seven 
feet wide shall have double intermediate hand rails with end newel posts at least 
five and one-half feet high. 

(c) Steps shall not have a greater rise than eight inches, treads shall not be 
narrower than eleven inches, and winders shall not be used on any staircase, 

(d) Every balcony and gallery shall have one or more separate 
and distinct exits and stairways to the sidewalk level. All gallery 
stairways shall lead to the top gallery and there shall be doors in same at 
each floor for exit purposes only. The bottom run of the stairs shall be directly 
toward the street. Such stairs may ascend from the vestibule or entrance inside of the 
buildings, but the bottom riser of such stairs shall be not more than sixty-five 
feet from the building line. All doors between such stairs and the street shall be 
kept unlocked and unfastened during each and every performance and until the 
audience has left the building. 

(e) There shall be an iron stairway or stairways from the stage to the fly gal- 
lery and gridiron, continuing to the roof of the building or to some fireproof passage- 
way or exit. Such stairway may be circular. Such circular stairways, however, 
shall not be used for access to the dressing rooms. 

(f) Stairs leading to a box or boxes seating not to exceed thirty people in the 
aggregate shall be independent of all other stairs and seats, and not less than two 
feet eight inches wide in the clear. For each additional twenty-five persons for 
whom seating capacity is provided, or major portion thereof, in such box or boxes 
there shall be an additional five inches in width of such stairway, 

(g) All stairways on the stage side of the proscenium wall shall be not less 
than two feet six inches wide. 

406. Floors at Exits — Seating.) (a) Floors at all exits shall be level 
and fiush with adjacent insi'de floors and shall extend for an unbroken width 
of not less than four feet in front of each exit, and shall be two feet wider than 
such exit. 

(b) There shall not be more than ten seats in any one row between aisles. 

(c) Seats shall not be less than twenty-two inches in width, measured at the 
top of the seat backs. 

(d) Eows of seats shall not be less than two feet ten inches from back to back. 



1882 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



(e) No bank of seats shall have a greater rise than twenty inches. A bank 
of seats abutting boxes or wall on main floor, balcony or gallery of not over five 
seats in a row, shall be required to abut upon one aisle only. 

(f) Seats in loges and boxes shall be limited in the ratio of one seat for every 
six hundred and eighty square inches of floor area in such loge or box. 

(g) All groups of seats shall be so arranged that there shall be an aisle at each 
side of each group, provided groups of five seats or less may abut upon a tunneJ 
at one side and an aisle on the other side. 

(h) The nurober of banks of seats on the main floor shall not exceed fifteen, un- 
less an intervening or cross aisle is provided between each fifteen banks of seats or a 
direct exit is provided for each aisle. The number of banks of seats in the 
"balcony" and "galleries" shall not exceed nine, unless an intervening or cross aisle 
is provided between each nine banks of seats or a direct exit is provided for each 
aisle. 

407. Tunnels—Cross Aisles — Vertical Rise — Foyer.) (a) There shall be no more 
than eleven feet rise, measured vertically, in any aisle in any gallery without a 
direct exit by tunnel or otherwise, to a corridor with free opening onto the gallery 
stairs or other direct discharge to the street or at any such elevation of eleveo 
feet an intervening or cross aisle leading directly to an exit. No tunnel shall be 
less than four feet wide in the clear. 

(b) No foyer shall be open to the theater proper except through the exits. 

408. Main Floor Balcony and Gallery — Designation of.) (a) The lower floor 
shall be designated the "Main Floor." 

(b) Where there are balconies or galleries, the first balcony or gallery shall be 
designated the "Balcony" and the second and third balcony or gallery shall be 
designated, respectively, "Gallery" and "Second Gallery." 

409. Aisles and Passageways — Steps in Aisles.) (a) The minimum width of 
aisles with divergent sides in any room used for the purpose of Class V shall 
be two feet eight inches at the end nearest the stage and not less than three feet 
at the other end. The minimum width of aisles with parallel sides shall be three 
feet. 

(b) Every aisle shall lead directly to an exit. Any exit located at the end 
of any aisle and at right angles thereto shall be considered a direct exit. ' 

(c) Steps shall not be permitted in aisles except as extending from bank 
to bank of seats, and no riser shall be more than eight inches in height,, 
and no tread shall be less than ten inches in width, and whenever the rise from 
bank to bank of seats is less than five inches, the fioor of the aisle shall be made 
as an inclined plane, and where steps are placed in outside aisles or corridors they 
shall not be inclosed but shall be grouped together, and a light shall be maintained 
so that every place where there are steps in inclosing aisles or corridors shall be 
clearly lighted. 

410. Corridors — Passageways — Hallways and Doors — Width of. (a) The width 
of corridors, passageways, hallways and doors shall be computed in the same manner 
as that hereinbefore provided for stairways, excepting however, that no corridors 
shall be less than five feet in width and no doorway less than three feet wide, 
except as otherwise herein provided. 

(b) All corridors, passageways, hallways and stairways leading from any balcony 



December 1, 1910. 



BUILDING ORDINANCE 



1883 



or gallery to any toilet room, retiring room, smoking room, cloak room, check room, 
or private office, shall permit of free passage, without returning, to an outer exit 
of the building. Such corridors, passageways, hallways and stairways shall be 
at least four feet in width in every part between such balcony or gallery and such 
outer exit, and shall be unobstructed in every part, except by doors not less than 
three feet in width in the clear, which shall swing outward and which shall not 
be provided with locks or catches of any kind whatever. 

(c) The w^idth of entrance doors to every theatre shall be computed on the 
basis of twenty inches in the clear to each 100 permanent seats in the audience 
room, and in addition thereto a proportionate part of twenty inches for the 
fractional part of 100 seats remaining shall be added. 

(d) No mirror or architectural feature shall be so arranged as to give the 
appearance of a doorway, window, exit, hallway or corridor where none exists. 

411. Emergency Exits— Width— Emergency Stairs, Width— Emergency Exits 
Inside Walls of Buildings— Fire Escapes, Construction— Fire Escapes Leading to 
Street or Alley— Doors Open Outward.) (a) Emergency exits and stairways shall be 
provided separately for each floor, balcony or gallery and shall be of the same 
aggregate width as that provided for the main exits, and shall not be less than 
three feet in width. Such emergency stairway shall be made of iron, steel or other 
incombustible material. Such emergency exit shall be kept free of obstructions 
of very kind, including snow and ice. 

(b) Such emergency exits and stairways may be built inside the walls of the 
building, provided they are enclosed by a fireproof partition not less than four inches 
thick, separating the exits and stairways from the audience room or auditorium. 

(c) If such emergency exits lead outside the building, the openings leading 
thereto shall have metal doors with Avired glass panels. The doors shall open 
outward, and shall be hung from the inside comer of the jambs, and so con- 
structed as not to project, when opened, beyond the outside face of the wall, and 
outer shutters shall not be permitted. 

(d) Whenever any such emergency stairway passes over an exit, door, window 
or other opening, such stairway shall be completely inclosed for a space of five 
feet greater in width than such opening, by iron, steel or other incombustible 
material. 

(e) All such emergency- exits and stairways shall land at the ground level in a 
public thoroughfare or in some space that connects directly with a street or alley, 
and direct and immediate exit to such public thoroughfare shall not be obstructed 
by any door, gate, bars or obstruction of any character. 

(f) Every court in which there is an emergency stairway shall have direct and 
unobstructed access along the surface of the ground to a street, alley or yard 
opening into an alley or street, without entering into or passing through or over 
any building unless by a four-foot wide fireproof passage on the court or ground 
level. 

(g) All doors in openings from emergency exits and stairways shall be so con- 
structed that when opened they will not obstruct any portion of any other doorway, 
opening or passageway. 

(h) All doors affording ingress to or egress from any theater shall open out- 
ward and shall be so constructed and maintained as to require no special knowledge 
or effort to open them from the interior. 



1884 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



412. Wall— Brick Proscenium Between Auditorium and Stage — Steel Curtain 
Fireproofed on Stage Side— No Combustible Material on Audience Side— Plans for 
Curtain— Permit from Building Department.) (a) There shall be a solid masonry 
wall of the same construction and thickness as is required in the outside walls of 
the building in which such theatre is located between the auditorium and the stage. 

(b) The main proscenium opening shall have a vertically operated steel curtain 
which shall, when it is lowered, completely close such proscenium opening. The 
curtain shall be raised and lowered by hydraulic power, and shall be in constant 
use as the regular curtain and act drop. In vaudeville houses said curtain shall 
be lowered at least once during the performances. 

(c) The lowering of the curtain shall be controlled from not less than two points 
in the building, on of which shall be from the stage level and the other shall be 
designated by the Commissioner of Buildings. 

(d) The curtain shall have a steel covering on the outer or auditorium side. The 
stage side covering shall be of a non-heat-conducting substance of such a thickness 
and such material as shall stand a test of two thousand degrees Fahrenheit on the 
stage side for fifteen minutes without heating the opposite side to a higher temper- 
ature than three hundred and fifty degrees Fahrenheit. 

(e) All metal work with the exception of the frame shall be covered with such 
non-heat-conducting substance on the stage side. 

(f) The curtain shall operate vertically in steel guides of such a cross section that 
the edges shall engage and secure the edges of the curtain and prevent the curtain 
from leaving the guiding channel or channels if the curtain should tend to buckle 
or bag either inward or outward. No metal in the guide channel or in the engag- 
ing edge of the curtain shall be less than three-eighths of an inch thick. The joints 
of the curtain with the proscenium wall, with the stage floor and with the head 
of the opening shall be made gas tight as nearly as practicable. 

(g) The calculations for the strength of the curtain, the curtain guides and the 
guide anchors, and the workmanship, shall be according to the best modern engineer- 
ing practice. The stresses in the material and in the various sections of steel shall 
be within the safe limits of stress described in this ordinance. 

(h) No part of a curtain or of the curtain guides shall be supported by or 
fastened by any combustible material. 

(i) The supports of the curtain and the curtain guides and edges and the 
curtain shall be of sufficient strength to safely resist either inward or outward 
a pressure of five pounds for each and every square foot of the curtain. 

(j) No combustible material other than painted decorations shall be applied to 
the audience side of any such curtain. 

(k) Plans for every such curtain shall be approved by the Commissioner of 
Buildings and a permit obtained therefore previous to its erection. The Commis- 
sioner of Buildings shall inspect such curtain semi-annually, and for each such 
inspection a fee of five dollars shall be charged. 

(1) Every other opening in such proscenium wall shall have self-closing regula- 
tion standard iron fire doors and iron frames and thresholds; such doors and frames 
shall be built in such a manner as to resist warping. 

413. Stage, Construction of— Fireproof Paint— Scenery— How Treated.) (a) 

The framing of the floor of every stage shall be of iron or steel or fireproof 
material. The stage fioor may be of wood not less than two and three-fourths 



December 1, 1910. 



BUILDING ORDINANCE 



1885 



inches thick. The entire floor construction and fly galleries, rigging lofts and paint 
galleries, all stairways and supports and stanchions therein and all sheaves, pulleys, 
cables and other supports shall be of iron or steel. The woodwork of the stage 
floor shall be saturated with a fireproof solution satisfactory to the Fire Marshal. 
All other woodwork and all framing for scenery on or about the stage shall be 
coated with fireproof paint, which shall be submitted to and approved by the 
Fire Marshal. All wood used for the floor supports shall be saturated with a 
fireproof solution satisfactory to the Fire Marshal. 

(b) Counter weighting of scenery must be done with incombustible weights 
carried on steel cables and operated in grooves or slotted channels; except that 
small sand bags weighing not over eight pounds may be used to bring scenery 
ropes down to stage level. 

(c) No scenery or stage paraphernalia of any sort shall be used upon the stage 
of any room used for the purposes of Class V unless such scenery and paraphernalia 
shall have been treated with a paint or chemical solution which shall make it non- 
inflammable, and which treated scenery or stage paraphernalia, or both, shall be 
tested and approved by the Fire Marshal. All draperies in the auditorium, in- 
cluding the drop curtains, must be fireproof ed at least once a year, subject to the 
approval of the Fire Marshal. 

414. Vestibules for Stage Doors.) All doorways and openings in the rear or sideg 
of the stage shall be vestibuled or arranged in a manner satisfactory to the Com- 
missioner of Buildings, so as to protect the curtain, scenery and auditorium 
against draughts of air. 

415. Structures Over Ceiling— Construction.) If any structure is built oA^er 
the ceiling or roof of any theater, the different members of the girders or trusses 
supporting same shall be fireproofed in the manner prescribed for columns of 
fireproof buildings as specified in the General Provisions of this Chapter. 

416. Vents— Size of— Flue Pipes— Dampers— Switches for Dampers.) (a) One or 
more vents or flue pipes of metal construction, or other incombustible material, 
suitable for carrying away smoke, and approved by the Commissioner of Buildings, 

and extending not less than fifteen feet above the highest point of the roof, and 
equivalent in area to one-tv^entieth of the area of the stage, shall be built over the 
stage. 

(b) In buildings where B,dditional stories are built above the stage, such vents or 
flue pipes may be carried out near the top of the stage walls and shall be con- 
tinued and run up on the exterior of the building to a point five feet above the 
highest point of such additional story. 

(c) All such flues or vents shall be provided with metal dampers 
which shall be controlled or operated by a small tarred hempen cord 
and also by two electric switches, one at the electrician's station on the stage, which 
station shall be fireproof and the other at the stage fireman's station on the op- 
posite side of the stage; the arrangement of said cord and said electric switches 
shall be such that the cord will operate as a fusible link between the electric con- 
trol and the damper and will release said damper, should the switches or either of 
them, fail to operate. Such stations shall be located in such places on the stage 
as may be determined by the Fire Marshal, subject to the provisions of this para- 
graph, and each switch shall have a sign with plain directions as to the operation 
of the same printed thereon. 



1886 COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE December 1, 1910. 

(d) All fuse boxes shall be surrounded by two thicknesses of fireproof materials, 
with an air space between, and no fuses shall be exposed to the air between the 
switchboards. 

417. Automatic St)rinkler— Location— Tank— Connections.) (a) An approved 
system of automatic sprinklers shall be provided in theatres of this class, which 
shall comply with the following requirements: (1st) Said sprinkler heads shall 
be placed in the paint room, store room, property room, scene storage room, car- 
penter shop, and dressing rooms and spaced according to the best fire pro- 
tection practice; (2nd) Said system shall be supplied by a frost- 
protected gravity tank of not less than 5,000 gallons capacity located above 
stage roof and bottom of tank shall be not less than twenty-five feet above the high- 
est sprinkler head, or by an automatic centrifugal pump of not less than 500 
gallons capacity per minute against 100 pounds pressure at the pump; (3rd) Said 
gravity tank, if used, shall be entirely independent of any standpipe system, unless 
the tank is of sufficient capacity to supply both systems and unless the supply pipe 
to standpipe is so arranged that it can not reduce the sprinkler system supply; 
(4th) Said gravity tank, if used, shall be filled through a supply pipe at least 
one and one-half inches in diameter from fire pump hereinafter provided for in 
this Chapter; (5th) There shall be a pipe of not less than three -inch diam- 
eter connected to the sprinkler system and extending to the outside of the 
building with a Siamese steamer connection properly placarded and suitable 
for Fire Department use; (6th) There shall be an approved system of local alarms 
with a bell in the ticket office, a buzzer in the lobby and on the stage and a bell 
and annunciator in the basement or in the boiler or engine room; all necessary 
gauges, including altitude gauge for tank riser, shall be located on main floor. 
Swing checks and gates shall be provided. 

(b) The entire spinkler system and equipment and the location, installation 
and maintenance thereof, shall be subject to the approval of the Fire Marshal. 

418. Fire Apparatus on Stage— Hand Fire Pumps— Fire Apparatus.) There 
shall be /nstalled on each side of the stage a standpipe of not less than three 
inches in diameter with a hose connection at the stage floor and at each floor level 
above and below the stage, which standpipe shall be supplied by a frost-protected 
gravity tank of a capacity of not less than 5,000 gallons. The bottom of said grav- 
ity tank shall be elevated at least twenty-five feet above the highest hose outlet 
and said gravity tank shall be equipped with a centrifugal power pump with hand 
controller, which power pump shall have a pumping capacity of not less than three 
hundred gallons per minute against fifty pounds pressure at the stage roof, except 
in cases where an automatic pump is installed which shall comply with the provi- 
sions of Section 417 of this Chapter, in which event such pump may be used as a 
source of supply for standpipes. In addition to the above requirements of this 
Section there shall be a pipe of not less than three inches in diameter connected to 
the standpipes and extending to the outside of the building and equipped with 
a, Siamese steamer connection properly placarded for and suitable for fire department 
use. All gravity tanks shall be filled through not less than one and one-half inch 
connection from pump and shall be provided with gauges, swing checks and gate 
valves. Each standpipe shall have one and one-half inch hose outlet above, below 
and on the stage. Such outlet shall be provided with a straightway hose and a 
valve and drop cock connection. A length of approved one and one-half inch 
unlined linen hose shall be attached to each outlet, which said linen hose shall have 



December 1, 1910. 



BUILDING ORDINANCE 



1887 



a five-eighths of an inch smooth bore nozzle. All hose shall be mounted on self- 
releasing racks when not in use. The entire equipment shall be installed under the 
direction of and subject to the approval of the Fire Marshal. Portable fire extin- 
guishers or hand fire pumps shall be kept ready for use on and under the stage 
rand in the flies, galleries and rigging loft. There shall be kept ready for use in 
«very theater of this Class .at least four fire department axes and six pike poles on 
each tier or floor of the stage, all of which shall be subject to the approval of the 
Fire Marshal. 

419. Hot Air Furnaces.) The use of ordinary hot air furnaces or stoves in all 
theaters of Class V is prohibited. 

420. Independent Lighting System for Exits— Red Light Over Exits.) All 
stairways and corridors shall be supplied with a supplementary lighting system of 
.electricity, gas or sperm oil, and such system shall be independent of all other lights 
in such building. The word "EXIT" shall appear in letters at least six inches high 
-over the opening to every means of egress from such theater and a red light furnished 
by gas or sperm oil, shall be provided over such sign. 

431. Fire Alarm Apparatus) Every theatre shall be provided with an ap- 
proved system of automatic or manual fire alarm telegraph apparatus, connected 
by the necessary wires with the headquarters of the city fire alarm telegraph and 
such other place or places as the Fire Marshal shall direct. The number and loca- 
tion of the boxes and the character of the system, whether automatic or manual, or 
'both, shall be determined by the Fire Marshal. 

422. Dressing Room Partitions.) Partitions forming dressing rooms shall 
be constructed of incombustible material, and such dressing rooms shall be prop- 
•erly ventilated. 

423. Capacity— Certificate for License.) (a) The Commissioner of Buildings 
■shall determine the number of persons which each room used for the purpose of 
Class V may accommodate according to the provisions of this chapter, and shall 
•certify the same to the City Clerk. No more than the number so certified shall be 
allowed in such room at any one time. 

(b) No license for the operation of a theater shall be issued unless the Commis- 
sioner of Buildings, Fire Marshal and City Electrician shall first have certified in 
writing that such theatre- complies with the provisions of this chapter in every 
respect. 

424. Lighting Equipment.) Every room used for the purposes of Class V 
and all outlets therefrom leading to the streets, including passageways, courts, cor- 
ridors, stairways, exits, and emergency stairways, shall have gas or electric lighting 
equipment to properly illuminate such room and spaces, and every passageway, court, 
corridor, stairway, exit, and emergency stairway, shall be provided with signs, in- 
dicating the way out of the building, the letters of which shall not be less than six 
inches in height. 

425. Lights — Control of Lights in Halls, Corridors and Lobbies — Separate Shut- 
off— Connections with Gas Mains— Independent Connections— Protection of Sus- 
T)ended and Bracket Lights— Protection of Lights Inserted in Walls— Protection 

Footlights— Construction of Border Lights— Ducts and Shafts Conducting Heated 
Air from Lights— Gas Stage Lights to Have Metal Screens.) Gas and Electric 



1888 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



lights in the halls, corridors, lobbies or any other part of any theater used by the 
audience, except the auditorium, shall be controlled by a separate shut-off located 
in the lobby and controlled only in that particular place. Gas mains supplying such 
theatre shall have independent connections for the auditorium and the stage, and 
provision shall be made for shutting off the gas from the outside of the building. 
Suspended or bracket lights surrounded by glass in the auditorium, or in any 
other part of the theater, shall be provided with proper wire netting underneath. 
No gas or electric lights shall be inserted in the walls, wood work, ceiling, or in any 
part of the theater unless protected by fireproof materials. The trough con- 
taining footlights shall be formed of and surrounded by fireproof material. 
Border lights shall be constructed according to the best known methods, and 
subject to the approval of the Fire Marshal and the City Electrician, and shall be 
suspended by wire ropes. Ducts and shafts used for conducting heated air from 
the main chandelier, or from any other light or lights, shall be constructed of metal 
and made double, with an air space between. Gas stage lights shall have strong 
wire metal guards or screens, not less than ten inches in diameter, so constructed 
that any material coming in contact therewith shall be out of reach of the flames 
of such lights, and shall be soldered to the fixtures in all cases. 

426. Fire Apparatus to Be Under Control of Fire Department.) The standpipes 
automatic sprinklers, gas pipes, electric wires, hose, footlights, fire alarm boxes, 
fireproof proscenium curtg^ins, switch boxes, ventilators, controlling levers, axes 
and pike poles, and all apparatus for the extinguishing of fire or guarding against 
same, as provided for by this ordinance, shall be made and kept at all times in 
condition satisfactory to and under control of the Fire Marshal. 

427. Scenery — Definition — Movable Scenery.) (a) "Scenery" as used in this 
Chapter shall include all scenery, drop curtains, borders and wings which are con- 
structed or made of cloth, canvas or combustible material, whether stationary or 
movable. 

(b) "Movable Scenery" shall include all scenery, drop curtains, borders, and 
wings which are made movable for the purpose of changing an entire set of scenery 
and substituting another set during or between the various stage acts. 

428. Comunmication Between Box Office, Stage and Fly Galleries.) A sys- 
tem of telephonic communication, subject to the approval of the Commissioner of 
Buildings and the City Electrician shall be installed between the box office, both 
sides of the stage, fly galleries, gridiron and space beneath the stage. 

429. Changing from Class IV to Class V.) Whenever an existing Qass IV 
theatre is changed into a Class V theatre, the same shall be made to comply with 
all of the provisions for Class V theatres hereafter erected. 



ARTICLE IX. 

CLASS VI. 

430. Class VI Defined.) In Class VI shall be included every tenement and 
apartment house or building or portion thereof, which is used or intended to be 
used as a hoine or residence for two or more families living in separate apart- 
ments. 



December 1, 1910. 



BUILDING OKDINANCE 



1889 



431. Requirements — General.) Every building of Class VI shall comply with 
the provisions of this Chapter, and in addition to the general provisions shall com- 
ply with the following special provisions: 

432. Definition of "New Tenement House"— "Apartment"— "Yard"— "Court" 
— " Shaft " Public Hall "— " Stair Hall "— " Basement "— " Cellar "— " Story "— " Solid 
Masonry.") (a) "New tenement house" shall include every tenement, flat and 
apartment house hereafter erected and every tenement house which shall be in- 
creased or diminished in size or otherwise altered after its erection and every 
building now or hereafter in existence not now used as a tenement house but here- 
after converted or altered to such use. 

(b) "Apartment" is a room or suite of two or more rooms occupied or intended 
or designed to be occupied as a family domicile. 

(c) "Yard" is an open unoccupied space on the same lot with a tenement house, 
separating every part of every building on the lot from the rear line of the lot. 

(d) "Court" is an open, unoccupied, unobstructed space, other than a yard, on 
the same lot with a tenement house; a court entirely surrounded by a tenement house 
is an "inner court"; a court bounded on one side and both ends by a tenement 
house, and on the remaining side by a lot line is a "lot line court"; a court ex- 
tending to a street, alley or yard is an "outer court." 

(e) "Shaft" includes exterior and interior shafts, whether for air, light, 
elevator, dumb waiter or any other purpose; a "vent shaft" is one used solely to ven- 
tilate or light a water closet compartment, bath room, or pantry. 

(f) "Public Hall" is a hall, corridor or passageway not within an apartment. 

(g) "Stair Hall" includes the stairs, stair landings and those portions of the 
public halls through which it is necessary to pass in getting from the entrance 
floor to the top story. 

(h) "Basement" is a story partly, but not more than one-half below the level 
of the street grade nearest the building. 

(i) "Cellar" is a story more than one-half below the level of the street grade 
nearest the building. Where the grade of a street adjacent to a tenement house 
varies, the mean or average grade of such street opposite the lot containing the 
tenement house shall be regarded as the grade of such street within the meaning of 
this chapter. 

(j) ^Story" is that portion of a building between the top of any floor beams 
and the top of the floor or ceiling beams next above. 

433. Sections— Where Conflicting With Other Sections.) In cases of direct 
conflict with the provisions of other sections of this ordinance relating to other 
classes, the provisions of the sections relating to Class VI shall govern in respect 
to tenement houses. 

434. Changes or Alterations— Permits.) Every new tenement house and 
every change or alteration in any existing tenement house shall conform to the re- 
quirements of this Chapter. No new tenement house shall be begun, nor shall any 
changes or alterations in any existing tenement house, such as are referred to in 
this Chapter, be begun until a permit therefor shall have been issued by the Com- 
missioner of Buildings. Such permit shall be issued only upon an application by 
the person, flrm or corporation for whom the building is to be erected or altered, 
and after approval of the plans and specifications for such tenement house or for 



1890 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



such changes or alterations by the Commissioner of Health whenever such approval 
is required by the ordinances of the City of Chicago. ' 

435. New Tenement House — When to be Occupied.) (a) No new tenement 
house shall be occupied in whole or in part for human habitation until the issu- 
ance of a certificate by the Commissioner of Health that said building conforms to 
the requirements of this Chapter relative to light and ventilation, plumbing and 
drainage applicable to said buildings, nor until the issuance by the Commissioner 
of Buildings of a certificate that the said building conforms to the requirements of 
this Chapter relative to fire escapes and means of egress applicable to new tene- 
ment houses. Within five days from date of application for any certificate above 
mentioned, such certificate shall be issued or the official concerned shall state in 
writing his reasons for his refusal to issue said certificate. 

(b) The certificate above referred to may be issued in the case of a new 
tenement building comprising more than three apartments so as to allow the occu- 
pation of any section of the building extending from cellar to roof in advance of the 
completion of the other portions of the building. 

(c) When the outer walls of a new tenement house have been erected so as 
to outline the position of the courts and shafts required for the lighting and venti- 
lation of habitable rooms, the owner of the building or his representative shall be 
entitled, upon application in writing, to an inspection of the same by the Commis- 
sioner of Buildings, and if the work to that point is in compliance with the pro- 
visions regarding the size of shafts and the location of the building, to a certificate 
setting forth those facts. 

(d) When the work of constructing partitions has advanced to a degree on 
any floor, that the rooms on that floor are determined in their dimensions, the 
owner or his representative shall be entitled to an inspection from the Commis- 
sioner of Buildings, and if the rooms thus outlined conform in their dimensions 
to the plans filed and to the requirements of this Chapter, to a certificate stating 
that fact. 

(e) If a new tenement house is occupied as a place of habitation in any of its 
parts in violation of this section, it shall forthwith be subject to notice from the- 
Commissioner of Buildings and shall be vacated upon such notice and shall not 
again be occupied until made to conform with the provisions of this Chapter nor 
until after the issuance of the two certificates required in this section. 

436. Plat to be Filed.) At the time of applying for a permit for the erection 
of, alteration of, addition to or moving of a tenement house or for the erection, 
alteration adding to or moving of any building upon a lot upon which a tenement 
house stands, the applicant shall submit to the Commissioner of Buildings a plat 
of the lot, showing the dimensions of the same and the position to be occupied by 
the proposed building or by the building to be altered or added to or by the build- 
ing to be moved thereon, and the position of any other building or buildings that 
may be on the lot. The measurements shall in all cases be taken at the top of the 
first story and shall not include any portion of any street or alley. 

437. Corner Lot Defined— Frontages.) By "corner lot" is meant a lot situ- 
ated at the junction of two streets or of a street and a public alley at least sixteen 
feet wide, provided that if such alley be less than sixteen feet wide, and the lot be 
estimated on a line sixteen feet from the opposite side of the alley, such lot may be 
considered a corner lot. Any portion of the width of such lot distant more than 



December 1, 1910. 



BUILDING ORDINANCE 



1891 



fifty feet from such junction shall not be regarded as part of a corner lot, but 
shall be subject to the provisions of this Chapter respecting other than corner lots. 
Where, in corner lots, the two frontage® are of unequal length, the lesser street 
frontage shall be taken as the width of the lot. Street frontage alone, and not 
^illey frontage shall be considered in determining such lesser frontage. 

438. Height — How Measured.) (a) The height of a new tenement house 
shall not exceed by more than one-half the platted width of the widest street on 
which it abuts, and no existing tenement house shall be increased beyond such 
^height. 

(b) Provided, however, that any distance the building sets back from the lot 
line shall be added to the width of the street in making this computation. Such 
fieight shall be the perpendicular distance from the grade nearest the house to the 
highest point of the roof but shall not include as part of the roof any cornice or 
bulkhead less than eight feet high, or any elevator enclosure less than sixteen feet 
high. Where such street grade varies, the mean or average grade thereof opposite 
fiuch house shall be the datum from which such height shall be measured. 

439. Distance Between Buildings.) No existing tenement house shall here- 
after be enlarged or its lot be diminished, so that the rear line of any building on 
such lot approaches nearer than ten feet to the rear line of the lot, unless the rear 
of the lot upon which it stands, abuts upon a public alley, in which case the rear 
line of such building shall be not less than sixteen feet from the opposite side of 
such alley. Where a tenement house, now existing or hereafter erected, stands upon 
a, lot other than a corner lot, no other building shall hereafter be placed upon the 
front or rear of that lot, unless the minimum distance between such buildings be 
at least ten feet, if neither building exceeds the height of one story; or fifteen feet, 
if either building exceeds the height of one story, but not the height of two stories; 
and so on, five additional feet to be added to such minimum distance of ten feet for 
every story more than one, in the height of the highest building on such lot. 

440. Percentage of Area Allowed to be Covered.) No existing tenement 
house shall hereafter be enlarged nor its lot be diminished, nor other buildings be 
placed on its lot, nor a tenement house be moved on a lot on which there is an exist- 
ing building, so that after such change a larger proportion of any corner lot or other 
lot upon which it is situated is covered by buildings, than the following proportions, 
respectively: No new tenement house alone or with other buildings now or here- 
after erected, shall occupy above the first story more than eighty-five per centum of 
the area of a corner lot, provided that in the case of a fireproof building, in which 
the windows of every habitable room open directly on a street, the portion of the 
lot covered may be ninety per centum of the area of said lot, subject to the re- 
quirement that a ten foot space must be left above the first story opposite the lesser 
frontage; or more than ninety per centum of the area of such corner lot if such 
corner lot is bounded on at least three sides by streets or alleys; or more than 
seventy-five per centum of the area of any other lot, provided that the space occu- 
pied by fire escapes, constructed and erected according to law and not more than 
four feet wide, shall be deemed unoccupied. Provided, however, that in case of a 
lot, triangular or irregular in shape bounded on two or more sides by a street and 
having a number of lineal feet street frontage exceeding one-twentieth of the num- 
ber of square feet in the area of such lot, it shall not be necessary to comply with 
the conditions of this section as to percentage of lot which may be covered. 



1892 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 19 10. 



441. Must Have Alley or Yard in Rear— Size of Yard Increased.) At the 
rear of every lot containing a tenement house, there shall be a yard open and 
unobstructed from the earth to the sky, except by fire escapes not more than four 
feet wide, constructed and erected according to law, unless the rear of such lot 
abuts upon a public alley at least ten feet wide, in which case the rear line of 
such building shall be not less than IG feet from the opposite side of such alley; 
every part of such yard shall be directly accessible from every other part thereof; 
such yard shall have an area of at least eight per centum of the superficial area of 
the lot on corner lots except as otherwise provided in this section; and on other 
lots, such yards shall have an area of at least ten per centum of the superficial 
area of the lot. Every such yard shall be increased one per centum of the super- 
ficial area of the lot for every story above three stories in height of the tenement- 
house situated thereon. 

442. Courts— Inner— Outer— Lot Line.) (a) "Inner courts" of all new tene- 
ment houses as defined in Section 432 of this ordinance, shall have minimum 
widths at every point and minimum areas as follows: 

Courts — Least width Least area 

Height of in feet. in square feet. 

1 story . . 6 100 

2 stories 6 120 

3 stories 8 igO 

4 stories 8 , iqq 

5 stories 12 260 

6 stories 16 400 

7 stories 20 625 

8 stories or more 24 840 

(b) The height of a court shall be the number- of stories having habitable 
rooms with windows in its walls. 

(c) "Outer courts" and "lot line courts" of all new tenement houses as defined 
in Section 432 of this Chapter shall have minimum widths at every point equal to 
one half of the minimum widths required by this Section, and lot line courts shall 
have minimum areas equal to one half of the minimum areas required herein for 
"inner courts." 

(d) The minimum widths hereinbefore specified for outer courts and the mini- 
mum widths and areas specified for lot line courts are to be provided irrespective of 
the presence of or dimensions of courts on other premises bounded by the same lot 
line. 

(e) Every "inner court" and every "lot line court" of every new tenement shall 
be connected directly with a street, alley, yard, or outer court by an opening extend- 
ing from grade at the building to a height of at least fifteen feet, and kept unob- 
structed save by an openwork grill or gate, such opening to be at least two feet 
wide for an inner court and one foot wide for a lot line court. In case of a three- 
story tenement on a lot twenty-five feet or less in width, a continuous lot line 
passage open to the sky, and six inches in width, shall be accepted for the open- 
ing specified above as one foot wide for a lot line court. If such inner 
court or lot line court starts from any point above finished grade at building, such 
starting point shall be considered as grade for purpose of determining the location 
of the opening to outer air herein specified. 

(f) In case of a three-story tenement on a lot twenty-five feet or less in width 



December 1, 1910. 



BUILDING ORDINANCE 



1893 



a continuous lot line passage open to the sky, and at least three feet wide, shall 
be accepted in lieu of a lot line court or outer court hereinbefore specified in 
Paragraph (a). 

(cr) In case of a two-story tenement on a lot twenty-five feet or less in 
width,*'a lot line court having an area of at least fifty square feet shall be accepted 
in lieu of a lot line court heretofore specified in Paragraph (a) of this section, 
and in case of a three-story tenement on a lot of twenty-five feet or less in width, 
a lot line court having an area of at least sixty square feet shall be accepted in lieu 
of a lot line court hereinbefore specified and required by Paragraph (a) of this 
section. 

(h) In case of two or three-story tenement buildings on lots twenty-five feet 
or less in width, where there is only one apartment on each story containing not 
more than four rooms in such apartment, the light courts hereinbefore specified in 
paragraph (a) may be omitted, provided there is a continuous passageway open to 
the sky and not less than three feet wide on one side of said building. 

443. Vent Shaft— Area Of.) (a) "Vent shafts" of all new tenement 
houses, as defined in Section 454 of this ordinance, shall have minimum widths at 
every point and minimum areas as follows : 

Vent shafts Least width Least area 

Height of in feet. in square feet. 

1 story 3 21 

2 stories 3 22^ 

3 stories 3 27 

4 stories 3 36 

5 stories 5 48 

6 stories 6 72 

7 stories 8 96 

8 stories or more 8 120 

(b) Every such vent shaft in every new tenement house more than two stories 
high, shall be connected directly with a street, alley, yard or court by one or more 
horizontal ducts or intakes at a level not lower than the finished grade of building 
nor higher than second story floor; the total area of such ducts to be not less than 
three per cent of the area of such vent shaft, and no single duct to be of less area 
than one hundred square inches; such total and individual duct area shall be net 
over and above all obstructions. 

444. Stair Hall and Shaft— Well Hole Dimensions.) (a) Every public stair 
hall in every new tenement house shall, for each story, have a window of an area of 
at least twelve square feet, opening directly on a street, alley, yard or court; or on 
a shaft of minimum area, as hereinafter provided; or shall have an unobstructed 
vertical well-hole of the following minimum area at each floor line above the first, 
and, directly over such well-hole, there shall be a skylight of twice the following 
minimum area: 

Building Least area in square feet of 

Height of stair shaft or well hole. 

2 stories — if there is more than one apartment on a floor 8 

3 stories — if there is more than one apartment on a floor .13 

4 stories 



1894 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



(b) Such window, if any, shall be so placed that light may pass directly to the 
opposite end of the hall, or else there shall be at least one window opening directly 
upon a street, alley, yard or court in every twenty feet in length or fraction thereof 
of such hall, except in so much of any entrance hall as lies between the entrance 
and the flight of stairs nearest the entrance. In any such public hall, recesses or 
returns, the length of which does not exceed twice the width of the hall, will be 
permitted, without an additional window, but, otherwise, each recess or return^ 
shall be regarded for the purposes of this Section as if it were a separate hall. 
Any part of a public hall which is shut off from any other part by a door or door& 
shall be deemed a separate public hall within the meaning of this Section. 

(c) Skylights shall be ventilating skylights and shall have over them a wire 
netting mounted on wire frame and 6-inch iron legs, of wire not lighter than No. 
12 and with mesh not coarser than one inch by one inch, unless constructed of wired 
glass or prismatic light glass. 

445. Rooms — Sizes and Height Of — Attic Rooms.) (a) In every new tene- 
ment house, all habitable rooms shall be of the following minimum sizes : 

(b) In each apartment, there shall be at least one room containing not less than 
one hundred twenty square feet of floor area, and every other room shall contain at 
least eighty square feet of floor area, provided, however, that in the case of a room 
having a window not less than eighteen feet in area opening upon a public street,, 
the floor area need not De greater than seventy feet. Each room shall be in every part 
not less than eight feet six inches high from the finished floor to the finished ceiling; 
provided, however, an attic room need be eight feet six inches high in but one-half of 
its area, provided there are not less than 750 cubic feet of air space therein. 

446. Alcoves and Alcove Rooms.) (a) For the purpose of buildings of 
Classes III and IV, an alcove shall be defined as a recess connected with or at the 

side of a larger room. The floor of such an alcove shall be counted as a part of the 
floor area and its cubic contents as a part of the cubic contents of the room with 
which it is connected. 

(b) In every new tenement house every alcove shall be deemed a separate- 
room for all purposes within the meaning of this Chapter, except an alcove that has 
a floor area of not to exceed thirty-five square feet and that has an unobstructed 
opening, equal in area to twenty per centum of its entire wall surface, into an ad- 
joining habitable room; provided that in constructing additional habitable rooms 
by raising or altering existing one story dwellings, the limitation of the floor area 
of an alcove may be disregarded, provided such alcove has an unobstructed open- 
ing, equal to the floor area of such alcove, into an adjoining habitable room. 

(c) This section shall not be construed as forbidding the erection of pilasters- 
or other decorative effects projecting not more than eighteen inches from the plane 
of the wall of a habitable room. 

(d) No part of any room in a tenement house shall be enclosed or sub-divided 
at any time, wholly or in part, by a curtain, portiere, fixed or movable partition or 
other contrivance or device, unless each part of the room so enclosed or sub-divided 
shall contain a separate window as herein required, and shall have a floor area of 
not less than 80 square feet as herein required for habitable rooms, except as here- 
tofore provided in this section. 

447. Air— Quantity of for Each Person.) No room in any tenement housfr 



December 1, 1910. 



BUILDING ORDINANCE 



1895 



shall be occupied so that the allowance of air to each adult person living or sleep- 
ing in such room shall at any time he less than four hundred cubic feet or less than 
two hundred cubic feet for each person under twelve years of age. 

448. Habitable Rooms— Bath Rooms— Pantries— Requirement as to Ventila- 
tion and Lighting.) (a) In every new tenement house every habitable room shall 
have a window or windows with a total glass area equal to at least one-tenth of its 
floor area opening onto a street, alley, yard or court. None of such required win- 
dows shall have a glass area of less than ten square feet, and each such window shall 
have its top not less than seven feet above the floor and shall be so constructed that 
at least its upper half may be opened its full width. 

(b) In every new tenement house every bath room, water closet, or 
urinal compartment shall have at least one window with a glass area of at least six 
square feet and a minimum width of one foot, opening upon a street, alley, yard, 
court or vent shaft. 

(c) In every new tenement house every pantry shall have at least one win- 
dow of not less than six square feet in area, with a width of not less than one foot,, 
opening into a street, alley, yard, court or vent shaft, which vent shaft shall be at- 
least six square feet in area. 

449. New Tenements— Habitable Rooms in Basements— Prohibited in Cellars.) 
In no new tenement house shall any room in the cellar be constructed, altered, con- 
verted or occupied for living purposes; and no room in the basement of a new tene- 
ment house shall be constructed, altered, converted or occupied for living pur- 
poses unless such room shall be at least eight feet six inches high in the clear and 
shall have at least one-half of such height above the finished grade of said premises 
at the building, and at least four feet three inches of such height above the aver- 
age street grade at the building. 

450. Tenement Houses— Requirements for Fireproof and Slow-burning Con- 
struction.) Every new tenement house more than five stories and basement high 
shall be of fire-proof construction. Every new tenement house more than three- 
stories and basement high, but not more than five stories and basement high shall 
be of slow-burning or fireproof construction. In case slow-burning construction be 
required, the cellar and basement construction, including the floor construction of the 
first story above the cellar or basement, shall be of fireproof construction. 

451. Frame Tenement— Requirements.) In every new frame tenement house 
outside the fire limits, each suite of apartments shall be separated from the next 
suite in such building by a wall of four-inch tile or of metal studding and metal 
lath, and the enclosing walls around the stairs, where there are two or more apart- 
ments on a floor, shall be of fireproof construction or of solid masonry of the same 
dimensions as are required by Section 519. 

452. Frame Additions to Frame Tenement Houses Within the Fire Limits 
Not Permitted.) No frame addition shall be permitted to any frame tenement 
house within the fire limits, either by adding to its height or its superficial area. 
If a tenement house standing on wooden supports is moved to another lot or another 
position on the same lot it shall not again be placed on wooden supports, but shall 
be placed on a masonry or concrete foundation. 

453. Entrance Hall&— Solid Masonry— Exceptions— Ceilings) Every main en- 



1896 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



trance hall in a new tenement house shall be at least three feet six inches wide 
in the clear from the entrance up to and including the stair enclosure and beyond 
this point at least three feet wide in the clear. In every new non-fireproof tene- 
ment house, except where there be only one apartment on each floor, such entrance 
hall shall be inclosed with solid masonry walls and with ceilings covered with in- 
combustible material and shall comply with all the conditions of the following sec- 
tions of this ordinance as to the construction of stair halls. If such main entmnce 
hall is the only entrance to more than one flight of stairs, the several portions of 
such main entrance hall which separate the entrance of the building from the sev- 
eral flights of stairs, respectively, shall be increased respectively at least one foot 
in width for each additional flight of stairs. 

454. Stair Halls — Construction of.) (a) The stairs and stair halls in 
all new tenement houses more than three stories and basement or cellar high shall be 
constructed of incombustible material throughout, except that the treads of stairs 
may be of wood not less than one and three-eighths inches thick and all handrails 
may be of hard wood. 

(b) In every new non-fireproof tenement house all stair halls shall be enclosed 
on all sides with walls of solid masonry of the dimensions required by Section 519. 
All windows in stair halls, except where same open into a street, alley, outer court, 
or yard, shall have metal frames and sashes, glazed with wired glass. This sec- 
tion shall not apply to tenement houses which are not more than three stories and 
basement high with only one apartment on each floor, 

455. Apartments Divided by Masonry.) There shall be a wall of solid 
masonry, as required by Section 519, extending from the ground to the roof between 
each set of apartments and around each court and each light shaft, except as here- 
inafter provided; (a) provided, however, that a wall between apartments and extend- 
ing from the main stair hall to the outer wall of the building may be offset at the 
second story floor line to some point nearer the center of the building, or of the group 
of apartments, to admit of an even distribution of space in the rooms adjacent to 
such wall, if such wall is supported at the second story floor line on flreproofed steel 
or iron beams which extend from the brick wall surrounding the main stair hall to 
the outer wall of the building; and provided, further, that such offset wall may be 
reduced to the thickness of eight inches, if supported at each floor line above the 
first story on fireproofed steel or iron beams carried by masonry walls> as above 
specified; (b) and provided, however, that, in case there is a store or stores in the 
first story of a building of this class, a masonry dividing wall between apartments 
may begin at the second story floor line, if such dividing wall is supported on fire- 
proofed steel or iron beams carried by masonry; and provided, further, that such 
dividmg wall may be reduced to the thickness of eight inches, if supported at each 
floor line above the first story on fireproofed steel or iron beams carried by masonry 
And provided that in buildings of fireproof construction the partitions between 
apartments, and around stairs may be of burnt clay tile not less than three inches 
m thickness or reinforced concrete partitions not less than three inches in thickness. 

456. Ceilings Over Stores-Courts and Shafts Beginning Above First Story) 

(a) In every new non-fireproof tenement house in which there is a store or stores in 
the first story, if the building is three stories or less in height, the portions of the 
^rst story ceiling directly under -all public halls shall be of slow burning construc- 
ition, and if the building is four or more stories in height the entire basement and 



December 1, 1910. 



BUILDING OKDINANCE 



1897 



first story construction and the second story floor construction shall be of fire proof 
construction. 

(b) In every new non-fireproof tenement house the masonry walls enclosing 
every court or light or vent shaft beginning above the first story shall be supported 
on fireproofed steel or iron beams carried by masonry or by fireproofed steel or iron 
columns; and such court or shaft enclosing walls may be reduced to the thick- 
ness of eight inches if supported at every intersecting floor line on fireproofed steel 
or iron beams carried as above specified. 

457. Damp-Proofing— Basement Walls to Be Masonry— Cement Floor.) In 
every new tenement house constructed of brick or frame, the foundations and base- 
ment walls shall be built of masonry or concrete not less than twelve inches in 
thickness, except as provided in Section 519 and shall have all outside walls below 
the adjacent ground level plastered on the outside with Portland cement or treated' 
with other approved damp-proofing material, and such walls, as high as the ground' 
level, shall be laid in cement mortar. The basement or cellar of every existing and! 
new tenement house shall have a floor of Portland cement concrete not less than 
three inches in thickness laid on not less than six inches of sand or cinders. 

458. Bay Windows— Courts— Vent Shafts.) (a) The walls of every bay ' 
window and every court in masonry constructed new tenement houses shall be built 
of brick or other fireproof construction as required for exterior walls. 

(b) The walls of every vent shaft in masonry constructed tenement houses 
shall be built of masonry or of fireproof material not less than four inches in thick- 
ness, supported by steel or iron. 

459. Porches.) T\^iere porches are constructed in courts of now existing or 
new tenement houses, the amount of area of unobstructed space in such courts shall 
be exclusive of space occupied by stairs and porches. No additional rear porch 
shall be constructed on any existing tenement house in such way that the buildings 
on the lot with all their porches shall occupy a greater proportion of the lot than is 
permitted in Section 440 of this Chapter. No rear porch on any existing tenement 
house where the total area of buildings and all porches exceeds the proportion of the 
lot permitted in Section 440 of this Chapter shall be reconstructed until the plan for 
such re-construction shall have been submitted to and approved by the Commissioner 
of Buildings. No rear porch built of combustible materials and more than eight 
feet in width, excepting stairways, shall be constructed on any new tenement house 
nor added to, nor re-constructed on any existing tenement house. 

460. Flues and Chimneys.) In every building used for the purposes of Class 
VI, the flues or chimneys shall conform to the following regulations : For one stove 
opening, the flue area shall be not less than forty-nine square inches. For more than 
one stove opening and one furnace opening, the flue area shall be not less than 
seventy-seven square inches. All such flues shall have linings of burnt fire clay or 
terra cotta closely fitted together and slushed in, and such flue linings shall extend 
from the lowest opening to a distance of at least two feet above the roof joists. 

461. Bulkhead in Roof— Construction of— When Required.) There shall be 
in the roof of every new tenement house, unless the pitch of the roof thereof exceeds 
one foot rise in four foot run, at least one bulkhead or scuttle, flreproof or covered 
with fireproof material, with stairs or ladder leading thereto; no such roof open- 
ing shall be less than two feet by three feet. Where such tenement house is pro- 
vided with rear stairs, there shall be a bulkhead or scuttle accessible from each of 



1898 



3 COMMITTEE OP THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



such rear stairs. No scuttle or bulkhead door shall have any lock on it but may be 
fastened on the inside by movable bolts or hooks. 

462. Stairways— Width and Construction of.) (a) Every now existing and 
every new tenement house shall have at least two flights of stairs, which shall ex- 
tend from the entrance floor to the top story, and which stairs shall be as far apart 
as practicable. One of said stairways shall be an interior stairway. Such stairs 
and the public halls in every tenement house shall each be at least three feet wide in 
the clear, and every apartment shall be directly accessible from both such flights of 
stairs. In a fireproof building, where a public corridor serving two or more* apart- 
ments, leads directly to a stairway, such corridor and stairway will be credited 
as one of the two required stairways. If any existing tenement house be so altered 
as to increase the number of apartments therein, or if such building be increased in 
height, or if the halls and stairs therein be damaged by fire or otherwise to an ex- 
tent greater than one-half the value thereof, the entrance, stair halls, entrance halls 
and other public halls of the building so damaged shall be made to conform to the 
requirements of this Chapter relating to new tenement houses. 

(b) All enclosed stairs in every tenement house shall have at least one hand- 
rail, and where the width of such stairs is greater than 3 feet 6 inches, such stairs 
shall have a handrail on each side thereof. All open stairs shall be provided with 
suitable and substantial handrails on each side. 

463. Stairs in Non-Fireproof Buildings, Eighty or More Rooms.) Every 
new non-fireproof tenement house containing over eighty rooms, exclu- 
sive of bath rooms, shall have one additional flight of stairs, over and above 
the flights hereinbefore provided for, for every additional eighty rooms, or fraction 
thereof; but if such building contains not more than one hundred and twenty rooms 
exclusive of bath rooms, at the owner's option, in lieu of an additional stairway' 
the stairs and public halls throughout the entire building shall be at least one- 
half wider than is provided in this chapter. 

464. Stairs in Fireproof Buildings, One Hundred and Twenty Rooms and Up- 
ward.) Every new fireproof tenement house containing over one hundred and 
twenty rooms, exclusive of bath rooms, shall have one additional flight of stairs, 
over and above the flights hereinbefore provided for, for every additional one hun- 
dred and twenty rooms or fraction thereof; but if such building contains not more 
than one hundred and eighty rooms, exclusive of bath rooms, at the owner's option, 
in lieu of an additional stairway, the stairs and public halls throughout the entire 
building may be made at least one-half wider than is provided in this Chapter. 

465. Stairs— Entrance to— Treads and Risers.) Every flight of stairs required 
in a tenement house shall have an entrance on the entrance floor from a street or 
alley, or from a yard or court which opens into a street or alley. All stairs except 
rear stairs, in new tenement houses, shall have risers not more than seven and three- 
quarters inches high and treads not less than nine and one-half inches wide ex- 
clusive of nosings, except in winding stairs, where all treads at a point eighteen 
inches from the strings on the well side shall be at least nine and one-half inches 
wide, exclusive of nosings. 

466. Fire Escapes.) Every tenement house four or more stories in height 
shall be provided with a fire escape or fire escapes, such as are required by this 
Chapter. In every case each separate apartment sliall have direct access to at least 



December 1, 1910, 



BUILDING ORDINANCE 



1899 



one such fire escape unless such apartment shall have direct access, without passing 
through any other apartment, to at least two separate flights of stairs leading to the 
ground, one of which is placed in front and one in the rear of such building, and one 
of which may be placed outside of the building; but where such separate apartment 
shall not have access to two such flights of stairs, then such apartment shall have 
direct access to a stairway fire escape. Every court in which there is a fire escape 
shall have direct and unobstructed access along the surface of the ground to a street 
or alley or to yard opening into an alley or street without entering into or passing 
through or over any building unless by a four foot wide fireproof passage on the 
<?ourt or ground level. Except as herein specifically provided, the number, location, 
material and construction of fire escapes shall be controlled by the general provisions 
of this Chapter on fire escapes. 

467. Stairways and Fire Escapes to Be Free From Obstruction.) No obstruc- 
tion of any kind shall at any time be placed before, upon or against any stairway, 
steps or landings or fire escapes in or upon any tenement house. All fire escapes 
upon tenement houses shall be kept in good order and repair, and every exposed 
part thereof shall at all times be protected against rust by durable paint. 

468. Shafts, Coutts, Ya,rds, Graded— Concrete— Drained.) In every now 
existing and new tenement house, the bottom of all shafts, courts or yards shall be 
provided with sanitary drainage and shall be graded or paved. 

469. Access to Rooms — Otherwise than Through Bedroom.) In each apart- 
ment in every new tenement house, access to every living room and bedroom, and to 
at least one water closet compartment shall be had without passing through any 
bedroom. 

470. Water Closets— Windows in— Artificial Light.) (a) In every new 
tenement house there shall be a separate water closet in a separate compartment 
within each apartment, except that where there are apartments consisting of only 
one or two rooms, in which case there shall be at least one water closet for every 
two 'apartments. 

(b) Every water closet compartment in every existing tenement house shall 
be ventilated by such a window, or else by a vent shaft of at least one half the 
minimum area required in Section 443. Every water closet compartment in every 
tenement house shall be provided with proper means of artificially lighting the same. 
If fixtures for gas or electricity are not provided in any such compartment, then the 
door thereof shall have ground glass panels or transoms. 

471. Sinks— Requirements.) In every new tenement house there shall be in 
each apartment at least one kitchen sink with running water. In every existing 
tenement if there be not one such sink in each apartment there shall be on every 
floor at least one kitchen sink with running water, accessible to all the tenants of the 
floor, without passing through any other apartment. In no tenement house shall 
there be woodwork inclosing sinks; the space underneath sinks shall be left entirely 
open. 

472. Pipes Through Floors— Catch Basins— Water Closets.) (a) In every 
new tenement house where plumbing or other pipes pass through floors or partitions, 
the openings around such pipes shall be sealed tight with plaster or other incom- 
bustible material, so as to prevent the passage of air or the spread of fire from one 
floor to another or from room to room. 



1900 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



(b) In the premises of a tenement bouse the catcbbasin shall, whenever prac- 
ticable, be placed in a court or yard, and shall be covered with a stone or iron cover, 
flush with the surface so that access to such basin shall be convenient. 

(c) Where it is for any reason impracticable to place a catcbbasin in a court 
or yard, the Commissioner of Health may authorize the use of an iron catcbbasin 
with air-tight cover, located in the cellar or basement. 

472 Buildings Damaged by Fire, Etc.) If any existing tenement house is 
hereafter damaged by fire or other cause, including ordinary wear, so that at any 
time its value be less than one-half its original value exclusive of the value oT the 
foundations, such building shall not be repaired or rebuilt except in conformity 
with the provisions of this ordinance applicable to new tenement houses. 

473. Provisions of this Article Not to Apply to Existing Buildings, Except 
Under Certain Circumstances — Then Commissioner to Notify.) (a) Nothing in 
this Article contained shall be construed as requiring alterations in the construction 
or equipment of buildings in existence at the time of the passage of this Article 
and which at the time of their construction were built in compliance with the ordi- 
nances then in force, unless they are in conflict with the requirements of Sections 
447, 466, 471, 475, 476, 477, 468, or unless such buildings shall not have 
sufficient or adequate means of egress therefrom, by reason of insufficient or in- 
adequate stairways, improperly located or insufficient or inadequate elevators or 
elevator equipment, doors, fire escapes, windows or other means of egress or ingress. 

(b) Where it shall appear to the Commissioner of Buildings that any such 
building has insufficient means of egress therefrom as aforesaid, he shall notify 
the owner, agent or person in possession, charge or control of such building of such 
fact and direct him forthwith to make such alterations and changes in the con- 
struction or equipment of such building, as are necessary to be made in order to 
promote the safety of the occupants of such building and of persons using the same 
and of the public. 

474. Rooms and HaUs — Additional.) Every room or hall that may hereafter 
be constructed or created in an existing tenement house shall comply in all respects 
with the provisions of this ordinance as to size, arrangement, light and ventilation 
of rooms and halls. 

475. Rooms — Change in Existing.) No room in any now existing tenement 
house shall hereafter be constructed, altered, converted or occupied for living pur- 
poses unless it contains a window having a superficial area not less than one- 
twelfth of the floor area of the room, which window shall open upon a street or alley 
or upon a yard or court having a superficial area of not less than twenty-five square 
feet; or unless such room adjoins another room in the same apartment, which other 
room shall have such a window opening upon such a street, alley, yard, or court, 
and between which two adjoining rooms there shall be a sash window having at 
least fifteen square feet of glass, the upper half of which shall be so made as to 
open easily. 

476. Windows — Courts — Attic.) No room in any now existing tenement 
house, which has no such window as aforesaid, opening upon a street or alley or 
upon a yard or court having a superficial area of not less than twenty-five square 
feet, shall hereafter be constructed, altered, converted or occupied for living pur- 
poses, unless it contains a floor area of at least sixty square feet and also at least 
six hundred cubic feet of air space; nor unless every part of the finished ceiling of 



December 1, 1910. 



BUILDING ORDINANCE 



1901 



such room be at least seven feet six inches distant from every part of the finished 
floor thereof; provided, that an attic room need be seven feet six inches high in 
but one-half of its area, and, provided, further, that such attic room has not less 
than seven hundred fifty cubic feet of air space therein; and such attic room shall 
not be used for purposes of human habitation other than as a sleeping room. 

477. Existing Tenements — Living Rooms in Cellars or Basements — When 
Permitted.) In every existing tenement house, no room in a cellar or basement 
shall be constructed, altered, converted, or occupied for living purposes unless such 
room shall be at least seven feet six inches high in the clear, and have not more 
than four feet eight inches of such cellar or basement below the finished grade at 
building; provided that no such room shall be used for living purposes unless such 
room shall have a window opening upon a street, alley, yard or court, and, provided, 
that when the windows of any living room front solely upon a street and the floor 
of such basement is four feet eight inches below the sidewalk grade, such windows 
shall be located not less than three feet back from the lot line. Provided, however, 
that in every case where the height of ceiling of any living room is less than eight 
feet six inches in the clear, the window area of such room shall be at least fifteen 
per centum of the floor area. 

4771/2. Insanitary Conditions— Nuisance.) A tenement house or part thereof 
which is in an insanitary condition by reason of the basement or cellar being 
damp or wet, or by reason of the floor of such basement or cellar being covered with 
stagnant water or by reason of the presence of sewer gas, or by reason of any por- 
tion of such building being infected with disease, or being unfit for human habita- 
tion, or which by reason of any other insanitary condition is a source of producing 
sickness among the inhabitants of this city, 01^ which in any way endangers the 
public health, is hereby declared to constitute a public nuisance. 



ARTICLE X. 
CLASS vn. 

478. Class VII Defined.) In Class VII shall be included every building used 
for the sale at retail of dry" goods and other articles of general merchandise and 
commonly known and described as a department store. 

4781/2. Must Comply With General and Special Provisions.) Every building 
of Class VII shall comply with the general provisions of this Chapter, and, in addi"^ 
tion to the general provisions, shall comply with the following special provisions: 

479. Buildings of Class VII— Construction of.) Buildings three stories or less 
in height, used either wholly or in part for the purpose of Class VII, may be of 
ordinary construction. Such buildings more than three and not exceeding five 
stories in height shall be of slow-burning, mill or fireproof construction. Such 
buildings over five stories in height shall be of fireproof construction. 

480. Stores Used for Retail Sale of Goods or Manufacturing Purposes— Occu- 
pation of Basement— Lockers.) (a) Not more than the lower twelve stories 
above the street grade shall be used for the retail sale of goods, or for locker pro- 
visions in excess of accommodations for the number of employes on the floor on 



1902 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



which they are employed, or for manufacturing purposes in a building devoted ; 
wholly or in part to purposes of Class VII except as hereinafter provided; provided,, r 
however, the stories above the twelfth story may be used for these or other pur- I 
poses when equipped with an approved automatic sprinkler system approved by the- 
Fire Marshal; and further provided, that all such buildings hereafter erected to bfr | 
used for these purposes, or so used, above the twelfth story shall in addition to being 
equipped with an approved automatic sprinkling system have enclosed stairways. 

(b) Not more than one floor of any basement or cellar shall be used for the- 
retail sale of goods. Such floor shall be the floor nearest to the inside street grade. 
Such floor used for the retail sale of goods shall not be more than twenty feet 
beJow the inside street grade. 

(c) No sub-basement, cellar or part of a basement below such floor shall be- 
used for the sale of any goods in any manner, but locker and dressing rooms may 
be placed in the sub-basement, provided the space thus occupied be separated from the 
remainder of the basement by fireproof partitions, and that there be at least two- 
flights of stairs placed as far apart as practicable leading therefrom to the first 
floor, inclosed in fireproof partitions. Such stairs from such locker or dressing 
rooms shall be, in addition to other stairways required by this Chapter for sucb 
buildings, and at least one of such stairways shall open directly on a street 
alley or court opening on a street or alley, or on a fireproof passage leading 
to the street, alley or such court. Where more than five lockers are in one room, 
such lockers shall be of incombustible material. 

(d) Where stories above the twelfth story are used for the purposes of Class 
VII as hereinbefore described for locker provisions in excess of accommodations for 
employes on the floor on which they are employed, then the stairways from the first 
to the topmost floor shall be built and inclosed as described in Section 668, but 
the stairways shall be in number and aggregate width as required in the table for 
stairways set forth in Section 666 of this Chapter. 

481. Floor Areas — Maximum.) (a) The floor area, except as hereinafter 
provided, of any one story or portion of a story used for the purposes of Class VII 
of any building of ordinary construction shall not exceed nine thousand square 
feet. 

(b) The floor area, except as hereinafter provided, of any one story or portion- . 
of a story used for the purposes of Class VII of any building of slow-burning or mill 
construction shall not exceed twelve thousand square feet. 

(c) The floor area, except as hereinafter provided, of any one story or portion 
of a story used for the purposes of Class VII of any building of fireproof construc- 
tion shall not exceed 25,000 square feet, unless the building is completely equipped 
with an approved automatic sprinkler system, but in no case shall such area exceed 
30,000 square feet. 

482. Floor Areas— Exceeding the Maximum Limits Defined in Section 481.) 
(a) Where any floor or portion of a floor used for the purposes of Class VII in any 
building shall exceed in area the maximum number of square feet allowed in ih& 
preceding section for the type of construction of such building in which such floor 
is contained, each such maximum amount of floor area so used shall be separated 
from other parts of such floor by fire walls, or dividing walls built in accordance 
with the provisions of Section 250 of this Chapter relating to dividing walls in- 
buildings of Class I. 



Decemlaer 1, 1010. 



BUILDING ORDINANCE 



1903 



(b) Where any such floor so used is divided by such fire walls or dividing walls, 
each such division of such floor shall be provided with stairs, aisles, exits, and fire 
escapes as required in this Chapter for separate and distinct buildings, and each 
such division shall be considered as a separate building, except as provided in Sec- 
tion 508 of this Chapter. 

483. Galleries.) (a) The area of any or all of the galleries, mezzanine or 
intermediate floors in any one story used wholly or in part for the purposes of Class 
VII in any building shall not exceed ten per centum of the area of such story. 
Galleries, mezzanine or intermediate floors of a larger size than the above shall 
be considered as full stories. 

(b) Every gallery, mezzanine or intermediate floor shall have at least one 
stairway not less than three feet wide. 

(c) The height from the floor of any gallery, mezzanine or intermediate floor 
to the ceiling over same shall not be less than seven feet, and there shall be not less 
than seven feet of space between the bottom of such gallery, mezzanine or inter- 
mediate floor and the floor of the story in which such gallery, mezzanine or inter- 
mediate floor is placed. 

(d) Every gallery, mezzanine or intermediate floor in any building used for the 
purposes of Class VII shall be built to conform to the construction applicable to 
such building, but galleries not exceeding flve per centum of the area of such story, 
may be built of incombustible material without fireproof protection. 

(e) No gallery, mezzanine or intermediate floor shall be built without a permit 
from the Department of Buildings, and plans showing the construction and size 
of such proposed gallery, mezzanine or intermediate floor shall be filed with the 
Department of Buildings when a permit is applied for. 

484. Courts of Class VII Buildings.) (a) Every court or light shaft of 
every building used wholly or in part for the purposes of Class VII shall be open 
and unobstructed from the bottom of such court to the sky, with the excep- 
tion that fire escapes may be built therein, and such courts shall have walls 
constructed in the same manner as is required for the exterior walls of such 
buildings; provided, that no walls inclosing such courts are required on street or 
alley lot lines. 

(b) All windows, doors or other openings in court walls of such buildings shall 
have metal frames, metal sashes and metal doors, with the glazed portions thereon 
of wired glass. 

485. Stories— Numbering of) The first story above the inside street grade 
shall be designated and known as the first story for all purposes of this Chapter, 
and the stories above shall be numbered consecutively, the second, third, and so on. 

486. Stairs— Halls— Passageways and Aisles— Signs and Lights.) (a) The 

stair halls, passageways and stair aisles shall be unobstructed and be as wide as the 
stair and not less than four feet wide in the clear. 

(b) The exit door or doors between floors and stair halls shall be not less than 
ninety per centum of the width of the stairway to which they afford access, and for 
each elevator opening into such a stair hall, the doors to floors shall be increased six 
inches in width. 

(c) The stairways and stair halls of any building used wholly or in part for 



1904 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



the purpose of Class VII shall be illuminated by gas or electric light, and the gas ; 

piping and the electric wiring shall be accomplished by piping and circuits separated ; 

and distinct from the general illuminating piping and circuits of the premises, j 

Each stair light shall have a red glass inclosure. j 

(d) At the bottom of each such stairway there shall be an illuminated red I 

glass sign with the number of the story in which it is situated inscribed thereon in I 

letters not less than six inches high. J 

487. Aisles in Class VII Buildings.) (a) In buildings used -wholly or in \ 
part for the purposes of Class VII there shall be aisles in such portions of the build- \ 
ings as are used for such purposes, connecting the stairways and the elevators di- ; 
rectly with the street or alley doors, and such aisles shall be termed "main aisles." I 
Such main aisles shall have a clear width equal to the width of the stairways con- | 
necting therewith, and for each elevator connecting with such an aisle there shall be 
an additional width of six inches, and no such main aisle shall be less than five feet .j 
wide in the clear between the counters in any department store or between the 
fixed seats therein. One-third the width of any basement stairway shall be added j 
to the width of the main aisle connecting with sue hstairway. j 

(b) If there is a column in any such aisle, then the width of the aisle shall be j 
increased by the width of such column. | 

(c) If there is a counter, or counters, or settee, or any case, or other obstruc- ■ 
tion in an aisle, then that part of the aisle on each side of such counter, bench, or case, 

or other obstruction shall be considered as a separate aisle. No aisle shall be less i 
than three feet in width. 

488. Exit Signs and Lights.) (a) All exits in buildings used wholly or in 
part for the purposes of Class VII shall be clearly indicated by illuminated red signs 
with the word "Exit" thereon in letters .not less than six inches high. At the 
bottom of each stairway on the street floor level there shall be similar signs 
indicating the direction of the nearest exit to a street or alley. ■ 

(b) Fire escape doors or windows shall be indicated by illuminated red signs ; 
with the words "Fire Escape" thereon in letters not less than six inches high. ,j 

489. Doors at Street Level— Revolving Doors.) The clear width of the exit 
openings shall be computed in the same manner as that provided in this Article 
for main aisles, and no door openings shall be less than five feet wide, and all J 
doors shall swing outward. Eevolving doors shall not be considered as exits 
unless the revolving wings of said revolving doors are so arranged that they will i 
be readily collapsed or removed by pressure or simple mechanical means to be ap- 
proved by the Commissioner of Buildings, and leave sufficient opening for two or 
more persons to pass through side by side. ' 

490. Doors in Dividing Walls.) (a) Door openings may be built in dividing 
walls of such buildings; provided, however, that such door openings shall be not less 
than five feet in width and shall be provided with fire-proof doors built as 
described in Section 573 of this Chapter, and that each door shall have an efficient 
closing device which will operate automatically in the event of a fire in close 
proximity to either side of such door. 

(b) Each such opening shall have exit signs and lights as provided for street 
doors and exits in Section 488 of this Chapter. There shall be aisles not less than 
five feet in width connecting with such doors from the main aisles, and in no case 



December 1, 1910. 



BUILDING ORDINANCE 



1905 



sLall any such door be less than ninety per centum of the width of the aisle directly 
connecting therewith. 

491. Loads— Allowance for Live Loads in Construction of Floors of Buildings 
of Class VII.) For all buildings of Class VII the floor shall be designed and con- 
structed in such a manner as to be capable of supporting, in addition to the weight 
of the floor construction, partitions, permanent fixtures and mechanisms that 
may be set upon the same, a live load of one hundred pounds for every square foot 
of surface in such floors, and shall be figured in accordance with Section 516 of 
this Chapter. 



ARTICLE XI. 

CLASS VIII. 

492. Class VIII Defined— Provisions of.) In Class VIII shall be included every 
building used for school purposes and having a seating capacity of more than one 
hundred students. 

4921/2. Must Comply With General and Special Provisions.) All buildings of 
Class VIII shall comply with the general provisions of this Chapter wherever the 
same are applicable thereto, and in addition to the general provisions shall comply 
with the following special provisions: 

493. Construction of.) (a) All buildings hereafter erected and used or intended 
to be used wholly for the purposes of Class VIII shall be constinicted in accordance 
with the provisions of this Chapter relating to Class VIII ; and existing school build- 
ings shall comply with the provisions of Class VIII with reference to stairs, exits 
and fire escapes. 

(b) Buildings which have a seating capacity of two hundred or less and which 
are not over two stories and basement in height, may be built of ordinary con- 
struction; provided, that no portion of such building shall be used for assembly 
hall purposes. 

(c) Buildings which have a greater seating capacity than two hundred and 
not exceeding four hundred, 'and which are not over three stories and basement in 
height, shall be built of slow-burning or fireproof construction. 

(d) Buildings which have a greater seating capacity than four hundred, or 
which are more than three stories and basement in height, shall be built entirely 
of fireproof construction. 

(e) Additions to existing buildings shall be built of the several types of con- 
struction required by this section; provided, however, that the sum total of the 
seating capacity of the entire building, including additions, shall be counted in deter- 
mining the type of construction required for such addition. 

(f) All alterations in existing buildings used for the purposes of Class VIII, 
other than new additions thereto, and intended to make them comply with the re- 
quirements of this Chapter, may be executed in the same kinds of materials originally 
used in such buildings, unless otherwise distinctly provided herein. 

494. Walls— Window Openings in.) No wall of any building used for the pur- 



1906 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



poses of Class VIII and containing a window opening shall be nearer than five feet to 
any lot line of adjoining property, street and alley lines not included. 

495. Portable Frame Buildings.) Portable frame buildings used wholly for 
the purposes of Class VIII, not larger than 28 by 36 feet and not over one story 
high, may be erected, provided exterior walls ana roof of same are covered with 

metal or other incombustible material, and the interior woodwork painted with fire- 
retarding paint approved by the Commissioner of Buildings, and, provided, further, 
that the location of such buildings shall be approved by the Commissioner of 
Buildings. Such portable buildings shall not be located nearer than ten feet 
to any other building, and shall not be maintained on any one lot or block for a 
longer period than two years after the date of the issuance of the original permit. 

496. Assembly Halls— Limitations as to seating Capacity and Floor Level.) 

(a) The limit of height at floor level and the maximum seating capacity of assembly 
halls or auditoriums or other single rooms in buildings of this Class must not ex- 
ceed the numbers given in the following table, for the specified type of construction, 



to-wit : I 

Type of Construction 1 

j^ioor — Slow-burning or Mill Construe- j 

Height of Fireproof tion Having Fireproof Ordinary 

Above Crade. Construction. Stairs and Corridors. Construction. 

Over 60 ft 500 Persons 100 Persons 

60 ft. or less 600 Persons 300 Persons 

45 ft. or less.. 700 Persons 500 Persons \ 

30 ft. or less 1000 Persons 800 Persons 250 Persons j 

20 ft. or less 1500 Persons 900 Persons 500 Persons | 

10 ft. or less r 2000 Persons 1000 Persons 800 Persons | 

5 ft. or less 2500 Persons 1200 Persons 1000 Persons 



(b) All assembly halls or other single rooms having a seating capacity larger 
than that given in the above table must have the highest part of the main floor 
within not more than one foot of grade level and must have exits leading directly 
to three streets, public alleys, or to open public grounds, 

(c) Seating capacity of all assembly halls in buildings of this Class shall in- 
clude the total aggregate seating capacity of all balconies, galleries, stages and 
platforms as well as the main portion of such assembly hall or rooms. 

(d) Heights of assembly hall floors shall be measured from sidewalk level at 
entrance of building or open school grounds to highest part of main floor of such 
assembly hall or rooms. 

497. Stairways — ^Width of.) (a) Stairways in buildings used for the purposes 
of Class VIII shall be equivalent in width to fifteen inches for every hundred of 
seating capacity in such building as measured by the aggregate seating capacity of 
the auditorium, assembly rooms and school rooms; provided, however, that the 
number of persons allowed in such buildings at any one time shall be limited 
by the width of stairways available as exits therefrom. 

(b) No stairway shall be less than four feet in width in the clear, except where 
more than two stairways lead down from any floor, in which case stairways three 
feet in width in the clear may be counted in the total width of stairs required. 

(c) Where two or more stairways are used, they shall be placed at opposite ends 
of the building or as far apart as practicable, and all such buildings hereafter 



December 1, 1910. 



BUILDING OKDINANCE 



1907 



erected shall have at least two separate and distinct stairways from the ground 
floor to the top floor, and all existing buildings shall have two such separate and 
distinct stairways, or one stairway and one sliding or stairway fire escape. 

(d) All stairways shall have railings on each side thereof. No stairway shall 
ascend a greater height than thirteen feet six inches without a level landings 
the dimensions of which, in the direction of the run of the stairs, shall be not 
less than four feet, or which, if at a turn of the stairs, shall be of not less width 
than the width of the stairs. No winder shall be permitted in any stairs, 
Stairways which are over nine feet wide shall have double intermediate handrails 
with end newel posts at least five and one-half feet high. All stairways shall dis- 
charge at the bottom directly to a public thoroughfare or open ground. 

498. Stairways in Buildings Hereafter Erected— Fireproof.) In buildings 
hereafter erected more than two stories and basement in height, the stairways 
and their enclosing walls shall be of fireproof construction. 

499. Width of Corridors, Passageways, Hallways and Doorways.) The width 
of corridors, passageways, hallways and doorways shall be equivalent in width 
to eighteen inches for every one hundred of seating capacity of such portions of 
building as will be required to use same for exit. No corridor, passageway or hall- 
way shall be less than five feet in width, and no doorway less than three feet in width, 
except where two or more doors, each two feet eight inches or more in width, are 
grouped together. 

500. Doors to Open Outward — Covering of.) All doors in such buildings shall 
open outward, and all entrance and exit doors shall be unlocked at all times whem 
the building is occupied for school purposes, or open to the public. All exit doors 
from assembly halls to other parts of the building shall be covered with metal or 
other fireproof material approved by the Commissioner of Buildings. 

501. Aisles— Width of— In Assembly Halls and Recitation and Study Rooms 
Must Be Kept Clear of Obstructions.) (a) Aisles in Assembly halls in such 
buildings shall be equivalent in width to eighteen inches for every 
one hundred of seating capacity in such assembly hall, but no such 
aisle shall be less than two feet six inches wide in its narrowest part. All groups 
of seats shall be so arranged that they shall have an aisle on each side, and not 
more than twelve seats in any one row shall be placed betAveen aisles. 

(b) Aisles in class rooms, recitation rooms and study rooms of such buildings 
shall be equivalent in width to eighteen inches for every one hundred permanent 
seats in any such room, but no aisle shall be less than sixteen inches in width and 
no main or cross aisle be less than two feet six inches in width. 

(c) All aisles and passageways in such buildings shall be kept free from 
campstools, chairs, sofas and other obstructions, and no person shall be allowed 
to stand in or occupy any such aisle or passageway during any performance, 
service, exhibition, lecture, concert or any public assemblage. 

502. Emergency Exits for Assembly Rooms — Aggregate Width of.) AH 

assembly halls of such buildings having a seating capacity of eight hundred or more 
shall be provided with at least two emergency exits. The aggregate width of such 
emergency exits, which shall be provided for each floor, balcony or gallery of such 
assembly hall, shall be not less than nine inches in width for every one hundred of 
seating capacity or portion thereof. No emergency exit or stairway shall be less 



1908 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



than three feet in width. Emergency exits must be located as far apart and as far 
from main exits as practicable, subject to the approval of the Commissioner of 
Buildings. 

503. Exits — Signs.) All exits opening from assembly halls of such buildings 
shall have the word "EXIT", in letters at least six inches high, applied to the 
auditorium side of every such exit, and when such assembly rail is in use at night, \ 
a red light shall be kept burning over the word "EXIT" during the entire time and ! 
until the pupils and audience have left the building. j 

504. Lights in Buildings — Windows — Skylights.) (a) Every portion of any such | 
building devoted to the uses or accommodation of the public and all outlets there- i 
from leading to the streets, including the open courts and corridors, stairways, | 
and exits, shall be well and properly lighted during the entire time such portion ! 
is in use, and shall remain lighted until all the pupils and the audience have left the j 
premises. | 

(b) All gas or electric lights in the class rooms of main building and in ' 
halls, corridors, lobbies, stairs and exits leading from the assembly halls 
shall be independent of lights in assembly hall. By "independent" shall be con- 
strued a separate pipe from meter or separate circuits from switchboard. 

(c) The total glass area of outside windows and skylights of each class room, 
recitation room or study room in such buildings shall be not less than one-fifth 
of the floor area of such room. 

(d) Class rooms, recitation rooms and study rooms that have exterior windows 
on one side only must have the top of glass in such windows at a height above 
the floor of such room of not less than one-half of the distance to the opposite 
parallel wall or partition. 

(e) Such rooms having exterior windows on two opposite sides of the room 
shall have the top of glass in such windows not less than one-fourth the distance 
between walls in which the windows are placed. The height of windows in corner 
rooms having windows in adjacent walls shall be computed from nearest wall or 
partition to opposite window. 

(f) Where skylights or skylights and windows of sufficient size to give the 
proper glass area are used these bights of windows shall not be required. 

505. Scenery — Sliding Curtains — Screens — Fireproofing Same — Hand Pumps — 
Fire Extinguishers.) No curtains or scenery shall be used in any assembly hall, 
excepting only, that it shall be permissible to use a pair of sliding curtains' hung 
on horizontal metal rods not over twelve feet above the floor of stage and portable 
screens set on the floor and not over eight feet high. Screens used exclusively for 
stereopticon purposes shall not be construed as curtain or scenery. All screens, 
curtains, draperies and scenery so used shall be treated with a fire-retarding solu- 
tion, and at least one hand pump or chemical fire extinguisher shall be provided and 
kept in such assembly hall. The use of gas calcium lights is prohibited. 

506. Basement When Used for Class Rooms.) (a) In every such building in which 
the lower or basement floor is below the surface of the ground surrounding such 
building, and is used in part or as a whole for heai^ng or ventilating apparatus, such 
floor shall be considered the basement story of such building. 

(b) Class rooms, recitation rooms or study rooms shall not be allowed in base- . ' 
ments less than twelve feet in height in the clear nor where the floor is more than two 



December 1, 1910. 



BUILDING ORDINANCE 



1909 



feet below the level of the sidewalk at nearest entrance of building nor in basements 
which are not properly lighted by windows or skylights as defined elsewhere in this 
Chapter for such rooms. 

507. Stories — Height of.) No story above the basement shall be less than 
twelve feet in height in the clear. 

508. Fire Escapes.) (a) Every building used for the purposes of Class VIII 
of three or more stories in height shall be provided and equipped with stairway 
fire escapes or sliding fire escapes as .herein provided : 

(b) All such buildings having a seating capacity of less than two hundred on 
any one floor above the second floor shall have at least one such fire escape. 

(c) All such buildings having a seating capacity of over two hundred but less 
than four hundred in any one story above the second floor shall have at least two 
such fire escapes. 

(d) All such buildings having a seating capacity of more than four hundred but 
less than six hundred on any floor above the second floor shall have at least three 
such fire escapes. 

(e) At least one additional stairAvay or sliding fire escape shall be provided for 
every increase of two hundred seating capacity in any one story above the second 
floor. 

( f ) Stairway fire escapes shall be built in accordance with the requirements of 
Sections 669, 670 and 673, and shall be subject to the approval of the Commissioner 
of Buildings. 

(g) Sliding fire escapes shall be securely anchored or fastened to the building and 
shall have a radius or width of not less than thirty-six inches, and the inner 
side of the same shall be entirely smooth and made of metal. There shall be an 
entrance to each sliding fire escape from each floor above the first story. They shall 
be of a pitch of not less than thirty degrees nor more than forty-five degrees 
for straight runs. They shall be so constructed that they will discharge people not 
more than twenty-four inches from the adjacent ground or floor. They shall be of such 
pattern and design as will best secure the safety of the public, and their con- 
struction, location and maintenance shall be subject to the approval of the Com- 
missioner of Buildings. Spiral sliding fire escapes shall have two complete turns 
for each story height of more than thirteen or less than sixteen feet. 

(h) All the provisions of this Chapter relating to outside sliding or stair fire 
escapes shall apply to buildings of Class VIII, unless such buildings are fireproof, in 
which case interior fire escapes from ground to roof may be substituted for exterior 
fire escapes, provided such interior fire escapes shall comply with each and all of the 
following conditions : 

(i) Interior fire escapes in fireproof buildings shall be enclosed in brick or con- 
crete walls on all sides from top to bottom, and shall be enclosed at the top with a 
fireproof penthouse. The treads and risers of such interior fire escapes shall be the 
same as those used for stairs elsewhere in the building and the width of such 
fire escapes shall not "be less than forty inches in their narrowest part between 
hand rails. 

(j) The landings of such fire escapes shall, exclusive of and in addition to 
the space covered or occupied by swinging doors, be at least equal to the stairs 
in width. All doors leading to such fire escapes shall be incombustible doors 



1910 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



and the glass portion thereof shall be glazed with polished wired glass not less than | 
one-quarter of an inch thick, which shall be large enough to enable persons | 
to see other persons on the opposite side of the door. The combined ] 
width of said doors on each landing shall exceed the stair width twenty-five per | 
cent, but no single door shall be more than three feet wide. They shall be hinged ! 
and equipped with automatic opening and closing devices and shall open outward, i 
Windows lighting such fire escapes shall have metal frames and sash and wired glass. ] 

(k) The number and capacity of such interior fire escapes shall in 
no case be less than is elsewhere in this Chapter required for outside fire 
escapes, and the locations of the same shall be as far apart as practicable and 
so placed as to best secure the safety of the persons using the same in case of 
fire, accident or panic. 

(1) Such interior fire escapes which comply with all the conditions above enumer- 
ated may be used daily as ordinary stairs. 

509. Inspection — Duties of Engineer— President of Board to Report to Fire 
Marshal.) (a) It shall be the duty of the engineer of every building used for the 
purposes of Class VIII under the control of the Board of Education of this city, 
where an engineer is employed, or, in case no engineer is employed at such building, 
it shall then be the duty of the janitor of such building to examine all fire escapes on 
«uch buildings from the topmost story to the ground and to examine and operate 
all doors, windows and platforms leading to and from such fire escapes at least 
once each and every week that such building is used for school purposes, and to 
make a written report of such examination to the President of the Board of 
Education, showing the time it was made and the condition of the fire escapes. 

(b) It shall be the duty of the President of the Board of Education to make a 
written report to the Fire Marshal at least three times a year, showing all such 
•examinations made and the condition in which all fire escapes were found at the 
time of inspection; also the condition of the doors^, windows and platforms leading 
to and from such fire escapes. 

(c) It shall be the duty of the person in charge of each building used for the 
purposes of Class VIII, other than school buildings under the control of the Board 
of Education of this city, to make an examination of the fire escapes on school 
buildings under their charge, from the topmost story to the ground, and to 
-examine and operate all doors, windows, and platforms leading to or from such 
fire escapes at least once each and every week that such building is used for 
•school purposes, and to make a written report to the Fire Marshal at least three 
times each year, showing all such inspections made and the condition in which 
fire escapes, doors, windows and platforms were found at the time of the 
inspection. 

(d) Such fire escapes shall be kept in good condition, ready for immediate use 
at any and all times that such building is in use and shall be kept free from 
•snow and ice. 

(e) The duties herein imposed by this Section shall not be held to relieve the Fire 
Marshal or Commissioner of Buildings from performing such duties as are other- 
wise required of them by this Chapter. 

510. Fire Drill — Written Report to Fire Marshal.) (a) The principal or other per- 
son in charge of the pupils of every building used for the purposes of Class Vlli 
«hall establish and maintain a good and efficient fire drill, which shall be practiced 
-at least twice every month during the time such building is used for school purposes. 



December 1, 1910. 



BUILDING ORDINANCE 



1911 



(b) A written report shall be made by the princinal or other person in charge 
of the pupils in all school buildings under the control of the Board of Education 
of this city to the President of said Board of Education of each fire drill held and 
of the time that elapsed from the first fire signal until the last person was out 
of the building. 

(e) It shall be the duty of the President of the Board of Education to make a 
written report to the Fire Marshal at least three times each year, which report 
shall contain a record of all such fire drills practiced in each of the school build- 
ings under the control of the Board of Education of the city. 

(d) It shall be the duty of the principal or other person in charge of school- 
buildings, other than those under the control of the Board of Education, to make 
a written report to the Fire Marshal at least three times each year, showing a 
record of each fire drill held and the time that elapsed from the first fire signal 
until the last person was out of the building. 

(e) The duties herein imposed in this Section shall not be held to relieve the Fire- 
Marshal or Commissioner of Buildings from performing such duties as are other- 
wise required of them by this Chapter. 

511. The Commissioner of Buildings, the Fire Marshal, City Electrician and 
Superintendent of Police Shall Close Buildings for Violations.) The Commissioner of 
Buildings, Fire Marshal, City Electrician and Superintendent of Police, or any of 
them, shall have the power to close or order closed any building used wholly or in 
part for the purposes of Class VIII wherein there is any violation of the provisions 
of this ordinance, and to keep the same closed until such provisions are complied 
with. 



ARTICLE XII. 

GENERAL PROVISIONS. 

512. Construction or Alteration of Building — Requirements.) Every build- 
ing or structure or part thereof, hereafter constructed, erected, altered, enlarged, 
repaired or changed within the City shall be so constructed, erected, altered, en- 
larged, repaired or changed, in accordance with the provisions of this Chapter. 

513. Class of Buildings Not to Be Changed Without Conforming to Provisions 
of This Chapter.) If buildings, the uses of which bring them within any of the 
classes mentioned in this Chapter, are to be applied to the uses of any other class 
for which a better system of construction is required by this Chapter, the con- 
struction and equipment of such buildings shall first be made to conform to the re- 
quirements of this Chapter as specified for their intended use. And it shall be un- 
lawful to use any such building for a new or different purpose from that to which its 
structure and equipment adapts it under this Chapter, unless the requirements of 
this CJiapter for such new or different use shall first have been complied with, and 
a permit for such alteration or use shall have been first obtained from the Com- 
missioner of Buildings. 

514. Alterations of Existing Buildings.) (a) In construing the several sections of 
this Chapter, said sections shall not be leonstrued as requiring alterations in the con- 
struction or equipment of buildings or structures in existence at the time of the 



1912 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December ], 191Q. 



passage of this Chapter, except where specifically provided, unless such buildings 
shall not have sufficient or adequate means of egress therefrom or ingress thereto, 
by reason of insufficient or inadequate stairways or stairways improperly located 
or insufficient or inadequate elevators or elevator equipment, doors, fire escapes, 
windows or other means of egress or ingress and except also in sections which are 
herein made retroactive. 

(b) Whenever an Inspector of Buildings shall make a report to the Commissioner 
of Buildings that any such building has inadequate or insufficient means of egress 
therefrom or ingress thereto, as aforesaid, the Commissioner of Buildings shall 
notify the owner, agent, or person in possession, charge or control of such building | 
of such fact and direct him forthwith to make such alterations and changes in the \ 
construction or equipment of such building as are necessary to be made in order to I 
make such building comply with the requirements of this Chapter. 

(c) If, however, it is desired to enlarge, or in any manner materially modify 
the construction of any existing building, or to make ^. change in its use or occu- v 
pation which will transfer it from one class as recognized by this Chapter to an- 
other class, then, before such enlargement or structural change or modification of 
building is made, or before such change in its use or occupation may be made, 
written notice shall be given to the Commissioner of Buildings of the intention to 
change the character of the use, and the entire building shall be reconstructed or 
modified in such manner as to bring the same, when enlarged or altered, or when 
occupied for its new and different purposes, into compliance with the provisions 
of this Chapter. 

515. Removal of Brick, Stone or Concrete Building.) It shall be unlawful 
for any person, firm or corporation to move any brick, stone or concrete building 
from one location to another unless the same shall be altered or reconstructed so 
as to conform to the ordinances governing the construction of such a building at 
the time of moving the same and in its new location. 

516. Live and Dead Loads — Wind Resistance.) (a) The "dead load" shall include 
all permanent portions of the building, also partitions and permanent fixtures and 
mechanisms supported by the building. 

(b) All buildings shall be designed to resist a horizontal wind pressure of 20 
lbs. per square foot for every square foot of exposed surface. In no case shall the 
overturning moment due to wind pressure exceed seventy-five per cent of the mo- 
ment of stability of the building due to the dead load only. 

(c) The "live" loads per square foot of fioor areas, except stairs, for the classes 
of buildings except portions of Class VIII as hereinafter provided shall be not less 
than the following: 

Pounds. 



Class 1 100 

Class II 50 

Class III 40 

Class IV 100 

Class V, 100 

aass VI 40 

Class Vn 100 

Class VIII 75 



(d) Provided, however, that in Class VIII the portions of the building exclusive 
of the floors in assembly halls, the corridors and the stairs, shall not be required 
to be constructed to support a live load in excess of 40 pounds per square foot. 



December 1, 1910. 



BUILDING OKUINANCE 



1913 



(e) The roofs of all buildings shall be designed and constructed in such a man- 
ner that they will bear a load in addition to the weight of their structure and cov- 
ering, of at least twenty-five pounds for each square foot of horizontal surface. 

(f ) The live loads on stairways for buildings of all classes shall not be less than 
100 pounds per square foot of treads and landings. 

517. Structural Details — Strength Tests — How Made.) (a) All structural de- 
tails and workmanship shall be in accordance with accepted engineering practice, 
and subject to the approval of the Commissioner of Buildings. 

(b) Floors, joists and beams shall be designed for the full dead and live loads. 
Floor girders shall be designed for the full dead and not less than eighty-five per 
cent of the live load. 

(c) In buildings of every class execpt Class III and frame buildings, inter- 
mediate supports for joists shall be either brick, or concrete, or iron, or steel columns, 
beams, trusses, or girders. 

(d) If brick walls are used for this purpose, they maj, in all cases where the 
thickness of walls is given, in iSection 519, as 16 inches or more, be made four inches 
less in thickness than the dimensions stated. 

(e) Tests shall be made by the owner, upon the demand of the Commissioner 
of Buildings, on all forms of floor construction involving spans over eight feet. 
Such tests shall be made to the approval of the Commissioner of Buildings, and 
must show that the construction will sustain a load equal to twice the sum of the 
live and dead loads, for which it was designed, without any indication of failure. 
The construction may be considered as part of the test load. Each test load shall 
remain in place at least twenty-four hours. On arch construction, this test load 
shall be placed on one-half of the arch, covering the area from the support to the 
crown of the arch. 

518. Walls, Piers and Columns— Dead and Live Loads.) (a) The full live load 
on roofs of all buildings shall be taken on walls, piers, and columns. 

(b) The walls, piers and columns of all buildings shall be designed to carry the 
full dead loads and not less than the proportion of the live load given in the fol- 
lowing table: 

Floor 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 

17 85 per cent. 

16 80 85 

15 75 80 85 

14 70 75 80 85 



L3, , 


...65 


70 


75 


80 


85 
























L2. . , 


60 


65 


70 


75 


80 


85 






















LI, , . . 


... 55 


^0 


65 


70 


75 


80 


85 




















LO. . , , 


. . . 50 


55 


60 


65 


70 


75 


80 


85 


















9 


50 


50 


55 


60 


65 


70 


75 


80 


85 
















8. . . . 


. , , 50 


50 


50 


55 


60 


65 


70 


75 


80 


85 














7. . . . 


50 


50 


50 


50 


55 


60 


65 


70 


75 


80 


85 












6 . . , 


, , , 50 


50 


50 


50 


50 


55 


60 


65 


70 


75 


80 


85 










5. , , , 


. , . 50 


50 


50 


50 


50 


50 


55 


60 


65 


70 


75 


80 


85 








4. . . . 


50 


50 


50 


50 


50 


50 


50 


55 


60 


65 


70 


75 


80 


85 






3 


...50 


50 


50 


50 


50 


50 


50 


50 


55 


60 


65 


70 


75 


80 


85 




2 . 


. ... 50 


50 


50 


50 


50 


50 


50 


50 


50 


55 


60 


65 


70 


75 


80 


85 






50 


50 


50 


50 


50 


50 


50 


50 


50 


55 


60 


65 


70 


75 


80 



1914 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



(c) The proportion of the live load on walls, piers, and columns on buildings 
more than seventeen stories in height shall be taken in same ratio as the above 
table, 

(d) The entire dead load and the percentage of live load on basement columns 
piers and walls shall be taken in determining the stress in foundations. 

(e) In addition to the entire dead loads, not less than the following proportion 
of the percentage of live load on the basement columns, piers and walls shall be 
taken in determining the number of piles for pile foundations and the area of con- 



crete caissons. 

Classes I and VII 75 per cent. 

Classes II, III and VI 50 per cent. 

Classes IV, V and VIII 25 per cent. 



In all foundations eccentric loading must be prov^ed for. 

519. Thickness of Walls and Columns — Construction — Width — Height.) (a) 
Brick, stone, and solid concrete walls, except as otherwise provided, shall be of 
the thickness in inches indicated in the following table: 



Base- Stories 

ment. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 .9 10 11 12 

One-story 12 12 

IVo-story 16 12 12 

Three-story 16 16 12 12 

Four-story . . 20 20 16 16 12 

Five-story 24 20 20 16 16 16 

Six-story 24 20 20 20 16 16 16 

Seven-story 24 20 20 20 20 16 16 16 

Eight-story 24 24 24 20 20 20 16 16 16 

Nine-story 28 24 24 24 20 20 20 16 16 16 

Ten-story 28 28 28 24 24 24 20 20 20 16 16 

Eleven-story 28 28 28 24 24 24 20 20 20 16 16 16 

Twelve-story 32 28 28 28 24 24 24 20 20 20 16 16 16 



(b) In Class VIII buildings the thickness of surrounding walls and of all dividing 
walls carrying loads of floors and roof shall be as indicated in the following table,, 
to-wit: 

Base- Stories 

ment. 1 2 3 4 5 



in. in. in. in. in. in. 

One story 16 12 

Two stories 16 16 12 

Three stories 16 16 16 12 

jiour stories 20 20 16 16 12 

Five stories 24 20 20 16 16 16 



(c) In Class VIII buildings walls around stairs, elevators and air shafts and 
joist supports shall complj'^ with the requirements of Section 641 of this Chapter. 

(d) The basement walls of two-story buildings and the first story walls of 
three-story buildings in Classes III and VI may be twelve inches in thickness. 
The first stoiy walls of one-story buildings and the second story walls of two-story 
buildings in Classes III and VI may be eight inches in thickness, provided that where 
a pres&ed brick face is used no wall shall be less than twelve inches in thickness. 



December 1, 1910. 



BUILDING ORDINANCE 



1915 



and an eight-incli brick or solid concrete partition wall may be built in a building 
of any class, but in no case shall any eight-inch brick wall be more than fourteen 
feet in height. 

(e) The basement walls of two-story buildings in Classes II, III and VI may be 
12 inches in thickness. 

(f ) In buildings of skeleton fireproof construction, the thickness of walls shall be 
governed by Section 623 of this Chapter. 

(g) Walls less than fifty feet in length and walls less than fifty feet between 
cross walls, may loe built four inches less in thickness than the thickness given 
in the aforesaid table, but no such wall in such buildings shall be less than twelve 

inches in thickness, provided, however, that such walls in buildings of Classes III 
and VI may be sixty-five feet in length; and further provided, that eight-inch 
walls may be used in one-story brick buildings and in the second story of two- 
story brick buildings of said last mentioned classes where said eight-inch walls 
are not more than fourteen feet in height and are supported by a foundation or 
wall not less than twelve inches in thickness. 

(h) A brick wall not more than twenty-five feet long and forming one side of a 
brick shaft for stair, elevator or other purposes, need not exceed sixteen inches 
in thickness, nor its upper fifty feet twelve inches in thickness, provided that in 
no case shall the load on such brick wall exceed the safe load for brickwork pre- 
scribed by this ordinance. 

(i) The length of a wall shall be the distance in which the walls extends in a 
straight line and shall be measured between angles of the masonry or between 
exterior and cross walls. 

(j) Where masonry buttresses or piers or pilasters are employed on either or both 
sides of a wall, then said walls may be reduced in thickness by one-half of the 
projection or projections of the buttresses or piers or pilasters. The reduction in 
thickness may be made throughout the height of the wall, except that no 12- 
inch wall shall be higher than thirty feet and no 16-inch wall shall be higher than 
fifty feet. The stress in the brick work in any part of such walls shall not exceed 
the stress per square inch allowed by this Chapter on the kind of masonry em- 
ployed. Buttresses or piers or pilasters shall be at least one-tenth as wide as the 
spacing between the buttresses or piers or pilasters. Twelve-inch walls or less 
between buttresses or piers or pilasters shall not be used where the distance 
between buttresses or piers or pilasters is greater than eighteen feet. Sixteen- 
inch walls or less shall not be used between buttresses or piers or pilasters 
where the distance is greater than twenty-four feet between buttresses or pilasters. 
Twenty-inch walls or less shall not be used between buttresses or piers or pilasters 
where the distance is greater than thirty feet between buttresses or piers or 
pilasters. 

(k) Where buttresses are used, they shall be so placed that the principal girders 
and trusses shall bear on them. 

(1) If the loads carried by trusses and girders are supported by iron, steel, or re- 
inforced concrete columns, then such buttresses as are herein described shall not be 
required except for the fire-proofing of steel and iron columns. The walls between 
such columns shall be built as required by this Chapter, and said walls shall be 
anchored to such columns by metal anchors in every seven feet to the height of 
such column. 



* 



1916 COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE December 1, 1910. 

(m) A structural floor system shall extend from one wall to an opposite wall, 
and the walls shall be anchored to floor joists or girders or both with iron anchors 
placed opposite one another, secured to the same joists or girders in pairs, every 
seven feet or less of length of said walls. Where said joists or girders are of such 
length that it is not practicable to make them of one piece, then the several 
pieces shall be joined at each splice or joint by tie plates or tie bars or other metal 
connections of the same strength as the anchors. Such anchors shall have not 
less than four-tenths of a square inch of metal in its smallest cross-sectional area. 
The spikes, bolts or screws, securing said anchors and tie plates, shall be of such 
number and size as to transmit the tensile strain which the anchor is capable of 
resisting into the joists or girders to which said anchors are connected. All pin 
anchors shall extend at least eight inches into the supporting masonry. 

(n) The story height of buildings shall be the distance between structural floor 
systems or between such structural floor systems and structural roof systems and 
shall be as follows: 

Where 12-inch walls are used, the story height shall not exceed 18 feet. 

Where 16-inch walls are used, the story height shall not exceed 24 feet. 

Where 20-inch walls are used, the story height shall not exceed 30 feet. 

(o) Where the story height is greater than thirty feet, the walls shall not be of 
less thickness than the following: The upper fifteen feet shall be not less than 
sixteen inches in thickness, and the walls shall be increased four inches in thick- 
ness at each interval of fifteen feet or fractional part thereof of height. 

(p) Curtain walls in skeleton construction buildings may be of hollow clay 
tile of the same thickness as herein required for brick walls. 

(q) The walls of buildings to be used for the purposes of Classes III and VI and 
not more than two stories in height may be of hollow clay tile or moulded hollow 
concrete blocks not thinner than the thickness herein required for brick walls, 
subject to the approval of the Commissioner of Buildings. 

520. Ledges — Joist Supports.) (a) In buildings two stories or more in height 
wherever party walls or partition walls twelve inches or less in thickness are used 
for the support of wood joists in buildings of Classes I, II, IV, V, VII and VIII the 
joists shall be supported on ledges of brick formed by corbeling not less than four 
courses of brick and the upper course shall project four inches beyond the face of 
the wall, and the joists shall be protected from the bottom to the top of same 
for the distance of the projection of the corbel by solid brick work laid in mortar. 

(b) Wherever iron or steel joist and girder boxes having five complete sides of 
iron, nowhere less than 14-inch in thickness, are used, corbels and ledges as here- 
in specified may be omitted. 

(c) In buildings of every class where wood furring is used on brick walls, the 
brick between joists shall be projected from the bottom of the joist to the top 
of the joist for the full thickness of the furring and in no case shall such pro- 
jection be less than two inches. 

521. Walls of Altered Buildings — Increasing Thickness of.) If the walls 
of a building are not of sufficient thickness to comply with the requirements of tl^is 
Chapter for an enlarged or modified building, then the thickness of the existing 
walls shall be increased by building alongside of them a new wall, which shall not, 
however, be less in any part thereof than twelve inches thick, and which shall be 
increased in thickness by four inches for at least every forty feet in the height of 



December 1, 1910. 



BUILDING ORDINANCE 



1917 



such wall. Such new wall shall be laid in Portland cement mortar and shall be 
anchored to the old wall, but bonding with brick or masonry will not be considered 
as complying with this Chapter; and if an increase in the height of the building is 
contemplated, the wall from the top of the old wall shall be built jointly upon the 
new and old walls. If solid masonry buttresses are introduced in connection with 
such thickening and strengthening of existing walls, the intervening wall may be 
reduced to eight inches in thickness, provided such buttresses are sufficient in num- 
ber and in area to make the resultant structure of equal strength with the solid 
wall already spe'cified. Provided, however, that steel or iron columns or beams may 
be used instead of such new wall, such columns or beams to be bolted or bonded 
to the existing wall in a manner satisfactory to and approved by the Commissioner 
of Buildings. 

522. Walls — ^Party.) The provisions of the preceding section shall also ap- 
ply to all cases where existing party walls are to be joined to for the erection of 
new buildings. But in the case of party walls, which at the time of their erection 
were built in accordance with the terms of the city ordinances then in force, such 
walls, if sound and in good condition, may be used without increase of thickness for 
any building not higher than and of the same class as the building for which the 
original wall was built. 

523. Walls— Erection of— Walls and Skeleton Framework Securely Braced.) Jn 

the erection of buildings of masonry construction, no wall shall be carried up at 
any time more than two stories above another wall of the same building. The 
walls and skeleton framework of all buildings shall be kept securely braced and 
otherwise protected against the effects of the weather during all building operations. 

524. Parapet Walls— When Required on Walls and Porches— Thickness and Height 
of.) (a) On all flat roof buildings parapet walls shall be erected, except as herein- 
after provided, on all exterior walls and on all partition walls required by this ordi- 
nance by reason of the area of such buildings; provided, that such parapet walls 

• may be dispensed with on any wall of a fireproof building, and on street and alley 
walls and on yard and court walls of buildings of other types where the entire fram- 
ing and materials of the roof are strictly fireproof or where all portions of the roof 
nearer than fifteen feet to the lot line of such street or alley or bounding such yard 
or court are protected against fire by a continuous covering of porous or hollow 
tiles, not less than two inches thick and surfaced with mortar, on top of the roof 
boards. 

(b) Such parapet walls may be eight inches thick wherever this ordinance permits 
the use of eight-inch walls; elsewhere they shall be not less than twelve inches in 
thickness. , 

(c) Such parapet walls shall extend at any point not less than three feet vertically 
above the roof on all such required partition walls and on all other walls within 
less than three feet of any division lot line and approximately parallel therewith; 
elsewhere they shall extend not less than eighteen inches above the roof. 

(d) On all buildings whose roofs have a greater pitch than three inches per hori- 
zontal foot, parapet walls, of thickness and height as above specified, shall be erected 
on required partition walls, on exterior walls approximately parallel with and less 
' than three feet distant from a division lot line, and on walls abutting on another 
building. Provided, that such parapet walls may be dispensed with where the entire 
framing arid materials of the roof are fireproof or where the cornice and 



1918 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



roof covering are of incombustible material and the top of the roof boards is pro- 
tected against fire for at least five feet up from such wall by a coating of plaster on 
porous or hollow tiles at least two inches thick; and further provided that such 
parapet walls and such protection against fire may be dispensed with on buildings 
of Classes III and VI, three stories or less in height when such buildings have cor- 
nices of incumbustible material and roof coverings of slate or terra cotta roofing tile. I' 

i 

525. Allowable Stresses and Special Requirements for Foundations — Bearing on j 

Various Soils.) (a) If the soil is a layer of pure clay at least fifteen feet thick, j: 
without admixture of any foreign substance other than gravel, it shall not be \ 
loaded to exceed 3,500 pounds per square foot. If the soil is a layer of pure clay \ 
Sit least fifteen feet thick and is dry and thomughly compressed, it may be loaded j 
not to exceed 4,500 pounds per square foot. I 

(b) If the soil is a layer of firm sand fifteen feet or more in thickness, and with- ! 
out admixture of clay, loam or other foreign substance, it shall not be loaded to j 
exceed 5,000 pounds per square foot. 

(c) If the soil is a mixture of clay and sand, it shall not be loaded to exceed 
3,000 pounds per square foot. 

526. Foundations in Wet Soil — Trenches to Be Drained.) In all cases where 
foundations are built in wet soil, it shall be unlawful to build the same unless 
trenches in which the work is being executed are kept free from water by bailing, 
pumping, or otherwise, until after the completion of work upon the foundations 
and until all cement has properly set. In all cases a connection with the street 
sewer shall be established before beginning the work of laying foundations. 

527. Foundations — Where Not Permitted — Depth Below Surface— Least 
Limit.) (a) Foundations shall not be laid on filled or made ground or on loam, or on 
any soil containing admixture of organic matter, and must rest on hard, sound soil. 
Foundations shall in all cases extend at least four feet below the finished surface 
of the ground upon which they are built, unless footings rest on bed rock. 

(b) Foundations above a line forty (40) feet below established street grade 
of buildings hereafter erected forty (40) feet or more in height above established 
inside grade adjacent to any street or alley shall be built entirely within the street 
or alley lines of the property on which such building is to be erected. 

528. Foundation Construction.) Foundations shall be constructed of stone, 
gravel or slag concrete, dimension stone or rubble stone, sewer or paving bricks, iron 
or steel imbedded in concrete or piles, or a combination of any of the same. All 
masonry foundations shall be laid in cement mortar. 

529. Foumdation of New and Old Walls.) In all cases where there is an in- 
crease in the thickness of walls, a new foundation shall be built in such a manner 
as to carry jointly both the new and old walls, and the soil under such foundations 
shall not be loaded beyond the limits specified in this Chapter. 

All foundations shall be protected against the effects of frost, and cement 
mortar which has been affected by frost, shall not be used in building operations. 

530. Foundations^ — ^Pile Borings Required — Safe Load Required — ^Fiber Stress.) (a) 
Where pile foundations are used, the Commissioner of Buildings may require auger' 
borings of the soil to be made to determine the position of the underlying stratum 
of hard clay or rock. The heads of the piles shall be protected against splitting 



.T)ecember 1, 1910. 



BUILDING ORDINANCE 



1919 



while they are being driven. The piles shall be sawed off to a uniform level at 
least one foot below Chicago datum after being driven, and the heads shall 
he imbedded in concrete or covered with a grillage so proportioned that in the 
transmission of the load from the structure to the pile the stresses in the ma- 
terials shall not exceed that prescribed in this Chapter. The top of timber grillage 
shall be at least one foot below Chicago datum. 

(b) The center of gravity of a pile foundation shall coincide with the center of 
gravity line of the load or loads which it carries. 

(c) No pile of less than six inches diameter at small end shall be used. 

(d) The safe load on a pile shall be determined by and shall not exceed the fol- 
lowing formula: 

2wh "] 
p— for steam hammer: 



2wh 

P— ■ for drop hammer; 

S+1 

In which formula 
S=:set in inches, 
h— fall in feet. 
w=weight of hammer. 
P=safe load in pounds. 

(e) The maximum load on a timber pile shall not exceed 50,000 pounds. 

(f) A wood follower shall not be used used in determining the safe load. 

(g) Plans for pile foundations shall be submitted to the Commissioner of Build- 
ings for approval and shall specify the least diameter of small end of piles, and no 
piles with smaller diameter of points than that specified for the job shall be used. 

(h) There shall not be less than two rows of piles under all external party walls 
or other walls less than seventy feet high, and not less than three rows under all 
walls over seventy feet high, excepting under walls not exceeding fifty feet in height 

a single staggered row of piles may be used if other conditions of stability are 

complied with. 

531. Concrete Piles Allowable — Compression — Tests — How Made, (a) Where con- 
crete piles are used test piles shall be driven and loaded under the general direc- 
tion of the Commissioner of Buildings. 

(b) The allowable compression on concrete piles shall not exceed 400 pounds per 
square inch at a section six feet from the surface of the ground in immediate con- 
tact with the pile. 

(c) These tests shall conform to the following regulations: Tests 
shall be made on at least two piles in different locations and as di- 
rected by the Commissioner of Buildings. Not less than three piles to be driven 
for each test. The pile to be loaded to be driven first, the second pile to be driven 
within six hours of the driving of the first, the third pile to be driven within 
twenty to twenty-four hours after the first. The two latter shall each be driven 
with centers not to exceed twice the greatest diameter of pile, from the center of 
the test pile. 



1920 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



(d) The tests shall not be started until at least ten days after the piles to be 
loaded are driven, except that piles that have been cast and set up before driving 
may be tested as soon as practicable after driving. The^ piles shall be loaded with 
twice the proposed carrying load of the piles. 

(e) The settlement shall be measured daily until twenty-four hours shows no 
settlement. 

(f) One-half of the test load shall be allowed for the carrying load, if the test 
shows no settlement for twenty-four hours and the total settlement has not 
exceeded one one -hundredths of an inch multiplied by the test load in tons. 

532. Steel Rails or Beams in Concrete.) If steel or iron rails or beams are 
used as parts of foundations, they shall be entirely imbedded in concrete extend- 
ing not less than four inches beyond the metal. 

533. Allowable Stresses and Special Requirements for Masonry.) (a) Allowable 
stresses in pounds per square inch on plain concrete and stone masonry shall not 



not exceed the following: 

Lbs. 

Coursed rubble Portland cement mortar 200 

Ordinary rubble Portland cement mortar 100 

Coursed rubble lime mortar 120 

Ordinary rubble lime mortar 60 

First-class granite masonry, Portland cement mortar 600 

First-class lime and sandstone masonry, Portland cement mortar 400 

Portland cement concrete 1-2-4 mixture, machine mixed 400 

Portland cement concrete 1-2-4 mixture, hand mixed 350 

Portland cement concrete l-2%-5 mixture, machine mixed 350 

Portland cement concrete 1-214-5 mixture, hand mixed 300 

Portland cement concrete 1-3-6 mixture, machine mixed 300 

Portland cement concrete 1-3-6 mixture, hand mixed 250 

Natural cement concrete 1-2-5 mixture 150 

(b) Allowable compression in pounds per square inch on brick masonry shall 
not exceed the following: 

Lbs. 

No. 1 paving brick, 1 part Portland cement, 3 parts torpedo sand 350 

No. 2 pressed brick and sewer brick, mortar same as referred to above 250 

No. 3 hard common select brick, Portland cement mortar, same as referred to 

above 20O 

No. 4 hard common select brick, 1 part Portland, 1 lime, 3 sand as referred to 

above 175 

No. 5 common brick, all grades, Portland cement mortar 175 

No. 6 common brick, all grades, good lime and cement mortar 125 

No. 7 common brick, all grades, natural cement mortar 150 

No. 8 common brick, all grades, good lime mortar 100 



(c) Brick under Nos. 1 and 2 shall not crush at less than 5,000 pounds pressure 
per square inch of gross area. 

(d) Brick under Nos. 3 and 4 shall not crush at less than 2,300 pounds pressure 
per square inch of gross area. 

(e) Brick under Nos. 5, 6, 7 and 8 shall not crush at less than 1,800 pounds pres- 
sure per square inch of gross area. Sand lime brick, of this crushing strength 
may be used where common brick is permitted. 



December 1, 1910. 



BUILDING OKDINANCE 



1921 



(f) Isolated piers of concrete, brick, or masonry shall not be higher than six times 
their smallest dimensions unless the above unit of stresses are reduced according 
to the following formula: 

H 

, P equals C (1.25 minus ) 

20D 

In which formula 

P is the reduced allowed unit stress. 

C! is the unit stress in the above table. 

H is the height of the pier in feet. 

D is the least dimension of the pier in feet. 

(g) No pier shall exceed in height twelve times the least dimension. Weight of 
pier shall be added to other loads in computing load coming on the pier. 

534. Definitions of Masonry.) All masonry construction shall be defined as 
and comply with the following: 

(a) Ordinary Rubble shall be defined as masonry composed of unsquared stones 
laid without attempting any regularity of courses or bond; 

(b) Coursed Rubble shall be defined as masonry having approximately level 
joints; stones to be roughly shaped so as to fit approximately; joints in wall or 
pier to be leveled off every three (3) feet in height and to be well bonded. 

(c) First Class Masonry shall be defined as masonry built of stones in regular 
courses, the bearing surfaces of which as well as ends, to be roughly tooled off 
and shall be laid with alternate headers and stretchers so as to secure perfect bond. 

535. Ashlar Facing.) (a) Ashlar facing of masonry walls shall only be considered 
as part of wall for the purpose of carrying weight, when it has a minimum bond 
as follows: 

(b) Every second course to be a bond course, this bond course to extend into the 
backing a distance equal to the least thickness of ashlar. . In addition to such 
bond, each stone in all courses shall be tied to backing by two galvanized iron 
anchors. No ashlar shall be less than four inches thick, nor shall the height of 
any stones exceed five times its thickness. 

536. Soft Bricks— Where Not Permitted.) Soft bricks shall not be used in any 
part of a building where exposed to the weather, nor in external or internal piers 
of bearing walls. 

537. Brickwork — Bond of.) The bond of all brickwork shall be formed by 
laying one course of headers for every five leourses of stretchers; provided that in 
the case of pressed brick facing, two headers and a stretcher may be laid alternately 
in every sixth course or an equivalent number of full headers may be used in any 
■other arrangement approved by the Commissioner of Buildings; and provided fur- 
ther, that pressed brick facing, when not counted as part of the bearing wall, may 
be laid with fewer or no header courses if anchored to the backing by metal ties 
of design, material, weight and quantity approved by the Commissioner of Build- 
ings. 

538. Bricks — How Laid.) All brick laid up in cement, or lime and cement 
mortar, shall be thoroughly drenched immediately before being laid unless laid in 



1922 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



freezing weather. Both horizontal and vertical joints shall be filled with mortar 
in all kinds of brick masonry. 

539. Allowable Stresses and Special Requirements for Timber.) The maxi- 
mum allowable stresses in pounds per square inch on actual sections for timber 
shall be as follows: 



Extreme Fibre 

Stress and Ten- Compression Compression Shear 

sion with with across with 

Grain. Grain. Grain. Grain. 
Douglas Fir and Long Leaf Yel- 

loAV Pine 1,300 1,100 250 130 

Oak 1,200 900 ' 500 20O 

Short Leaf Yellow Pine 1,000 800 250 120 

Norway Pine 800 700 200 80 

White Pine 800 700 ^ 200 80 

Hemlock 600 500 ^150 60 



The unit stress on timber posts shall comply with the formula: 

L 

C (1 ) 

SOD 

In which formula : 

C equals compressive strength of timber with the grain as given in table. 

L equals length in inches. 

D equals least diameter inches. 

The maximum length of a timber post shall not exceed thirty diameters. 
Timber columns shall not be used in buildings of greater height than twice 
the width of the building nor in buildings over one hundred feet in height. 

540. Quality of Timber.) Timber used for building purposes shall be sound,, 
well manufactured, close grained, free from wind shakes, or from dead, loose, decayed^ 
encased or pitch knots, or knots and other defects that will materially impair its 
strength and durability. 

541. Maximum Allowable Stresses and Special Requirements for Metals.) (a> 
The maximum allowable stresses in pounds per square inch in steel and iron shall not 
exceed the following: 





Rolled 


Cast 


Wrought 


Cast 




Steel. 


Steel. 


Iron. 


Iron. 


Tension on net section 


16,000 


16,000 


12,000 




Maximum compression on gross section 


14,000 


14,000 


10,000 


10,000 


Bending on extreme fibre 


16,000 


16,000 


12,000 












3,000 


Bending on extreme fibre compression 








10,000 


Bending on extreme fibres of pins .... 


25,000 








Shear : shop driven rivets and pins . . . 


12,000 








Shear: field driven rivets 


10,000 










12,000 








Shear plate girder webs; gross section 


10,000 
















2,000 


Bearing, shop driven rivets and pins . . 


25,000 










20,000 









December 1, 1910. 



BUILDING OKDINANCE 



1923 



(b) The allowable compressive stresses per square inch shall be determined by 
the following formulae: 

L 

Steel 16,000 — 70 — 

R 
L 

Wrought iron 12,000 — 60 — 

R 

Cast iron 10,000 — 60 — 

; R 

In the above formulae: 

L equals length in inches. 

R equals least radius of gyration in inches, 

(c) In no case shall the allowable compressive stress exceed that given in 
paragraph (a) of this section. 

(d) For steel columns filled with, and encased in concrete extending at least 
three inches beyond the outer edge of the steel, where the steel is calculated to 
carry the entire live and dead load, the allowable stress per square inch shall be 
determined by the following formula: 

L 

18000—70— 
R 

but shall not exceed 16,000 pounds. 

(e) For steel columns filled with, but not encased in, concrete the steel shall 
be calculated to carry the entire live' and dead load. In this case the above 
formula may be used, but the allowable stress shall not exceed 14,000 pounds. 

(f) Stresses due to eccentric loading shall be provided for in all compressive 
members. 

(g) The length of rolled steel compressive members shall not exceed one hun- 
dred twenty times the least radius of gyration, but the limiting length of struts for 
wind bracing only may be one hundred fifty times the least radius of gyration. The 
limiting length for cast iron columns shall be seventy times the least radius of 
gyration. 

(h) Cast iron columns shall not be used in buildings of greater height than 
twice the least width, or in buildings over 100 feet high. 

542. Live and Dead Loads — Stress.) (a) Wberever the live and dead load stresses 
are of opposite character, only 70 per cent of the dead load stress shall be con- 
sidered as effective in counteracting the live load stress. 

(b) For stresses produced by wind forces combined with those from live and dead 
load, the unit stress may be increased fifty per cent, over those given above; but 
the section shall not be less than required if wind forces be neglected. 

543. Riveting — Tension.) (a) In proportioning tension members the diameter 
of the rivet holes shall be taken one -eighth of an inch larger than the nominal 
diameter of the rivet. 

(b) In proportioning rivets the nominal diameter of the rivet shall be used. 

(c) Pin-connected riveted tension members shall have a net section through the 



1924 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



pin-hole at least 25 per cent in excess of the net section of the body of the member 
and the net section back of the pin-hole, parallel with the axis of the member, 
shall not be less than the net section of the body of the member. 

544. Plate Girders — ^Flanges— Compression.) (a) Plate girders shall be propor- 
tioned either by the moment of inertia of their net section, or by assuming that 
the flanges are concentrated at their centers of gravity and a unit stress used 
such that the extreme fibre stress does not exceed 16,000 pounds per square inch, 
in which icase one-eighth of the gross section of the web, if properly spliced, may 
be used as flange section. 

(b) The gross section of the compression flanges of plate girders shall not be 
less than the gross section of the tension flanges; nor shall the stress per square 
inch in the compression flange of any beam or girder of a longer length than 25 
times the width exceed 

L 

20,000—160— 
B 

In which formula 

L equals unsupported distance and 
B equals width of flange. 

(c) The flanges of plate girders shall be connected to the web with a sufScient 
number of rivets to transfer the total shear at any point in a distance equal to 
the effective depth of the girder at that point combined with any load that is 
applied directly on the flanges. 

(d) Webs of plate girders shall be provided with stiff eners over all bearing 
points, under all points of concentrated loading and elsewhere when required by good 
engineering practice. 

REINFORCED CONCRETE. 

545. Reinforced Concrete — ^Definition — Plans.) The term "Re-inforced Con- 
crete" means any combination of metal imbedded in concrete to form a structure 
so that the two materials assist each other to sustain all the stresses imposed. 
Before a permit to erect any re-inforced concrete structure is issued, complete 
plans and specifications shall be filed with the Commissioner of Buildings, showing 
all details of the construction, including detail of working joints, the size and 
position of all re-inforcing rods, stirrups or other forms of metal, and giving the 
composition and proportion of the concrete; provided, however, that permission to 
erect any re-inforced concrete structure does not in any manner approve the 
construction until after tests have been made of the actual construction to the 
satisfaction of the Commissioner of Buildings. 

546. Ratio of Moduli of Elasticity — Adhesion — Bond.) (a) The calculations for 
the strength of reinforced concrete shall be based on the assumed ultimate com- 
pressive strength per square inch designated by the letter "U" given in the table 
below for the mixture to be used. 

(b) The ratio designated by the letter "R" of the modulus of elasticity of steel 



Dec?ember 1, 1910. building ordinance 1925 

to that of the different grades of concrete shall be taken in accordance with the 
following table: 

Mixture. U R 

1 cement, 1 sand, 2 broken stone, gravel or slag 2,900 10 

1 cement, lYz sand, 3 broken stone, gravel or slag 2,400 12 

1 cement, 2 sand, 4 broken stone, gravel or slag 2,000 15 

1 cement, 2i^ sand, 5 broken stone, gravel or slag 1,750 18 

1 cement, 3 sand, 7 broken stone, gravel or slag 1,500 20 



547. Unit Stresses for Steel and Concrete.) (a) The stresses in the concrete and 
the steel shall not exceed the following limits: 

(b) Tensile stress in steel shall not exceed one-third of its elastic limits and 
shall not exceed 18,000 pounds per square inch. 

(c) Shearing stress in steel shall not exceed 12,000 pounds per square inch. 

(d) The compressive stress in steel shall not exceed the product of the com- 
pressive stress in the concrete multiplied by the elastic modulus of the steel and 
divided by the elastic modulus of the concrete. 

(e) Direct compression in concrete shall be one-fifth of its ultimate strength. 
Bending in extreme fibre of concrete shall be thirty-five one-hundredths of the ulti- 
mate strength. 

(f) Tension in concrete on diagonal plane shall be one-fiftieth of the ultimate 
compressive strength. 

(g) For a concrete composed of one part of cement, two parts of sand and four 
parts of broken stone, the allowable unit stress foE adhesion per square inch of 
surface of imbedment shall not exceed the following: 

Pounds Per 
Sq. Inch. 



On plain round or square bars of structural steel 70 

On plain round or square bars of high carbon steel. 50 

On plain flat bars, in which the ratio of the sides is not more than 2 to 1 ... . 50 
On twisted bars when the twisting is not less than one complete twist in eight 

diameters 100 



( h ) For specially formed bars, the allowable unit stress for bond shall not exceed 
one-fourth of the ultimate bond strength of such bars without appreciable slip which 
shall be determined by tests made by the person, firm or corporation to the satis- 
faction of thfe Commissioner of Buildings, but provided that in no case shall such 
allowable unit stress exceed 100 pounds per square inch of the specially formed bars. 

548. Design for Slabs, Beams and Girders.) Re-inforced concrete slabs 
beams and girders shall be designed in accordance with the following assumptions 
and requirements: 

(a) The common theory of flexure shall be applied to beams and members re- 
sisting bending. 

(b) The adhesion between the concrete and the steel shall be sufficient to make 
the two materials act together. 

(c) The steel to take all the direct tensile stresses. 

(d) The stress strain curve of concrete in compression is a straight line. 

(e) The ratio of the moduli of elasticity of concrete to steel shall be as specified 
in the table in Section 546. 



1926 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 19101- 



549. Moments of External Forces.) (a) Beams, girders, floor or roof slabs and 
joists shall be calculated as supported, or with fixed ends, or with partly fixed ends^. 
in accordance with the actual end conditions, the number of spans and the design. 

(b) When calculated for ends partly fixed for intermediate spans with an equally 
distributed load where the adjacent spans are of approximately equal lengths: 

Bending moment at center of spans shall not be less than that expressed in the- 

formula for intermediate spans and for end spans. 

12 10 

WL» 

(c) The moment over supports shall not be less than the formula and the sum' 

18 

of the moments over one support and at the center of span shall be taken not lees- 
WL« 

than the formula . 

6 

In the formula hereinabove given "W" is the load per lineal foot and "L" the 
length of span in feet. 

(d) In case of concentrated or special loads the calculations shall be based on 
the critical condition of loading. 

(e) For fully supported slabs, the free opening plus the depth, for continuous 
slabs, the distance between centers of supports, is to be taken as the span. 

(f) Where the vertical shear, measured on the section of a beam or girder 
between the centers of action of the horizontal stresses, exceeds one-fiftieth of the 
ultimate direct compressive stress per square inch, web reinforcement shall be sup- 
plied sufiicient to carry the excess. The web reinforcement shall extend from top to 
bottom of beam, and loop or connect to the horizontal reinforcement. The hori- 
zontal reinforcement carrying the direct stresses shall not be considered as web 
reinforcement. 

(g) In no case, however, shall the vertical shear, measured as stated above, 
exceed one-fiftenth of the ultimate compression strength of the concrete. 

(h) For T beams the width of the stem only shall be used in calculating the 
above shear. 

(i) When steel is used in the compression side of beams and girders, the rods 
shall be tied in accordance with requirements of vertical reinforced columns with 
stirrups connecting with the tension rods of the beams or girders. 

(j) All reinforcing steel shall be accurately located in the forms and secured 
against displacement ; and inspected by the representative of the architect or engineer in 
charge before any surrounding concrete be put in place. It shall be afterwards 
completely inclosed by the concrete, and such steel shall nowhere be nearer the 
surface of the concrete than iy2-inch for columns, li^-inch for beams and girders, 
and %-inch, but not less than the diameter of the bar, for slabs. 

(k) The longitudinal steel in beams and girders shall be so disposed that there 
shall be a thickness of concrete between the separate pieces of steel of not less than' 
one and one-half times the maximum sectional dimension of the steel. 



December 1, 1910. 



BUILDING ORDINANCE 



1927 



(1) For square slabs with two-way reinforcements the bending moipent at the 

center of the slab shall not be less than that expressed in the formula for 

24 

intermediate spans, and for end spans. 

20 

(m) The moment over supports shall not be less than the formula and the 

36 

sum of the moments over one support and at the center of the span shall be taken 

not less than the formula . 

12 

In which above formula "W" is the load per lineal foot and "L" the length of 
the span. 

(n) For squares or rectangular slabs, the distribution of the loads in the two 
directions', shall be inversely as the cubes of the two dimensions. 

(o) Exposed metal of any kind will not be considered a factor in the strength of 
any part of any concrete structure, and the plaster finish applied over the metal 
shall not be deemed sufficient protection unless applied of sufficient thickness and 
so secured as to meet the approval of the Commissioner of Buildings. 

550. Limiting Width of Flange in "T" Beams.) (a) In the calculation of ribs, 
a portion of the floor slab may be assumed as acting in flexure in combination with 
the rib. The width of the slab so acting in flexure is to be governed by the shearing 
resistance between rib and slab, but limited to a width equal to one-third of the 
span length of the ribs between supports and also limited to a width of three-quar- 
ters of the distance from center to center between ribs. 

(b) No part of the slab shall be considered as a portion of the rib, unless 
the slab and rib are cast at the same time. 

(c) Where reinforced concrete girders support reinforced concrete beams, the per: 
tion of floor slab acting as flange to the girder must be reinforced with rods near the 
top, at right angles to the girder, to enable it to transmit local loads directly to the 
girder and not through the beams. 

551. Shrinkage and Thermal Stresses.) Shrinkage and thermal stresses shall 
be provided for by introduction of steel. 

552. Reinforced Concrete Columns — Limit of Length— Per Cent of Reinforcement 
— Bending Moment in Columns — Tying Vertical Rods.) (a) Keinforced concrete may 
be used for columns in which the concrete shall not be leaner than a:l:2:*4 mixture 
and in which the ratio of length to least side or diameter does not exceed twelve, but 
in no case shall the cross section of the column be less than 64 square inches. Longi- 
tudinal reinforcing rods must be tied together to effectively resist outward flexure 
at intervals of not more than twelve times least diameter of rod and not more than 
18 inches. When compression rods are not required, reinforcing rods shall be used, 
equivalent to not less than one-half of one per cent (.005) of the cross sectional 
area of the column; provided, however, that the total sectional area of the rein- 
forcing steel shall not be less than one square inch, and that no rod or bar be of 
smaller diameter or least dimensions than one-half inch. The area of reinforcing 



1928 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



compression rods shall be limited to three per cent, of cross sectional area of the 
column. Vertical reinforcing rods shall extend upward or downward into the 
column, above or below, lapping the reinforcement above or below enough to develop 
the stress in rod by the allowable unit for adhesion. When beams or girders are 
made monolithic with or rigidly attached to reinforced concrete columns, the latter 
shall be designed to resist a bending moment equal to the greatest possible un- 
balanced moment in the beams or girders at the columns, in addition to the direct 
loads for which the columns are designed. 

(b) When the reinforcement consists of vertical bars and spiral hooping, the con- 
crete may be stressed to one-fourth of its ultimate strength as given in Section 546, 
provided, that the amount of vertical reinforcement be not less than the amount 
of the spiral reinforcement, nor greater than eight per cent, of the area within the 
hooping; that the percentage of spiral hooping be not less than one-half of one per 
cent, nor greater than one and one-half per cent.; that the pitch of the spiral hooping 
be uniform and not greater than one-tenth of the diameter of the column, nor greater 
than three inches; that the spiral be secured to the verticals at every intersection 
in such a manner as to insure the maintaining of its form and position, that the 
verticals be spaced so that their distance apart, measured on the circumference be 
not greater than nine inches, nor one-eighth the circumference of the column within 
the hooping. In such columns, the action of the hooping may be assumed to increase 
the resistance of the concrete equivalent to two and one-half times the amount 
of the spiral hooping figured as vertical r,einforcement. No part of the concrete 
outside of the hooping shall be considered as a part of the effective column section. 

553. Structural Steel Columns.) When the vertical reinforcement consists of 
a structural steel column of box shape, with lattice or battenplates of such a form 
as to permit its being filled with concrete, the concrete may be stressed 
to one-fourth of its ultimate strength as given in table in Section 546, provided 
that no shape of less than one square inch section be used and that the spacing 
of the lacing or battens be not greater than the least width of the columns. 

554. Curtain "Walls in Skeleton Construction Buildings.) Buildings having a 
complete skeleton construction of steel or of reinforced concrete construction, or 
a combination of both, may have exterior walls of reinforced concrete eJght inches 
thick; provided, however, that such walls shall support only their own weight and 
that such walls shall have steel reinfdrcement of not less than three-tenths of 
one per cent in each direction, vertically and horizontally, the rods spaced not more 
than twelve-inch centers and wired to each other at each intersection. All bars 
shall be lapped for a length suflicient to develop their full stress for the allowable 
unit stress for adhesion. Additional bars shall be set around openings, the verticals 
wired to the nearest horizontal bars, and the horizontal bars at top and bottom 
of openings shall be wired to the nearest vertical bars. The steel rods shall be 
-combined with the concrete and placed where the combination will develop the 
•greatest strength, and the rods shall be staggered or placed and secured so as to 
Tesist a pressure of thirty pounds per square foot, either from the exterior or 
tfrom the interior on each and every square foot of each wall panel. 

555. Bending and Elongation of Steel.) The bending and elongation of steel 
-used in reinforced concrete construction shall conform to the following requirements : 
■•(a) &teel having a diameter of three-fourths of an inch or less shall be capable of 
fbending cold ninety degrees over a diameter equal to twice the thickness of the piece 
without fracture; steel over three-fourths inch in diameter shall be capable of bend- 



DecemlDer 1, 1910. 



BUILDING OKDINANCE 



1929 



ing cold to ninety degrees over a diameter equal to three times the diameter of the 
piece. 

(b) The material of reinforcement shall be such form that it will not elongate 
under working stress to exceed one fifteen-hundredth. 

(c) Reinforcing steel used in reinforcing concrete construction shall not be 
painted, but shall be free from all mill scale and loose rust. 

556. Cement Tests.) (a) Only Portland cement shall be used in reinforced 
concrete construction. All cement shall be tested in car load lots when delivered, or 
in quantities equal to the same. Cement failing to meet the requirements of ac- 
celerated test shall be rejected. 

(b) Pats of neat cemnt must be allowed to harden twenty-four 
hours in moist air, and then be submitted to the accelerated test as follows: 
A pat is exposed in any convenient way in an atmosphere of steam, and above- 
boiling water, in a loosely closed vessel for three hours, after which before the 
pat cools, it is placed in the boiling water for five additional hours. To pass this 
test satisfactorily, the pat shall remain firm and hard, and show no signs of 
cracking, distortion or disintegration. 

(c) Portland cement when tested shall have a minimum tensile 
strength as follows: Neat cement after one day in moist air shall 
develop a tensile strength of at least 200 pounds per square inch; after one day 
in air and six days in water shall develop a tensile strength of at least 500 
pounds per square inch, and after one day in air and twenty- seven days in water, 
shall develop a tensile strength of at least 600 pounds per square inch. Cement 
and sand tests composed of one part of cement and three parts of sand shall, 
after one day in air and six days in water, develop a tensile strength of at least 
175 pounds per square inch; and after one day in air and twenty-seven days 
in water, shall develop a tensile strength of at least 240 pounds per square inch. 

(d) A certificate that the cement used has been tested and has met the require- 
ments of this section and that the tests have been made in accordance with the 
standard methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing Materials, on 
pages 149 to 164, both inclusive, of the proceedings of the Eleventh Annual Meet- 
ing of the American Society for Testing Materials, adopted August 15, 1908, 
shall be furnished by the architect or engineer in charge to the Commissioner of 
Buildings. 

557. Sand.) The sand to be used for concrete shall be clean, hard, coarse 
sand, of the grade known as torpedo sand, and free from loam or dirt, not less than 
45 per centum shall be returned on a screen of 400 mesh to the square inch. 

558. Stone.) The stone to be used in concrete shall be clean crushed hard 
stone or clean crushed blast furnace slag or gravel of a size to pass through a 
one-inch square mesh. If limestone or slag is used, it shall be screened to remove 
ail dust; if gravel is used, it shall be thoroughly washed. Stone shall be drenched 
immediately before using. If slag is used, it shall be of such character that 
when made into concrete the concrete will develop a crushing strength equal to 
that specified for stone or gravel concrete. 

559. Mixing.) All concrete shall be mixed in a mechanical mixer ex- 
cept when limited quantities are required, or when the conditions of the work 



1930 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



make hand mixing preferable; hand mixing to be done only when approved by 
the Commissioner of Buildings. In all mixing, the separate ingredients shall be 

measured and shall be thoroughly mixed and must be uniform in color, appearance 
and consistency before placing. 

560. Placing Concrete.) In filling in concrete around reinforcing steel, the 
concrete must be worked continuously with suitable tools, as it is put in place. 

* Filling the forms completely and puddling afterward will not be permitted. In 
placing the concrete, the work shall be so laid out that partly set concrete will 
not be subjected to shocks from men wheeling or handling material over it. 

561. Concrete Placed in Freezing Weather.) When concreting is carried on in 
freezing weather, the material must be heated, and such provisions made that thfl 
concrete can be put in place without freezing. The use of frozen, lumpy sand, or 
stone depending on hot water used in mixing to thaw it out will not be permitted. 
All reinforced concrete shall be kept at a temperature above freezing for at least 
forty-eight hours after being put in place. All forms under concrete placed in 
freezing weather shall remain until all evidences of frost are absent from the 
concrete and the natural hardening of the concrete has proceeded to the point of 
safety. 

562. Concrete Placed in Warm Weather.) Concrete laid in warm weather 
shall be drenched with water twice daily, Sunday included, during the first week 
after being put in place. 

563. Cement Finish.) Cement finish added to the top of slabs, beams, or 
girders shall not be calculated in the strength of a member unless laid integrally 
with the rough concrete. No greater unit stress shall be allowed on such cement 
finish than on the rough concrete. 

564. Fireproof Concrete Construction.) Reinforced concrete construction will 
be accepted for fireproof buildings if designed as prescribed in this paragraph. The 
aggregate for such concrete shall be clean, broken stone or clean crushed blast 
furnace slag, or clean screened gravel, together with clean, coarse sand of the 
grade known as torpedo sand; stone, slag or gravel shall be of a size to pass 
through a screen of three-quarter inch square mesh. The minimum thickness of 
concrete surrounding the reinforcing members of reinforced concrete beams and 
girders shall be two inches on the bottom, and one and one-half inches on the sides 
of said beams and girders. The minimum thickness of concrete under slab rods 
shall be one inch; and all reinforcement in columns shall have a minimum protec- 
tion of two inches of concrete except as hereinafter provided, if a supplementary 
metal fabric is placed in the concrete surrounding the reinforcing, simply for holding 
the concrete, the thickness of concrcete under the reinforcing may be reduced by 
one-half inch, then such fabric shall not be considered as reinforcing metal. 

565. Removal of Forms.) In no case shall the props and shores used in 
reinforced concrete construction be removed from under floors and roofs in less 
than two weeks, except as is provided herein. Column forms shall not be removed 
in less than four days. The centering from bottom of slabs and sides of beams 
and girders may be removed after the concrete has set for one week, if the floor 
has obtained sufficient hardness to sustain the dead weight of the said floor. No 
load or weight shall be placed on any portion of the construction until the con- 
crete has fully set and the centers have been removed. 



December 1, 1910. 



BUILDING OBDINANCE 



1931 



566. Tests.) The contractor for the reinforced concrete construction shall 
make load tests on any portion of the work within a reasonable time after erec- 
tion, as may be required by the Commissioner of Buildings. Such tests must be 
made under the direction of the Commissioner of Buildings in his presence or in 
the presence of his representative, and must show that the construction will 
sustain a load twice the sum of the live and dead loads for which it was designed, 
without any sign of failure. The construction may be considered as part of the 
test load. Each test load shall cover two or more panels and shall remain in place 
at least twenty-four hours. The deflection under the full test load at the expira- 
tion of twenty-four hours shall not exceed one eight-hundredth of the span. These 
tests shall be considered as tests of workmanship only. 

567. Reinforced Terra Gotta Hollow Tile.) (a) The term reinforced hollow 
tile is hereby defined to mean a system of hollow burned clay tile in combination 
with reinforced concrete, in which combination the hollow tile may be used to resist 
compressive and shearing stresses subject to the following provisions: 

The provisions relating to reinforced concrete construction shall hold as far as 
applicable to this system. 

All tile to be hard burned terra cotta tile of uniform quality, free from shrink- 
age cracks, with true beds and having an ultimate compressive strength of not 
less than 4,000 pounds per square inch of net area of surface tested. 

The following stresses and values shall not be exceeded. Extreme fibre stress 
{compressive) on hollow tile, 500 pounds per share inch. 

Shearing stress on hollow tile, 200 pounds per square inch 

Adhesion between tile and 1:2:4 concrete or 1:3 cement mortar, 40 pounds per 
square inch. 

Ratio of modulus of elasticity of steel to that of tile with cement mortar 
joints, 10. 

(b) Special Provisions as to Workmanship in Reinfoxced Hollow Tile Con- 
struction.) — The hollow tile shall be thoroughly soaked with water at the time 
concrete is poured and be kept drenched for at least thirty-six hours afterwards. 
The joints between tiles shall be staggered, buttered and slushed full of mortar con- 
sisting of one ( 1 ) part of Portland cement and three ( 3 ) parts of clean, sharp sand, 
thoroughly mixed. 

(c) Terra Cotta Tile Columns.) Columns of solid terra cotta or of hollow 
terra cotta in which the sectional area of the open holes in each block sliall not 
exceed twenty (20) per cent of the gross sectional area of such block, may be used 
for structural purposes provided the height of such column shall not exceed twelve 
times the least dimension. 

The allowable stress shall not exceed 350 pounds per square inch and shall be 
subject to the reduction formula given in Section 553 in paragraph f. 

All terra cotta tile used for construction of columns shall be hard burned 
terra cotta tile of uniform quality, free from shrinkage cracks, with true beds and 
liaving ultimate compressive strength of not less than 6,00€ pounds per square inch 
of net area of cross section of samples tested. 

Mortar used in setting terra cotta tile walls and columns to be composed of one 
(1) part Portland cement and three (3) parts clean, sharp sand, thoroughly mixed. 

(d) Special Provisions as to Workmanship in Tile Column Construction.) 



1932 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



All terra cotta tile must be thoroughly wet before using and when used in columns 
must be set on end with the voids running vertically and directly over each other, 
and with the webs in direct line of pressure. 

All vertical joints must stagger and terra cotta blocks must be of proper dimen- 
sions to meet this condition as no broken tile will be allowed. 

All work to be set plumb, with uniform horizontal joints, thickness to average 
three-eighths (%) of an inch. The minimum time which shall elapse between the 
finishing of the work and before any load is placed thereon shall be not less tnan 
seven days. 

(e) Terra Cotta Tile Walls.) Hollow tile may be used for building primary 
bearing walls, which are defined as walls that may be used to receive directly the 
loads from fioors or roofs in addition to their acting as partition walls, provided 
the proportion between thickness of wall and free height between the floors does 
not exceed fifteen (15) and the load including the weight of the construction does 
not exceed three hundred and fifty (350) pounds per square inch of net sec*tional 
area of tile, and shall be of the thickness specified by this Chapter for brick walls. 
Hollow terra cotta tile may be used for exterior walls, but when so used the thick- 
ness and height of the work must conform to the dimensions required for brick 
walls in this Chapter, but must in no case exceed four stories in height in any 
building. The thickness of walls shall be calculated as the outside dimensions of 
the tile and each tile shall be full thickness of wall. The thickness of the plastering 
is not to be included as a part of the thickness of the wall. Walls having a thick- 
ness of 4 inches may be used when the height does not exceed five (5) feet. The 
quality of the tile and mortar and special provisions as to workmanship as specified 
for terra cotta columns shall apply to terra cotta tile walls. 

(f) Terra Cotta Grain Bin Construction.) Fireproof storage bin, grain elevators 
and grain warehouses may be built in cylindrical form with terra cotta tile of such 
height, diameter and thickness as is allowed by safe engineering practices, provided 
that the material shall not be stressed in excess of the limits prescribed in this 
Chapter for walls and cplumns. 

568. Cinder Concrete.) (a) Cinder concrete construction may be used for all 
buildings in which fireproof construction is mandatory by this Chapter, or where 
ordinary construction, mill construction or slow-burning construction may be used. 

(b) Only clean, thoroughly burnt, steam boiler cinders, free from matter other than 
cinders may be used. The cinders used shall be of such size that they will pass 
through a one-inch square mesh. Cinder concrete piers or walls shall not be permitted 
to carry loads and shall not be given credit therefor. 

(c) The ultimate compressive strength per square inch of cinder concrete shall be 
taken as not exceeding seven hundred pounds. The ratio of the modulus of elasticity 
of steel divided by the modulus of elasticity of cinder concrete shall be taken as 
thirty. 

(d) There shall not be less than one part of Portland cement to seven parts of 
cinders and sand of the grade known as torpedo sand in cinder concrete. All other 
special requirements and methods of calculation for reinforced concrete as required 
in this Chapter shall modify and regulate the use of cinder concrete in buildings. 

(e) All steel and all metal pipe and conduits enclosed in cinder concrete shall 
be protected by a coating of cement grout or plastered Avith good lime mortar before 
the cinder concrete is placed. 



December 1, 1910. 



BUIXDING ORDINANCE 



1933 



(f) For fireproof construction, the minimum thickness of cinder concrete cover- 
ing on structural metal shall be the same as required for brick or concrete covering for 
fireproof buildings by this Chapter. In slow-burning or mill construction buildings, 
the minimum thickness of cinder concrete covering on structural metal shall be 
three inches on columns and two inches on beams, girders and other structural steel 
or iron members. 

(g) Wherever cinder concrete is used for the covering of columns, beams, girders 
or other structural steel members of a building the cinder concrete covering shall 
have metal binders, or wire fabric, imbedded in and around said columns, beams, 
girders or other structural steel members. If wire is used for said metal binders, 
it shall not be smaller than No. 8 gauge wire and shall be spaced not less than 
sixteen inches apart along the length of the steel member covered. 

(h) Where cinder concrete construction is used for a building which, by this Chap- 
ter, is required to be of fireproof construction, all parts that carry weights or re- 
sist strains, shall be made entirely of incombustible material, and all metallic struc- 
tural members shall be protected against the effects of fire by cinder concrete propor- 
tioned, mixed, applied and secured as herein described. 

(i) All other parts of a building of cinder concrete construction, built where 
fireproof construction is mandatory by this Chapter, shall be built and made of the 
material required by this Chapter for buildings of fireproof construction ; provided, 
however, that cinder concrete as described herein, and of the same thickness else- 
where specified, may be used for all protective covering of structural metal, after 
such metal has been protected by a coating of cement grout or plastered with good 
lime mortar, as required by this Chapter. 

SKELETON CONSTRUCTION. 

569. Skeleton Construction.) (a) The term "Skeleton Construction" shall apply 
to all buildings wherein all external and internal loads and stresses are transmitted 
from the top of the building to the foundations by a skeleton or framework of 
metal or reinforced concrete. 

(b) In metal frame skeleton construction the beams and girders shall be riveted 
to each other at their respective junction points. If columns made of rolled iron 
or steel are used, their different parts shall be riveted to each other, and the 
beams and girders shall have riveted connections to unite them with the 
columns. If cast iron columns are used, each successive column shall be 
bolted to the one below it by at least four bolts not less than % inch in diameter, 
and the beams and girders shall be bolted to the columns. Bolt holes in flanges 
for connection from column to column shall be drilled. At each line of floor 
or roof beams, lateral connections between the ends of the beams and girders 
shall be made in such manner as to rigidly connect the beams and girders with 
each other in the direction of their length. 

(c) All steel trusses shall be riveted and the steel work in buildings more than 
100 feet high and in a building whose height exceeds twice its width shall be 
riveted. 

(d) Wherever it is found impossible to rivet connections as herein described and 
such connections are bolted, cold rolled or turned bolts of exact fit and diameter 
in reamed holes may be used in place of rivets with the same allowable stresses 
as field, driven rivets. 

(e) All structural members which are temporarily bolted together shall be well 
bolted in every alternate hole. 



1934 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910^ 



(f) After the bases or ba-se plates and columns have been set in 
place, both shall be protected by a covering- of cement concrete applied 
direct to the metal, measuring not less than two and one-half inches- 
thick from the extreme projection of the metal, filled solid into all spaces, and 
forming a continuous concrete mass from the grillage or other foundations to a» 
elevation six feet above the floor level nearest the column base plate- 
or column stool. 

(g) AH metal shall be clean and shall be free from loose rust and scale, and 
all metal except that to be embedded in concrete shall be protected with at least 
two coats of metal protecting paint. 

(h) All structural details and workmanship shall be in accordance with accepted- 
engineering practice. 

(i) All trusses shall be held rigidly in position, both temporarily and perma- 
nently by efficient lateral and sway bracing. 

MIS CELL AN EOU S PEO VT SIOX S . 

570. Porches — Verandas — Porticos — Construction of Inside Fire Limits.) (a) 
The enclosing walls of porches, verandas, or porticos shall be of incombustible material 
on buildings inside the fire limits, except that where such porches, verandas, or 
porticos constitute part of a storm house or of a storm door enclosure, they may 
be of combustible material, providing, that they be not more than twelve feet 
high, nor occupy a greater frontage than two feet more than the width of the 
inner doors protected by such storm enclosure. 

(b) On buildings more than three stories in height, porches hereafter erected, 
if of combustible material, shall not exceed one story in height. "^A^iere porches of 
incombustible material are continuous and extend fifty feet or more across the 
rear of buildings, there shall be a partition of incombustible material separating 
each fifty feet of porch from the adjacent porch. 

571. Tanks on Roofs — Permits — Fees.) It shall be unlawful for any person, 
firm or corporation to construct, maintain or allow, or permit to remain in or upon 
the roof of any building in the city, any tank of a larger capacity than four hun- 
dred gallons, unless such tank shall rest upon a good and sufficient foundation of 
solid brick or stone masonry, or upon iron girders set on steel plates which rest 
upon a good and sufficient foundation of solid brick or stone masonry, or upoh 
iron or steel construction. No tank of a capacity exceeding four hundred gallons 
shall be constructed in or upon any building without first submitting for the ap- 
proval of the Commissioner of Buildings a complete set of plans, showing the con- 
struction in detail of the supports and foundations of such tank. If such plana 
shall be satisfactory to the Commissioner of Buildings, they shall be approved by 
him. The owner or his agent or the contractor erecting such tank shall, before 
proceeding with the erection of such tank, procure from the Department of Build- 
ings a permit for the sub-structure work, for which permit a fee of five dollars 
shall be charged. 

572. Door and Window Openings, When Protected in Buildings of Classes I, II, IV^ 
V, VII and VIII— Iron Doors— Wired Glass Set in Metal Frames.) (a) Where the 
distance from door and window openings in buildings of Classes I, II, TV, V, VII 
and VIII is less than thirty (30) feet from the opposite side of the established 
alley line and where the windows and doors of two or more areas of the same 



December 1, 1910. 



BUILDING OEDINANCE 



1935 



building which is required to be separated by dividing walls by this chapter, are 
on a court, every such window and door, distant less than thirty feet from another 
window or door of another such area and where also the doors and window 
openings are within fifteen (15) feet of an inside lot line, such openings shall be pro- 
vided with windows and doors constructed of wired glass set in metal frames and sash; 
provided, further, that doors may be automatic rolling steel shutters or steel plate 
doors or metal-clad wood doors, and further provided that at least one of the 
first or ground floor doors must be a swinging door. 

(b) Where iron doors are used to fulfill the requirements of this section they shall 
be made of sheet iron or steel, of not less than No. 14 U. S. gauge metal, and shall 
lap the wall at least one-half inch all around the opening, and the bottom shall fit 
the sill closely where it is not practicable to lap it. The frames and crossbars 
shall be made of one-and-one-half by one-and-one-half by one-fourth inch angles and 
in no case shall there be less than two crossbars, and where the doors are over six 
feet high, such crossbars shall be spaced not more than two feet apart. Lever bars 
shall be made of one and one-half by three-eighths inch iron, extending at 
least one-third of the distance across the opposite leaf. The number and spacing 
of such lever bars shall be the same as the crbssbars. Where hinges are used they 
shall be made of two by one-fourth inch iron, extending at least three-fourths of 
the way across the door. The number and spacing of such hinges shall be the same 
as is required for the crossbars. Pin bolt or eyes shall be one-half inch round and 
shall be securely fastened to the building. 

(c) Where metal frames and wired glass are used to fulfill the requirements of this 
section, the glazed portion of the frames and sash shall be set with fire-resisting glass 
such as is elsewhere herein defined. The unsupported area of the glass shall be in 
neither width nor length greater than forty-eight inches or exceed seven hundred and 
twenty (720) square inches in any one pane of glass. The glass must be supported 
by frames and sashes. The wired glass shall be retained by the structural part of 
the frame or sash independently of material used for waterproof purposes and only 
non-infiammable material shall be used in setting glass in the sash. Frames shall 
be of such form as to be retained by the walls either with flanges of at least one 
inch in width or by hooks of proper length securely driven into the wall or by means 
of extending wings flush with the brickwork and securely spiked to the wall. Frames 
shall be made of galvanized iron of not less than No. 24 gauge metal, and of a qual- 
ity soft enough to permit all necessary bending without breaking, or they may 
also be constructed of not less than 20-ounce copper, or other metal of equal 
strength and durability and which will not melt at a lower temperature than cop- 
per. All joints shall be made with interlocking seams. They shall be securely 
riveted together, and in no case, shall solder be used. Grooves and rabbets shall 

. be at least three-quarters of an inch in depth and the actual bearing of the glass 
shall be at least five-eighths of an inch. The head of the frame shall be closed at 
the top and the piece forming this closure shall be securely fastened to each side 
at all points. The sill shall be filled with concrete or other incombustible ma- 
terial. Movable sash shall have stiles and rails of the thickness and width of at 
least one and three-quarters inches and shall be securely fastened together at 
each corner and so constructed that they will correspond in construction with the 
frame at the point of contact. 

(d) Lifting or sliding sash shall be countenvei'ghted so as to balance. The sash 
weights shall be properly separated by parting strips in the boxes containing them, 
and shall be accessible through the jambs of the frame. Such sash shall be pro- 



1936 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



vided with metallic sash chain or cable and smooth running sash pulleys securely 
riveted or bolted in place. The sash chain or cable shall be of sufficient strength 
to withstand severe heat without parting, and be thoroughly protected against 
moisture and corrosion. The sash shall be fitted into the frame with suitable stops 
and parting beads of metal. Sash shall be removable. Meeting rails of the sash 
shall be so constructed as to prevent the passage of heat and flame. The sash shall 
be equipped with one or more substantial sash locks securely riveted or bolted 
in place. 

(e) Horizontally pivoted sash shall be riveted above the center on steel pivots 
at least three-eighths inch in diameter. Pivots shall work in brass eye plates se- 
curely riveted in place. Frames shall be reinforced where the pivots enter by 
riveting on one-eighth inch iron strips, so drilled as to receive the pivots. Such 
sash must be provided with suitable stops and an effective attachment for holding 
them open or closed. Such sash shall be provided with a substantial gravity lock 
or latch at top and bottom which will be positive in action. Where the lower 
sash is stationary or where two pivoted sash are used the transom bar dividing the 
upper from the lower sash shall be so constructed that it will not warp or bulge 
materially under heat or rapid cooling. Where rails and transom bars are used 
they shall be made so as not to be easily affected by rust and so as to afford ample 
weatherproof qualities. 

(f) Vertically pivoted sash shall comply generally with the requirements for 
horizontally pivoted sash. If the entire window is pivoted in one sash, such sash 
must be constructed in such manner as to afford stiffness, and in such manner as 
to prevent warping under heat. 

(g) Hinge sash or casement windows must be hinged with heavy brass hinges and 
a substantial brass latch or lock securely bolted in place. Such sash shall be con- 
structed so as to fit the frame closely and afford ample weatherproof qualities at 
all points. They shall be provided with stops and fastenings necessary to pre- 
vent warping under heat. 

(h) Where the area of wall openings is in excess of 5 by 9 feet, the metal frames 
containing the sash or glass must be reinforced at every point of division by not less 
than five-inch "1" beams securely fastened into the brickwork, proper allowance 
being made for expansion of the beams when heated. "I" beams shall be protected 
on the flanges with at least two inches of tile, concrete, or other material approved 
by the Commissioner of Buildings, and next to the web with at least two and 
one-half inches of such material, which thickness shall be increased on large beams. 
Metal frames shall be securely attached to the reinforcing members. 

(i) Electro-glazed prism glass may be used in lieu of wired glass, when approved 
by the Commissioner of Buildings as to material and construction of same, provid- 
ing the frames and sash of same comply with the requirements of this section for 
wired glass window frames and sash. 

(j) This section shall not apply to frame buildings nor to buildings outside the 
fire limits twenty-eight hundred square feet or less in area, nor to buildings of 
Class I, one story in height, nor to buildings of Class II not more than two stories 
in height, nor to store windows in the first story, where the same are located on 
an alley and not more than sixteen feet from the street. 

573. Dividiiig Walls and Iron Doors — Openings Inserted.) (a) Wherever open- 
ings are to be inserted in dividing walls, as before described, or in dividing walls 



December 1, 1910. 



EUILDmG OEDINANCE 



1937 



between non-fireproof and fireproof buildings, or parts of either of such buildings, 
they shall be made as follows: 

(b) Such doors may be either sliding doors or swinging doors, and shall be so con- 
structed, installed and maintained that they can be easily opened or closed from 
either side at all times by any person; provided, however, rolling steel shutters may 
be used when such openings are not used as exits. 

(c) Every such door shall be equipped with a device containing a fusible 
link or other releasing arrangement of equal efficiency, approved by the 
Commissioner of Buildings. There shall be one of these immediately 
above the door opening and one above the opening near the ceiling. Where 
the ceiling is less than three feet above the door opening, the last mentioned fusible 
link or releasing device may be omitted, if the doors are so arranged that the op- 
eration of any one of the thermostats, or other releasing devices, will result in the 
closing of the doors on both sides of the walls. Fusible links, or other approved 
substitute, shall be made so that they will fuse or operate Avhen subjected to a heat 
of 160 to 165 degrees Fahrenheit. If said doors are of steel plate, the plate or 
plates shall be of No. 12 U. S. gauge or greater thickness, with a continuous two 
by two by three-eighths inch angle iron frame extending all around the same and 
two by two by three-eighths inch panel bars not exceeding twenty-four inches apart, 
riveted to the plate of the door with not less than three-eighths inch rivets spaced 
four inches to six inches between centers. Pairs of swinging doors shall be so con- 
structed that when the doors are closed, they will be of strength equal to that of a 
single door, and shall be so arranged that they will operate automatically 
All doors shall be hung on wall frames of four by three by three-eighths inch angle 
iron or of four by three-eighths inch bar iron stiffened by one-and-one-half by one- 
and-one-half by one-fourth inch angles riveted on the back and fitting snugly to 
the wall. The frame shall be fastened together by three- fourths inch bolts extend- 
ing through the wall, such bolts being not more than two feet apart. All doors to 
be made to fit closely to the wall frame on all sides. Lintels of door openings shall 
be made of brick, iron or concrete. 

(d) Swinging iron doors shall swing on three wrought iron hinges made of two by 
three-eighths inch bar iron and shall be secured by at least three lever bars of one- 
and-one-half by three-eighths inch iron, working together and so arranged as to be 
operated on either side of the door. 

( e ) Sliding iron doors shall slide in channels at the top and bottom ; bottom chan- 
nels shall be formed by two angles two and one-half by three-eighths inch and one- 
and-one-half by one-fourth inch; top channels to be formed by two angles two by 
three-eighths inch and one-and-one-half by one-fourth inch ; channels shall be securely 
riveted or bolted through the wall frame and where they extend beyond the wall 
frame shall be firmly bolted to the wall by expansion bolts. Track shall be without 
incline, of one-half by one-half inch iron securely riveted on the upper side of the 
angle iron channel. Hangers shall be of the anti-friction pattern and securely fas- 
tened to the door plate by at least four one-half inch bolts. Wheels shall be of cast 
iron three-fourths by four and one-half inches. 

(f ) Sills between iron doors shall be of one-fourth inch iron or steel with edges 
securely fastened to one-and-one-half by one-and-one-half by one-fourth inch angle 
iron or heavier, on the inner side of the wall frame. Where adjoining floors are 
of concrete construction, sill plates may be omitted. 

(g) When tin-clad doors are used they shall be made of three thicknesses of thir- 



1938 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



teen-sixteenths inch seasoned, non-resinous wood, of good sound quality, free from 
sap and large or loose knots, tongued and grooved, dressed on both sides and not 
exceeding eight inches in width. The outside layers shall be vertical, the inside 
layer shall be horizontal ; layers shall be securely fastened together by wrought iron 
clinch nails driven in flush and clinched so as to leave smooth surfaces. The wood- 
work shall be thoroughly covered with terne plate tin of size fourteen by twenty 
inches, weighing not less than one hundred and thirteen pounds per box of one hun- 
dred and twelve sheets; all joints shall be locked one-half inch and nailed under 
seams, except on edges of door; vertical joints shall .be double locked, horizontal 
joints single locked. Nails used to fasten tin shall be No. 13 gauge, flat head, full 
barbed wire, two inches long. 

(h) Swinging tin-clad doors shall have three-eighths by two and one-half inch 
wrought iron hinges bolted to doors with four %-inch bolts. Doors in excess of 
seven feet in height shall be provided with three hinges and have wrought iron wall 
eyes built in wall, or riveted to wall frame, or bolted through wall with three-fourths 
inch bolts. They shall have at least three level bars of one-and-one-half by three- 
eighths inch iron working together; the latch shall be placed so it can be operated 
from either side of the door and provided with proper keepers bolted through the 
door, with the spring to insure latching; catches shall be made of one-half inch 
wrought iron securely bolted to wall or wall frame, 

(i) Sliding tin-clad doors shall have tracks inclined three-fourths inch 
to the foot, made of three and one-half by three-eighths inch rolled steel, or round 
bars, or round pipes of equal strength, securely bolted through wall with three-fourths 
inch bolts. Hangers shall be made of three-eighths by three and one-half inch wrought 
iron attached by not less than one-inch bolts. Wheels shall be of malleable or 
wrought iron with not less than one-and-one-half inches bearing on axle. Doors 
over six feet wide shall have three hangers and shall be provided with necessary 
binders, chafing strips, bumpers and bumper shoes. 

(j) Sills between tin-clad doors shall be of one-fourth inch iron or steel riveted 
to a three-and-one-half by five by three-eighths inch angle iron on each side of the 
wall; angle irons to be fastened together through the wall by three-fourths inch 
bolts spaced not to exceed eighteen inches apart; provided, that where adjoining 
floors are of concrete construction, sill plates may be omitted. 

(k) Rolling steel doors used as dividing wall doors shall be made either of wooden 
slats covered with steel or bronze, or of number 20 U. S. gauge painted steel, or of 
number 24 U. S. gauge galvanized steel. The edges of such doors shall run in steel 
channels not less than one and one-half inches deep, and three- sixteenths of an inch 
in thickness. 

(e) Such doors shall be hung on winding shafts and helical springs of sufficient 
strength to counterbalance the door at any position, and shall be equipped with a 
device to hold the doors in a closed position if the spring is destroyed. The head 
of the door opening shall have baflle plates of number 12 U. S. gauge steel, which 
shall be reinforced around the edges by one and one-half inch angles, to act as fire 
and smoke stops. The openings for such doors shall have steel frames and sills 
as herein required for steel swinging doors. 

574. Metal or Reinforced Concrete Chimneys in Fireproof Buildings— Air Space.) 

(a) Internal chimneys of rolled steel or iron may be built in buildings of fire- 
proof construction, provided that the rolled steel shall be not less than three-eighths 



December 1, 1910. 



B U ILD I N (J C 1{ I )I N A N C K 



1939 



inch in thickness, except that the upper fifty feet of such chimney may be one quarter 
of an inch in thickness, riveted in every joint, or of cast iron, providing same shall 
not be less than three-fourths inch in thickness and jointed by bell and spigot 
joints or flanged bolted joints. All joints in cast iron work shall be filled and 
pointed with fire clay. Such metal internal chimneys shall be securely and firmly 
anchored to the framing of such fireproof building at each floor line and at the 
roof. The lower part of each such chimney shall be lined with insulating lining 
for the height herein required for the respective area by Section 645 of this 
Chapter. The insulating lining shall be one of the linings described in Section 580^ 
of this Chapter. 

(b) Re-inforoed concrete not less than four inches in thickness may be used on 
the interior of fireproof buildings, provided the requirements for re-inforced con- 
crete and for reinforced concrete stacks elsewhere required by this Chapter shall 
be complied with. 

(c) Internal metal or re-inforced concrete stacks on fireproof buildings shall be 
surrounded by continuous air space from the lowest story through the roof not. 
less than four inches across at any point, and said air space shall be^ surrounded 
by brick, hollow tile, or re-inforced concrete. No structural metal in such air 
space shall be without such fireproof covering. 

575. Reinforced Concrete Chimneys— How Built.) Reinforced concrete chijn 
neys in which the temperature of the gases is intended to exceed 750 degrees 
Fahrenheit, shall be lined with fire brick or magnesia or asbestos insulating lining 
for the height and in the manner elsewhere required by this Chapter. If the 
insulating is stopped anywhere below the top of a re-inforced concrete chimney or 
if the cross section of such a chimney is changed, then the re-inforcing shall be 
increased at such points sufficiently to prevent the formation of temperature cracks. 

576. Tenement and Apartment House Boiler Chimneys.) Chimneys for the 
heating apparatus of tenement and apartment houses shall not be considered as 
flues used for domestic purposes. 

577. Height of Chimneys Above Roof.) (a) The height of all chimneys and flues 
of stoves used for domestic purposes or open fire places shall be not less than five 
feet higher than the highest point of the roof of the building of which they 
are a part. 

(b) The height of all chimneys and flues above the highest portion of the roof 
of which they are a part, where such chimneys or flues are used for other than 
domestic purposes or for open flre places, shall be determined by dividing the great- 
est diameter in inches by four, and the quotient thereby obtained in terms of feet, 
with five feet added, shall be the minimum height from the tops of such chimneys 
and flues above the highest portion of roof of the building. In no case shall the 
height of any chimney or flue be less than five feet above the roof of the building 
of which it is a part. 

(c) The sum of the horizontal distance of any wood tank, pent house or roof 
house, on the same building of which any chimney shall be a part, and the 
vertical distance of top of such wood tank, pent house, or roof house, on the 
same building to a horizontal plane passed through the top of the chimney shall 
not be less than one and one-half times the required height of the top of the 
chimney above the roof. The tops of chimneys within a radius of twenty- 
five feet of any wood tank, pent house, or roof house, on the same building 



1940 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



of which such chimney shall be a part shall be at least as high as the top of 
said wood tank, pent house, or roof house. The tops of chimneys on ridge roofs 
shall be not less than three feet above the ridge. 

578. Insulating Cavities— Where Required.) All flues having a greater area 
than four hundred square inches shall be lined on the inside with an insulating 
material, which lining shall start at least two feet below the smoke inlet and shall 
extend upwards for at least ten times the diameter of the flue, or if said flue is 
not circular or square in cross section for ten times the average diameter, when 
the flues are of brick, stone or concrete, said insulating lining shall be fire clay 
brick or fire clay blocks, and if such bricks or blocks are four inches or more 
in thickness, they may be considered as a portion of the thickness required for the 
surrounding walls. The walls surrounding chimneys having an area greater than 
four hundred square inches shall have an insulating cavity not less than three 
inches wide surrounding the inner four inches of fire brick or fire clay blocks, for 
not less than the height required above for insulating lining and said inner core 
shall be built independent of the surrounding brick work and shall be free to 
expand or contract. 

579. Metal Chimneys in Buildings of Ordinary Slow-Burning or Mill Construc- 
tion.) Interior stacks or smoke flues of metal shall not be used in buildings of 
ordinary or slow burning or mill construction, unless they are surrounded by 
self-supporting brick or re-inforced concrete walls of the thickness herein required 
for flues of the respective area; provided, however, that if an interior smoke pipe 
of steel of not less than three-eighths inch in thickness riveted in every joint, 
or an interior smoke pipe of cast iron not less than five-eighths inch in thickness 
is used, then the brick work required inside of the insulating cavity of a stack 
may be omitted, but such metal linings shall be lined with such insulating ma- 
terial for the height herein elsewhere required for stacks. If a chimney or stack 
is not a part of the walls of such a building, it shall be designed as an isolated 
chimney as required by Section 583 of this Chapter. 

580. Insulating Material for Metal Chimneys and Metal Stacks.) (a) Fire clay 
brick or fire clay blocks may be used for the insulating lining of metal chimneys 
and stacks but not of a lesser thickness than two inches. The material shall be 
increased in thickness or supported on structural steel ledges and the material 
shall be stressed not to exceed the safe limits of stress elsewhere herein fixed for 
the material, or metal chimneys and metal stacks may be lined with blocks of 
magnesia insulation or with fused asbestos board insulation, or metal stacks or 
chimneys may be lined with any other insulating material tested and approved 
by the Commissioner of Buildings. 

(b) Magnesia block insulation shall contain not less than 45 per cent of magnesia 
and 50 per cent asbestos fibre formed into blocks not less than 1% inches in 
thickness by hydraulic pressure. After said magnesia blocks have been set, 
they and all metal bands and ties exposed with the flue shall be plastered with 
cement not less than one-half inch in thickness on one and one-half inch blocks, and 
one -fourth inch in thickness on one and three-fourths inch and thicker blocks. 

(c) Fused asbestos board shall be made of alternate flat and corrugated sheets 
of asbestos board, cemented together and fused under a heat of not less than 1,000 
degrees Fahrenheit to a minimum thickness of I14 inches. After said fused 



December 1, 1910. buildixg okdina>^ce 1941 

asbestos boards have been set into the flues, they and all exposed metal bands 
or ties shall be pointed with cement. 

(d) Such magnesia blocks, fused asbestos boards, pointing cement and any other 
insulating material approved by the Commissioner of Buildings shall resist the 
disintegrating, dissolving, or diminishing action of moist steam and the acid and 
gaseous fumes present in the flue at any degree of heat obtainable by the combus- 
tian of the fuel used. 

581. Chimneys— Interior— Framing Around.) In case of chimneys which are 
enclosed, or form part of the interior of any building, no joists or girders shall 
rest or be supported on the walls of such chimney, and the framing around chimneys 
of all kinds shall be so constructed that in no case will any joists or timbers be 
placed nearer than two inches from the outside face of walls of flues, and in no 
case shall the distance from the inside of any flue to any joists or timbers be less 
than seven inches. 

582. Chimneys— External Location of.) (a) Chimneys built outside of the 
walls of buildings shall not encroach upon any street or alley, and shall be built as 
follows : 

(b) If at least one side of such chimney abuts entirely upon the wall of an 
existing building and the chimney is throughout its entire length securely and 
firmly anchored to the walls of such existing building, the wall of such chimney 
may be built of hollow tiles, in which case, however, it shall have a cast iron base, 
lined with fire brick, extending to a height of at least ten feet above the street 
or alley grade. 

583. Chimneys— Isolated— Walls Surrounding Smoke Flues.) Isolated chim- 
neys shall be so designed and constructed that the stress in every part thereof, due 
to the weight of the stack itself and from wind pressure, shall not exceed the safe 
limits as provided in this Chapter for the material used. 

584. Walls Forming Smoke Flues.) The walls forming smoke flues 
of one hundred and forty-four square inches area or less shall be of brick, concrete, 
stone, or of any one of these and burnt fire-clay flue tile lining. If only one of the 
above materials is used it shall not be less than eight inches in thickness. Pro- 
vided, however, that such flues having walls at least three inches in thickness of con- 
tinuous concrete or interlocking or rabbited joint concrete sectional flues may be 
used without burnt fire-clay flue tile linings. If any one of the above materials is 
used in combination with burnt fire-clay tile flue lining it shall be not less than four 
inches in thickness, and the burnt fire-clay flue lining shall be not less than three- 
fourths inches in thickness, and built as herein described. The walls forming smoke 
flues of more than one hundred and forty-four square inches area and not more than 
three hundred square inches area shall be of brick, concrete, stone, or any one of these 
and burnt fire-clay fine tile lining. If any of the above materials is used alone, it 
shall be not less than thirteen inches in thickness. If any one is used in combination 
with burnt clay flue tile lining, it shall be not less than nine inches in thickness and 
the fire-clay flue tile lining shall be not less than three-fourths inch in thickness and 
built as herein required. The walls forming flues having an area greater 
than three hundred square inches and less than six hundred square inches shall be 
built of one of the materials described above not less than twelve inches in thickness, 
and flues having an area greater than six hundred square inches shall have walls 
of one of the materials described above not less than sixteen inches in thickness, and 



1942 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



these walls may be reduced to twelve inches in thickness at a point not less than 
fifty feet above the top of the breeching; provided, however, that the material of 
which all chimneys are constructed shall be so proportioned that it will not be 
subjected to a greater stress than elsewhere herein fixed as the maximum safe stress 
for such material. 

585. Ventilating Ducts — Chutes — Walls Forming.) Walls forming 
ventilating ducts and rubbish and ash chutes shall be constructed in accordance 
with the regulations governing the construction of smoke flues elsewhere herein 
■contained. Walls forming ventilating ducts shall not be less than four inches thick, 
and when the ventilating duct is larger than two hundred and sixty square inches 
the walls shall be not less than eight inches thick. 

586. Smoke Pipes Passing Through Partitions— Woodwork Around.) (a) Where 

smoke pipes of diameter of six inches or less pass horizontally through a wood or a 
plastered stud partition, they shall be surrounded by a ventilated thimble of incom- 
bustible material with a diameter at least twelve inches greater than the diameter 
of the pipe. 

(b) Where a smoke pipe of a greater diameter than six inches passes through a 
wood or plastered stud partition, it shall be surrounded either by a body of bricK, 
hollow tile, porous terra cotta or other incombustible substance, measuring at least 
eight inches all around such smoke pipe. Smoke pipes of less diameter than twelve 
inches shall be kept in least twelve inches distant from any combustible partition, 
eeiling or floor, and such woodwork immediately over and for a distance of two feet 
on each side of such smoke pipe shall be covered with sheet metal or with porous 
terra cotta, hollow tile or plaster. 

(c) Smoke pipes of greater diameter than twelve inches and less area than six 
square feet, shall be kept at least twenty inches away from any woodwork. Such 
woodwork shall be protected as above specified for smaller smoke pipes to a distance 
of four feet on each side of such smoke pipe; provided, that in case of low pres- 
sure boilers used for heating purposes only, the distance from a smoke pipe to any 
woodwork shall not be less than two feet. 

(d) Whenever smoke pipes of larger area than six square feet are used, they 
«hall be kept at least three feet distant from any woodwork, and such woodwork 
for a distance of at least six feet on either side of such smoke pipes shall be pro- 
tected as before specified for smaller pipes. 

587. Floors— Protection of— Around Boilers, Furnaces, Etc.) Wlierever steam 
boilers, furnaces, ovens, coffee roasters, or other structures in which fires are 
maintained, except stoves for domestic purposes standing on legs and affording not 
less than four inches air space, are set inside of a building, the floors under the 
same if not already fireproof, shall be taken out and replaced by a floor of fire- 
proof material extending not less than six feet in each direction from the boiler or 
such other appliances. 

588. Ceiling— Protection of— Around Boilers, Furnaces, Etc.) The space be- 
tween the tops of all steam boilers and furnaces and any wood ceiling construction 
shall in no case be less than three feet, unless such boiler carry not more than ten 
pounds pressure, in which case such space shall be not less than eighteen inches. 
All wood sheathing, wood laths or other combustible ceiling finish, shall be removed 
from above and for a space of two feet on all sides of such boilers and smokepipes 
and the ceiling given at least two coats of whitewash or fire-retarding paint, and 



December 1, 1910. 



BUILDING OKDINANCE 



1943 



ihe top of such boilers and the top and sides of such smokepipes shall he covered 
with at least three inches of asbestos cement or two inches of eighty-five per cent 
magnesia and an outer covering of one -half inch asbestos cement, or such 
equivalent protection as may be approved by the Commissioner of Buildings; or 
the under side of such wood ceiling construction over the boiler or furnace and 
-also over the smokepipe leading from same and extending at least two feet in 
each direction beyond the boiler or furnace and smokepipe shall be protected either 
by three coats of plastering on metallic lath or wire netting, or at least two inches 
of porous terra cotta or hollow tile covered on the under side with a heavy coat 
of plaster. If metal is used in the construction of smokepipes, such metal shall 
be of thickness not less than No. 14 U. S. gauge. 

589. Boilers— Location of— Permit for.) In all cases, boilers shall be so 
(placed as to give ample room between any ceiling, wall or partition to connect 
or operate any valves or pipes or other connections used on such steam boilers. 
The size, number and location of boilers to be installed in any building shall be 
marked on the plans and, except in buildings of Class III, approved by the Department 
for the Inspection of Steam Boilers and Steam Plants, and by the Department of 
Smoke Inspection, before a permit is issued by the Department of Buildings for the 
■erection of such building. 

590. Cupolas of Foundries.) Cupolas of foundries shall extend at least 
twenty-five feet above the highest point of any roof within a radius of forty feet 
of such cupola. 

591. Cornices— Eaves— Gutters— Pipes from Roof.) (a) No wood shall be used 
for any purpose in connection with cornices, eaves and external gutters on any 
building more than fifty feet in height. The entire exterior covering of cornices 
and eaves of buildings hereafter to be erected within the fire limits shall be of 
incombustible material. 

(b) Wherever sheet metal cornices or eaves or external gutters are used, their 
entire exterior covering shall be of metal or of other incombustible material 
approved by the Commissioner of Buildings. Bracket supports for same shall be 
firmly secured to the wall at least every four feet, and the walls shall be carried 
full height under and behind same throughout their entire length. 

(c) The water from all roofs shall be carried to the sewer in metal conductor 
pipes. Every such conductor shall be continuelly maintained in good condition, and if 
such conductors are within the exterior walls, they shall be of screwed- joint iron 
or steel pipe, or of cast-iron pipe with calked joints. 

592. Towers, Domes and Spires— Construction of.) Towers, domes and spires 
may be built on top of the roofs of buildings, but shall not occupy more than 
one-quarter of the street frontage of any building. Such towers, domes, or spires, 
if any part thereof is built to a height of more than fifty feet and less than 
ninety feet, shall be of slow-burning construction, and, if of a greater height than 
ninety feet above the sidewalk, shall be of fireproof construction; and, in all cases 
where the area of such tower, dome, or spire exceeds one hundred square feet, its 
supports shall be carried down to the ground, and shall be, if the structure sup- 
ported is more than fifty feet and less than ninety feet high, of slow-burning con- 
struction, and, if more than ninety feet high, of fireproof construction. No tower, 
dome, or spire shall exceed thirty-six hundred (3,600) square feet in area, and in 
no case shall the area exceed fifteen per cent of the total area of the building on 



1944 



COMMITTEE OP THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



which it is erected, nor shall the height of any tower, dome or spire exceed four 
hundred feet measured from the established inside grade. 

592a. Structures — Construction and Limitations of.) All structures built 
within the City other than those otherwise specifically provided for herein shall be 
designed and constructed according to established engineering practice, and shall 
comply with the provisons of this section. No structure of frame or mill construc- 
tion within the fire limits shall exceed 35 feet in height from the ground to the 
highest point thereof. No structure of mill or frame construction outside the fire 
limits shall exceed the height of 45 feet from the ground to the highest point thereof. ! 

All structures over 35 feet in height witliin the fire limits, and all structures 1 
over 45 feet in height outside the fire limits shall be built of structural steel, con- 
crete or masonry. 

If it is desired to enclose any structure, such structure shall be enclosed with 
concrete or masonry walls, or incombustible material of such construction as shall 
be approved by the Commissioner of Buildings; provided that structures outside the 
fire limits not exceeding 2,800 square feet in area, or 45 feet in height, may be 
enclosed with combustible material. 

In every structure contemplated by this section, safe and adequate means of 
ingress and egress shall be provided for persons employed in and about the same. 

All structures whose height exceeds twice their least dimensions at their base 
shall be so designed as to safely resist a wind pressure of 30 pounds per square foot 
of surface exposed to the action of the wind. 

593. Skyights— Construction of— Glass in.) (a) Any skylight on the roof of 
any building less than ninety feet in height, other than a frame building, shall 
have the sides, sashes and frames constructed of metal, or of wood, metal clad on 
all exterior surfaces. Any skylight on a building more than ninety feet in height 
shall be entirely of incombustible material. 

(b) Every skylight shall be provided with ventilation opening of an area of at 
least three per cent of the base area of the skylight. 

(c) The glass in all such skylights, except in buildings in Classes III and VI, not 
exceeding three stories in height, shall have at least six inches over same a strong 
wire netting with wire not lighter than Number twelve, galvanized after weaving, 
and mesh not coarser than one by one inch, unless the glass contains a wire net- 
ting within itself. Supports for screen shall not be less in size than the bars 
supported and of the same material. 

594. Enclosures Upon Roofs.) It shall be permitted to erect on the roofs of 
all buildings more than fifty feet and less than ninety feet high, skylights, 
inclosures for water tanks and inclosures for elevator machinery, the construction 
of all of which inclosures shall be entirely of incombustible material; provided, 
however, that the roofs of same may be built of mill or slow burning construction. 

595. Roof— Construction of— Pitch of.) Buildings, other than frame build- 
ings when permitted by this Chapter, less than fifty feet in height witli 
roofs which have a slope of more than three inches per horizontal foot, 
shall have the roofs covered with incombustible material. Buildings more 
than fifty feet and less than ninety feet in height with roofs which have 
a slope greater than three inches per horizontal foot and which are of timber con- 
struction, shall have such roofs covered with an incombustible covering upon the 



December 1, 1910. 



BUILDING OKDINANCE 1945 



roof boards, which shall be made either of mortar or porous terra cotta or plaster 
boards or other incombustible material, which shall be at least two inches thick. 
Where this covering is placed upon the roof boards wooden strips shall be inserted, 
which shall be securely fastened to the wooden structure at regular intervals 
between the incombustible covering and a weatherproof covering of incombustible 
material. 

596. Roofsr-Shingle or Gravel.) (a) The use of shingles or other forms of com- 
bustible roof covering erected or altered, otherwise than is provided in Section 657, 
within the fire limits, is prohibited, except as hereinafter provided. In existing 
frame buildings not more than three stories high, the shingle roofs may be repaired 
with shingles or other materials. 

(b) Roofs, the slope of which is not more than three inches per foot horizontal, 
and the covering of which is made of a composition of felt and gravel, shall be 
considered incombustible under the provisions of this Chapter, and may be used 
upon buildings of all classes. Other forms of composition roof shall be permitted 
if expressly approved as an incombustible roof by the Commissioner of Buildings. 

597. Window and Door Sills— Columns and Lintels Supporting Store Fronts- 
Incombustible.) (a) I'or buildings other than frame buildings window and door sills 
shall be made of incombustible material. Oak timber used for door sills and not 
less than eight inches thick by the full width of the wall in which such sills 
occur, shall, for the purpose of this Chapter, be counted incombustible. 

(b) In buildings other than frame and excepting buildings of Classes III and VI, 
lintels shall be of incombustible material; provided that in one-story store 
front buildings columns and lintels may be of combustible material. 

598. Buildings— Height of.) (a) The limits of heights of buildings hereinbefore 
given for non-fireproof buildings shall be from the average established sidewalk 
level to the highest point of roof thereof. 

(b) The height of a fireproof building shall be measured from the average inside 
grade line of the°street frontage of the building to the top of the highest point of the 
external bearing walls. 

(c) No buildings shall be erected of greater height than two hundred 
feet from the sidewalk level to the highest point of external bearing walls; 
provided, however, that from and after the passage of this ordinance and until 
July 1, 1911, buildings may be erected up to a height of two hundred and sixty 
feet from the sidewalk level to the highest point of external bearing walls, pro- 
vided a permit is issued therefor and the work incident to the erection of such 
building begun before said July 1, 1911. The erection of parapet walls or of balus- 
trades constructed entirely of incombustible material is permitted above the roof 
level of buildings of all classes, and in addition to the heights herein fixed for the 
same. 

(d) Roof houses for elevators, or tanics, or skylights, or stairs, or scuttles may 
be built above the height of the main roof. 

599. Basement and Cellar Defined.) A basement shall be defined as a story 
the floor of which is more than two feet below the average finished street grade 
or whose ceiling is less than nine feet above said grade at the front of the 
building; but this definition of a basement shall not apply to buildings of Classes 
VI and VIII. 



1946 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



600. Sub-basements and Cellars — Construction of.) (a) No building 
shall have more than one basement or cellar of ordinary or slow-burning, or 
mill construction; all additional basements or cellars shall be of fireproof con- 
struction as described in this Chapter, the elevator enclosures shall be of brick 
from the lowest basement floor level to the first story floor, and the stairways 
shall be inclosed in fireproof partitions from the lowest basement floor level to the 
first story floor level with automatic closing standard iron doors, opening outwards. 

(b) In cases where a pipe, conduit, dumb-waiter, cable, wire, conveyor or belt, or 
any combination thereof, passes through a floor from one basement to another, the 
opening in the floor shall be inclosed as specified in this Chapter. 

(c) The number and width of stairs from the lowest basement floor to the first 
story shall be the same as required for the four highest stories of a building of 
the same area. 

601. Canopy— Plans Must Be Approved by Commissioner of Build- 
ings Before Permit Issued by Department of Public Works.) It shall be unlawful 
for any person, firm or corporation to erect or construct any canopy under any 
general or special ordinance which shall or may hereafter be adopted by the City 
Coundl of Chicago without first submitting the plans of such canopy to the Commis- 
sioner of Buildings for his approval. No permit shall be issued by the Department of 
Public Works for a canopy unless the plans of said canopy shall bear the approval 
of the Commissioner of Buildings. 

602. Courts and Light Shafts in Buildings.) (a) Every court or light shaft of 
every building shall be open and unobstructed from the bottom of such court ta 
the sky, with the exception that fire escapes may be built therein, and such 
courts shall have walls constructed in the same manner as is required for the 
exterior walls of such buildings; provided, that no walls inclosing such courts are 
required on street or alley lot lines. 

(b) All windows, doors or other openings in court walls, except as otherwise 
provided in this Chapter, shall have metal frames, metal sashes and metal doors, 
with the glazed portions thereof of wired glass. 

603. Bay Windows— Light Courts— Shafts— Construction of.) (a) The walls 
of every bay window and every court in every masonry constructed building, except 
buildings of Class III, shall be built of brick or other fireproof construction through- 
out as required for exterior walls. 

(b) The walls of every vent shaft of every masonry constructed building, except 
buildings of Class III, shall be built of masonry or a fireproof material not Jess 
than four inches in thickness supported by steel or iron. 

(c) Every court, light shaft, or vent shaft in every building shall be open and 
unobstructed from the bottom of such court to the sky with the exception that 
fire-escapes may be built in courts or light shafts, subject to all the provisions of 
this chapter. 

(d) All windows, doors, or other openings in court walls, except as otherwise 
provided in this Chapter, shall have metal frames, metal sashes and metal doors 
with the glazed portion thereof of wired glass. ' 

604. Windows, Cleaning of— Safety Devices.) The owner or agent of every 
building in the city shall equip each and every window in any such building above 
the first story thereof with a suitable device or devices which will permit the 



December 1, 1910. 



BUILDING ORDINANCE 



1947 



cleaning of the exterior of each and every window in such building above the first 
story without danger to the person cleaning such windows, and such, devices shall 
be of such pattern and construction as will reasonably and safely answer the 
purposes for which they are intended; provided, however, that if windows are of 
such construction that they may be easily cleaned from the inside they need not 
be equipped with such devices. 

605. Scaffolds— Protection During Building Operations — Temporary Floors.) (a) 

All scaffolds erected in this city for use in the erection, repair, alteration, or 
removal of buildings, shall be well and safely supported, and of sufficient width, 
and properly secured, so as to insure the safety of persons working thereon or 
passing under or by the same; and to prevent the falling thereof, or of any 
material that may be used, placed or deposited thereon. 

(b) It shall be the duty of every owner, person or corporation who shall haive the 
supervision or control of the construction of or remodeling of any building having 
more than three framed floors, whether some or all of such floors are above the 
established street grade, to provide and lay upon the upper side of the joists or 
girders, or both, of the first floor below the riveters and structural steel setters, a 
plank floor, which shall be laid to form a good and substantial temporary floor for 
the protection of the employes and all persons engaged above or below or on such 
temporary floor in such building. 

(c) Provided, however, that where the permanent floor is in place on the floor 
herein required to be planked, a temporary protective floor shall not be required. 

(d) A good and substantial temporary floor shall be laid on the joists or girders 
of the next lower floor where the temporary or permanent floor of the second 
story or the floor or floors above the second story or roof is being placed previous 
to the placing of the permanent floor or floors immediately below the floor which 
is being arched or planked. The lowest framed floor in a building shall be con- 
sidered the first floor. 

(e) In buildings more than three stories high where persons are working on a 
scaffold or scaffolds on the outside of such building such persons shall be protected 
by well secured planking, set over the heads of such persons for the full width 
of the scaffolding on which they are working if another story or other stories are 
being raised above such persons during the time they are working on such outside 
scaffold or scaffolding. 

(f ) It shall be the duty of all owners, contractors, builders or persons having 
the control pr supervision of all buildings in course of erection which shall be more 
than thirty feet high, to see that all stairways, elevator openings, flues and all 
other openings in the floors shall be covered or properly protected, and it shall be 
their further duty to comply with an act of the State Legislature providing for 
the protection and safety of persons in or about the construction, repairing, altera- 
tion or removal of buildings, bridges, viaducts and other structures, approved June 
3, 1907, and in force July 1, 1907. 

(g) Any person, firm or corporation violating any of the provisions of this 
section shall be fined not less than one hundred dollars nor more than two hun- 
dred dollars for each offense, and any permit granted for the construction of such 
building may be revoked in the discretion of the Commissioner of Buildings where 
such violation occurs. 

607. Sidewalk and Street — Occupation of— Limitations.) (a) The extent of 



1948 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



occupation of sidewalk and street to be covered by the terms of a permit for 
street obstruction or building, shall be as follows: 

(b) Such permit shall not authorize the occupation of any sidewalk or street or 
part thereof other than that immediately in front of the lot or lots upon which 
■any building is in process of erection and in relation to which such permit is 
issued. 

(c) During the progress of building operations, a sidewalk not less than six feet 
in width shall be at all times kept open and unobstructed for the purpose of 
passage in front of such lot or lots. Such sidewalk shall, if there are excavations 
on either side of the same, be protected by substantial railings which shall be \ 
built and maintained thereon so long as excavations continue to exist. It is not 
intended hereby to prohibit the maintenance of a driveway for the delivery of 
material across such sidewalk from the curb line to the building site. 

608. Sidewalks — Delivery of Material — Elevated Sidewalks.) It shall be per- 
mitted for the purposes of delivering material to the basements of buildings in 
process of erection to erect elevated temporary sidewalks to a height of not 
exceeding four feet above the curb level of the street, and in case a sidewalk 
is so elevated it shall be provided with good, substantial steps or easy inclines on 
both ends of the same and shall have railings on both sides thereof. 

609. Temporary Roof Over Sidewalks — Time Maintained.) When buildings 
are erected of a height greater than four stories and such buildings are near the 
street line, there shall be built over the adjoining sidewalk a roof having a frame- 
work composed of supports and stringers of three by twelve timbers not more 
than four feet from center to center, covered by two layers of two-inch plank. 
When additional stories are added to an existing building and such building is 
located near the street line, there shall be built over the sidewalk, at the point 
where the new stories commence, a scaffold not less than six feet wide, which shall 
form a covering over the sidewalk composed of a framework of stringers and sup- 
ports, covered with two layers of two-inch planks. Such framework and covering 
shall be of such construction and design as shall be satisfactory to the Commis- 
sioner of Buildings. Such roof shall be maintained as long as material is being 
used or handled on such street front above the level of the sidewalk. Temporary 
sidewalks, their railings, approaches and roofs over same, shall be made with 
regard to ease of approach, strength, and safety, to the satisfaction of the Com- 
missioner of Buildings. 

610. Storage of Building Materials — Limitations.) The occupg^tion of the 
street for the storage of building material for any one building or for temporary 
sidewalks, shall never exceed one-third of the width of the roadway of the same, 
and in no event shall any material be stored or placed within four feet of any 
steam or street railway track, and in all cases where such obstruction of the 
street is made there shall be a clear space of not less than one foot between such 
obstruction and the curb line. Provided, that the Commissioner of Buildings and the 
Commissioner of Public Works, or either of them, may limit, or entirely restrict, the 
storage of material on any street or alley where a tunnel, conduit, or any under- 
ground passage way or subway is located. 

611. Sidewalks and Street— Excavated Material and Rubbish On— How 
Cared for.) Earth, other than sand to be used in the construction of the 
building, taken from excavations, and rubbish taken from buildings shall not be 



December 1, 1910. 



BUILDING ORDINANCE 



194^ 



stored either upon the sidewalks or roadways of streets, and shall be removed 
therefrom from day to day as rapidly as produced. When dry rubbish is being 
handled, it shall be kept wetted down so as to prevent its being blown about by the 
wind. 

612. Use of Derricks.) For all buildings more than four stories in height the 
use of derricks set upon the sidewalk or street is pronibited. In no case shall the 
guy lines be less than fiften feet above the roadbed. 

613. Frontage Adjacent — How Occupied for Building Purposes.) If the 
written consent of and a waiver of claims for damages against the city by the 
owners of properties adjoining the site of any proposed building is first obtained 
and filed with the Commissioner of Public Works, the permission to occupy the 
roadway and the sidewalk may be extended beyond the limits of such building 
in front of the property for which the consent of the owner or lessee thereof has 
been secured upon the same terms and conditions as those herein fixed for the 
occupation of sidewalk and street in front of the building site. 

614. Street— Use of for Building Purposes— When Terminated— Red Lights.) (a) 
The permission to occupy streets and sidewalks for the purposes of buildino- is 
intended only for use in connection with the actual erection, repair, alteration or 
removal of buildings, and shall terminate with the completion of such operation. 
It shall be unlawful to occupy any sidewalk or street after the completion of the 
operation for which a permit has been issued by the Department of Buildings, 
It shall also be unlawful to occupy a sidewalk or street, under authority of such 
permit, for the storage of articles not intended for immediate use in connection 
with the operations for which such permit has been issued. 

(b) Eed lanterns shall be displayed and maintained during the whole of every 
night at each end of every pile of material in any street or alley and at each end 
of every excavation. 

615. Street Obstructions— Permits— Bonds— Fees.) (a) Permits for the obstruc- 
tion of streets shall be issued by the Commissioner of Public Works and shall be 
paid in proportion to the street frontage occupied at the rate of two dollars per 
month for every twenty-five (25) feet, or fractional part thereof, of frontage so 
occupied, and before any permit shall be granted to any person, firm or corporation 
for the obstruction of any street or streets or sidewalk, an estimate of the icost 
of restoring said street and sidewalk to a condition equally as good as before it 
shall have been obstructed, with a fair additional margin for contingent damages, 
shall be made by the Commissioner of Public Works, which in no case shall be less 
than one dollar per foot, or fractional part thereof, frontage of the portion of the 
street to be obstructed, and a deposit shall be required of the person, firm or 
corporation desiring to obstruct said street or sidewalk. Such deposit, less the 
charge of two dollars per month for each twenty-five feet of frontage used, shall 
be returned upon the restoration of the said street and sidewalk to a condition 
equally as good as before it was obstructed. When the Commissioner of Public 
Works shall receive satisfactory proof that said street and sidewalk have been 
restored to a condition equally as good as before it was obstructed, he shall issue 
a certificate to the Comptroller, eertifying to said fact, and the Comptroller shall 
thereupon forthwith issue a warrant on the City Treasurer for the amount of 
money thus deposited less the deduction herein provided for. But if the person, 
firm or corporation thus obstructing said street or sidewalk shall fail to restore 



1950 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



the same to a condition equally as good as before it was obstructed within three 
(3) days from and after the completion of the building or structure for which 
said deposit was required, then the city shall have the right to use such portion of 
said deposit as may be necessary to remove the obstructions and to restore the 
said street and sidewalk to a condition equally as good as it was before it was 
obstructed, and the amount thus expended shall be deducted from the amount of 
said deposit; provided, however, that nothing herein contained shall preclude the 
city from maintaining an action against the person, firm or corporation to recover 
for damage done to any street or sidewalk. No permit shall be issued 
until the applicant therefor shall have executed and filed with the Commissioner 
of Public Works a bond, with sureties to be approved by said Commissioner, and 
in an amount to be designated by him, in no case to be less than ten thousand 
dollars, conditioned to indemnify, save and keep harmless the city from any and 
all loss, cost, expense or liability of any kind whatsoever which it, the city, may 
suffer or be put to, or which may be recovered from it from or by reason of the 
issuance of such permit, or by reason of any act or thing done or neglected to be 
done under or by virtue of the authority given in such permit and the require- 
ments of the city ordinances. 

(b) Any permit issued pursuant to the terms of this ordinance may be revoked 
by the Commissioner of Public Works at any time. 

616. Stables and Barns — Regulations.) (a) It shall be unlawful for any per- 
son, firm or corporation to convert any building for the use of or to construct any 
stable or barn for the housing or keeping of horses or other animals on any lot abut- 
ting on a street or alley in which a public sewer is constructed without providing 
said stable or barn with an impervious floor properly drained to such sewer. 

(b) It shall be unlawful for any person, firm or corporation to construct or 
locate any boarding, sales, or private stable or barn on the front two-thirds of any 
lot on any street where one-half of the buildings on both sides of the street between 
the next nearest intersecting streets are used exclusively • for residence purposes. 

617. Tannery Not to Be Placed Within 600 Feet of Any Church, Public or 
Private School.) It shall be unlawful for any person, firm or corporation to build, 
construct, locate or maintain any building used, or to be used, for a tannery within 
six hundred feet measured from the nearest point of the tannery to the nearest 
point of any building used for a church or for a public or private school. 

6I71/0. Gas Reservoir Not to Be Placed Within 500 Feet of any Public School.) 

It shall be unlawful for any person, firm or corporation to build, construct, locate 
or maintain any tank used or to be used for a gas reservoir within 500 feet of any 
public school. Said distance to be measured from the nearest point of the building 
or structure used for a gas reservoir to the nearest point of any building used for a 
public school. 

618. Architect— Must Certify That Plans Comply With Building Ordinances.) 

It shall be unlawful for any architect or other person permitted under the state law 
to prepare plans to prepare and submit to the Commissioner of Buildings for his 
approval any final plans for any building or structure which do not comply with 
structural requirements of this Chapter. It shall be the duty of the Commissioner 
of Buildings to require that all final plans submitted to him for approval of any 
building or structure shall be accompanied by a certificate of such architect or such 
other person preparing plans that the plans and specifications submitted comply with 
the structural requirements of this Chapter. 



December 1, 1910. 



BUILDING ORDINANCE 



1951 



ARTICLE XIII. 

FIREPROOF CONSTRUCTION. 

619. Fireproof Construction — ^Definition of.) The term "fireproof construc- 
tion" shall apply to all buildings in which all parts that carry weights or resist 
-strains, and also all exterior walls and all interior walls and all interior partitions 
and all stairways and all elevator inclosures, are made entirely of incombustible 
material, and in which all metallic structural members are protected against the 
-effects of fire by coverings of a material which shall be entirely incombustible, and 
a slow heat conductor, and hereinafter termed "fireproof material." Reinforced 
•concrete as defined in this ordinance shall be considered fireproof construction. 

620. Fireproof Material — Definition of.) The materials which shall be con- 
sidered as filling the conditions of fireproof covering are: First, burnt brick; sec- 
ond, tiles of burnt clay; third, approved cement concrete; fourth, terra cotta. 

621. Fireproof Construction — Tests For.) (a) In cases in which it is claimed that 
any equally good or more desirable mode or manner of construction, or material, 
or device for fireproofing, other than specified in this Chapter, can be used in the 
•erection or alteration of buildings, the Commissioner of Buildings, upon written 
application to him for a permit to use the same, shall have power to appoint a 
Board of Examiners, consisting of not less than three nor more than five members, 
«ach of whom shall have as least ten years' experience as an architect, engineer or 
builder, who shall take the usual oath of ofiice. Said oath of office shall be adminis- 
tered by the Commissioner of Buildings, The said examiners shall adopt rules and 
specifications for examining and testing such mode or manner of construction or 
material, or device for fireproofing, and furnish a copy of the same to the applicant. 
And such specifications sfiall provide that the material to be tested shall withstand 
successfully a fire of two hours' duration, rising to 1,700 degrees temperature, Fahren- 
heit, in the first thirty minutes and remaining at that temperature for the following 
ninety minutes. At the end of the two hours the material shall be quenched with at 
least a 1%-inch stream of water for five minutes, at a nozzle pressure of 
fifty pounds per square inch. The said examiners shall notify such applicant to 
submit the proposed material for such examination and test; and such tests shall 
be made in the presence of the said examiners, or a majority thereof, according to 
such rules and specifications. All expenses of such examiners and of such examina- 
tions and tests, shall be paid by the applicant, and said examiners may require 
security therefor. 

(b) The said examiners shall within 30 days after such examination and tests, 
<3ertify the results of such test, and their decision on the said application to the 
"Commissioner of Buildings, who shall in the event of the examination and tests being 
satisfactory, authorize the use of such material or construction as fireproof material. 

(c) A complete record of the proceedings and all acts and decisions of the said 
Board of Examiners shall be kept by the Commissioner of Buildings in his office. 

(d) The Commissioner of Buildings shall have the power to pass upon any ques- 
tion relative to the mode or manner of eonstruction or materials to be used for fire- 
proofing in the erection or alteration of any building or structure to make the same 
•conform to the true intent and meaning of the several provisions of this Chapter. 

622. Incombustible Material.) The following materials shall be considered 



1952 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



as incombustible material: A metal or fire- resisting glass of not less than one- 
quarter of an inch in thickness, metal, plastering, plaster blocks, stone, granite, 
marble, approved cinder concrete, or one of the fireproof materials described in this 
chapter. 

623. Walls— Enclosing in Buildings of Steel Skeleton Construction.) If - 

buildings are made of fireproof construction, and have skeleton construction so de- . 
signed that their enclosing walls do not carry the weight of floors or roof, then 
their walls shall be not less than twelve inches in thickness; provided, such walls 
shall be thoroughly anchored to the iron skeleton, and whenever the weight of such 
walls rests upon beams or columns, such beams or columns shall be made strong 
enough in each story to carry the weight of wall resting upon them without reliance 
upon the walls below them. All walls shall be of fireproof or incombustible material, 

624. Columns — Exterior.) (a) All iron or steel used as vertical supporting mem- 
ber of the external construction of any building exceeding fifty feet in height 
shall be protected against the effects of external change of temperature, and of 
fire by a covering of fireproof material consisting of at least four inches of brick, 
hollow terra cotta, concrete, burnt clay tiles, or of a combination of any two of these 
materials, provided that their combined thickness is not less than four inches. The 
distance of the extreme projection of the metal, where such metal projects beyond 
the face of the column, shall be not less than two inches from the face of the fire- 
proofing; provided, that the inner side of exterior columns shall be fireproof ed as 
hereafter required for interior columns. 

(b) Where stone or other incombustible material not of the type defined in this 
ordinance as fireproof material is used for the exterior facing of a building, the 
distance between the back of the facing and the extreme projection of the metal 
of the column proper shall be at least two inches, and the intervening space shall 
be filled with one of the fireproof materials. 

(c) in all cases, the brick, burnt clay, tile or terra cotta, if used as a fireproof 
covering, shall be bedded in cement mortar close up to the iron or steel members, 
and all joints shall be made full and solid. 

625. Columns — Interior, (a) Covering of interior columns shall consist of 
one or more of the fireproof materials herein described. 

(b) If such covering is of brick it shall be not less than four inches thick; if 
of concrete, not less than three inches thick ; if of burnt clay tile, such covering shall 
be in two consecutive layers, each not less than two inches thick, each having one air 
space of not less than one-half inch, and in no such burnt clay tile shall the burnt 
clay be less than five-eighths of an inch thick; or if of porous clay solid tiles, it 
shall consist of at least two consecutive layers, each not less than two inches thick; 
or if constituted of a combination of any two of these materials, one-half of the 
total thickness required for each of the materials shall be applied, provided that if 
concrete is used for such layer it shall not be less than two inches thick. 

(c) In the case of columns having an "H" shaped cross section or of columns hav- 
ing any other cross section with channels or chases open from base plates to cap plates 
on one or more sides of the columns, then the thickness of the fireproof covering may 
be reduced to two and one-half inches, measuring in the direction in which the flange 
or flanges project, and provided that the thin edge in the projecting flange or arms 
of the cross sections does not exceed three-quarters of an inch in thickness. The 
thickness of the fireproof covering on all surfaces measuring more than three- 



December 1, 1910. 



BUILDING ORDINANCE 



1953 



quarters of an inch wide and measuring in a direction perpendicular to such sur- 
faces shall be not less than that !>pecified for interior columns in the beginning of 
this section, and all spaces, including channels or chases between the fireproof cov- 
ering and the metal of the columns, shall be filled solid with fireproof material. 
Lattice or other open columns shall be completely filled with approved cement con- 
crete. 

626. Columns — Wiring Clay Tile On.) (a) Burnt clay tile column covering shall 
be secured by winding wire around the columns after the tile has all been set around 
such columns. The wire shall be securely wound around tile in such manner that 
«very tile is crossed at least once by a wire. If iron or steel wire is used it shall 
be galvanized and no wire used shall be less than number twelve gauge. 

(b) In places where there is trucking or wheeling, or handling of packages of 
any kind, the lower five feet of every column encased with hollow tile shall be in- 
cased in a protective covering of No. 16 U. S. guage steel embedded in concrete. 

627. Concrete — Approved Cement — When Fireproof.) (a) All approved cement 
concrete shall consist of a standard Portland cement, torpedo sand, and crushed 
stone or gravel, or crushed blast furnace slag, or crushed burnt clay, the volu- 
metric quantity of any one of these materials in addition to the torpedo sand shall 
not exceed eight times the volume of the Portland cement. All of the ingredients 
of cement concrete shall be thoroughly Avorked and wet so as to cover each piece 
of stone or gravel or slag or burnt clay with moistened cement; and the cement 
and sand shall fill the voids between the coarse material of the cement concrete. 

(b) Cement concrete to be considered a fireproof material shall be cast and 
AVorked in an unset condition against the metal. In all cases where cinder concrete 
is used, the metal shall be protected as required by Section 568 of this Chapter. 

628. ConcTete Ingredients.) (a) The separate ingredients of concrete shall bs 
measured for each batch, and shall be thoroughly mixed and must be uniform in 
color, appearance and consistency before placing. The concrete shall be worked 
continuously with suitable tools, as it is put in place, filling the forms completely. 

(b) The sand to be used for concrete shall be clean coarse sand, free from loam 
or dirt. If crushed stone grit is used it shall be clean, gritty, and free from dust. 

(c) The stone to be used in concrete shall be clean crushed hard stone, or clean 
crushed blast furnace slag, or gravel, and of a size to pass through a 1 14-inch 
square mesh. If limestone or slag is used, it shall be screened to remove all dust; 
if gravel is used, it shall be thoroughly washed. Stone shall be drenched imme- 
diately before using. 

(d) In all cases, the brick or hollow tile, solid tile or terra cotta shall be bedded 
in cement mortar close up to the iron or steel member and all joints shall be made 
full and solid. 

629. Pipes Enclosed by Covering.) (a) Pipes shall not be enclosed in the fire- 
proofing of columns or in the fireproofing of other structural members of any fireproof 
building; provided, however, gas or electric light conduits not exceeding one inch 
diameter may be inserted in the outer three-fourths inch of the fireproofing of such 
structural member, where such fireproofing is entirely composed of concrete. 

(b) Pipes or conduits may rest upon the tops of the steel floor beams or girders, 
provided they are imbedded in cinder concrete to which slaked lime equal to five 
per cent of the volume of concrete has been added before mixing or their being 
imbedded in stone concrete. 



1954 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



630. Shafts— Doors— Frames— Enclosure.) (a) In cases where a pipe, conduit, 
dumb waiter, icable wire, conveyor, belt, or any combination thereof, passes from 
one story to another story through an open hatch or floor opening, a shaft or en- 
closure of fireproof material shall be built from floor to floor around such hatch or 
floor opening in each story above and below such hatch or floor opening in the 
same manner as described for fireproof partitions in this Chapter, and no wood shall 
be used in the construction, support or fittings of such shaft. The area of space- 
thus enclosed shall not exceed the area of the floor opening by more than one hun- 
dred per centum. 

(b) All burnt clay or terra cotta partitions or walls around such shafts shall 
be plastered on the outside and plastered or pointed on the inside. 

(c) All doors, frames, sashes, casings and windows in partitions or walls around 
such floor openings shall be built of incombustible material. The supports of such 
doors, frames, sashes, casings and windows shall also be of incombustible material. 
In the case of doors, such supports shall be of rolled structural metal extending 
from floor to ceiling and secured to both. Where there are brick walls of twelve 
inches or more in thickness, the supports need not extend to ceiling as above spec- 
fied. All glass used in connection with such partitions or walls shall be wired glass. 

(d) Such fireproof enclosures may be omitted if all of the space in each floor 
opening not occupied by pipes, conduits, cables, wires, or any combination thereof^ 
are filled in solid with fireproof material not less than eight inches thick. 

631. Spandrel Beams, Girders, Lintel.) The metal of the exterior side of 
the spandrel beams or spandrel girders of exterior walls, or lintels or exterior walls, 
which support a part of exterior walls, shall be covered in the same manner, and with 
the same material as specified for the exterior columns in this Chapter; provided, how- 
ever, that shelf angles connected to girders by brackets or projections of girder 
flanges not figured as part of the flange section, may come within two inches of the 
face of the brick or other covering of such spandrel beams, girders or lintels. The- 
covering thickness shall be measured from the extreme projection of the metal in 
every case. 

632. Beams, Girders and Trusses — Coverings of.) (a) The metal beams,, 
girders and trusses of the interior structural parts of a building shall be covered by 
one of the fireproof materials hereinbefore specified so applied as to be supported 
entirely by the beam or girder protected, and shall be held in place by the support of 
the flanges of such beams or girders and by the cement mortar used in setting. 

(b) If the covering is of brick, it shall be not less than four inches thick; if of 
Jiollow tiles or if of solid porous tiles, or if of terra cotta, such tiles shall be- 
not less than two inches thick, applied to the metal in a bed of cement mortar; 
hollow tiles shall be constructed in such a manner that there shall be one air space 
of at least three-fourths of an inch by the width of the metal surface to be cov- 
ered within such clay coverings; the minimum thickness of concrete on the bottom 
and sides of metal shall be two inches. 

(c) The top of all beams, girders, and trusses, shall be protected with not less- 
than two inches of concrete or one inch of burnt clay bedded solid on the metal 
in cement mortar. 

(d) In all cases of beams, girders or trusses, in roofs or floors ,the protection of 
the bottom flanges of the beams and girders and so much of the web of the same 
as is not covered by the arches shall be made as hereinbefore specified for the gov- 



December 1, 1910. 



BUILDING OEDIISrANCE 



1955 



ering of beams and girders. In every case the thickness of the covering shall he 
measured from the extreme projection of the metal, and the entire space or spaces 
between the covering and the metal shall be filled solid with one of the fireproof 
materials, excepting the air spaces in hollow tile. 

(e) Provided, however, that all girders, or trusses when supporting loads from 
more than one story shall be fireproofed with two thicknesses of fireproof material or a 
■combination of two fireproof materials as required for exterior columns in Section 
625 of this Chapter, and each covering of fireproof material shall be bedded solid 
in cement mortar. 

633. Fireproofing of Exterior Sides of MuUions.) In buildings required by 
I this Chapter to be of fireproof construction on exposures where metal frames, doors, 

sash and wired glass are not required, all vertical door or window mullions over 
■eight inches wide shall be faced with incombustible material, and horizontal 
transom bars over six inches wide shall be faced with a fireproof or with an incom- 
bustible material. 

634. Fireproof Covering, Independent.) The fireproof covering of brick, con- 
crete, burnt clay tiles, hollow terra cotta or of a combination of any two of these 
materials shall be applied to all of the structural members of the exterior of a 
fireproof building previous to and independent of the application of the archi- 
tectural facing of such fireproof building with an incombustible or fireproof material. 

635. "Walls, Support and Fireproofing of.) Where skeleton construction is 
^sed for the whole or part of a building the enveloping material and the walls 
shall be independently supported on the skeleton frame for each individual story. 

636. Iron or Steel Plates for Support of Wall.) Where iron or steel plates or 
angles are used in each story for the support of the facings of the walls of such 
story, such plates or angles shall be of sufficient strength to carry the weight within 
the limits of fibre stress for iron and steel elsewhere specified in this Chapter of 
the enveloping material for such story, and such plates or angles may extend to 
within two inches of the exterior of such covering. 

637. Cut-out Boxes, Chases, Etc. — Fireproof Covering.) No electric service 
■cut-out box, switch box, cabinet, chase or any other recess, shall encroach on the 
minimum thickness required for any fireproof covering on structural metal, except 
as provided in this Chapter. If the depth of any cut-out box, switch box, cabinet, 
or chase, or if any other recess is to be concealed, or partially concealed, then the 
thickness of the fireproof covering shall be increased correspondingly. 

638. Segmental and Flat Arches.) (a) Segmental arches shall have a rise of at 
least one inch for each foot of span of arch. 

(b) The least thickness of a hollow tile or porous terra cotta segmental arch shall 
be one -half of an inch per foot of span, but no such hollow tile or terra cotta arch 
shall be of a thickness less than five inches. 

(c) Both flat and segmental arches shall be so constructed that the joints of the 
same radiate from a common center and there shall be a cross rib for every four 
inches, or fractional part thereof, in height in each tile block. The skew back of the 
urches shall be carefully fitted to the beams supporting them, and, in addition to the 
cross ribs, there shall be additional diagonal re-enforcing ribs in the skew back. 
Such arches, whether flat or curved, shall have their beds well filled with cement 
mortar, and the centers shall not be struck until the mortar has set. 



1956 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



(d) Burnt clay skewbacks shall be molded in such a manner as to support the 
burnt clay covering on the under sides of beams or girders. I 

639. Fireproof Floor and Roof Construction.) Brick, hollow tile, porous ! 
terra cotta, or approved cement concrete, or approved cinder concrete, shall be used : 
for the construction of floor and roofs of fireproof buildings. Flat arch hollow tile,. ^ 
or flat arch porous clay tile floor arches shall have a height of at least one and one- 
half inches for each foot of span. ; 

640. Wood Flooring and Nailing Strips.) (a) Wood flooriijg and wooden nailing ^ 
strips for such flooring may be used in fireproof buildings. 

(b) Where such flooring is used in a fireproof building, the space immediately f 
under the flooring, and between the nailing strips and under such nailing strips,, 
shall be filled with a cement or a cinder concrete tamped into place in an unset 
state, or with such other incombustible material as shall be approved by the Com- 
missioner of Buildings. 

641. Partitions in Fireproof Buildings.) (a) Where stairs, shafts and elevators 
are enclosed they shall be enclosed in fireproof partitions, as described in Section 
642 of this Chapter; all other partitions shall be incombustible partitions. Where 
blocks are used for building partitions or as enclosing walls, the joints shall he. 
well filled with mortar. 

(b) The partitions shall be wedged tight betwen floor and ceilings with incom- 
bustible wedges. 

642. Partitions— Fireproof— Incombustible.) (a) Only fireproof material shall be 
used for fireproof partitions; if of brick, they shall be not less than four inches 
thick, and if of partition blocks, not less than three inches thick. If fireproof par- 
titions are of reinforced concrete they shall be not less than three inches thick. 

(b) All fireproof partitions required by this ordinance shall be supported di- 
rectly on the steel construction, or on the fireproof floor arches, or on concrete, or on : 
brick. 

" (c) Only fireproof or incombustible material shall be used in the construction of 
partitions not required to be fireproof, excepting that frames, casings, doors, sash 
and the rough carpenter work required for the proper fastenings of such frames, 
casings, doors or sash, may be of wood, and that ordinary glass may be used in 
doors and partition windows. 

(d) All corridor partitions of incombustible or fireproof material in fireproof 
buildings, shall be supported directly on the steel construction, on the fireproof floor 
arches, on concrete or on brick. 

643. Stairs — Landings.) (a) Stairs in fireproof buildings shall be built of 
approved cement concrete, reinforced concrete, stone or metal, or a combination of 
one or more of such materials. 

(b) The handrails of such stairways may be of wood. 

(c) If stairs are constructed of solid stone or plain concrete, having the tread 
and riser in one piece, then there shall be not less than sixty square inches of stone or 
concrete in the cross section of such combined tread and riser. 

(d) If stone treads have less than sixty inches of cross section and platforms 
less than seven inches in thickness are used, they shall have a metal sub-tread and 
sub-platform three thirty-seconds of an inch thick. 



December 1, 1910. 



BUILDING OKDINANCE 



1957 



(e) If platforma have a floor arch sub-construction as described in Sections 
638 and 639 of this Chapter, then the metal sub-platform may be omitted. 

644. Roofs — Rise of Roof Above Limit of Height.) In the case of buildings 
which are fireproof in their construction, the roof may rise above the limit of height 
of wall fixed by this chapter for such buildings at a slope not to exceed thirty 
degrees with the horizon, and to a height not exceeding twenty feet above such 
limitation of the height of the wall. The space enclosed by such roof above the 
limitation of the height of such wall may be used as an inclosure for pipes, ventilat- 
ing or elevator machinery or for ventilating ducts, but it shall not be lawful to use 
such space for purposes of storage, business or residence. 

645. Sheet Metal Work — Support of.) Wood shall not be used as the support 
of any sheet metal work or of any gutter or cornice of a building more than ninety 
feet in height. 



ARTICLE XIV. 

SLOW BUENING CONSTRUCTION. 

646. Slow-Burning Construction Defined.) The term "Slow-Burning Construc- 
tion" shall apply to all buildings in which the structural members, other than walls 
elsewhere required to be of masonry, which carry the loads and strains which come 
upon the floor and roofs thereof are made wholly or in part of combustible material, 
but throughout which the structural metallic members, if used, shall be protected 
against injury from fire by coverings of fireproof material. The lower five feet 
of metal columns shall be protected as required in Section 634 of this Chapter. 
Underside of joists shall be protected by a covering of three coats of plaster laid 
on metal lath; and a layer of mortar or other incombustible material at least one 
and one-half inches thick shall be applied on all floors and roof surfaces above the 
joists of the same. 

647. Posts, Girders and Partitions.) Wood posts, if used, shall be of not less 
than one hundred square inches sectional area. Wood girders, if used, shall be of 
not less than seventy-two square inches sectional area. All partitions in buildings 
of this type shall be made entirely of incombustible material. Wood furring and 
wood lath shall not be permitted in buildings of this type. 

648. Stairs, Construction of.) ^Vliere buildings are required to be of "slow 
burning" construction, all stairs in such building shall be of incombustible material, 
except as hereinafter provided. Said stairs may be of ordinary construction, if said 
building is equipped with an automatic sprinkler system, and stairs are enclosed 
in a fireproof wall. 



ARTICLE XV. 

MILL CONSTRUCTION. 

649. Definition — Mill Construction Requirements.) The term "Mill Construc- 
tion" shall apply to all buildings in which wooden posts, if used, have a sectional 
area of not less than one hundred square inches, and wooden girders and joists a sec- 



1958 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



tional area of not less than seventy-two square inches, and roofs, if of wood, a thick- 
ness of not less than two and five-eighths inches in a single layer, and floors, if of 
wood, a thickness of not less than three and one-half inches in not more than two 
layers, the lower one of which shall he not less than two and five-eighths inches- 
in thickness, and in which all striictural metallic members, if used, are fireproofed 
as required for fireproof construction, and in which all floors and roofs not con- 
structed as above are of fireproof construction as elsewhere required for fireproof 
construction in this ordinance. 

650. Fireproofing.) (a) Partitions in buildings of mill construction shall be made- 
entirely of incombustible material. If iron columns, girders, or beams are used m 
buildings of this type they shall be protected as specified in this Chapter; but the 
wooden posts, girders and joists need not be protected by fireproof covering. Wood 
furring and wood lath shall not be permitted in buildings of this type. 

(b) If reinforced cinder concrete construction is used in the structural parts- 
of a building which is required to be of slow-burning or mill construction by this- 
Chapter, then all partitions shall be of incombustible material and all parts other 
than structural parts and partitions of the building shall be as required for slow- 
burning or mill construction buildings by this Chapter. 

651. Stair Construction Where Automatic Sprinkler System is Installed.) 

In buildings required to be of "mill construction," all stairs in such buildings- 
shall be of "incombustible" material, except as hereinafter provided. Said stairs- 
may be of wood construction if said building is equipped with an automatic- 
sprinkler system and stairs are enclosed in a fireproof wall. 



ARTICLE XVI. 



ORDINARY CONSTRUCTION. 



652. Ordinary Construction Defined.) The term "ordinary construction" j 
used in this Chapter, means the ordinary system of construction in which timber- 
and iron structural parts are not protected with fire-resisting coverings and in which 
the walls are of masonry built as r^equired by this Chapter. 



ARTICLE XVII. 

FRAME BUILDINGS. 

653. Repairing of Frame Buildings Within Fire Limits.) Frame buildings with- 
in the fire limits which have been damaged by fire, decay or otherwise, to an extent 
not greater than fifty per cent of their value may be repaired, provided there is no- 
increase in size of such buildings over their original dimensions, and, provided that 
incombustible roof covering required by Section 596 is used. And, provided, further, 
that where any frame building is raised for the purpose of erecting a basement stor^ 
under the same, the walls enclosing such basement shall be of masonry. 



December 1, 1910. building ordinance 1959 

654 Frame Buildings Prohibited-Exceptions.) (a) Hereafter no frame building 
shall be'erected, nor any frame addition made to any existing frame building withm 
the fire limits of the city, except where express provision is made m this Chapter 
therefor. 

(b) Outside the fire limits it shall be lawful to erect frame buildings not exceed 
incr forty feet in height from the sidewalk to the highest point of roof. If such 
frame buildings have a basement story of masonry, their height above the sidewalk 
may be made not to exceed forty-five feet. Provided, however, that in no ease shall 
any portion of any frame building above the second floor be used as a separate living 
apartment. 

655 Frame Buildings Within the Fire Limits Changed Into Flat Buildings- 
Fire Walls.) Whenever any frame building within the fire limits shall be remodeled, 
altered or changed for the purpose of using the same for flats or apartments, or 
whenever such frame building shall be occupied for flat or apartment purposes, each 
suite of apartments in such building shall be separated from every other suite of 
apartments in such building by a wall of incombustible material, of such dimensions 
and thickness as required by this Chapter. 

656 Frame Buildings— Raising— Requirements— Changing Gable or Hip Roofs 
to Flat Roofs.) Permission may be granted by the Commissioner of Buildings for 
the raising of existing frame buildings, whether within or without the fire limits, 
to the limits of height hereinbefore fixed for new frame buildings, and no more, and 
inside the fire limits for the purpose of putting a masonry basement thereunder. 
The Commissioner of Buildings is also authorized to issue permits for changing 
crable or hip roofs of existing frame buildings to flat roofs, and for the raising of 
walls incident to such change. But if such hip or gable roof is changed to a flat 
roof and the walls raised in connection with such change, the total cubic contents 
included by the walls so raised and the roofs so altered shall not exceed the cubic 
contents originally included in such gable or hip roof, and in no case shall a two- 
story and attic building be converted into a three-story building thereby. 

657 Frame Buildings Carried to a Uniform Height.) Where the different 
parts of a frame building inside the fire limits are of different heights a one story 
portion may be raised to the height of two stories, provided the greatest height 
thereof does not exceed the limits of height prescribed in this Chapter for frame 
buildings, and, provided, that no room in the existing building or m the ad- 
dition thereto shall violate the requirements of this Chapter for habitable rooms. 

658 Basement or Story Placed Beneath Frame Buildings.) A frame building 
may be raised for the purpose of erecting a basement or story, or both, thereunder 
but the principal floor of such frame building shall not be raised to a higher level 

. than sixteen feet above grade of the sidewalk upon which such premises abut. The 
walls inclosing such basement or story shall be of masonry and not less than 
than twelve inches thick, excepting that when a one-story frame building is raised 
and has a basement only built thereunder, the masonry wall of such basement may 
be eicrht inches thick above grade and twelve inches thick below. The foundations 
of such walls shall be constructed as provided in this Chapter. Provided, however, 
that no frame building shall be raised for the purpose of constructing a basement or 
story, or both, under the same to a greater height to the top of its roof than that 
elsewhere herein given as the maximum height above grade for frame buildings. 



^^^^ COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE December 1, 1910. 

The thickness of walls hereinabove required shall also apply to brick walls in new 
frame buildings. 

659. Chimneys in Frame Buildings— Chimney Flues Through Partitions.) (a) 

Chimneys in frame buildings shall be built of brick or stone or concrete blocks, and 
brick chimneys less than eight inches thick and stone or concrete chimneys shall 
have flue linings of baked fire clay, provided that the walls of no flue shall be less 
than five inches thick including the lining. All joints shall be well filled with mortar 
.and neatly pointed on the outside. The wood framing of frame buildings shall be 
trimmed around chimneys in such manner as not to come within two inches of 
the same. 

(b) Metal smoke pipes or tile flues shall not extend through the floors or through 
•the ceiling or roof of any building; and where such smoke pipes or tile flues pals 
through partitions the woodwork of such partitions shall be protected by a sheet 
metal ventilated tin thimble at least twelve inches greater in diameter than the 
diameter of the flue. 

660. Lot Lines— Requirements as to— Number— Dimensions.) Frame build- 
ings, excepting sheds not exceeding three hundred square feet in area shall not be 
built nearer than one foot to any line of the lot upon which they are built, street 
and alley lines excepted, except as hereinafter provided. It shall not be lawful to 
erect a frame building wider than forty feet nor deeper than seventy feet, unless 
such building be divided by a fire wall or fire walls, built of incombustible material 
and of a thickness of not less than four inches and of construction to be approved by 
the Commissioner of Buildings, so that no more than two thousand eight hundred 
square feet of superficial area shall be contained in any section or part of such 
building, uninclosed by such fire wall, and if openings are inserted in such fire walls, 
then such walls shall be built of brick not less than eight inches thick, and such open- 
ings shall have doors as described in Section 573. Each section of such buildings 
shall be regarded as a separate building for the purpose of determining the num- 
ber and construction of its stairways and means of egress. If more than one 
frame building is built in the direction of the depth of any one lot, such buildings 
shall not be built with a less distance than ten feet between them, except where 
both buildings are used for living purposes, and in that case the distance shall be 
governed by Sections 439 and 440 of this Chapter. 

661. Sheds— Open Shelter— Height of Walls and Foundations— Enclosed.) (a) 

Except as hereinafter provided, open shelter sheds not exceeding eight hundred square 
feet in area may be erected within the fire limits, provided they have roofing of in- 
combustible material and the highest point is not over fifteen feet above the ground, 
and provided that the roofs be supported on sufficient posts or piers; pr'ovided,' 
however, that such sheds may be built with an area not to exceed sixteen hundred 
square feet, if they are kept at least twenty-five feet from any lot line and any other 
building or structure. Such sheds shall have no combustible enclosing walls or wooden 
^floors, except that a floor of two-inch planking laid directly upon the ground may be 
rused. Such sheds shall only be erected upon the rear of the lot, and not more than 
'One such shelter shed or any other shed shall be erected on any lot of twenty-five 
I'feet in width. 

(b) If it is desired to enclose an open shelter shed, the enclosing walls shall be 
•made of brick, hollow tile, or other incombustible material, and such walls shall 
•have foundations extending to solid ground and at least four feet below the surface 
^of the ground. 



December 1, 1910. 



BUILDING OKDINANCE 



1961 



(c) Open shelter sheds may be erected outside the fire limits not to exceed 
twenty-eight hundred square feet in area and subject to the approval of the Com- 
missioner of Buildings; provided, however, that shelter sheds which comply in other 
respects with the requirements of this section, may be built not to exceed nine 
thousand square feet in area where such sheds are located at least twenty feet distant 
from any other structure and from any lot line. 

662. Sheds— Coal, Brick, Stone, Cement and Salt Sheds and Sheds for Icing 
Cars Along Railroad Tracks and Navigable Streams.) Open shelter sheds to be- 
used for the storage or handling of coal, brick, stone, cement, salt or such commodi- 
ties which are incombustible, or for the icing of cars, may be erected within or with- 
out the fire limits upon, along or adjacent to steam railroad tracks, or along or adja- 
cent to navigable waters; provided, such sheds shall have incombustible roofing and' 
shall not exceed 35 feet in height from the ground to the highest point of the roof; 
provided, further, that said sheds shall be located at least 25 feet distant from any 
other structure and from any side lot line. If it is desired or intended to enclose any 
such sheds, the enclosing walls shall be of incombustible material. No such shed shall 
be built upon any lot or parcel of ground fronting upon any street within 75 feet of any 
building used exclusively for residence purposes, unless the consent of the owners of 
the ma'jority of the frontage on both sides of such street between the two nearest 
intersecting cross streets shall first have been obtained by the person, firm or corpora- 
tion desiring to erect and maintain such shed, and said written consents shall be 
filed with the Commissioner of Buildings before a permit shall be issued for such 
shed. 

663. Ice Houses.) (a) Houses within the fire limits to be used exclusively for 
the storage of ice, of a floor area not to exceed nine thousand square feet, may be 
constructed of wood with incombustible roofing, the walls to be enclosed with an en- 
velope of incombustible material; eight-inch brick or tile or approved cement con- 
crete walls with proper foundations of masonry shall be used for such envelopes.. 

(b) Houses to be used exclusively for the storage of ice, located outside of the 
fire limits and contiguous to any lake and six hundred feet from any other building^, 
except buildings used in connection with the conduct of said business, may be con- 
structed of frame with incombustible roofing, and the floor area of any such building 
shall not exceed eighty thousand square feet, unless the building is divided by a solid 
wall of masonry for each additional 80,000 square feet of floor area, or fractional 
part thereof ; and shall extend at each end not less than one foot beyond the enclosure 
of said building and such waJl shall be subject to the approval of the Commissioner 
of Buildings. 

(c) Houses to be used exclusively for the storage of ice, located outside of the 
fire limits, and contiguous to railroad tracks and not within one hundred feet of 
any other building, may be constructed of frame with incombustible roofing, and 
the floor area of any such building shall not exceed 20,000 square feet unless the 
building is divided by a solid wall of masonry for each additional 20,000 square 
feet of floor area or fractional part thereof; said wall shall extend at least one 
foot beyond the enclosure of said building on each end and shall be approved by 
the Department of Buildings. 

(d) All dividing walls must extend through and above the roof of any building 
in which they are built to a distance of three feet and must be covered with incom- 
bustible coping. No dividing wall shall be of less thickness than twelve inches 
at any point thereof. 



1 Qfi9 

COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE Decemter 1, 1910. 

664. I-umberYards-Not to Be Located Near Residence Except by Consent) 
No person or corporation shall establish, maintain, conduct, or operate any lumW 
yard or place where new or second-hand lumber is kept for sale or is stored^' 
s^somng or drymg on any premises fronting on any street in any block whLe 
two-thirds of the buildings on any street surrounding any such Mock are used 
excluswely for residence purposes, unless the written consent of theTwne s of a 
majority of the frontage on both sides of all the streets surrounding th7b ock in 
which It IS proposed to locate, establish, conduct or maintain such iLber vard or 
place, be first obtained by the person or oorporation desiring to estabirh maintai, 
or operate suck lumber yard or place, consenting to the issuance of a permit from the 
Department of Buildings and also consenting that a license for the estabi shment 
keeping or mainta.nance of such lumber yard or place shall be issued by the city 

ne"rt-r" '""""^"^ ^ and build ng 

permit made by such person or corporation. "uuuing 

665. Storage of Lumber Near Planing Mill or Private Residence Tenement 
Houes or Hotel.) No lumber shall be piled for the purpose of storing, s^asonfng o 
drying the same within fifty feet of any planing mill or wood working manufactory 
nor within one hundred feet of any private residence, tenement house or hotel un ess' 
the same has been erected since the establishment of such yard. 



ARTICLE XVIIL 

STAntWATS. 



666. Stairways, Number-Location-Construction.) (a) Fireproof offi.e 

e'therX:' 't'* "T/* ^"'^ orkanL^hi* a're eUS 

w!tt aTd ''-"^^y^^^i t™ or more stairway fire escapes or with two staTr- 

ways and one or more stairways fire escapes, shall not be required to havt ad.^- 
tional stairways or stairway fire escapes. 

\ ^"T T expressly provided in this Article, it shall be un- 

unless Its stairway or stairways comply with the following provisions • 

<^J^^ construction having an area 

of stairs shall be at least eighty per cent of ths wiriti, „f * • 

tho f/<n™,.i„ ■ 1, . f 1'"' <="^"' oi the width of stairs as computed bv 

the formulae given herein and in no case less than twelve feet P tea Bv 

ton flni ^T'^ ^"'''^ ""^ ''^"^-y f™-" tie ground to the 

top floor and one stan-way from the lowest basement or cellar to the street Ide 
and no stairway shall be less than three feet in width. ^ ' 

width'if ''""'^'"g ^ constTuei as the total 

the wan anl h^T'^^rr'"""" °" ^''^'^ '—i betwee 

the wall and hand rail for a single stair and between hand rails where two or more 
handrails are required by this Chapter. 

(f) In buildings of Class I and Class Ila the width of stairs and fir« =^ 
shafts, well holes, chimneys and corridors. In all cases where the building is less 



December 1, 1910. 



BUIUJING ORDINANCE 



1963 



than three stories in height the width of stairs shall be determined by the floor 
area of the second floor as hereinafter specified. 

667. Stairs^— Number and Width of in Classes I, II and VII.) (a) In build- 
ings of Class lib, Class IIc and Class VII the number and width of the stairs and 
fire escapes shall be determined by the area of that portion of the third floor not 
occupied by walls, columns, stairs, elevator shafts and well holes. 

In buildings of Class I, II and VII the number and width of stairs required 
■shall be as follows : 

(b) IN ORDINARY CONSTRUCTION. 

With floor area of 5,000 square feet or less, two stairways; 
With floor area of 5,000 to 9,000 square feet, three stairways. 

(c) The width of stairs required in buildings of ordinary construction shall 
he computed as follows: 

The width of stairs in inches shall be equal to the result obtained by deducting 
5,000 from the floor area of the building in square feet and multiplying the remainder 
by twelve and dividing the product by 1,000 and adding 72 inches to the quotient, 
.expressed in the formula as follows: 

(area— 3000) times 12 

72 inches plus 

1,000 

(d) IN MILL OR SLOW-BURNING CONSTRUCTION. 

With floor area of 6,000 square feet or less, two stairways. 
With floor area of 6,000 to 12,000 square feet, three stairways. 

(e) The width of stairs required in buildings of mill or slow-burning construc- 
tion shall be computed as follows : 

The width of stairs in inches shall be equal to the result obtained by deducting 
3,000 from the floor area of the building in feet and multiplying the remainder 
by eight and dividing the product by 1,000, and adding 72 inches to the quotient; 
expressed in the formula as follows: 

(area— 3,000) times 8 

72 inches plus 

1,000 

<f) IN FIREPROOF CONSTRUCTION. 

With floor area of 7,000 square feet or less, two stairways. 

With floor area of 7,000 to 15,000 square feet, three stairways. 

With floor area of 15,000 to 21,000 square feet, four stairways. 

With floor area of 21,000 square feet and over, five stairways, 
(g) Provided, however, that in fireproof buildings having an area of 21,000 
square feet or more only four stairways shall be required if such building is com- 
pletely equipped with an approved automatic sprinkler system. 

i (h) The width of stairs required in buildings of fireproof construction shall be 
computed as follows: 

The width of stairs in inches shall be equal to the result obtained by deducting 
3,000 from the floor area of the building in feet and multiplying the remainder 



1964 



COMMITTEE OP THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910, 



by six and dividing the product by 1,000, and adding 72 inches to the quotient; 
expressed in the formula as follows : 

(area— 3,000) times 6 

72 inches plus — 

1,000 

(i) Provided, however, that where buildings of Class I are of fireproof con- 
struction and are used solely for storage warehouse purposes and the number of 
persons employed on any one floor does not exceed the number specified hereafter 
in this section they shall comply as to number of stairways as follows: 

With floor area less than 8,000 square feet where not more than ten persons are 
employed on a floor, two stairways. 

With floor area greater than 8,000 square feet and less than 15,000 square feet 
where not more than fifteen persons are employed on a floor, three stairways. 

With floor area greater than 15,000 square feet where not more than twenty 
persons are employed on a floor, four stairways. 

(j) The width of stairs shall be computed as follows: 

The width of stairs in inches shall be equal to the result obtained by deducting 
3,000 from the floor area of the building in feet and multiplying the remainder by 
four and dividing the product by 1,000, and adding 72 inches to the quotient; ex- 
pressed in the formula as follows: 

(area-3000) times 4 

72 inches plus 

1000 

668. Stairs— Other Requirements.) (a) The width of stairway fire escapes 
and three-quarters of the Avidth of sliding fire escapes required by this Chapter may 
be deducted from the width of stairs required. 

(b) Stairways shall be located as far from each other as practicable. The 
bottom of each stairway shall be in the immediate vicinity of the top of the stairs 
leading to the next lower story and the line of travel from stairway to stairway 
shall be direct and easily accessible each to the other. At least one stairway shall 
extend to the roof of every building. In Classes I, II and VII, the whole number of 
stairways required for each building shall be complete in every respect from the 
first to the topmost story. 

(c) Every story below the street grade shall have not less than two stairways 
to the first story and each such stairway shall be not less than three feet wide, 
but where a basement or cellar is used for the retail sale of goods the stairway 
from such basement or cellar shall in number and aggregate width comply with the 
requirement of this section for the first four stories above sidewalk grade. 

(d) Where two areas of the same building adjoin and are separated by fire- 
proof dividing walls they may have a stairway in common, provided such stairway 
is not less than five feet wide and is inclosed in all stories of the building by fire- 
proof walls in non-fireproof buildings and by fireproof partitions in fireproof build- 
ings; and where the stairways and landings are built as required by this Chapter 
for buildings of fireproof construction, and where the doors, frames, sashes and 
casings, and the glazed portion thereof are built as described in Sections 572 and 
573 then in such case such stairway may be considered as equivalent to one open 
stairway from each such area, and where such stairway provides exit from only 
one floor area such stairway may be considered as equivalent to two open stairways 



December 1, 1910. 



BUILDING ORDINANCE 



1965 



but in no case shall there be less than two stairways in any such building except 
as otherwise provided in this Chapter. 

(e) Where adjoining buildings or buildings on opposite sides of an alley 
or other open space, and of the same class, used by the same person, firm or corpora- 
tion, are connected by fireproof bridges or passageways with fireproof doors at 
each end, or by fireproof doors on each floor built and equipped as required by this 
Chapter for dividing wall doors if such bridge or passageway or fireproof door is 
located as far as practicable from the stairways in both said buildings, then said 
bridge or passageway or fireproof door may be considered to be equivalent to a 
stairway for each of the two areas. 

(f) In buildings of Class I, II and VII where an interior stairway and its 
stair hall in each story and on the ground floor, leading toward or connecting with 
a public thoroughfare, is inclosed in all stories of the building by fireproof parti- 
tions built as required by this Chapter and where the stairways and landings are 
built as required by this Chapter, and where the floors of all stair halls and hall- 
ways leading to the entrance are built entirely of fireproof and incombustible ma- 
terial as required for buildings in this Chapter and where the doors, frames, sash, 
casings and wired glass thereof are built of incombustible material as described in 
this Qhapter, then such stairway shall be considered the equivalent of two stairways 
or a stairway and a fire escape; provided, however, that if such stairway is con- 
sidered the equivalent of two stairways the building must be equipped with a 
stairway fire escape or fire escapes as is required by this Chapter. 

(g) Exterior stairways in buildings of Class I, II and VII built entirely of 
steel and iron, having ice-proof treads not less than ten inches wide from nosing 
to riser and a rise of eight inches or less for each riser, and otherwise 
made as required for stairway fire escapes in this Chapter and where such 
stairway fire escape extends from the inside grade to the top floor of the building 
or is supplied from the second floor to the ground with a counterbalanced section 
and has a steel ladder from the top landing to the roof, then such stairway may 
be considered the equivalent of one interior stairway and one stairway fire escape 
if the width of such stairway and that of the one or more stairways in the 
building equals the width of stairs required by this Chapter; provided, that in 
such case the respective floors, door sills, and stairway platforms are flush, and 
that the doors do not obstruct the stairs or platforms and that the doors are each 
at least 90 per cent of the width of said stairway and that the windows, doors and 
frames passed by such stairway and platforms are built of incombustible material 
and wired glass. 

(h) In buildings of Class I not more than three stories in height, a stairway 
fire escape not less than three feet wide located and built as required by this 
Chapter for such fire escape and placed as far as practicable from the stairway, 
may be considered as a stairway and may be deducted from the "width of stairs" 
required for the building. 

(i) The width of different stairways need not be alike, and for each four 
stories or fractional number of stories of the building ■above the first four stories 
jeaeh stairway may be reduced six inches, but no stair in a Class VII building 
I shall be less than three feet in width. 

(j) Stairways which are less than three feet three inches wide shall have 
not less than one hand rail and stairways which are more than three feet three 
inches wide shall have not less than two hand rails. Stairways which are over 



1966 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 191ft 



eight feet wide shall have double intermediate handrails with end newel posts at'f 
least five and a half feet high. ! 

(k) Stairways hereafter erected shall not be spiral stairways or have any 
winders. Provided, however, that circular or elliptical stairways may be used if i 
the width of treads one foot from the center of the hand rail next to the well hole I 
is nine and one-half inches, including nosingS. I 

(1) Stairways shall not have risers more than eight inches high nor treads ' 
less than ten inches wide, inclusive of nosings. 

(m) The bottom of any counter-balance stairway or ladder fire escape here-, 
after erected on any public thoroughfare when raised shall be not less than fourteen^ 
feet above the pavement or surface of the street or alley. 

(n) The location of every stairway required by this article shall be subject i 
to the approval of the Commissioner of Buildings. 



ARTICLE XIX. 

JIEE ESCAPES. 

669. Fire Escapes — Number and Location.) (a) It shall be unlawful for any 
person, firm or corporation to construct or maintain any building of Classes I, II,. 
Ill, VI, and VII within the city, unless the same shall be equipped with fire escapes 
as follows: j 

(b) Every building four or more stories in height, except such as is used 
exclusively for a residence for one family shall have one or more incombustible I 
sliding or stairway fire escapes, as required by this Chapter, except as otherwise 
herein provided. 

(c) There shall be at least one stairway fire escape constructed as required by 
the provisions of this Chapter for each 250 persons, or fractional part thereof, who* | 
occupy any floor of any building habitually and daily or for whom workings 
sleeping or living accommodations are provided on any one floor above the third 
floor of any building or structure. 

(d) BUILDINGS OF OEDINAEY CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH FIRE ESCAPES AB 

FOLLOWS : 

With floor area of 6,500 square feet or less, one 24-inch stairway fire escape. 
With floor area of 6,500 square feet to 9,000 square feet, two 24-inch stairway 
fire escapes. 

(e) BUILDINGS OF MILL OB SLOW-BURNING CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH FIRK ^ 

ESCAPES AS FOLLOWS : 

With floor area of 8,000 square feet or less, one 24-inch stairway fire escape. 

With floor area of 8,000 square feet to 12,000 square feet, two 24-inch stairway 
fire escapes. 

(f )BUILDIN6S OP FIREPEOOF CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH FIRE ESCAPES AS- 

FOLLOWS : 

With floor area of 10,000 square feet or less, one 24-inch stairway fire escape. 



December 1, 1910. 



BUILDING ORDINANCE 



1967 



With floor area of 10,000 to 20,000 square feet, two 24-inch stairway fire escapes. 
With floor area of more than 20,000 square feet, three' 24-inch stairway fire 
escapes. 

(g) FIREPROOF WAREHOUSE BUILDINGS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH FIRE ESCAPES AS 

FOLLOWS : 

With fioor area of 12,000 square feet or less, one 24-inch stairway fire escape. 
With floor area exceeding 12,000 square feet, two 24-inch stairway fire escapes. 

(h) A fireproof bridge built as described in Section 668 and connecting each 
floor of two neighboring buildings occupied by the same person, firm or corporation, 
shall be considered the equivalent of a fire escape, or of an interior stairway, but 
not the equivalent of both. 

(i) In buildings of Class II there shall be a stairway or a fire escape as near 
as practicable to the end of each corridor, and where a corridor is endless the stairs 
and the fire escapes shall be located around and connected to said hall or corridor 
at distances approximately equal to each other. 

(j) The openings leading to fire escapes on hospitals shall be flush with the 
floor leading to the fire escape which may be inclined not more than 21/3 inches , 
vertical to 12 inches of horizontal measurement, and shall be constructed and main- 
tained with no obstructions thereon. 

(k) In buildings hereafter erected wherever stairway fire escapes are con- 
sidered the equivalent of an interior stairway or as taking the place of any of the 
"Width of Stairs" required by this Cliapter, there shall be a door or casement win- 
dow leading to such fire escape from each floor. Windows and doors to such fire 
escapes shall not be less than 24 inches in width and not less than 72 inches in 
height. The sill of such windows or doors shall not be more than 24 inches above 
the fioor, unless a stair is built leading to the same. 

(1) Where a building is divided into separate areas, each such area shall be 
considered as a separate building and shall be equipped with stairs and fire escapes 
as is required for buildings by this Chapter, unless otherwise herein provided. 

(m) Exterior stairway fire escapes built as required by this Chapter and hav- 
ing treads not less than 10 inches wide from nosing to riser and risers not more than 
8 inches in height and having stairways extending from the inside grade to the 
top fioor of the building or having a counterbalance section from the first story ta 
the ground and a steel ladder from the top landing to the roof, shall be considered 
the equivalent of one interior stairway and one stairway fire escape, if the 
width of such stairway fire escapes with -that of one or more stairways in the 
building equals the "Width of Stairs" required for the area of the respective build- 
ings by this Chapter. 

(n) Where an interior stairway and its stair hall and other enclosing walls are 
built entirely of fireproof materials and where the doors of said stair halls are 
automatic closing fire doors; and where such stairway and the stair hall has 
at least one side on a street or alley or court, and where not less than 50 per cent 
of the area of the street or alley or court wall is open and unobstructed to the outer 
air; and where the stairs extend from the ground to the roof; and where there are 
doors as wide as the stairway opening outward from a floor or landing, level with 
the street, alley or court, or with the floor of a fireproof tunnel at the foot of such 
stairway, and if a court or fireproof tunnel, then where the floor of such court or 
fireproof tunnel is level and unobstructed, and not less than double the width of 



1968 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE December 1, 1910. 

such stairway, and in any case not less than eight feet in width, and where such 
court or fireproof tunnel extends from the doors at the base of such stairway to a 
pubhc alley or street and if the floor of said court or fireproof tunnel is not level 
with such alley or street, then where there are stairs not less than six feet wide 
leading from the floor of the court or fireproof tunnel to a street or alley and 
where said last mentioned stairs are on private property; and where the stair- 
ways comply in all respects with the provisions of this Chapter, then such stairway 
shall be considered as a stairway fire escape. 

J^^l ^ore than two stories in height one stairway may be 

omitted If the building is equipped with a three-foot stairway fire escape built as 
required for fire escapes in this section with counterbalance drop and placed as far 
as practicable from the remaining stairway. 

(p) Where fireproof buildings have a frontage upon public alleys or have courts 
of an area of not less than 320 square feet, and where such courts lead directly to a 
public thoroughfare, fire escapes may be permitted to be erected on such courts or 
such alleys and shall not be required to be erected upon the street fronts of such 
buildings. Such fire escapes shall be located as far as possible from stairways in 
the buildings, and where it is possible to erect the fire escapes on an alley or in a 
court they may be thus erected subject to the approval of the Commissioner of 
Buildings. 

(q) In fireproof buildings of Class Ila, fire escapes may be located in light 
courts of fifty feet in the least dimension, having no opening onto a street or alley 
but such fire escape must be connected with a stairway of the building at a level 
no higher than twenty-five feet above finished grade at the building, said stairway 
to terminate at the first floor level in a public corridor, giving direct egress from 
the building. 

(r) Such fire escapes shall not be considered as part of the width of stairs as 
defined m Section 666 of this chapter for such buildings unless that portion of the 
stairway used m connection with the fire escape is increased by the width of the 
fire escape, from their junction to the ground. 

Hospitals two or more stories in height shall be provided with one or more 
stairway fire escapes not less than 40 inches between handrails. Sliding fire escapes 
shall have a radius or width of not less than 42 inches. Sliding fire escapes shall 
not be built on public thoroughfares and shall deposit the person from same not 
more than twenty-four inches from the surrounding ground, and sliding fire escapes 
on Class VIII buildings shall be constructed, located and maintained in accordance 
with the provisions relating to Class VIII. 

Wherever stairway fire escapes are considered by this chapter to be the equiv- 
-alent of an interior stairway or as taking the place of any of the width of stairs, 
there shall be a door leading to said fire escape from each floor. Such door shall 
not be less than 24 inches in width and not less than 72 inches in height. The 
sill of such door shall not be more than 24 inches above the floor and the door 
shall be as wide as the stairway required on the fire escape. Where the sill is more 
than 24 inches from the floor, a small stairway shall be built from the floor 
to the window sill with treads not less than 10 inches wide and risers not more 
than 9 inches in height. 

(s) A stairway fire escape placed on an exterior wall adjacent to a dividing or 
party wall shall be considered as a stairway fire escape for each building area 
to wnich it is adjacent. In such cases there shall be at least one door or window 



December 1, 1910. 



BUILDING OEDINANCE 



1969 



from each building area leading to the fire escape platform, and the width of 
each such fire escape shall not be less than 36 inches. 

(t) All fire escapes shall be located and constructed to conform to the build- 
ing for which they are respectively intended. 

(u) If any building used wholly or in part for the purposes of Class 
VII be equipped with automatic sprinklers, and be connected with another 
building similarly used, and distant not less than twenty-five feet and used by the 
same occupant, by a fireproof bridge or passageway similarly equipped, then each 
such tier of bridges or passageways shall be held to be equivalent to and take the 
place of one outside stairway fire escape on each of the buildings so connected. 

670. Stairway Fire Escapes— Fees— Erection of— Location— Component Parts.) 

(a) The Commissioner of Buildings and his assistants shall determine upon the 
location of all stairway fire escapes before erection of same is commenced. 

(b) Before the work is commenced a permit shall be obtained from the Com- 
missioner of Buildings for which a fee of $2.00 shall be exacted. 

(c) No permit for a stairway fire escape more than twenty-four inches in 
width shall be granted unless a detailed plan for the fire escape, approved by a 
licensed architect or a structural engineer, is submitted to the Commissioner of 
Buildings, and a copy of such plans shall be left on file with said Commissioner. 

(d) All anchors for stairway fire escapes shall, wherever possible, pass through 
the wall of building and be secured on inside of same. Where it is possible to 
anchor through walls, anchors shall be put in wall not less than fifteen inches 
at an angle of thirty-five degrees. On buildings of steel construction, where walls 
are less than twenty inches in thickness there shall be steel channels at least four 
inches wide set on inside of building from column to column and bolted or riveted 
to columns, and anchors shall be bolted on inside of channels. 

(e) Anchors for a platform four feet two inches or less in width shall be made 
of one inch square iron; over four feet two inches and not over six feet, shall be 
one and one-fourths inch square iron, with brace; over six feet shall be one and one- 
half inch square iron with brace. All anchors shall be turned up not less than 
eight inches at the outside of the platform on which to bolt the post. 

(f) Braces shall be the same thickness as the anchors. The spread of the braces 
shall be the width of the platform. Where the platforms are over five feet in 
width, anchors shall have double braces, one to the outside and one to the 
center of the platform. 

(g) Platforms shall be not less than fifty inches wide at ends; passageways 
shall be not less than twenty-four inches between buildings and railings. Platforms 
shall be not less than five feet in length. The frames and crossbars shall be made 
as provided in this chapter. Platforms . shall have clips at each end bolted to 
anchors. No door or window or shutter shall open so as to obstruct in any way 
the free passage on or along a platform or a stairway fire escape. 

(h) All stairway fire escapes for apartment buildings, hotels, boarding houses, 
factories and office buildings, where there are less than 100 people on any one floor, 
shall be not less than two feet wide between hand rails. Stringers for a 24-inch 
stairway fire escape shall be not less than 2 inches by % inch set IVz inches 
apart. Where stairway fire escapes and their balconies and supports are de- 
signed and constructed in accordance with the provisions of this chapter relating 
to materials permitted for such stairway fire escapes, balconies and supports, so 



1970 



COMMrrTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



as to sustain a load of 100 pounds per square foot, they may be built of steel 
channels, angles, or I-beams, but when so constructed, they shall comply with the 
provisions of this chapter in all other respects. All stairway fire escapes for halls 
churches, theaters, hospitals, schools, department stores and buildings where large 
numbers of people congregate shall not be less than three feet wide in the clear, 
and all passageways shall not be less than three feet wide in the dear. Stringers* 
for a 36-inch stairway fire escape shall be made of two bars, 3 inches by inch 
about one inch apart, or 4% inches by % inch flat iron, or of steel channels, angles 
or I-beams; where over 12 feet in length, they shall have anchor and brace in 
the center. The tread shall be made of one-half inch square steel or iron, corner 
upwards, not to exceed 1% inches center, riveted at ends to 2 by inch flat iron or 
steel. There shall be not less than four bars to a tread where treads are less 
than twenty-seven inches in length; where treads are over twenty-seven inches in 
length there shall be not less than six bars to a tread; there shall be a truss 
supporting treads made of bar iron 2 inches by 3/g inches in thickness, riveted 
to bars of treads in center, supported by not less than two inches by seven-sixteenths 
inch rods bolted at each end of treads. All stairs shall have an incline of about 
forty-five degrees. The rise shall be not more than nine inches and the tread not 
less than nine inches. 

(i) All stairs shall have three bar railings made of one-inch bar iron for top 
rail, and three-fourths inch bar iron for lower rail, and when such stairs are more 
than three inches from the wall of the building, there shall be one or more hand 
rails on the wall side of such stairs. 

(j) All posts used for stair fire escapes shall be made of one and one-half inch 
angle or channel iron not less than three feet six inches high measured at right angles 
with the treads of such fire escapes, and shall have braces on the outside turned 
upwards and fastened to the frame of the balcony or stairs, which shall be not less 
than half way up the posts; all stair fire escapes shall extend to the ground, either 
by counterbalance drop or stairs. All ladder fire escapes shall have either exten- 
sion ladder or counterbalance drop from the first story of said building to the 
ground or sidewalk. Their location, material and construction shall be subject to 
the approval of the Commissioner of Buildings. Where cables are used for counter- 
balance stairs they shall not be less than three-quarters of an inch in size and shall 
be well oiled or greased when hung up and shall be oiled or greased at least twice 
a year All pulleys and cables holding counterbalance drop shall be covered at 
bracket so as to be protected from snow or ice. 

(k) Wherever a stairway fire escape passes a window or door on buildings 
hereafter erected, the windows or doors shall be of wired glass and shall have 
metal frames and sash, and whenever such a fire escape passes above a window 
door or other opening not fitted with wired glass and metal frames the said fire 
escape shall be protected on the under side by sheet metal of not less than No 20 
united States gauge opposite such opening and for a distance of three feet on each 
side thereof. The use of intermediate platforms shall be permitted on all buildings 
now built or hereafter constructed whenever it is possible by their use to avoid the 
necessity of stairway fire escapes passing windows. All fire escapes shall be painted 
with two coats of mineral paint when erected, one at the shop and one upon com- 
pletion at the building, and they shall be painted at least once every year thereafter. 

(1) Wlierever it is impossible to erect stairway fire escapes according to the 
provisions of this chapter, plans shall be submitted to the Commissioner of Buildings 
showing the location, material and construction of such stairway fire escapes 



December 1, 1910. 



BUILDING ORDINANCE 



1971 



as are proposed to be built before a permit is issued for the same, and if it is 
found to be impracticable to locate and construct fire escapes in accordance 
with the provisions of this chapter and that fire escapes built according to the plan 
presented would afford safe and practical means of exit from the building on 
which they are to be placed, then the Commissioner of Buildings may in his discre- 
tion approve the same. All such fire escapes shall be inspected by the Commis- 
sioner of Buildings on their completion and if found to be safe, satisfactory and in 
compliance with said approved plans, a certificate shall be issued to such effect 
upon the payment of $2.00 to the City Collector. All fire escapes other than such 
as it is impossible or impracticable to build in accordance with the provisions of 
this chapter shall be inspected by the Commissioner of Buildings on their comple- 
tion, and if found to be in compliance with the provisions of this chapter a certi- 
ficate shall be issued by the Commissioner of Buildings upon the payment of a 
fee of $2.00 to the City Collector. 

(m) It shall be unlawful for any person, firm or corporation to use any build- 
ing until the provisions of this article shall have been complied with. 

671. Ladder Fire Escapes— When Permitted.) Where a building of Class III 
or VI, not more than four stories in height has two flights of stairs leading from 
the ground to the top floor of the building and where also each occupant shall have 
access to at least two separate and distinct stairways located as required by the 
provision of this chapter from the top floor to the ground, a ladder fire escape 
may be used in lieu of the stairway fire escape required herein, where a counter 
balance drop is placed from the ladder fire escape to the ground. 

672. Specifications for Ladder Fire Escapes.) (a) All single and double lad- 
der fire escapes hereafter erected shall be in strict accordance with the following 
provisions : 

(b) There shall be not less than three one-inch square wrought-iron anchors to 
every five-foot balcony and not less than six for a twelve-foot balcony. Such 
anchors shall pass through the wall of the building and be bolted on the inside 
with a three-fourths by two-inch nut and three and one-half inch iron washer 
back of the nut, where the wall is not over twenty inches thick; but where the 
wall is over twenty inches thick anchors shall be inserted at least eight inches 
into the wall at an angle of thirty-five degrees. 

(c) Where a ladder fire escape is permitted by this chapter, the side guards shall 
be two by three-eighths inch fiat iron. All ladder fire escapes shall be seventeen 
inches or more in width in the clear. No old pipe nor rusted or defective material 
shall be used in the construction of ladder fire escapes. Rungs of ladders shall be 
of not less than one-half -inch square iron with corners upward so as to give a 
safe footing. Rungs shall be riveted and shall be constructed with fourteen-inch 
centers. 

(d) The brace for the anchors shall be at least twenty inches spread and 
shall extend into the wall four inches; no other form of anchor shall be allowed 
except by special permit from the Commissioner of Buildings. 

673. Balconies— Construction of.) AH balconies hereafter erected shall be 
either steel or wrought iron and capable of sustaining a weight of one hundred 
pounds to the square foot. The balcony frame shall be made of not less than two- 
inch by two inch by one-fourth inch angle iron which shall be securely riveted 
together with cross bars every two feet. Such bars shall be punched one-half inch 



^^^^ COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE December 1, 1910. 

square close to the top of the bar on two inch centers and one-half inch square iron 
bars shall be forced through the same. The cross bars shall be securely riveted to 
the angle iron frame The cross bars for a balcony twenty-eight inches wide shall 
be 2-inch by %.,noh. Balcony frames over twenty-eight inches wide shall 
be made of not less than two by three-eighths inch iron and made to conform with 
the increased dimensions of iron in crossbars; for thirty-six inch balcony or more 
! ^''^'^ ^""^ ^'''"^^^^ ^^'^ three-eighths inch. All balconies over this 
width shall have a two-inch "T- iron through the center of the balcony for the bars 
to rest upon; provided that such balconies and platforms of buildings of Class lie 
may be built as described in Section 26S of this chapter. Such balconies shall have 
a substantial cast or wrought iron post every three feet bolted to the balcony 
No balcony shall have less than three guard rails which shall be of wrought iron 
or new iron pipe not less than three-fourths inch in diameter and the ends "shall be 
securely anchored to the wall of the building and shall be not less than ten inches 
on an angle of thirty-five degrees. WTiere stairway fire escapes and their balconies 
are designed and constructed in accordance with the provisions of this chapter to 
sustain a load of one hundred pounds per square foot, they may be built of steeJ 
channel angles or I-beams, but in such cases they shall comply with the require- 
ments of this chapter in all other respects. 

674. Standpipes— Pumps— Axes, Etc. and Fire-Fighting Apparatus.) (a) In 

every building one hundred feet or more in height not provided with a three-inch or 
larger mside standpipe and in all buildings hereafter constructed of a greater height 
than seventy-five feet excepting buildings used for the purposes of Class lie and Class 
V as herein elsewhere provided for, and in all buildings of a greater height than 
five stories now or hereafter used for hotels or public lodging house purposes, there 
shall be installed one or more four-inch standpipes, which shall extend from the 
basement to the roof and which shall be connected at the outside of the street or 
alley side of the building with a Siamese connection provided with iron cap for use 
of the fire department, and which shall be provided with one hose connection, with 
fire department thread, on the roof of said building, on each floor* and in the base- 
ment thereof, with sufiicient hose attached to reach any point thereof. The pat- 
tern, quality, installation and maintenance of such standpipe, hose and couplings, 
shall be subject to the approval of the Fire Marshal. 

(b) In any of the buildings herein referred to which are completely equipped 
with an approved automatic sprinkler system it shall not be necessary to install 
inside standpipes as above provided for. 

675. Grain Elevators, Malt Houses and Cold Storage Houses-Steamer Con- 
nections-Sprinkler System.) The interior of all grain elevators and malt houses 
of a height of fifty or more feet which are not of fireproof construction, and which 
have a capacity of two hundred and fifty thousand bushels or over; and the interior 
of all cold storage houses of a height of four or more stories which are not of fire- 
proof construction and which have a ground floor area of ten thousand or more 
square feet, shall be completely equipped with either a dry or wet approved auto- 
matic sprmkler system with a feeder or riser pipe or pipes not less than four inches 
m diameter, leading from one or more Siamese steamer connections provided with 
iron caps, all of which shall be installed and maintained subject to the approval of 
the Fire Marshal. 

676. Grain Elevators, Malt Houses and Cold Storage Houses-Watch Service.) 
(a) Gram elevators which are equipped with an approved fire alarm system, prop- 



December 1, 1910. 



BUILDING ORDIISrANCE 



1973 



erly maintained; or grain elevators, malt houses and cold storage houses which are 
now equipped with standpipes and hose of approved quality, and which have outside 
standpipes not less than 21/2 inches in diameter, and Siamese steamer connections 
properly located; and which are equipped with fire extinguishers, water barrels and 
pails distributed at proper intervals on all floors; and where some approved elec- 
tric watch service and fire alarm system is maintained, and a watchman is em- 
ployed to pull such rtations at least once an hour every day and night of the year, 
all of which shall be subject to the approval of the Fire Marshal, will not be re- 
quired to install additional inside standpipes as provided in the foregoing sections. ' 

(b) It shall be unlawful for any person, firm or corporation to erect, use or 
maintain any building as a grain elevator, malt house or cold storage house unless 
such building complies with all the provisions of this section, or unless the Fire 
Marshal has such building examined and certifies to the Commissioner of Buildings 
that such building complies in all respects with the provisions of this section, and 
each day's unlawful use of such building, as above provided, shall be considered a 
separate offense. 

677. Steamer Siamese Connections.) There shall be a Siamese connection at 
the bottom of each standpipe, so that two steam fire engines may be attached to it 
without interfering with each other. Such Siamese connection shall be within easy 
reaching distance from the sidewalk and be securely anchored to the wall of the 
building. The owner, agent, occupant or person in possession, charge or control 
of the premises where such standpipe and Siamese connection are located, is hereby 
required to provide such covering or protection as is provided for in Sections 674 
and 675 to the fittings of said Siamese connection for the purpose of keeping said 
fittings and connection clear and unobstructed. The protection or covering herein 
referred to shall apply to all inside and outside standpipes and connections to auto- 
matic sprinkler equipment now in existence or hereafter installed. 

678. Fire Escapes— Signs Indicating Location.) EVery building required to be 
equipped with metallic ladder fire escapes and wrought iron or steel balconies, 
sliding or stairway fire escapes, or other fire escape devices, shall have displayed in 
conspicuous places, on each floor of such building, notices sufiicient in number and 
in plainly legible type at least six inches in height, indicating and showing the loca- 
tion of such fire escapes and the easiest way to reach them. If such notices be not 
displayed within thirty days after such equipment is installed and kept continuously 
displayed the Commissioner of Buildings shall cause the building to be closed and 
kept closed until the provisions of this section shall have been complied with. 

670. Stairs and Fire Escapes— Obstruction, Change in Construction.) It shall 
be unlawful under any circumstances to close up or obstruct any stairways or fire 
escapes of any buildings or the approaches leading thereto. No change in the posi - 
tion or construction of any such stairway or fire escape shall be made, unless the 
permission of the Commissioner of Buildings shall first have been obtained. 

ARTICLE XX. 

VENTILATION. 

680. Ventilation in Buildings of Classes IV, V, VII and VIII.) (a) The nn 
in any room used as an auditorium in buildings of Class IV and V, hereafter erecte({ 



^^^^ COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE December 1, 1910. 

and the air in any room used as a classroom or assembly hall in buildings of Class 
VIII, hereafter erected, shall be changed, so as to provide each person for whom seat- 
ing accommodation is provided in such auditorium, classroom or assembly hall with 
at least 1,500 cubic feet of air per hour. 

(b) In buildings of Class VII, hereafter erected, on floors frequented by the 
public the air in such rooms shall be supplied at the following rates: 
For each person in basement, 2,000 cubic feet per hour. 

For each person in 1st to 3rd stories, both inclusive, 1,500 cubic feet per hour. 

For each person in 4th story and above, except as hereinafter provided, 1,300 
■cubic feet per hour. 

For each person in grocery departments and restaurants, 1,500 cubic feet per 
hour. ^ 

^ (c) For the purpose of determining the number of people on any floor in build- 
ings of Class VII, in calculating the means of ventilation, the following floor area per 
person per floor shall be taken as the basis : 

Basement, per person, 20 square feet of floor area exclusive of walls stairs 
and elevators. 

First story, per person, 20 square feet of floor area, exclusive of walls, stairs 
elevators, and enclosed show windows. 

Second story, per person, 50 square feet of floor area, exclusive of walls, stairs 
elevators, and enclosed show windows. ' 

Third story, per person, 60 square feet of floor area, exclusive of walls, stairs 
and elevators. 

Fourth story and above per person, 80 square feet of floor area, exclusive of 
walls, stairs and elevators, except as hereinafter provided. 

(d) Grocery departments and restaurants, per person, 40 square feet of floor 
area, exclusive of walls, stairs and elevators. 

(e) The amount of carbon dioxide in the air of any sn^h auditorium, classroom 
or assembly hall or space frequented by the public in Class VII buildings shall not be 
permitted to rise above 10 parts of carbon dioxide per 10,000 parts of air, measure- 
ments being taken at levels 'from two and one-half feet to eight feet above the floor, 
generally distributed, and the temperature in such spaces when artificially heated 
shall not exceed 68 degrees Fahrenheit. Relative humidity shall not be less than 45 
degrees nor more than 80 degrees. 

(f ) The air in any room used as an auditorium in buildings of Classes IV and V 
constructed prior to the passage of this ordinance, and the air in any room used as 
a classroom or assembly hall in buildings of Oass VIII, constructed prior to the 
passage of this ordinance, shall be changed, so as to provide each person for whom 
seating accommodation is provided in such auditorium, classroom or assembly hall 
with at least 1200 cubic feet of air per hour. 

(g) The air in any rooms and floors in buildings of Class VII, erected prior to the 
passage of this ordinance, shall be supplied, by mechanical or other means, at the 
following rates: 

For each person in basement, 1,600 cubic feet per hour. 

For each person in 1st to 3d stories, both inclusive, 1,200 cubic feet per hour. 



December 1, 1910. building ordinance 1975 

For each person in 4th story and above, except as hereinafter provided, 1,040 
-ubic feet per hour. 

For each person in grocery departments and restaurants, 1200 cubic feet per 
lour. 

(h) For the purpose of determining the number of people on any floor in build- 
ings of Class VII, in calculating the means of ventilation, the following floor area 
per person per floor shall be taken as the basis: 

Basement, per person, 20 square feet of floor area exclusive of walls, stairs 
and elevators. 

First story, per person, 20 square feet of floor area exclusive of walls, stairs, 
elevators, and enclosed show windows. 

Second story, per person, 50 square feet of floor area exclusive of walls, stairs, 
elevators, and enclosed show windows. 

Third story, per person, 60 square feet of floor area exclusive of walls, stairs 
^ind elevators. 

Fourth story and above, per person, 80 square feet of floor area exclusive of 
walls, stairs and elevators, except as hereinafter provided. 

Grocery departments and restaurants, per person, 40 square feet of floor area ex- 
<;lusive of walls, stairs and elevators. 

(i) The amount of carbon dioxide in the air of any such auditorium, classroom 
^r assembly hall or space frequented by the public in Class VII buildings shall not be 
permitted to rise above 12 parts of carbon dioxide per 10,000 parts of air, measure- 
ments being taken at levels from two and one-half feet to eight feet above the floor 
generally distributed; and the temperature in such spaces when artificially heated 
^hall not exceed 70 degrees Fahrenheit. The relative humidity shall not be less 
than 40 degrees nor more than 85 degrees. 

(j) Th word "auditorium" as used in this section in connection with buildings 
of Classes IV and V shall be construed as including the main floor, balcony and gal- 
leries. 

(k) In buildings hereafter erected for or converted to the use of a factory, mill 
or workshop, the air shall be changed, except as hereinafter provided, so as to pro- 
vide each person for whom working accommodations are provided therein with at 
least 1,500 cubic feet of air per hour. 

(1) In buildings used for the purposes of a factory, mill or worshop at the 
time of the passage of this ordinance, the air shall be changed, except as hereinafter 
provided, so as to provide each person for whom working accommodations are pro- 
vided therein with at least 1,200 cubic feet of air per hour. 

(m) In any building or room hereafter erected for or converted to the use of a 
factory, mill or workshop the amount of carbon dioxide in the air, except as herein 
after provided, shall not be permitted to rise above ten parts of carbon dioxide per 
10,000 parts of air. 

(n) In buildings or rooms used for the purpose of a factory, mill or workshop at 
1 the time of the passage of this ordinance, the amount of carbon dioxide m the 
i air, except as hereinafter provided, shall not be permitted to rise above twelve parts 
of carbon dioxide per 10,000 parts of air. The measurements in each case above 



^^^^ ^o^^^iTTEE OF THE WHOLE December 1, I9ia 

:.~n;::\t^^^^^^^^^^^^ one... . 

when artificially heated, shall not exceed 68 degktfFahrenheH'f"";" T"" '''''''' 
« the .lati.e hn.idit. shall not he 1:1^:^7^^^:^ ^ 

ducted would be material! v fT,T J niannfactunng processes therein con- 

(q) No person, firm or corporation, either as owner, proprietor lessee m„r,»„ 
or superintendent ot any factory, mill, workshop or anv 0*^!^., iJ' , "'""^^^'^ 
..ore persons are employed, shall cause, pe:^^ "r a fow t l sltl^r ' 
or apartment of any room in such factory, mill or workshop, to h vercrow'd d or 
to have inadequate, faulty or insufficient light or ventilation "^"'o^'ied or 

n the course of a manufacturing process, within such facto^v mi 1 wn.l T 
laund^. Shall he removed, as far L practicahle, hy titrv/ntira«;grtr I 



ARTICLE XXI. 

ELEVATORS ASD THEIE ENCLOSIKG WALLS. 

altyr^af'Tf*''""''''''^'" '^'^"gW-Permit for Construotion-Fee-Pen- 

f. tt , / ' P'-o<=e««i™g with the construction or alteration of any passen^^r 

s »: tf tliJch^nt ^'"'* ^P^'^'^'"^ --P*^<i ^rLZTvrZ 

frZ l^. r ^ ' ^ '"™'* construction or alteration shall be obtained 

from the Commissioner of Buildings either by the owner or agent of the buM n "in 

^ade orfva^^^t 1 °^ -eh'alterations aif to' 

made, or by the contractor who is about to construct or alter such elevator 

allow' tL J' I''" ""!f"^"^ ^"^ °™'''-' contractor to permit or 

allow the construction of any such elevator or the making of such alterations or to 

ZTIT '"'^ eonstru'ction or altl-t n 

such elevator until such permit shall first have been obtained. Such permit shall be 

Mmlh r'ef b °' ''''' ^^'U hive' be" mad tl 

h.m therefor hy any such owner, agent or contractor, specifying the number and 
kind of elevators which it is desired to construct, or the nature rf t^ie aUerations 
be made and the location of the building or structure in which the same " ar 
to be placed or made. Such application shall be accompanied with such plani and 



December 1, 1910. 



BUILDING ORDINANCE 



1977 



specifications as shall be necessary to advise and inform said Commissioner of the 
plan of construction, type of elevator, kind of alterations and the location thereof. 
If such plans and specifications shall show that such elevator or elevators is or are 
to be constructed or erected or altered in conformity with the provisions of this 
Chapter, the Commissioner shall approve the same and shall issue a permit to such 
applicant upon the payment by such applicant of a fee of two dollars for each 
elevator to be constructed, erected or altered, and such fee shall be known as a 
permit fee and shall not be held to cover the cost of any inspection which shall at 
any time thereafter be made of such elevator or elevators when constructed, or of 
any alterations made. 

(c) All contractors or persons, firms, or corporations, engaged in the manufac- 
ture and work of installing iron doors on passenger or freight elevators, or of install- 
ing wire work enclosures around elevators shall secure a permit from the Commis- 
sioner of Buildings for the work on each such elevator, the fee for which shall be 
two dollars for each elevator. 

(d) It shall be unlawful for any person, firm or corporation either as owner, 
lessee, contractor or agent of any building or structure in which any elevator or 
elevators are to be constructed or altered to proceed with said work without securing 
a permit as herein required for such construction or alteration, and no such permit 
shall be issued until such person, firm or corporation, lessee, contractor or agent 
shall have complied with all the requirements of this Chapter. 

682. Enclosure of Elevator Shafts in Non-Fireproof Buildings.) In all non- 
fireproof buildings hereafter erected all passenger elevators and all freight elevators, 
except such as are expressly excepted by this Chapter, shall be inclosed in a wall of 
brick, tile or such incombustible material as may, from time to time, be approved 
by the Commissioner of Buildings as proper and suitable for the purpose; such 
inclosure shall extend from the foundation to the roof of such building, and shall 
be supported independently of the floor construction; provided, further, however, 
that the provisions of this section shall not apply to any non-fireproof building 
which is equipped throughout on every floor and in every room thereof and in all 
stairways, platforms, elevator shafts, elevator hoistways and well holes with an 
automatic sprinkler system approved by the Fire Marshal. 

683. Enclosure of Pits and Shafts in Basements.) In all buildings heretofore 
or hereafter erected, whenever any elevator shaft extends down into a basement or 
sub-basement, that portion therof extending below the street level shall be inclosed 
in walls of brick, tile or other fireproof material, and the door openings in such 
inclosures shall be protected by incombustible doors. Where such elevator shafts 
do not extend down into the basement they shall be provided with fireproof pits 
at the lowermost floor level above which they serve, and such pits shall have no 
openings except for cables or other elevator equipment. 

684. Enclosure of Dumb Waiter Shafts— Materials.) In all non-fireproof build- 
ings hereafter erected, the dumb waiter shafts shall be inclosed with brick, tile, 
reinforced concrete, or cement plaster not less than two inches thick or metal studs 
and lath. 

685. Doors— On Elevators.) In all elevator shafts which are herein required 
to be enclosed with fireproof walls, the door openings shall be equipped with doors 
of incombustible material, which shall be made to open from the outside by means 
of a key or other device satisfactory to the Commissioner of Buildings. 



1978 

COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE December 1, 1910. 

need not have enclosing walls, bnt in all such ease h rf shaH ^e TeZTZ: 
through wh.eh such freight elevators pass automatie hatch clLers o/Intonfat 
tZLZ '''''\~' *ey will fully close each well hole Then th 

r^e du'vS th 140 degrees Fahrenheit; an", 

be the duty of the owner, agent or person in possession, charge or control „f 
a bmldmg „ which such elevator is maintained to keep such hitch 
closers or doors at all tin,es in good working order. Such automatic hatch closers 
shall be examined by the Commissioner of Buildings and the Kre Marshal and if 
tTe : o'r Llr'" b^d '''' '""V"'' -'o^'tically Cose "when the trp rf 
!f L t r f "° ^"^'''^ Fahrenheit, and that the condition, 

of constructaon and operation of such doors or hatch closers are such that there Is 
no reasonable probability of their getting out of order and failing to operate when 
iTkelvte '''V'l^''' construction or operation there is° nothing that " 

hkely to cause accidents to or interference with the elevator service in such hatch 
holes which they were intended to close, and that the building in which such frefeht 
levator ,s m use is equipped with stairways. Are escapes and passeng r eleva 
^cent to offer ample means of escape from such buiMing in case of Are for a» 
per ons employed or for all persons in such building, then and in such case onW 
shall the use of such hatch doors or closers be permitted. All freight elevlrs fr: 
non-flreproof buildings shall comply with the preceding requirements^ tMl sect on 
or shall have inclosing walls of incombustible or fireproof construction. Such eleva 
tors are to be inspected semi-annually and oftener when, in the opinion of the 
Commissioner of Buildings, such inspection is necessary and such fees'shall be paid 
for said inspection otherwise provided in said chapter. 

687 Safety Devices.) (a) Every passenger and freight elevator now 
in operation or hereafter installed, except such as are hereinafter exempted from the 
effl~devt : ^"^^P^-'f P^vided with a speed governor and such other 

I^d to or J eTt tb ''™r °' ™* P^^^^^S^^ " '-igl't "levator, 

safety of the cab or car and its load in case it does fall, as may be required by the 
Commissioner of Buildings. Such speed governor and other devices Lall be'sub! 
.lected to such a practical test as may be determined by the Commissioner of Build- 
ings for the purpose of ascertaining the efficiency of such safety devices. 

t. f *f ' I' '^f ^"^^ Commissioner of Buildings to make such 

test of each and every device upon all elevators, and no elevator shall be permitted 
to be run until such test has been made. 

tb« ^^fl^"^'^^ Elevators.) (a) Where the counterweights travel in 

wltr\ n T P™«™ °f tl^o <==^- contiguous to the 

weights shall be protected from the top to the bottom of the car by a suitable 

^"f^^^ elevators shall be provided with a guard at least six feet 
high. All elevator cabs or cars, whether used for freight or passengers, shall be 
provided with some device whereby the car or cab may be held in the event of 
accident to the shipper rope or hoisting machinery or controlling apparatus. 

(c) No passenger elevator hereafter erected shall be installed with a freight 
compartment either below or above the ear. 

(d) All hoistways, hatchways, elevator wells and wheel holes in factories. 



December 1, 1910. building ordinance ' 197^ 

mercantile establishments, mills or workshops, shall be securely fenced, inclosed or 
otherwise safely protected, and due diligence shall be used to keep all such means 
of protection closed, except when it is necessary to have the same open, m order 
that the said hatchways, elevators or hoisting apparatus may be used. 

(e) It shall be unlawful to erect or maintain an elevator where such elevator 
or its counterweight descends into any passageway or thoroughfare. 

(f) There shall be directly under the sheaves at the top of every elevator 
hatchway, a grating of steel or heavy wire mesh properly supported by steel or 
iron and capable of sustaining a load of not less than 500 pounds. 

(g) All counterweights hereafter installed shall have their component parts so 
fastened together as to prevent any piece or pieces from becoming detached from the 
guides should the counterweights be accidentally drawn to the top of the hatchway. 

(h) Where drum counterweight cables run through or pass by the car counter- 
weights to weights underneath, they shall be provided with a suitable covering to 
prevent their chafing and wearing on the counterweights. 

(i) Where elevators other than hand hoists and sidewalk elevators are not 
inclosed with fireproof or incombustible material, as is elsewhere herein specified in 
this Article, the well-hole of such elevator shall be enclosed with a wire guard not less 
than six feet hi^^h. The counterweights and the immediate space through which they 
travel must be protected from the floor to the ceiling with a wire guard or with other 
incombustible material. There must be on all elevators hereafter constructed a 
clear space of not less than two feet between the bottom of the hatchway and the 
level of the lower floor landing when the car is at its lowest position, and there must 
be a clearance of at least four feet from the top of the crossbeam of the car to the 
lower side of the grating under the overhead sheaves. Whenever there is a conflict 
in regard to the manner of enclosing any elevator shaft or portion thereof between 
this section and Sections 682, 683 and 684, the provisions of the latter sections shall 
prevail. 

(j) All passenger and freight elevators hereafter installed, except sidewalk or 
hand elevators, shall have an artificial traveling gas or electric light attached to the 
car and maintained in good working condition. 

(k) All power driven elevators hereafter constructed or installed shall have at 
least two hoisting cables for the cage and two cables for each counterweight. The 
lifting and counterweight cables shall have at least one full turn of the cable on the 
drum when the car has run its limit. 

(1) It shall be unlawful to change a hand-hoist to a power-driven elevator with 
out first making application to the Commissioner of Buildings for a permit for such 
change, and it shall be unlawful to connect an electric motor or any other appliance 
to the hand elevator machinery without the approval of the Commissioner of Build- 
ings. 

(m) All elevators, except hand elevators operated by a pulley rope and side- 
walk ram or chain hoist elevators, and elevators used in tunnels for freight service 
only, shall be equipped with a safety speed governor. 

(n) Where ropes or cables are used to operate safety devices, a weight shall be 
properly attached to the same in such a manner as to insure the necessary tension 
on such rope or cables for proper performance of the safety devices. 

(0) All elevators propelled by electricity shall be provided with an additional 
device not operated by a link belt or sprocket chain which will automatically stop 
the elevator machinery when the car has reached its limit of travel. It shall be 



^^^^ co^^iTTEE OF THE WHOLE December 1 1910 

-rr 'ztr » — -n.- s,r..— t; 

(q) The underside of the floors or other nflrt« of <, t, 

elevator be placed in operation until an inspection ot the san>e has bee^Tlde'^ 

build mg wherein any elevator is installed and the person in charge or control of anv 

and a^. '''™'* "'''"^ ' ^''^ ^^'^ elvrtor or elevatorl 

and all devices used in connection therewith upon demand being made hv the Tom 

X'tcVd ''""f r r ^ '"'^ ^"''"""^^^ I-P-tor -itht five dav^ 

atter such demand has been made. ' 

sh^l/h' ^^'''"'^^■■/"y «'«™t<»- 1"^^ been inspected and the tests herein required 
shall have been made of all safety devices with which such elevator is required to 
b equipped and the result of such inspection and tests shows such elevator to be n 

d vLs ha™ b " "'r'; '° Of Buildings, and that such safe y 

devices have been provided m accordance with the requirements of this Chapter 
and are in good working condition and in good repair, it shall be the duty of the 

tt r^roTsuch " '^^^-^ ^ sett ng o th 

the result of such inspection and tests and containing the date of inspection the 
weight which the elevator will safely carry and a statement to the ffect thai the 
haft doors, hoistway and al, equipment, including safety devices, are "rL ed 

;LTt::L7^ris^s:rr: - — - - 

U,Jtl ■ ^* f f ^S<'°t. lossee or occupant of the 

building ,n which such elevator is located and of each person in charge or control of - 

'"^ ^'^■"^ - ^ --P-""- in each 

anv loid ? t T"' section shall mean that it is safe for 

any load up to the amount of weight named in such certificate. 

(f) Where the result of such inspection or tests shall show such elevator to be 
m an unsafe condition or in bad repair, or shall show that the safety d vil or any 
of them, which are required by this Chapter, have not been installed, or if i;stard^ 



December 1, 1910. building oedinance 1981 

are not in good working order or not in good repair, such certificate shall not be 
issuruntil such elevator, its hoistway and its equipment or such dev.ce or devices 
hal have been put in good worlcing order, satisfactory to the Commissioner o 
Buildings. The inspection fees herein required shall be paid either at the time 
Application is made for inspection or upon the completion of such inspection 
and tests. 

690 Power of Commissioner to Stop Operation of Elevators.) (a) Whenever 
^ny building or elevator inspector finds any passenger or freiglit elevator or any of 
«s running parts or automatic devices or other equipment out of order, or in an un- 
safe condiLn, he shall immediately report the same to the Commissioner of BuiW- 
Ings, together with a statement of all the facts relating to the condition of such 
elevator or elevators. ... 

(b) It shall be the duty of the Commissioner of Buildings upon receivmg from 
^ny nspector a report of the unsafe condition of any elevator to order and cause 
Teh elevator not to be used until the same shall have been placed m a safe con- 
duTon, and it shall be unlawful for any owner, agent, lessee, "^-."P-' °f ^."^ 
building wherein any such passenger or freight elevator is located within the city 
to ^rm t or allow any such elevator to be used after the receipt of a notice in 
writing from the Commissioner of Buildings that any such elevator is out of order 
Tr b fn an unsafe condition and until said elevator has been put in a safe and 
proper condition as required by the provisions of this Chapter. 



ARTICLE XXII. 

STORAGE OF OILS. 

691 Construction of Buildings for Storage of Oils Hereafter Prohibited.) (a) 

It shall hereafter be unlawful for any person, firm or corporation to build, construct 
or erect any building designed for the storage of crude petroleum, gasoline, naphtha, 
benzine, camphine, carbon oil, spirit gas, burning fluid, spirits of turpentine, coal oil, 
rock oil, earth oil, or any other liquid except such as will stand a test of one hun- 
dred and fifty degrees Fahrenheit according to the method of John Tagliabue. 

(b) Buildings heretofore erected designed for the storage of the fluids men- 
tioned in the preceding paragraph must conform to the following provisions: 

(c) The walls shall be of brick, stone or concrete, and shall be not less than 
sixteen inches thick or more than sixteen feet high. The lower floor of ^^f ^^^^' 
ings shall be at least three feet below the grade of the adjoining street and shall be 
made of earth, concrete, or brick. The roof of such buildings shall be made of 
tile metal or other incombustible material, and the outside walls of any such 
buildings having a flat roof shall extend at least eighteen inches above the roo . 
The coping upon the roof of such buildings shall be made of incombustible material. 
8uch buildings* shall be detached from all other buildings and shall be properly venti- 
lated Where any such building shall be located less than twenty-five feet away 
from any other building or structure, the wall or walls of such oil storage building 
on the side or sides thereof within such distance of twenty-five feet from any other 
building or structure shall have no window or other opening therein; provided, how- 
ever that if such building cannot be so constructed that no outside wall thereot 
^hali be less than twenty-five feet away from any other building or structure, m 
^uch case, openings may be made in the wall of such building wh4ch is located 



1982 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



farthest away from any other building or structure for the purpose of admitting 
light or providing means of access thereto or egress therefrom. If such opening be a 
window, the glass in such window shall be fire-resisting glass in metal frame, and 
such window shall be provided with a steel shutter. 

(d) No such building shall be occupied for any purpose other than the storage 
of oils, and no person shall be permitted to use any such building as a sleeping 
apartment or dwelling place. 

(e) Such buildings and the equipment thereof, including the protection of the 
doors and windows, shall be constructed according to plans and specifications sub- 
mitted to and approved by the Commissioner of Buildings. 

692. Storage of Oils.) (a) It shall be unlawful for any person, firm or cor- 
poration to keep or store crude petroleum, gasoline, naphtha, benzine, camphine. 
carbon oil, spirit gas, burning fluid, spirits of turpentine, coal oil, rock oil, earth oil, 
or any other liquid, except such as will stand a test of one hundred and fifty degrees 
Fahrenheit, according to the method of John Tagliabue, in any quantity exceeding 
ten gallons, upon or in any building, structure or premises, within the City of Chi- 
cago, except in such a building or structure as has been heretofore constructed in 
accordance with the provisions of Section 691, or in such tanks as are provided for in 
Section 693 of this Article. 

(b) Where ten gallons or less of any of the above-mentioned oils or fluids, except 
such as will stand the test above mentioned, are kept upon or in any building or 
structure within the city, they must be kept in safety cans made of not less than 
24-gauge galvanized iron or other suitable metal approved by the Fire Marshal, with 
opening or openings protected by self-closing stops, and such safety cans must be of 
a type approved by the Fire Marshal. 

(c) No gas, candle, oil or other like artificial light or lighted stove, gas grate or 
other open flame or electric switch or cut-out of any kind shall be allowed within 
fifteen feet of any receptacle or receptacles containing any of the oils or fluids men- 
tioned in this Article, nor shall electric switches or cutouts be located closer than 
four feet to the floor in rooms containing such oils or fluids. 

693. Tanks for Storage of Oils.) ( a) Any person, firm or corporation desiring 
to use any space underneath the surface of the ground, or underneath any building 
in the City of Chicago, except in such a building or structure as was formerly author- 
ized under the provisions of Section 691 of this Article, for the construction, main- 
tenance or use of any tank thereunder for the storage of any one or more of the 
oils or fluids mentioned in Section 692, shall first obtain a permit so to do from the 
Commissioner of Buildings of the City of Chicago, and the applicant shall pay to the 
C]ty Collector a fee of two dollars ($2.00) for each tank prior to the issuance of such 
permit, which fee shall cover the cost of the inspection thereof, and no such permit 
shall be issued without flrst being approved by the Fire Marshal of the City of Chi- 
cago, and said permit may be revoked by the Mayor at any time for a just cause. 

(b) Applications for such permits shall be in writing, stating specifically the 
location, the space desired to be used, the length, breadth and depth, together with 
the measurement in feet from the surface of the ground to the top of such tank and 
shall contain the plans and specifications for the construction of said tank, its con- 
nections, fittings, openings and safety appliances. 

(c) Tanks for the underground storage of the oils or fluids mentioned in Sec- 



December 1, 1910. 



BUILDING ORDINANCE 



1983 



tion 69^ with the exceptions therein provided shall be made of galvanized steel, open 
hearth basic steel or wrought iron of a gauge depending upon the capacity, as fol- 
lows- 14 U S cxauge for capacities of 180 gallons or less; 12 U. S. gauge for capa- 
cities of 181 to 300 gallons; 7 U. S. gauge for capacities of 301 to 4,000 gallons; one- 
fourth inch with three-eighths inch heads for capacities of 4,001 to 10,000 gallons:, 
three-eighths inch for capacities of 10,001 to 12,600 gallons. All portions of such 
tanks shall be either riveted, and soldered or caulked, or welded or brazed together 
and made oil-tight and shall be coated on the outside with tar, asphaltum or other 
Tust-resisting material. Every such tank exceeding 4,000 gallons in capacity shall 

have a manhole. - i xi i 

(d) Tanks (other than portable filling tanks hereinafter mentioned, those lo- 
cated in buildings heretof ore constructed under the provisions of Section 691 of this 
Article and those located beneath or attached to buildings. as hereinafter provided 
in this section) shall be placed and maintained with the tops at least two feet under 
the surface of the ground and shall have no building or structure of any kind over or 
above them. When located not less than two hundred (200) feet away from any 
building or structure or from any street, alley or public way, dock, water front, lum- 
ber yard or any yard or place where combustible materials are kept or stored, such 
tanks shall contain not to exceed twelve thousand six hundred gallons each, and 
when located less than two hundred feet away from any building or other structure 
•or from any street, alley or public way, dock, water front, lumber yard or any yard 
or place where combustible materials are kept or stored, shall contain not to exceed 
one thousand gallons each; provided, however, that the aggregate capacity of tanks 
located within thirty feet of any building shall not exceed five thousand gallons. 
IS^o such tank shall have any openings or pipe connections, except on the top thereot, 
nor shall it be connected either directly or indirectly with any public or private sewer, 
drain or catch basin in the City of Chicago. All pipes leading to or from such tanks 
shall be of galvanized wrought iron with heavy galvanized cast-iron or brass fittings, 
protected against injury, and shall be so placed that the tops of such tanks shall be 
lower than the level of the lowest pipe in the building used in connection therewith, 
and all such tanks shall be so placed that no artificial light shall be required while 
filling. Each tank shall be provided with a filler pipe of galvanized iron or brass 
not less than one and one-quarter inches in diameter entering at the top of the tank 
and extending not less than four inches beloAV the top of the tank, the upper end of 
which said filler pipe shall terminate in a locked screw cap or metal filler box, which 
must be kept securely locked at all times, except when such tank is being filled, and 
each such tank shall also be provided with a galvanized iron vent pipe not less than 
one inch in diameter connected with the top of such tank and provided with a screen 
of thirty mesh brass wire at or near the tank connection, and said vent pipe shall 
be carried up to the outer air at least ten feet higher than the roof of any building 
in connection with which such tank shall be used and shall terminate in a goose 
neck spark protector, the opening of which shall be covered with a thirty mesh brass 
wire screen and which shall be located at least twenty feet from all windows in 
higher adjacent buildings. If there is no building within twenty feet of such tank, 
said vent pipe shall terminate in a locked screw cap or other device which shall be 
approved by tli^ Fire Marshal. The installation of said tanks shall be subject to the 
supervision and approval of the Fire Marshal of the City of Chicago, and they shall 
not be covered up until the said Fire Marshal has inspected them and found that the 
tanks and their equipment comply with the provisions of this section and until said 
Fire Marshal has issued to the owner thereof a certificate to that effect. 



1984 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 191 a. 



(e) Tanks for the storage of one or more of the oils or fluids mentioned in Section 
692 of an aggregate capacity of not more than three hundred gallons, may be in- 
stalled beneath buildings. Every such tank shall be enclosed by a casing of con- 
crete at least six inches in thickness and shall be so situated and constructed that 
the top of such tank shall be at least two feet below the upper surface of the 
lowest floor, which shall be constructed of concrete not less than six inches thick. 
The filling pipes of tanks installed underneath buildings as provided in this para- 
graph must terminate outside of the outer wall of said building in a locked screw 
cap or other device of a design which shall be approved by the Fire Marshal of the 
City of Chicago, and said screw cap or device must be kept securely locked at all 
times except when such tank is being filled, and where any such filler pipe runs to a 
sidewalk, alley or public highway it must terminate in a locked screw cap or other 
device of a design which shall be approved by the said Fire Marshal and which shall 
be set flush with the surface of the sidewalk, alley or highway, and provided with a 
locked iron cover, which must be kept securely locked at all times, except when such 
tank is being filled. The filling pipe and the vent pipe of any such tank must be 
laid underneath the concrete floor of the building until they reach the outside of the 
outer wall of said building. Such tanks shall comply in all other respects with the 
provisions, conditions and requirements of the preceding paragraphs of this section; 
provided, however, that no such tank shall be constructed underneath any building any 
part of which is used for residence, hotel or lodging purposes. Such tanks must be sup- 
plied with pumps or other devices for the removal of the contents thereof which shall 
have been approved by the Fire Marshal of the City of Chicago. Each pipe connecting 
such tank with the pump or the device for the removal of its contents shall be of 
galvanized iron and must be so laid that no portion thereof is lower than its level 
at the point where such pipe is connected with the tank, and it shall be pitched: 
upward from the tank to the pump or other device used for the removal of the con- 
tents of such tank, and said pipe shall be laid at least eighteen inches below the 
surface of the ground, and all exposed portions thereof shall be properly protected 

(f) Sealed portable filling tanks of a capacity of not more than sixty gallons 
may be used inside of garages for the storage and handling of any one or more of 
the oils or fluids mentioned in Section 692. Such tanks shall be constructed of not 
less than No. 7 U. S. gauge steel, supported on steel wheels not less than thirty 
inches in diameter with rubber tires, and provided with an approved pump or other 
device for the removal of the contents thereof, and a hose, of length not to exceed 
eight feet, through which the oil or fluid is to flow. 

(g) Pressure tanks not exceeding six gallons oil capacity, constructed of not 
less than No. 18 U. S. gauge steel, and used in connection with lighting systems, ap- 
proved by the Fire Marshal, may be placed above ground and attached to the out- 
side walls of buildings. 

694. Oil Tanks Used in Connection With Engines; Gas Producers, Etc.) (a) 

Tanks for storing oils or liquids which will stand a test of one hundred and flfty 
degrees Fahrenheit, acccording to the method of John Tagliabue, used in connection 
with engines, gas producers, furnaces, ovens or other oil burning equipments, must 
be constructed in accordance with the provisions of Section 693, and, if installed 
inside of buildings, must be limited to an aggregate capacity of 1,000 gallons, and 
must be placed beneath the lowest floor in the manner specified for oils and fluids 
mentioned in Section 692; provided, however, that an auxiliary tank of a capacity- 
not exceeding ten gallons may be placed above the floor. 



Pecember 1, 1910. 



BUILDING OKDINANCE 



1985 



(b) Nothing- in the provisions of this Article shall be construed as repealing 
any of the provisions of an ordinance for the. storage of gasoline in the alleys of 
the city, passed by the City Council on the 11th day of March, A. D. 1907, pages 
3456 to 3461, inclusive, of the Council Proceedings of said date. 



ARTICLE XXIII. 

BILLBOARDS, SIGNBOARDS, SIGNS, AND FENCES. 

695. Billboards and Signboards on Buildings— Construction— Height.) No bill- 
board or signboard shall be erected or placed upon or above the roof of any building 
or structure within the limits of the City of Chicago; and it shall be unlawful for 
any person, firm or corporation to attach any billboard or signboard to the front, 
sides, or rear walls of any building, unless the same shall be placed flat against the 
surface of the building and safely and securely anchored or fastened thereto in a 
manner satisfactory to the Commissioner of Buildings. 

696. Size and Construction of Billboards and Signboards Erected Within Fire 
Limits Otherwise Than on Buildings.) The face of billboards or signboards erected 
within the fire limits as now defined or as they may hereafter be defined by ordi- 
nances of the City of Chicago, other than signboards and billboards referred to in 
Section 698 hereof, shall not exceed twelve feet in height, and the same shall be 
constructed of galvanized iron or some other equally incombustible material, except 
that the stringers, uprights and braces thereof may be of wood. All such billboards 
or signboards shall be securely anchored or fastened so as to be safe and substantial. 

697. Height and Distance From the Ground of Billboards and Sign- 
boards Erected Within the Fire Limits.) It shall be unlawful for any person, 
firm or corporation to construct or erect any billboard or signboard, except those 
specified in Section 698 hereof, within the fire limits of the City of Chicago at a 
greater height than fifteen feet six inches above the level of the adjoining street. 
Where the grade of the adjoining street or streets has not been established, no bill- 
board or signboard shall be constructed or erected at a greater height than fifteen 
feet six inches above the level of the ground upon which such billboard or signboard 
is erected. The face of every billboard or signboard within the fire limits shall be 
of incombustible material, but the supports and framework of the same shall be of 
wood. The base of the billboard or signboard shall, in all cases, be at least three 
feet six inches above the level of the adjoining street. If, however, the level of 
the ground where the billboard or signboard is to be erected is above the level of 
the street, then the bottom of the face of the billboard or signboard must be at least 
three feet six inches above the level of the ground at the point where the board is 
to be erected. Every said billboard or signboard must be constructed and located 
in accordance with the provisions of this Article and shall be subject to the ap- 
proval of the Commissioner of Buildings. 

698. Wooden Billboards or Signboards— Construction— Size— Exceptions.) 
Billboards or signboards not exceeding twelve square feet in area may be built of 
wood or other combustible material, and such billboards or signboards shall be ex- 
empt from the provisions of this Article, except that they shall be safely and se- 
curely anchored or fastened and shall be so constructed, anchored and fastened 
that they will withstand the wind pressure specified in Section 703 of this Article. 



^^^^ COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE December 1, 1910. 

It shall be unlawful to erect any such billboard or signboard exceeding twelve 
square feet in area before a permit therefor has been procured from the Commis- 
sioner of Buildings, the application for which must include the plans and speci 
fications of such board and its supports and fastenings. No such board or boards 
shall be more than twelve feet high. 

699. Billboards and Signboards Erected Outside the Fire Limits— Construc- 
tion-Size.) It shall be unlawful for any person, firm or corporation to construct 
erect or locate any billboard or signboard, except those specified in Section 698 here- 
of outside the fire limits of Chicago at a greater height than fifteen feet six inches 
above the level of the adjoining street. Where the grade of the adjoining street has 
not been established, no billboard or signboard shall be constructed or erected at a 
greater height than fifteen feet six inches above the level of the ground upon which 
such billboard or signboard is erected. The base of the billboard or signboard shall, 
in all cases, be at least three feet six inches above the level of the adjoining street! 
If, however, the level of the ground where the billboard is to be erected is above the 
level of the street, then the bottom of the face of the billboard or signboard must be 
at least three feet six inches above the level of the ground at the point where the 
board is to be erected. The braces, supports and face of the billboard or signboard 
outside the fire limits may be made of wood, unless the billboard or signboard shall 
be erected or located so that any part of the face of said board is nearer than ten 
feet to any building or structure in which case the face of the same shall 
be constructed with incombustible material. Every such billboard or signboard 
«hall be safely and securely constructed, anchored, fastened and located in accord- 
ance with the provisions of this Article and shall be subject to the approval of the 
Commissioner of Buildings. 

700. Provisions of This Article Shall Apply to Other Similar Structures.) 

The provisions of this Article shall apply to other similar structures of like size 
and construction without regard to their use whether erected on or near the sur- 
face of the ground or anchored to, or fastened to any building or structure. 

701. No Billboard or Signboard Shall Be Erected Without Permit.) No bill- 
board or signboard or other similar structure such as is described in this Article 
shall be erected or maintained within the city unless a permit shall first have been 
secured by the person, firm or corporation desiring to erect or maintain such bill- 
board or signboard from the Commissioner of Buildings to whom application for 
such permit shall be made; and such application shall be accompanied by such 
plans and specifications of the proposed billboard or signboard and location of same 
as are necessary to fully advise and acquaint the said Commissioner with the con- 
struction, of such proposed billboard or signboard. If the plans and specifications 
accompanying such application shall be in accordance with the provisions of this 
Article, said Commissioner shall thereupon issue a permit for the erection of such 
billboard or signboard upon the payment by the applicant of a fee as hereinafter 
fixed. 

702. Alteration and Repair of Billboards and Signboards.) No material 
alteration of any billboard or signboard nor removal from one location to another 
shall be made except upon a written permit issued by the Commissioner of Buildings 
authorizing such alteration or removal; and such permit shall be issued upon appli- 
cation in writing made to such Commissioner by the owner of such billboard or 
signboard or by the person in charge, possession or control thereof, accompanied 



December 1, 1910, 



BUILDING ORDINANCE 



1987 



by a plan of the proposed alterations or repairs to be made and a written state- 
ment covering the proposed removal from one location to another and its reconstruc- 
tion in the new location, which said alteration and repairs or removal shall be 
made in accordance with the provisions of this Article and the ordinances of the 
City of Chicago. Where such plans, specifications and location are in compliance 
with the requirements of this Article and are satisfactory to and approved by the 
Commissioner of Buildings, such Commissioner shall issue a permit upon the pay- 
ment of a fee therefor as hereinafter fixed; but such alteration shall not be con- 
strued to apply to the changing of any advertising matter of any billboard or sign- 
board, nor the refacing of the framework supporting same. 

703. Wind Pressure— Strength— Billboards Now Existing or Hereafter Con- 
structed.) All billboards and signboards now in existence, or hereafter to be con- 
structed, erected or maintained, shall be made, constructed, erected and maintained ' 
of sufficient strength to withstand a wind pressure of twenty-five pounds per square 
foot of surface without stressing the material beyond the safe limit of stress given 
elsewhere in this Chapter. 

704. Changes in Existing Billboards and Signboards.) No surface billboard 
or signboard constructed or erected prior to the passage of this ordinance shall be 
maintained after six months from and after the passage of this ordinance where the 
height of such billboard or signboard exceeds seventeen feet, nor shall such billboard 
or signboard be maintained after such date, unless there is a clear space of at least 
three feet six inches above the level of the adjoining street. If, however, the level 
of the ground where the billboard or signboard is erected or maintained is above 
the level of the street then there must be a clear space of at least three feet between 
the bottom or face of the billboard or signboard and the level of the ground at the 
point where the billboard or signboard is erected or maintained. 

705. Duty of Commissioner— Owner's Name to Be Placed on Top of Billboard 
or Signboard — Annual Inspection.) It shall be the duty of the Commissioner of 
Buildings to inspect all plans and specifications submitted in connection with the 
erection or construction or the alteration or repair of any billboard or signboard 
and to approve same if the method of construction and provisions made for fasten- 
ing, securing, anchoring and maintaining such billboards or signboards are such as 
will serve to protect the public and to render such billboards safe and substantial. 
It is further made the duty of the Commissioner of Buildings to exercise super- 
vision over all billboards and signboards erected or being maintained under the pro- 
visions of this article; and to cause inspection by inspectors in his department of 
all such billboards and signboards to be made once each year and oftener where the 
condition of such boards so require; and whenever it shall appear to said Com- 
missioner that any such billboard or signboard has been erected in violation of this 
ordinance or is in an unsafe condition or has become unstable or insecure or is in 
.such a condition as to be a menace to the safety or health of the public, he shall 
thereupon issue or cause to be issued a notice in writing to the owner of such bill- 
board or signboard or person in charge, possession or control thereof, if the where- 
abouts of such person is known, informing such person, firm or corporation of the 
violation of this ordinance and the dangerous conditon of such billboard or sign- 
board and directing him to make such alterations or repairs thereto, or to do such 
acts or things, as are necessary or advisable to place such billboard or signboard in 
a safe, su'bstantial and secure condition and to make the same comply with the 
requirements of this ordinance within such reasonable time as may be stated in said 



1988 COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE December 1, 1910, \ 

i' 

notice. If the owner or person in charge, possession or control of any billboard j 
or signboard when so notified shall refuse, fail, or neglect to comply with andi ! 
conform to the requirements of such notice, said Commissioner shall, upon the ex- I 
piration of the time therein mentioned, alter, change, tear down or cause to be torn \ 
down such part of such billboard or signboard as is constructed and maintained [ 
in violation of this ordinance, and shall charge the expense to the owner or person !' 
in possession, charge or control of such billboard or signboard which shall be recov- ! 
ered from them by appropriate legal proceedings. If the owner of such billboard or i 
signboard or the person in charge, possession or control thereof cannot be founds \ 
or his or their whereabouts cannot be ascertained, the Commissioner shall attach or 
cause to be attached to said billboard or signboard, a notice of the same import as 
that required to be sent to the owner or person in charge, possession or control thereof, 
where the owner is known; and if such billboard or signboard shall not have been j 
made to conform to this ordinance and be placed in a secure, safe and substantial 
condition, in accordance with the requirements of such notice, within thirty days 
after such notice shall have been attached to such billboard or signboard, it shall 
be the duty of the Commissioner of Buildings to thereupon cause such billboard 
or signboard or such portion thereof as is constructed and maintained in violation 
of this ordinance to be torn down; provided that nothing herein contained shall 
prevent the Commissioner of Buildings from adopting such precautionary measures 
as may be necessary or advisable in case of imminent danger in order to place such 
billboard or signboard in a safe condition, the expense of which shall be charged tO' 
and recovered from the owner of such billboard or signboard or person in charge^ 
possession or control thereof in any appropriate proceedings therefor. No permit 
shall be issued to any applicant for permission to erect a billboard or signboard 
unless such applicant shall agree to place and maintain on the top of such billboard 
or signboard the name of the person or corporation owning same or who is in 
charge, possession or control thereof. It shall be the duty of the Commissioner of 
Buildings to require that the name of the person or corporation owning or in 
possession, charge or control of such billboard or signboard is placed upon such 
billboard or signboard forthwith upon the erection thereof and is kept thereon at all 
times such billboard or signboard is maintained; and in case the owner of such 
billboard or signboard or the person in charge, possession or control thereof shall 
fail or refuse to place and maintain such name on the same, they shall be subject 
to the penalty hereinafter provided for. Every person, firm or corporation engaged 
in the business of erecting billboards or signboards for the purpose of display ad- 
vertising shall file with the Commissioner of Buildings within ninety days after the 
passage of this ordinance a full and complete report of the location and size of all 
existing bilboards or signboards. 

706. Fees for Permits and Annual Inspection— Indemnifying Bond.) (a) The 

fee to be charged for permits issued for the erection or construction of billboards 
or signboards or for the alteration thereof shall be two ($2.00) dollars for each 
twenty-five lineal feet of billboard or signboard erected or altered. An annual fee 
shall be charged every person, firm or corporation as owner, or in possession, charge or | 
control of any billboard or signboard for inspection of such billboards or signboards, 
which shall be thirty-five (35) cents for each twenty- five lineal feet of billboard 
or signboard, or fractional part thereof, 

(b) Every person, firm or corporation engaged in the business of constructing 
and erecting billboards or signboards shall file with the City Clerk a penal bond, 
with sureties to be approved by the Commissioner of Buildings, in the sum of 



December 1, 1910. 



DUILDING ORDINANCE 



1989 



twenty-five thousand ($25,000.00) dollars, conditioned that such person, firm or 
corporation shall faithfully comply with all the provisions and requirements of this 
ordinance with respect to the construction, alteration, location and safety of bill- 
boards or signboards and ' for the payment of the inspection fee required by said 
ordinance; and conditioned, further, to indemnify, save and keep harmless said City 
of Chicago and its officials from any and all claims, damages, liabilities, losses, 
actions, suits or judgments which may be presented, sustained, brought or secured 
against the Qity of Chicago or any of its officials on account of the construction, 
maintenance, alteration or removal of any of said billboards or signboards, or by 
reason of any accidents caused by or resulting therefrom. 

707. Frontage Consents Required.) It shall be unlawful for any person, firm or 
corporation to erect or construct any billboard or signboard in any block on any 
public street in which one half of the buildings on both sides of the street are 
used exclusively for residence purposes without first obtaining the consent in writing 
of the owners or duly authorized agents of said owners owning a majority of the 
frontage of the property on both sides of the street in the block in which such bill- 
board or signboard is to be erected, constructed or located. Such written consents 
shall be filed with the Commissioner of Buildings before a permit shall be issued for 
the erection, construction or location of such billboard or signboard. 

708. Penalty.) Any person, firm or corporation owning, operating, maintain- 
ing or in charge, possession or control of any billboard or signboard within the 
city, who shall neglect or refuse to comply with the provisions of this article, or 
who erects, constructs or maintains any billboard or signboard that does not com- 
ply with the provisions of this article shall be fined not less than twenty-five ($25.00) 
dollars nor more than two hundred ($200.00) dollars for each offense; and each day 
on which any such person shall permit or allow any billboard or signboard owned, 
operated, maintained or controlled by him to be erected, constructed or maintained 
in violation of any of the provisions of this article shall constitute a separate 
and distinct offense. 

709. Fences — Height of.) No wooden fence shall be constructed of greater 
height than eight feet above the sidewalk grade or eight feet above the surface of 
the ground where no grade is established. 

710. Illuminated and Other Roof Signs of Steel Skeleton Construction — Defini- 
tion— General Requirements— Fees.) (a) Illuminated and other roof signs regulated 
by this section shall be defined as signs constructed, erected and maintained upon or 
over the roof of any building, which have all or any part of its letters of which said 
signs may be constructed either in an outline of incandescent lamps or which have 
painted, flush or raised letters where the face of the sign presents a surface to be 
affected by wind pressure not in excess of the requirements hereinafter contained; 
or signs having a border of incandescent lights attached thereto and reflecting light 
thereon; or transparent glass signs where they are lighted by electricity or other illu- 
minant. Every such sign as hereinabove described shall be constructed with steel 
skeleton construction so as to present a surface to be affected by wind pressure 
which shall not exceed fifty per cent, of the face of the sign. No illuminated roof 
sign shall be erected or maintained upon or over the roof of any building unless the 
framework thereof shall be entirely of metal or some other equally incombustible 
material, and no material, except such material as is used for insulating wires and 
conductors, which is less combustible than metal, shall be used in, on or about, or 
comprise a part of any illuminated roof sign, except that the material to which the 



^^^^ COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE December 1, 1910. 

framework of any such sign shall be anchored, may be substantial beams anchored 
or securely fastened to the roof or walls of the buildings upon or over which any 
such sign is erected. 

(b) The distance between the roof of said building or structure and the lower 
edge of such sign shall not be less than five (5) feet. The height of any such sign from 
the roof of the building or structure to which the same is anchored or attached shall 
not exceed sixty (60) feet. No such sign, hereafter erected, shall be constructed 
closer than six (6) feet from the edge of the roof of the building or structure upon 
which same is erected. No such illuminated roof sign shall be constructed on 
any building or structure which is over eight stories in height. Any illuminated 
roof sign, less than twelve (12) feet in height, shall be exempt from the provisions 
of this section and shall be held to be governed by the ordinances of the City of 
Chicago relating to billboards and signboards. No illuminated roof sign, such as is 
described in this section, shall be constructed, erected, maintained or put in place 
until the person, firm or corporation desiring to construct, erect, maintain or put 
in place such sign shall have made application in writing to the Commissioner of 
Buildings for permission so to do, submitting with such application plans and 
specifications showing the size, nature and construction of the sign proposed to 
be erected, and shall present to the City Electrician plans showing the 
insulation, location and construction of the electrical part of such sign. If the 
Commissioner of Buildings shall be of the opinion that such sign, if erected, con- 
structed and maintained in accordance with the plans and specifications so sub- 
mitted, shall be safe and secure, he shall approve the application so submitted, pro- 
viding the plans bear the approval of the City Electrician, and the Com- 
missioner of Buildings shall note his approval upon such plans and specifications 
and ke^p a copy thereof at all times on file in his office. All signs shall be con- 
structed, erected and maintained of sufficient strength to withstand a wind pres- 
sure of not less than thirty pounds per square foot of surface without stressing the 
material beyond the safe limits of stress given elsewhere in this Chapter. It shall 
be the duty of the Commissioner of Buildings to cause his building inspector or 
inspectors to make an inspection annually of each illuminated roof sign erected 
or constructed or being maintained under the provisions of this ordinance for the 
purpose of ascertaining whether such sign is safely and securely constructed and 
so anchored and fastened to the building or structure; provided, however, that the 
provisions of this section shall not apply to the erection, construction and mainte- 
nance of signboards and billboards as regulated by the ordinances of the City of 
Chicago. 

(e) Any person, firm or corporation desiring to erect or maintain an illumin- 
ated roof sign, as described in this ordinance, shall pay to the city, to cover the 
cost of the inspection and approval by the Commissioner of Buildings of the plans 
and specifications of such sign, when erected, a fee of fifty dollars ($50.00) for the 
first five hundred (500) square feet of superficial area of such sign or fractional part 
thereof, and for each additional square foot two cents (2c). For each annual inspec- 
tion by the Commissioner of Buildings subsequent to the first inspection there shall 
be paid a fee of fifty dollars ($50.00) for each illuminated roof sign. In addition to 
the fees herein required to be paid for inspection by the Commissioner of Buildings, 
there shall be paid by the owner or person having charge or control of any illu- 
minated roof sign, as herein described, an annual inspection fee to cover the cost 
of such inspection which shall be made by the City Electrician, and such fee shall 
be at the rate provided by the ordinances of Chicago. 



December 1, 1910. building ordinance f "' ; | ' 1991 

(d) Every illuminated roof sign erected, constructed or maintained under the 
provisions of this ordinance shall have the name of the owner thereof placed thereon 
in a legible and conspicuous manner. No person, firm or corporation shall be per- 
mitted to erect or maintain an illuminated roof sign unless he shall execute and file 
with the City Clerk of Chicago, with sureties to be approved by the Commissioner 
of Buildings, a bond to the City of Chicago in the penal sum of fifteen thousand 
dollars ($15,000), conditioned to indemnify, save and keep harmless the City of 
Chicago, and its officers and agents, from any damage which it, the said city, or 
any of said officers, may suffer, or from any costs, liability or expense of any kind 
whatsoever which it, the said city, or any of its officers, may be put to or which 
may be recovered against the said city, or any of its officers, from or by reason of 
the construction, erection and maintenance of such sign, and conditioned further to 
faithfully observe and perform all the provisions and conditions of this ordinance 
and of any ordinance now in force or which may hereafter be passed by the City 
Qouncil of the City of Chicago, relating to or governing the erection, maintenance, 
use or inspection of illuminated roof signs. 

(e) The permission and authority granted by this ordinance shall cease at any 
jtime hereafter at the discretion of the Mayor. In case of the termination of the- 
privileges herein granted by the exercise of the Mayor's discretion as aforesaid, all 
such electrical signs erected by virtue of the authority conferred by this ordinance, 
shall be removed at the expense of the owner or owners of the building or the per- 
son, firm, corporation or individual who are then maintaining same without any 
cost or expense of any kind whatsoever to the City of Chicago, provided that in 
the event of the failure, neglect or refusal on the part of the owner of the building 
or structure upon which said illuminated electric sign is constructed or the per- 
son, firm corporation or individual operating and maintaining said electric sign 
to remove said electric sign upon the revocation of the permit by the Mayor as herein 
provided, the Commissioner of Buildings may proceed to remove same and charge- 
the expense thereof to the owner of the building or structure upon which said illu- 
minated electric sign is constructed or to the person, firm, corporation or individual 
operating or maintaining same. 

1 (f ) Any person, firm or corporation who shall erect, construct or maintain an 
illuminated roof sign in violation of any of the provisions of this section shall be 
fined not less than fifty dollars ($50.00) nor more than two hundred dollars 
($200.00) for each offense. 



ARTICLE XXIV. 

FEONTAGE CONSENTS. 

711. Definition of Word "Block" as Used in This Chapter.) Whenever a 
provision is made in this chapter that frontage consents shall be obtained for 
the erection, construction, alteration, enlargement or maintenance of any building- 
or structure in any block, the word "block," so used, shall not be held to mean a 

i square, but shall be held to embrace only that part of a street bounding the 
I square which lies between the two nearest intersecting streets, one on either side 
'of the point at which such building or structure is to be erected, constructed, 
altered, enlarged or maintained, unless it shall be otherwise specifically provided 

712. Frontage Consents — For What Required.) It shall be unlawful 



1992 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



for any person, firm or corporation to locate, build, construct, or maintain 
on any lot fronting on any street or alley in the city in any block 
in which one-half of the buildings on both sides of the street are used 
exclusively for residence purposes, or within fifty feet of any such street, 
any building or place used for gas reservoir, packing house, rendering plant, 
soap factory, tannery, blacksmith shop, foundry, or machine shop or factory com- 
bined with a foundry, or laundry to be run by machinery, or livery stable, without 
the written consent of a majority of the property owners according to frontage on 
such street or alley. Such written consent shall be obtained and filed with the 
•Commissioner of Buildings before a permit is issued for the construction or alter- 
ation of any building or place for any of the above purposes; provided, that 
in determining whether one-half of the buildings on both sides of the street are 
used exclusively for residence purposes any building fronting upon another street 
and located upon a corner lot shall not be considered. 

712a. Frontage Consents — For What Required.) It shall be unlawful for any 
person, firm or corporation to locate, build or construct any store for the sale at 
retail of goods, wares and merchandise, on any street in any block in which all the 
buildings are used exclusively for residence purposes, without first securing and filing 
with the Commissioner of Buildings the written consent of a majority of the prop- 
erty owners according to frontage on both sides of the street in the block in which 
the building to be thus used is located; provided, in determining whether all the 
buildings in the said block are used exclusively for residence purposes, any building 
fronting upon another street and located upon a corner lot shall not be considered. 

713. Reformatories — Sheltering Institutions.) (a) It shall be unlawful for 
any person, firm or corporation to build, construct, maintain, conduct or manage any 
reformatory, rescue or sheltering institution in any block or square in which one- 
half of the buildings on both sides of the street or streets on which the proposed 
reformatory, rescue or sheltering institution may front, are used exclusively for 
residence purposes without the written consent of a majority of the property 
owners, according to frontage on both sides of the streets bounding such block. 
Such written consent shall be obtained and filed with the Commissioner of Build- 
ings before a permit is issued for the construction, alteration, or maintenance of 
such building. 

(b) Provided, that in determining whether one-half of the buildings on both 
sides of the street are used exclusively for residence purposes, any building fronting 
upon another street and located upon a corner lot shall not be considered. 

714. Permit for Moving Frame Buildings^ — Requirements — Written Consents 
Must Be Obtained — Affidavits Made — Space Ocupied on Lot.) (a) Permits to move 
frame buildings shall be granted if any such frame building has not been damaged to 
an extent greater than fifty per cent, of its value by fire, decay, or otherwise. Any 
person desiring to remove a frame building shall first obtain the written consent to 
such removal from persons owning a majority of the frontage of the lots on both 
sides of the street in the same block to which the building is to be removed. 

(b) Provided, however, that no permit shall be issued for the removal of any 
frame building from any point outside the fire limits to any point within the fire 
limits when such building is of such a character that it would not be lawful to build 
it within the fire limits, nor for the removal of any frame building from any point 
within the fire limits to any other point within the fire limits, unless the person, 



December 1, ID 10. 



BUILDING ORDINANCE 



1993 



firm or corporation desiring to remove the same shall first oh tain the written con- 
sent for such removal from the persons owning two-thirds of the frontage of the 
lots on both sides of the street in the block to which the building is to be moved. 
The space to be occupied on any lot used for residence or tenement house purposes 
shall comply with the provisions of Section 440 of this Chapter. 

(c) No frontage consent shall be required of any person, firm or corporation 
for removing a building upon his own premises and not going upon the premises of 
any other person, or upon any street, alley or other public place, in making such 
removal. 

715. Amusements— Frontage Consents Required.) It shall be unlawful for 
any person, firm or corporation to construct or erect any building designed or intended 
to be used for the purpose of presenting or carrying on therein any entertainment 
for which a license is required by the ordinances of the City of Chicago without 
first obtaining the written consent of the property owners as required by the City 
ordinances. 

716. Garages — Frontage Consents Required.) It shall be unlawful for any 
person, firm or corporation to locate, build, construct or maintain any garage 
within two hundred feet of any building used as and for a hospital, church, or 
public or parochial school, or the grounds thereof, and it shall be unlawful for any 
person, firm or corporation to locate, build, construct or maintain any garage in the 
eity in any block in which two-thirds of the buildings on both sides of the street 
are used exclusively for residence purposes, or within one hundred feet of any such 
street in any such block, without securing the written consent of the majority of the 
property owners according to frontage on both sides of the street, as required by the 
ordinances of Chicago. 

717. Storage of Shavings and Sawdust in Buildings Used for Residence Pur- 
poses.) No person, firm or corporation shall keep, pile, store or accumulate loose 
shavings, excelsior, sawdust or other similar inflammable materials in any quantity, 
nor shall any such materials in bales be stored in any quantity exceeding 2,000 pounds 
in any building used wholly or in part for residence purposes. 



ARTICLE XXV. 

FIRE LIMITS. 

718. Fire Limits — Provisional Fire Limits.) (a) The fire limits of the City of 
Chicago shall be and they are hereby defined as follows : All that part of the City 
of Chicago bounded by the following limits: Commencing at the intersection of the 
shore of Lake Michigan and the center line of Devon avenue, thence west along the 
center line of Devon avenue to the west line of the present right-of-way of the 
Evanston Division of the Chicago, Milwaukee and St. Paul Railway Company, thence 
south along said west line of said right-of-way to the center line of Lawrence avenue, 
thence west along said center line of Lawrence avenue to the center line of North 
dark street, thence southeasterly along the center line of said North Clark street 
to the center line of Sheffield avenue, thence south along the center line of Sheffield 
ai venue to the center line of Fullerton avenue, thence west along the said center 



1994 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



line of Fullerton avenue to the center line of the North Branch of the Chicago 
Elver, thence northwesterly along the center of said North Branch of 
the Chicago River to the center line of Belmont avenue, thence west along 
said center line of Belmont avenue to the center line of Kedzie avenue, 
thence south along said center line of Kedzie avenue to the center line of West 
North avenue, thence west along the center line of West North avenue to the 
•center line of North 46th avenue, extended, thence south along the center line of 
North 46th avenue, extended, to the center line of West Division street, thence east 
along the center line of West Division street to the center line of North 40th avenue, 
thence south along the center line of North 40th avenue to the first alley north of 
Park avenue, thence west along the center line of said alley to the center line of 
North 46th avenue, thence south along the center line of North 46th 
avenue to the center line of West Madison street, thence west along 
the center line of West Madison street to the center line of North 
48th avenue, thence north along said center line of North 48th avenue to center line 
of Kinzie street, thence west along said center line of Kinzie street to the center 
line of North 52d avenue, thence south along said center line of North o2d avenue 
to the center line of West Madison street, thence east along said center line of 
West Madison street to the center line of South 50th avenue, thence south along 
said center line of South 50th avenue to the north line of the present right-of-way 
of the Chicago and Great Western Railroad Company, thence east along the said 
north line of said right-of-way to the center line of South 48th avenue, thence 
south along the said center line of South 48th avenue to the center line of West 12th 
street, thence east along said center line of West 12th street to the center line of 
South 46th avenue, thence south along the said center line of South 46th avenue to 
the center line of West 22d street, thence east along said center line of West 22(J 
street to the center line of South 40th avenue, thence south along said center line 
of South 40th avenue to the center line of the Illinois and Michigan canal, thence 
northeasterly along the center line of said canal to the center line of South Western 
avenue, thence south along said center line of South Western avenue to the center 
line of West 39th street, thence east along said center line of West 39th street to 
the center line of State street, thence south along said center line of State street 
to the north line of West 47th street, thence west along said north line of West 
47th street to a line seventy-five feet west of the west line of South Halsted street,, 
thence south along said line seventy-five feet west of the west line of South Hal- 
sted street to a line seventy-five feet north of the north line of West 63d street, 
thence west along said line seventy-five feet north of the north line of West 63d 
street to the center line of South Ashland avenue, thence south along the center 
line of South Ashland avenue to the center line of West 63d street, thence east along^ 
said center line of West 63d street to the center line of State street, thence south 
along said center line of State street to the center line of East 75th street, thence 
east along said center line of East 75th street to the center line of Railroad ave- 
nue, thence south along the center line of Railroad avenue to the center line of 79th 
street, thence east along the center line of East 79th street to the shore of Lake 
Michigan, thence northerly and northwesterly along the shore of Lake Michigan to 
the place of beginning. 

(b) Also, commencing at a point in the center of Manistee avenue where it in- 
tersects the right-of-way of the main line of the Lake Shore and Michigan Southern 
Railroad, thence northeasterly and north along the center line of Manistee avenue- 
to the center line of 89th street, thence east along the center line of 89th street to 



December 1, 1910. 



BUILDING ORDINANCE 



1995 



the center line of Mackinaw avenue, thence south along the center line of Mackinaw 
avenue to the center line of Harbor avenue, thence southwesterly along the center 
line of Harbor avenue to the center line of East 93d street, thence west along the 
center line of East 93cl street to the easterly line of the Baltimore and Ohio Railroad 
right-of-way, thence south along the easterly line of the Baltimore and Ohio Railroad 
right-of-way and Baltimore and Ohio Railroad extended to the northeasterly line 
of" said Lake Shore and Michigan Southern Railroad, thence northwesterly along 
the northeasterly line of said right-of-way to the place of beginning. 

(d) Excepting, however, the territory bounded as follows: 

Commencing at the intersection of a line seventy-five feet west of the west line 
of South State street and a line seventy -five feet south of the south line of West 47tb 
street, thence west along said line seventy-five feet south of the south line of West. 
47th street, to a line seventy-five feet east of the east line of Wentworth avenue;, 
thence south along said line seventy-five feet east of the east line of Wentwortb 
avenue to a line seventy-five feet north of the north line of West 63d street to a line- 
seventy-five feet west of the west line of South State street; thence north alofig said 
line seventy-five feet west of the west line of South State street to the place of 
beginning. 

(e) Also, that territory within the lines beginning at the intersection of a line 
seventy-five feet west of the west line of Wentworth avenue, and a line seventy- 
five feet south of the south line of West 47th street; thence west along said line sev- 
enty-five feet south of the south line of AVest 47th street to a line seventy-five feet east 
of the east line of South Halsted street; thence south along said line seventy-five 
feet east of the east line of South Halsted street to a line seventy-five feet north 
of the north line of West 63d street; thence east along said line seventy-five feet 
north of the north line of West G3d street to a line seventy-five feet west of the west 
line of Wentworth avenue; thence north along said line seventy-five feet west of the 
west line of Wentworth avenue to the place of beginning. 

(f) And, also excepting the following territory, which shall be known as a provis- 
ional fire limit ; commencing at the intersection of the shore of Lake Michigan and the 
center line of East 79th street, thence went along the center line of East 79th street 
to the center line of Railroad avenue, thence north along the center line of Railroad 
avenue to the center line of East 75th street, thence west along the center line of 
East 75th street to the center line of South State street, thence north along the center 
line of South State street to the center line of East 63rd street, thence east along the 
center line of East 63rd street to the center line of Cottage Grove avenue, thence 
south along the center line of Cottage Grove avenue to the center line of East 67th 
street, thence east along the center line of East 67th street to the shore of Lake 
Michigan, thence southerly and southeasterly along the shore of Lake Michigan 
to the place of beginning. 

(g) Any person desiring to erect a frame or wooden building to be used for 
residence or mercantile purposes within the territory last above described shall have 
a right to do so, upon presenting a petition to the Commissioner of Buildings 
together with a plat, plans and specifications showing the place where such building 
is to be erected. Such petition shall be verified by the affidavit of the applicant and 
shall contain the writen consent of the owners of a majority of the frontage upon 
both sides of the street surrounding the square in which the building is to be 
erected. 

(h) No frame or wooden residence or mercantile building shall be erected 



1996 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 1910. 



within the said provisional fire limits exceeding forty feet high, unless the base- 
ment story shall be constructed five feet above the sidewalk. 

719. Nuisance.) (a) Every building or structure constructed or maintained 
in violation of this chapter, or which is in an unsanitary condition, or in an unsafe 
or dangerous condition or which in any manner endangers the health or safety of 
any person or persons, is hereby declared to be a public nuisance. 

(b) Every building or part thereof which is in an unsanitary condition by 
reason of the basement or cellar being damp or wet, or by reason of the floor of 
such basement or cellar being covered with stagnant water, or by reason of the 
presence of sewer gas, or by reason of any portion of a building being infected 
with disease or being unfit for humar. habitation or which by reason of any other 
unsanitary condition, is a source of sickness, or which endangers the public health, 
is hereby declared to be a public nuisance. 

720. Penalty.) Any person, or corporation who violates, neglects or 
refuses to comply with, or who resists or opposes the enforcement of 
any of the provisions of this chapter, shall be fined not less than twenty- 
five nor more than two hundred dollars for each offense, and every such person or 
corporation shall be deemed guilty of a separate offense for every day on which 
such violation, neglect or refusal shall continue; and any builder or contractor who 
shall construct any building in violation of any of the provisions of this chapter, 
and any architect designing, drawing plans for or having charge of such building or 
who shall permit it to be constructed, shall be liable to the penalties provided and 
imposed by this section. 

721. (a) All ordinances or parts of ordinances inconsistent herewith or 
repugnant hereto are hereby repealed. 

(b) An ordinance passed March 20, 1905, relative to buildings, designated as 
Chapter XV and known as Sections 199 to 738, both inclusive, of the Revised Munici- 
pal Code of Chicago of 1905, and all amendments thereto, are hereby repealed, but this 
ordinance shall not be construed or held to repeal any former ordinance as to any 
offense committed against the former ordinance or as to any act done, any penalty, 
forfeiture or punishment incurred, or any right accrued, or claims arising under the 
former ordinance, or in any way whatever to affect any such offense or act so com- 
mitted or done, or any penalty, forfeiture or punishment so incurred, or any right 
accrued or claims arising before this ordinance takes effect, save only that the pro- 
ceedings hereafter shall conform so far as practicable to the ordinances in force at 
the time of such proceeding. If any penalty, forfeiture or punishment be mitigated 
by any provision of this ordinance such provision may, by the consent of the party 
affected, be applied to any judgment pronounced after the new ordinance takes 
effect. 

Section 2. , This ordinance shall be in full force and effect from and after its 
passage, approval and due publication. 



DecemlDer 1, 1910. 



BUILDING OKDINANCE 



1997 



Be it ordained Uj the City Council of the City of Chicago: 

Section 1. No Amusement License to Issue Without Certificate from City 
Officials.) No license shall be issued to any person, firm or corporation to pro- 
duce present, conduct, operate or offer for gain or profit, any theatricals, shows 
or amusements until the Commissioner of Buildings, the Commissioner of Health, 
the Fire Marshal and the City Electrician shall have certified in writing that the 
room or place where it is proposed to produce, present, conduct, operate or offer 
such theatricals, shows or amusements complies in every respect with the ordi- 
nances of the City of Chicago. 

Section 2. Lighting— Buildings Kept Lighted During Performance.) Every 
portion of any building or structure in which theatricals, shows and amusements 
are offered, operated, presented or exhibited for gain or profit devoted to the use 
or accommodation of the public, and all outlets therefrom leading to the street, 
including all open courts, corridors, stairways, exits and emergency exit stairways 
shall be well and properly lighted during every performance, and shall remain 
lighted until "the entire audience has left the premises. It shall be the duty of 
the Fire Marshal to enforce the provisions of this section. 

Section 3. Independent Lighting System for Exits.) All stairways and cor- 
ridors in every building or structure in which theatricals, shows and amusements 
are offered, operated, presented or exhibited for gain, shall be supplied with a 
supplemental lighting system of electricity, gas or sperm oil, and such system 
shall be independent of all other lights in such building or structure and shall 
be in operation during the entire period that such building or structure is open to 
the public and until the entire audience has left the building. 

The word "Exit" shall appear in letters at least six inches high over the 
opening of every means of egress from such building or structure, and a red light 
shall be kept burning over such sign. 

It shall be the duty of the City Electrician to enforce the provisions of this 
section relative to the installation of the lighting provisions contained therein; and 
it shall be the duty of the Fire Marshal to see the lights are kept lighted as required 
by this section. 

Section 4. Gas Calcium Lights Prohibited— Arc Lights.) The use 
calcium lights in any building in which theatricals, shows and amusement 
offered, operated, presented or exhibited for gain, is hereby prohibited. 

All arc lights used on the stage shall be subject to the approval of the City 
Electrician. 

Section 5. Exit Doors or Gates Not to be Locked— Obstructions Prohibited.) 
No exit door or gate in any place in which theatricals, shows and amusements are 
offered, operated, presented or exhibited for gain, shall be locked or fastened in 
any manner during the entire time that such place of amusement is open to 
the public. 

All aisles, passageways, corridors and exits of all such places of amusement 
shall be kept free from camp stools, chairs, sofas, draperies and other obstructions, 
and no person shall be allowed to stand in or occupy any of such aisles, passage- 
ways, corridors or exits during any performance. 

Section 6. Diagram of Exits and Seats.) It shall be the duty of the owner 
lessee or manager of any theater having a seating capacity in excess of 300 



Oi gas 

;s are 



1998 



COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE 



December 1, 19 ID. 



persons, to cause to be printed on all programs furnished for any performance, on ; 
the page opposite to that upon which the cast is printed, a diagram showing con- I 
spicuously the place of every exit from such building. A diagram of the floor | 
plan showing the location of every seat on each floor, and also the exits leading 
from each floor, drawn to a scale of one-eighth of an inch to the foot, shall be 
posted in a conspicuous place in the box office of any such theater, so as to be I 
easily seen by the public. It shall be the duty of the Fire Marshal to enforce ! 
the provisions of this section. 

Section 7. Any person, firm or corporation violating any of the provisions | 
of this ordinance shall be fined not more than two hundred dollars for each offense, 
and each and every day upon which any such person, firm or corporation shall 
give, conduct, produce, present, offer or operate any such entertainment contrary I 
to or in violation of any of the provisions of this ordinance shall constitute a 
separate and distinct offense. 

Section 8. This ordinance shall be in full force and effect from and after its 
passage, approval and due publication. 



AN ORDINANCE 

Concerning special stage firemen and fire guards in theatres having a seating 
capacity for three hundred or more persons. 

Be it ordained hy the City Council of the City of Chicago: 

Section 1. Special Stage Firemen and Fireguards Required.) It shall be 
the duty of every person, firm or corporation conducting, operating or maintaining 
any room in a building which is used regularly for theatrical or vaudeville purposes 
and where an admission fee is charged and having a seating capacity for three 
hundred or more persons, to procure and keep at his, their or its own expense 
one adult male person as a special stage fireman and one adult male person as a 
fire-guard who shall wear such uniform and badge as the Fire Marshal of the 
City of Chicago may prescribe. Such special stage fireman shall be responsible to 
and under the direction and subject to the control of said Fire Marshal or his 
accredited representative during such time as any such theatre may be open to the 
public. Such special stage fireman shall be kept on duty by every such person, firm 
or corporation at every such building conducted by him, them or it as aforesaid at 
least thirty minutes prior to the commencement of any performance, during the 
entire time of such performance and until the entire audience shall have left the 
building. 

Section 2. Duties of Special Stage Fireman.) It shall be the duty of such 
special stage fireman to see that all fire appliances on the stage and above and 
below it, in the dressing rooms and throughout the basement of any such building 
used as a theatre, are in their proper places and in good working order; that the 
tanks supplying the standpipes and the sprinkling system are full of water, that 
the ventilator above the stage and other ventilation apparatus used in connection 
with the theatre are in operation and in good working order and changing the air, 
as required by the ordinances of the city. Such special stage fireman shall make 
daily reports, in duplicate, in such manner and form as said Fire Marshal shall 
prescribe, which report shall be countersigned by the fireguard. The original of 
the aforesaid report shall be delivered to the Fire Marshal of the City ofl^hicago 
and the duplicate thereof shall be delivered to the owner of the theatre, where 



December 1, 1910. 



BUILDING ORDINANCE 



1999 



such special stage fireman is employed, or to the person having the management 
thereof. Said special stage fireman shall be subject to the orders of the Fire 
Marshal during such time as the theatre shall be open and occupied by the public. 

Section 3. Fireguard — ^Duties.) It shall be the duty of such fireguard to 
see that all exit doors are unfastened and unobstructed, that the aisles are kept 
clear and free from all obstructions and that all the provisions of the ordinances 
1 of the City of Chicago relating to theatres are observed and complied with. Such 
fireguard may, in the discretion of the owner or manager of the theatre wherein 
he is employed, act as chief usher or auditorium superintendent during performances. 

Section 4. Monthly Report to Fire Marshal.) It shall be the duty of such 
special stage fireman and fireguard to report in person to the Fire Marshal or 
his accredited representative, at least once in each month, and they and each of 
them shall be subject to, and required to obey such rules and regulations as the 
Fire Marshal shall prescribe governing the duties to be performed by them in 
conformity with this ordinance; provided, however", that such rules and regulations 
j shall apply to all special stage firemen and fireguards. 

Section 5. Interpretation.) This ordinance shall not be so construed as 
to prevent the owners or managers of theatres employing special stage firemen or 
fireguards from assigning such persons so employed to duties other than those 
enumerated in this ordinance when the theatre is not open to the public. 

Section 6. Duties of Fire Marshal — License — Revocation.) Said Fire Mar- 
shal shall cause all such theatres to be inspected daily by a proper officer of the 
j Fire Department, and he shall also examine all persons who desire to seek em- 
ployment as special stage firemen or fireguards, as to their qualifications and 
fitness for the duties for which they seek to be employed, and whenever said Fire 
Marshal finds any such applicant to be competent, he shall, without charge, issue 
a license to such applicant and he may revoke any such license issued by him at 
any time, when in his judgment such special stage fireman or fireguard is incom- 
petent, inefficient or has neglected to perform the duties required of him in this 
ordinance; provided, however, that said Fire Marshal shall not revoke any license 
without giving to the person to whom such license was issued a reasonable oppor- 
tunity to be heard on the subject of such revocation. 

It shall be unlawful for any person, firm or corporation to employ a person 
either as special stage fireman or as a fireguard unless such person is licensed 
as provided in this ordinance. 

Section 7. Fire Apparatus.) In every building or place having a seating 
capacity of less than 300, in which theatricals, shows and amusements are offered, 
operated, presented or exhibited for gain, there shall be provided and kept upon 
the stage, two hand water pumps, two fire axes, two pike poles, and also one hand 
water pump in the basement or other portion of the building or place used as a 
dressing room or rooms; also one hand water pump and one fire axe in the audi- 
torium thereof. 

In every building or place having a seating capacity in excess of three hun- 
dred persons in which theatricals, shows and amusements are offered, operated, 
presented or exhibited for gain, there shall be kept two or more portable fire 
extinguishers on the stage and two or more portable fire extinguishers under the 
stage, which shall at all times be kept filled with water; also four fire axes, two 
15-foot pike poles and two 10-foot pike poles on each tier or floor of the stage. 



2000 



MISCELLANEOUS BUSINESS. 



December 1, 1910. 



Section 8. Fire Apparatus to be Under Control of Fire Department.) All 

standpipes, automatic sprinklers, gas pipes, electric wires, hose, footlights, fire 
alarm boxes, fireproof proscenium curtains, switch boxes, ventilators, controlling I 
levers, axes, pike poles and all apparatus for the extinguishing of fire or guarding ! 
against fire shall be kept at all times in a condition satisfactory to and under { 
the control of the Fire Marshal. [ 

Section 9. Penalty.) Any person, firm or corporation who violates, neglects 
or refuses to comply with the provisions of this ordinance shall be fined not less i 
than twenty-five ($25.00) dollars nor more than two hundred ($200.00) dollars for 
each offense, and every such person, firm or corporation shall be deemed guilty 
of a separate offense for every day that such violation, neglect or refusal shall 
continue and any proprietor of a theatre who shall have violated any of the 
provisions of the foregoing sections, shall in the discretion of the Mayor on recom- 
mendation by said Fire Marshal, have his, their or its license to conduct, operate 
or maintain such theatre revoked. 

Section 10. This ordinance shall be in full force and effect from and after 
its passage, approval and due publication. 



MISCELLANEOUS BUSii^ESS. 

By unanimous consent, Aid. Foell pre- 
sented the following resolution: 

Whereas, William E. Dever was 
duly elected an Alderman of the Seven- 
teenth Ward of the City of Chicago on 
April 5th, J 910, , and on the 8th day of 
November, 1910, was duly elected Judge 
of the Supei4or Court of Cook County, 
and has since said last-mentioned elec- 
tion presented his resignation of his of- 
fice of Alderman; now, therefore, be it 

Resolved, By the City Council of the 
City of Chicago, that the said William 
E. Dever is disqualified to further act 
as an Alderman of this City, and his 
office of Alderman of said Seventeenth 
Ward is hereby declared vacant. 

Aid. Foell moved to adopt the said 
resolution. 

The motion prevailed, and the said 
resolution was adopted by yeas and nays 
as follows: 

Teas — Shufelt, Foreman, Richert, Mar- 
tin, Long, Parker, Merriam, Snow, Em- 
erson, Derpa, Egan, Vavricek, Danisch, 
Cermak, Fulton, Buckley, Lawley, Lucas, 
Utpatel, Beilfuss, Sitts, Brennan, Healy, 
Bowler, Stewart, Murray, Taylor, Foell, 
Hey, Britten, Haderlein, Dunn, Thom- 
son, Lipps, Eeinberg, Capp, Wilson, 
Littler, Twigg, Mueller, McDermott, 
Kearns, Bergen, Reading, Block, Clark, 
Forsberg— 47. 

ISlays — None. 



By unanimous consent, Aid. Cermak 
presented the following resolution: 

Whereas, Michael Zimmer was duly 
elected an Alderman of the Twelfth Ward 
of the City of Chicago on April 6th, 
1909, and on the eighth (8th) day of 
November 1910, was duly elected Sheriff 
of Cook County, and has, since said 
last-mentioned election, presented his 
resignation from his said oQice of Alder- 
man; now, therefore, be it 

Resolved, By the City Council of the 
City of Chicago, that the said Michael 
Zimmer is disqualified to further act 
as an Alderman of this City, and his 
office of Alderman of said Twelfth Ward 
is hereby declared vacant. 

Aid. Cermak moved to adopt the said 
resolution. 

The motion prevailed, and the said 
resolution was adopted by yeas and nays 
as follows : 

Yeas — Shufelt, Foreman, Richert, 
Long, Parker, Merriam, Snow, Emer- 
son, Derpa, Egan, Vavricek, Danisch, 
Cermak, Fulton, Buckley, Lawley, Lu- 
cas, Utpatel, Beilfuss, Sitts, Healy, Bow- 
ler, Stewart, Taylor, Foell, Hey, Britten, 
Haderlein, Dunn, Thomson, Lipps, Rein^ 
berg, Capp, Wilson, Littler, Twigg, Muel- 
ler, McDermott, Kearns, Bergen, Read- 
ing, Block, Clark, Forsberg — 44. 

Nays — None. 

By unanimous consent. Aid. Cermak 
presented the following resolution : 
Whereas, Thomas F. Scully was duly 



December 1, 1910. 



MISCELLANEOUS BUSINESS. 



'2001 



elected an Alderman of the Tenth Ward 
of the City of Chicago on April 6th, 
1909, and on the eighth (8th) day of 
November, 1910, was duly elected an 
Associate Judge of the Municipal Court 
of Chicago, and has^ since said last- 
mentioned election, presented his resig- 
nation from his said office of Alderman; 
now, therefore, be it 

Resolved, By the City Council of the 
City of Chicago, that the said Thomas 
F. Scully is disqualified to further act 
i as an Alderman of this City, and his 
j office of Alderman of said Tenth Ward 
I is hereby declared vacant. 

Aid. Cermak moved to adopt the said 
resolution. 

The motion prevailed, and the said 
resolution was adopted by yeas and nays 
as follows: 

Yeas — Shufelt, Foreman, Richert, 
Long, Parker, Merriam, Snow, Emer- 
son, Derpa, Egan, Vavrieek, Danisch, 



Cermak, Fulton, Buckley, Lawley, Lu- 
cas, Utpatel, Beilfuss, Sitts, Healy, 
Bowler, Stewart, Taylor, Foell, Hey, 
Britten, Haderlein, Dunn, Thomson, 
Lipps, Reinberg, Capp, Wilson, Littler, 
Twigg, Mueller, McDermott, Kearns, 
Bergen, Reading, Block, Clark, Fors- 
berg — 44. 
Nays — None. 

MOTION TO TAKE FEOM FILE. 

Aid. Egan moved that the claim of L. 
Bernstein, placed on file June 27th, 1910, 
be taken from file and re-referred to the 
Committee on Finance. 

The motion prevailed. 

ADJOURNMENT. 

Aid. Cermak moved that the Council 
do now adjourn. 

The motion prevailed, and the Council 
stood adjourned to meet on Monday, De- 
cember 5, 1910, at 7:30 o'clock P. M. 





CITY CLBRK 



1^ 



December 5, 1910. 



J 7 f^^. /4 2- 

COMMUNICATIONS, ETC. 



2003 



COPY 



JOURNAL OF THE 

PROCEEDINGS 

OF THE 

CITY COUNCIL 

OF THE 

CITY OF CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 



Regular Meeting, Monday, December 5, 1910. 

7:30 O'CLOCK P. M. 



OFFICIAL RECORD. 



Present — Hon. Fred A. Busse, Mayor, 
and Aid. Kenna, Conghlin, Harding, Shu- 
felt, Foreman, Pringle, Richert, Sheahan, 
Martin, Long, Parker, Merriam, Snow, 
Emerson, Derpa, Egan, Vavricek, Culler- 
ton, Danisch, Cermak, Fulton, Buckley, 
Lawley, Lucas, Utpatel, Beilfuss, Kora- 
leiski, Sitts, Brennan, Healy, Powers, 
Bowler, Taylor, Foell, Bauler, Cletten- 
berg, Hey, Britten Krumholz, Haderlein, 
Dunn, Thomson, Lipps, Reinberg, Capp, 
Wilson, Littler, Twigg, Mueller, McDer- 
mott, Mclnerney, Mahoney, Kearns, Ber- 
gen, Fisher, Rea, Reading, Block, Ryan, 
Donahoe, Clark and Forsberg. 

Absent— -Aid. Dailey, Fick, Kunz, 
Stewart and Murray. 

QUORUM. 

At 7:30 P. M., a quorum being pres- 



ent, the Mayor called the Council to 
order. 



JOURNAL. 

Aid. Foreman moved to approve the 
printed records of the regular meeting 
held Monday, November 28, 1910, and 
the regular meeting held Thursday, De- 
cember 1, 1910, as submitted by the 
Clerk, as the Journals of the Proceedings 
of the said meetings and to dispense with 
the reading of the same. 

The motion prevailed. 

MOTION TO BECONSIDER. 

Aid. Mclnerney moved to reconsider 
the vote by which the Council, at its 
regular meeting held Monday, Novem- 
ber 28, 1910, passed an ordinance estab- 



2004 



COMMUNICATIONS, ETC. 



December 5, 1910. 



lishing the grade of sidewalk on the east 
side of South Halsted street. 

The motion to reconsider prevailed. 

Aid. Mclnerney moved to refer the 
said ordinance to the Committee on 
Streets and Alleys, South Division. 

The motion prevailed. 



Communications from the Mayor, Comp- 
troller, Commissioner of Public Works 
and All Other City Officers, Depart- 
ments and Branches of the City Gov- 
ernment. 

The Clerk presented a report sub- 
mitted by His Honor^ the Mayor, con- 
taining a list of the names of persons 
released from the House of Correction 
during the week ended December 3, 1910, 
together with the cause of each release' 
which was ordered 
^ Placed on file. 

ALSO, 

A communication transmitting a letter 
from Messrs. Jenney, Mundie & Jensen to 
Mr. Tom Murray concerning the appli- 
cation of said Tom Murray for permis- 
sion and authority to install and main- 
tain an opening in sidewalk on Madison 
street in connection with building situated 
at the southwest corner of Clark and 
Madison streets. 

Aid. Foreman moved to refer the said 
letter transmitted by His Honor, the 
Mayor, to the Committee on Streets and 
Alleys, South Division. 

The motion prevailed. 

ALSO, 

A communication transmitting a letter 
from E. Hyde with reference to side- 
walks in Canal street and approaches 
to the Chicago and Northwestern Eail- 
way Company's new passenger station, 
which was 

Referred to the Committee on Streets 
and Alleys, West Division. 

ALSO, 

A communication transmitting the fol- 
lowing letter from George A. Zinn, lieu- 
tenant-colonel. Corps of Engineers, U. 
S. A.: 

WAR DEPARTMENT, 

UNITED STATES ENGINEER OFFICE, 

508 Federal Building. 
Chicago, 111., December 2, 1910. 
Hon. Fred A. Busse, Mayor, Chicago, III.: 
Dear Slb — My attention has been called 



to the practice of city employes dumping 
snow and street sweepings into the Chi* 
cago river in very large quantities, thus 
causing considerable shoaling of the navi- 
gable channels of the river and its 
branches. 

As such dumpage is contrary to Sec- 
tion 13 of the River and Harbor Act of 
March 3, 1899, of which a marked copy 
is enclosed, I will be obliged if you will 
take the matter up with a view to a 
discontinuance of this practice. 

Upon application of the Commissioner 
of Public Works permission was granted 
November 5, 1910, for the dumping of 
"clean snow" into the lake front basin 
between Randolph and Twelfth street, 
and it was understood that the city did 
not intend to make such deposits in the 
river. 

Very respectfully, 
(Signed) Geoege A. Zinn, 

Lieut.-Col. Corps of Engineers. 
( 1 inclosure.) 

Aid. Snow moved to refer the said 
communication from Lieut.-Col. Zinn to 
the Committee on Finance. 

The motion prevailed, 

ALSO, 

Communications transmitting certain 
communications concerning proposed new 
legislation with reference to restrictions 
on the heights of buildings, consideration 
of which was 

Temporarily deferred. 

Subsequently Aid. Riehert moved that 
the said communications be printed in the 
Journal and referred to the Committee 
on Building Department. 

The motion prevailed. 

The said communications read as fol- 
lows : 

Chicago, December 5, 1910. 
Honor alle Fred A. Busse, City Hall, 
Chicago, III. : 

Dear Sir — Relative to the proposed 
ordinance to limit the height of build- 
ings in Chicago to two-hundred feet: 

It is the natural tendency for business 
to centralize, and it cannot be overcome 
by legislation. The one thing that will 
happen will be to have the cubby-hole of- 
fices smaller and darker and the land- 
lords increase rents. 

Anything that will hurt the business 



December 5, 1910. 



COMMUNICATIONS, ETC. 



2005 



center of Chicago will hurt Chicago as a 
whole. 

As to transportation; if every square 
foot in the loop was built upon forty 
stories high we would not have the trans- 
portation problems that New York has 
had and successfully solved. 

Respectfully yours, 

(Signed) Ciieever & Cox, 

Howard M. COx. 



Whereas, The City Council of the city 
of Chicago has under advisement the pas- 
sage of an ordinance which involves cer- 
tain very radical changes in the existing 
building code as relates to the heighth of 
buildings, limiting it to 200 feet; and 

Whereas, Any such proposed change 
of existing conditions should be made 
effective and compulsory only after 
most careful and thoughtful considera- 
tion in which every factor entering into 
the whole question should be given the 
weight and consideration to which it is 
justly and fairly entitled; therefore be it 

Resolved, By the Board of Directors, 
Executive Committee and the Civic Indus- 
trial Committee of the Chicago Associa- 
tion of Commerce in joint meeting as- 
sembled, that that portion of the new 
Building Code of the City of Chicago, as 
amended, relating to the heighth of build- 
ings be not adopted, but be re-referred to 
the- Building Committee of the City 
Council in order that public hearings on 
the question may be held by the commit- 
tee and the whole subject be given due 
and careful consideration. 

THE CHICxVGO ASSOCIATION OF COMMERCE, 

(Signed) Homer A. Stillwell, 

President. 

(Signed) Harry A. Wheeler, 
Ghairman, 
Executive Committee. 

William A. Bond, 

Francis T. Simmons, 

Edward E. Swadener, 
1 Rush C. Butler, 

Robert B. Gregory, 
i James H. Van Vlissingen, 

Special Joint Committee. 



Building Managers' Association ] 

OP Chicago, | 

745 Marquette Building, [■ 

Chicago, Dee. 3, 1910. J 

Honorable Fred A. Busse, Mayor, and the 
Honorable City Council of Chicago, 
Chicago, III.: 

Gentlemen — At a meeting of the 
Board of Directors of the Building Man- 
agers' Association held today, the under- 
signed was instructed to transmit to your 
Honorably Body, a copy of the following 
resolutions which were unanimously 
adopted at said meeting: 

"Whereas, At a meeting held Thurs- 
day, December 1st, the Common Council 
of the City of Chicago, sitting as a com- 
mittee of the whole adopted an amend- 
ment to the proposed building code pro- 
viding that no building shall be erected 
of a greater height than two hundred 
feet; and 

Whereas, The continued changing of 
the height limitation effects an injustice 
to owners of unimproved property, as 
capital only seeks investment in such 
improvements where there is a stable and 
equitable return upon the capital so in- 
vested; and, 

Whereas, The present land values are 
in considerable measure based upon the 
right in the past to build up to the pres- 
ent height limitation; therefore, be it 

Resolved, That^ in the judigment of the 
Board of Directors, the present height 
limitation of two hundred and sixty 
feet as provided in the existing ordi- 
nances be retained; and, be it further 

Resolved, That the President be in- 
structed to transmit to the Honorable 
Mayor and City Council a copy of these 
resolutions together with this Associa- 
tion's protest against the passage of the 
amendment to the proposed Building 
Code limiting the height of buildings to 
two hundred feet." 

In accordance with the instruction con- 
tained in the above resolutions, I here- 
with respectfully submit same and re- 
quest your favorable consideration. 
Very respectfully yours, 
(Signed) Harry J. Farnham, 

President. 

Attest : 

T. E. Bainbridge, 

Secretary. 

(Seal.) 



2006 



COMMUNICATIONS, ETC. 



December 5, 1910. 



ALSO, 

The following communication: 

Mayor's Office, | 
Chicago, December 5, 1910. j 
To the HonoraMe, the City Council. 

Gentlemen — I transmit herewith a 
communicatibn from the Ct)mmissioner of 
Public Works recommending a ten per 
cent reduction of all water bills at both 
assessed and meter rates, that will be 
rendered by the city after February 1st, 
1911. The recommendation is accom- 
panied by tables covering operation, 
maintenance and extension of the water 
plant during past years and embracing 
estimated cost of operation, maintenance 
and extensions for a corresponding period 
in the future. From these figures and 
the analysis of them, which the Depart- 
ment of Public Works has made, the 
recommended reduction of water rates 
appears to be reasonable and feasible. 

Therefore, I concur in the recommen- 
dation of the Commissioner of Public 
Works, and I respectfully recommend 
that his communication be read for the 
information of the Council, and printed 
in the proceedings, together with the 
tables thereto attached, and that the sub- 
ject matter, as one pertaining directly to 
city finance, be referred to the Commit- 
tee on Finance for immediate considera- 
tion. 

Respectfully submitted, 
(Signed) Fred A. Busse, 

Mayor. 

Aid. Snow moved that the said com- 
munication from the Commissioner of 
Public Works, together with all attached 
papers, tables, etc., be printed in the 
Journal and referred to the Committee 
on Finance. 

The motion prevailed. 

The said communication, etc., read as 
follows : 

Chicago, December 5, 1910. 
Hon. Fred A. Busse, Mayor, City of Chi- 
cago. 

Dear Sir — 'After comprehensive in- 
quiry into the resources of the Water 
Fund and the necessities of the water 
supply system of the City of Chicago, 
the Department of Public Works de- 
sires to recommend that you ask the City 
Council to authorize a net reduction of 
ten per cent on all water bills, including 
bills at both assessed and meter rates, 
rendered by the city after February 1st, 
1911. 



It is the opinion of public health ex- 
perts that Chicago owes something of 
its low death rate and high health rate 
to its abundant supply of water. Liberal 
use of water, therefore, should be en- 
couraged. 

In this age of increasing cost of the 
necessaries of life a reduction in the cost 
of one of the prime necessaries of life 
will be a welcome relief to the people. 
The major portion of this recommended 
reduction of water rates will accrue di- 
rectly to the benefit of the quarter of a 
million small users of water who pay 
assessed rates. 

With the completion of the intercept- 
ing sewers, which cost approximately 
$7,000,000, the water fund has been grow- 
ing rapidly and will continue to increase 
so fast that, within a comparatively 
short time, a large surplus will be piled 
up in the City Treasury. This state- 
ment is made after careful consideration 
of the probable cost, until 1917, of operat- 
ing and maintaining the water plant and 
of the probable cost of making all of the 
extensions and betterments which the 
engineering bureau estimates will be ade- 
quate to supply a city of 3,000,000 in- 
habitants. 

After retiring water certificates 
amounting to $500,000 and the payment 
of all expense of operating, maintain- 
ing and improving the water plant, the 
City Comptroller estimates there will be 
a surplus of approximately $870,000 in 
the water fund at the end of this year. 
Consistent calculations have been made 
of the income and expense of the water 
fund for the next seven years, which 
are attached hereto. These indicate that 
the ordinary revenue for that period will 
be $49,264,000, taking as a basis of 
reckoning the percentage of increase be- 
tween 1902 and 1909, inclusive. Esti- 
mating that cost of operation and main- 
tenance of the water plant will increase 
during the next seven years, at even a 
greater ratio than the revenue will in- 
crease (employing the percentage of in- 
crease that has prevailed from 1902 to 
1909, both inclusive), only $26,834,589 
will be disposed of, leaving $23,300,396 
available for improvements, extensions 
and other forms of betterments, for the 
payment of the last $1,000,000 of bonded 
indebtedness of the water plant and for 
the payment of $1,000,000 or more of 
water pipe certificates, judgments and 
special assessment refunds. 

It is the opinion of the City Engineer 



December 5, 1910. 



COMMUNICATIONS, ETC. 



2007 



that an expenditure of $12,800,000 for 
new constructions exclusive of small 
mains and mi^or betterments, for which 
an allowance of $300,000 should be made 
annually) will produce a water plant 
adequate to care for 3,000,000 inhabi- 
tants, alowing a daily consumption of 
200 gallons per capita. 

The last federal census places Chicago's 
population at 2,185,000, which is an in- 
crease of 28.7 per cent over the count of 
1900. At the same rate of increase Chi- 
cago will have difficulty in reaching the 
3,000,000 mark in the next ten years. 

To remain on the safe side, by allowing 
for errors in judgment in reckoning 
some of the estimates upon which this 
summary is based, it still looks reason- 
ably certain that the city will collect by 
1917 an excess of $4,300,000 in water 
revenue which should be returned to the 
water consumers. 

The City Engineer and his assistants 
have been investigating the needs of the 
water plant for three nionths. They 
have prepared in detail their estimate of 
its needs for next year and have decided 
what is required for the next seven years 
■and have estimated the cost. In con- 
sidering the estimates for 1911, payable 
out of the water fund, the Commissioner 
of Public Works has recomended every 
expenditure which the bureau heads could 
•show a good reason for asking. In the 
IB 10 appropriation, provision was made 
to refund or retire $1,000,000 of water 
•certificates. None will be due in 1911. 
■ For 1910 the total appropriation for the 
operation, maintenance and betterment of 
the water plant was $5,170,264. For 
these same purposes the Council will be 
asked to appropriate $6,054,208 for 1911. 

~ If the Finance Committee recommends 
and the Council appropriates every^ dol- 
lar requested and every cent of it is 
spent, it is conservatively estimated there 
will be a surplus of at least $698,725 in 
the water fund at the end of next year. 
There has been an average of over $200,- 
000 unexpended in the annual water fund 
appropriation for several years. So it 
is more probable the surplus will be 
around $900,000 in the water fund at the 
end of 1911. Similar summaries from 
figures prepared could also be given for 
1912 and succeeding years. 

This increasing surplus is being heaped 
up not alone because the water rates 
are higher than necessary but also for 
the reason that the rates are inequitable 
and unfair. 



It is proper that the water rates should 
be at the point where they will produce 
sufficient revenue, above the cost of opera- 
tion and maintenance, to adequately ex- 
tend, improve and modernize the water 
plant. If the rates produce much more 
than this they are excessive. Equally 
important, if not more so, is the question 
of equitable rates. No factor in a 
municipal business enterprise is more to 
be considered than fair dealing. Every 
consumer should pay the same price for 
the same service. 

Such is not the case now. The present 
assessed rates are based upon the prin- 
ciple that a building Avill use water in 
proportion to its width. It disregards 
depth of buildings altogether. It has 
been the tendency for years in Chicago to 
increase the number of buildings with 
narrow^ frontages and extraordinary 
depths. 

Over seventy per cent of the buildings 
in the city are between eighteen and 
twenty-four feet, in width, forty-five per 
cent being between eighteen and twenty- 
one feet in width. 

The assessed water rates discriminate 
in favor of this class of narrow build- 
ings. To illustrate: Jones has a one- 
story building with a frontage of twenty- 
seven feet and a depth of forty feet. 
Brown has a building of the same height 
with a frontage of twenty-three feet and 
a depth of sixty-five feet. Both have the 
same number of fixtures. Brown has a 
third larger building, measured in 
either floor space or cubic feet, yet Jones 
is compeled to pay one-third more water 
taxes than Brown. Brown could have a 
green house of 100 square feet attached 
to his building and have twice as many 
in his family as Jones and still only pay 
as much as Jones. Other illustrations 
of similar character can be supplied. 

A hasty revision of the rates, or a revi- 
sion by persons with superficial informa- 
tion, can result only in a continuation 
of the inequitable assessments and col- 
lections which often fall upon those least 
able to bear the burden. Water pay- 
ments are considered by most persons as 
taxes and too much care cannot be exer- 
cised in getting fair taxation. I believe 
it Avould best serve the interests of the 
comunity to employ recognized experts, 
coupled with men of good common sense 
to make a careful and scientific revision 
of the w^ater rates and prepare an ordi- 
nance which would be fair to all con- 
sumers and so plain in language that it 



2008 



COMMUNICATIONS, ETC. 



December 5, 191Q. 



would be difficult of misinterpretation 
And I so recommend. 

The calculations of the Department of 
Public Works indicate that the present 
net income will permit a reduction of 10 
per cent. Unless we cater to extravag- 
ance no reason occurs to me for collect- 
ing this 10 per cent excess. It has pro 
duced a surplus of about $870,000 and 
this will probably be increased to $900,- 
000 by the end of next year, although the 
estimates of the needs of the water sys 
tem for 1911 are nearly $900,000 more 
than the appropriation for 1910. 

Therefore, I recommend, pending a 
scientific revision of the water rates by 
experts, that a net reduction of 10 per 
eent_ be made from each water bill, in- 
cluding both frontage and meter rates, 
rendered by the City after February 1st 
next. ' 

Tables of statistics covering develop- 
ment and operation of the water plant in 
the past and embracing estimates for the 
future, on which this recommendation is 
based, are hereto attached. 

Yours very truly, 
(Signed) B. J. Mullaney, 

Commissioner of Public Works. 

WATER. FUND PROSPECTUS FOR 1911. 

Estimated revenue of 1911.$ 5,881,725.00 

Estimated balance in water 

fund at end of year 1910 870,000.00 

Total estimated revenue 

available in 1911 6,751,725.00 

Estimated expense of opera- 
tion, maintenance, inter- 
est, services of city de- 
partments, etc., during 
1911 3,291,000.00 

Estimated expense of re- 
demption of Water Pipe 
Extension certificates and 
special assesment receipts 
and payments of judg- 
inents 125,000.00 

Estimated expense for con- 
struction work of Bureau 
of Enginering during 
■1911 2,578,000.00 

Estimated expense for in- 
stallation of water meters 
by Bureau of Water dur- 
ing 1911 59,000.00 

Total estimated expense 

during 1911 $ 6,053,000.00 



Estimat-ed excess of revenue 
over expense 

Estimated reduction in as- 
sessed and meter rates 
bills (reduction per year, 
$500,000; effect of re- 
duction in 1911 will be 
$425,000.00) 



$ 698,725.00' 



425,0*00.00 



Estimated balance $ 273,725.00 



WATER FUND PROSPECTUS TO YEAR 1917 
INCLUSIVE. 

Estimated balance in water 

fund at close of year 

^ ^910 ..$ 870,000.00 

Estimated ordinary revenue 

years 1911 to 1917, in- 

^'^"«ive 49,264,986.00 

Total estimated ordinary 

revenue $50,134,986.00 

Estimated ordinary expense 
of operation, 'mainten- 
ance, interests, services 
of City Departments, etc., 
years 1911 to 1917, in- 
^'lusive 26,834,589.20 

Estimated excess or profit 
available for additions, 
extensions and better- 
ments, redemption of 
bonds, certificates, etc. .$23,300,396.80 

Estimated expense of re- 
demption of Water Pipe 
Extension certificates and 
special assessment re- 
ceipts and payment of 
judgments, 1911 to 1917, 
inclusive 1,000,000.00 

$22,300,396.80 

Retirement of bonds and 

certificates 1,000,000.00 



$21,300,396.80 
Estimated proposed reduc- 
tion of assessed and 
metered rates water bills 
to benefit consumers 1911 
to 1917, inclusive 4,300,000.00 



Estimated net amount 
available for additions, 
extensions and better- 
ments for period of years 
1911 to 1917, inclusive. .$17,000,396.80' 



December 5, 1910. 



COMMUNICATIONS, ETC. 



200^ 



STATEMENT OF ORDINARY REVENUE OF 
WATER FUND FROM 1902 TO 1909 IN- 
CLUSIVE, AND ESTIMATED ORDINARY 
REVENUE OF YEARS 1910 TO 1917, IN- 
CLUSIVE. 

Percent In- 
crease over 
Preceding 
Year. Ordinary Revenue. Year. 

1902 $3,505,478.16 

1903 3,818,884.11 8.94% 

1904 4,086,936.35. . . . . . . .7.02% 

1905 4,209,391.55 3.00% 

1906 4,420,367.27 5.01% 

1907 4,726,205.03 6.92% 

1908 4,953,640.30 4,81% 

1909 5,241,635.77 5.81% 

1910 Est'at'd 5,552,464.77 Est'at'd 5.93% 
1911. . . . 5,881,725.93. . .5.93% 

1912 . . . . . . 6,230,512.28 . . . . . . 5.93% 

1913. . . . 6,599,981.66. . .5.93% 

1914. . . 6,991,360.57. . . .5.93% 

1915. . . . 7;405,948.25. . . .5.93% 

1916. . . . 7,845,120.98. . . .5.93% 

1917. . . . 8,310,336.65. . .5.93% 
Percent increase of 1909 over 1902 — 

49.5%. 

Percent increase of 1916 over 1909 — 
49.6%. 

STATEMENT OF ORDINARY'' EXPENSE OF 
V7ATER FUND FROM 1902 TO 1909, INCLU- 
SIVE, AND ESTIMATED ORDINARY EX- 
PENSE OF YEARS 1910 TO 1917, IN- 
CLUSIVE. 

Percent In- 
crease over 
Preceding 
Year. Ordinary Expense. Year. 

1902 $1,787,925.13 

1903 1.798,143.34 57 

1904 1,946,187.54 8.23 

1905 2,048,664.75 5.27 

1906 2,060,249.12.. 57 

1907 2,442,122.97 15.64 

1908 2,702,811.40 10.67 

1909 2,775,938.72 2.70 

1910 (lOmos.) 2,071,425.01' (A) 2.30 

1910 Est'at'd 2,956,374.74 Est'at'd 6.50 

1911....".... 3,148,539.10 6.50 

iI912 3,353,194.14 " . . . . 6.50 

1913 . . . . . . 3,571,151.76 . . . 6.50 

1914....".... 3,803,276.62 6.50 

1915 4,050,489.60 " . . . . 6.50 

>1916. . . . . . 4,313,771.42 ". . . . 6.50 

1917 . . . . . . 4,594,166.56 . . . 6.50 

Percent increase of 1909 over 1902 — 
55.3%. 

Percent increase of 1916 over 1909 — 
55.4%. 

(A) Decrease of 10 months of 1910 
from 10 months of 1909. 



STATEMENT OF ORDINARY REVENUE AND 
ORDINARY EXPENSE FOR PERIOD OF 
YEARS FROM 1902 TO 1909, INCLUSIVE. 

Total ordinary revenue. . . .$34,962,534.14 
Total ordinary expense 

( comprising operation, 

maintenance, interest, 

etc.) 17,562,042.97 

Excess or profit available 
for additions, extensions 
and betterments and 
other extraordinary pur- 
poses $17,400,491.17 

Increase of ordinary rev- 
enue of vear 1909 over 
1902 . . .' 1,736,162.61 

Increase of ordinary ex- 
pense of year 1909 over 
vear 1902 987,938.59^ 



STATEMENT OF ESTIMATED ORDINARY REV- 
ENUE AND ESTIMATED ORDINARY EX- 
PENSE FOR PERIOD OF YEARS FROM 1910* 
TO 1917, INCLUSIVE. 

Total estimated ordinary 

revejiue $54,817,451.09 

T'otal estimated ordinary 

expense ( comprising 

operation, maintenance, 

interest, etc.) 29,790,963.94 



Excess or profit available 
for additions, extensions 
and betterments and 
other extraordinary pur- 
poses $25,026,487.15 



STATEMENT OF ORDINARY REVENUE AND 
ORDINARY EXPENSE FOR YEAR 1909. 

Ordinary revenue. .$5,241,635.77 

Increase over pre- 
ceding year 287,995.47—5.81% 

Ordinary expense 
( comprisng opera- 
tion, maintenance, 
interest, etc.)... 2,775,938.72 

Increase over pre- 
ceding year 73,052.32—2.70%, 

Excess or profit 
available for ad- 
ditions, extensions 
and betterments 
and other extra- 
ordinary purposes 
during the year 
1909 2,465,697.05 



2010 



COMMUNICATIONS, ETC. 



December 5, 1910. 



COMPARATIVE STATEMENT OF WATER OF- 
FICE COLLECTIONS ONLY FOR 11 MONTHS 
OF 1909 AND 1910; COMPRISING LARGE 
PART OF ORDINARY REVENUE OF WATER 
FUND. 

1909. 1910. 
Month. Amount, 

January $536,048.37 $569,205.50 

February 386,642.86 407,290.16 

March 221,696.87 238,024.22 

April 172,203.46 204,501.04 

May 392,006.54 465,618.46 

June 690,854.98 717,786.38 

July 604,635.97 625,076.32 

August 439,483.02 484,721.70 

September . . . 223,654.30 280,191.90 

October 251,088.98 253,426.75 

November 471,143.41 512,457.80 

Total (11 

months) ...$4,389,358.76 $4,758,300.23 

Increase (11 

months . . . 368,941.47 

Percent increase — 8.4%. 

STATEMENT OF TOTAL ESTIMATED EX- 
PENSE PAYABLE FROM WATER FUND DUR- 
ING 1911, INCLUDING EXPENSE OF OPERA- 
*riONv MAINTENANCE, INTEREST, SER- 
VICES OF CITY DEPARTMENTS, REDEMP- 
TION OF WATER PIPE EXTENSION CER- 
TIFICATES, SPECIAL ASSESSMENT RE- 
CEIPTS, JUDGMENTS, ADDITIONS, EXTEN- 
SIONS AND BETTERMENTS, ETC., AS PER 
DEPARTMENTAL ESTIMATES: OF APPRO- 
PRIATION FOR 1911 : 

Estimated Estimated 
Ordinary Extraordi- 
Expense nary Expense 

Bureau of En- 
gineering ..$2,290,754.00 $2,578,223.00 

Bureau of 

water 441,016.00 59,215.00 

Commission- 
er's office. . 35,000.00 

Services of 
City De- 
partments 250,000.00 

Interest 275,000.00 

Redemption of 
Water Pipe 
E X t e n sion 
o e r tificates 
and special 
a s s essment 

receipts 100,000.00 

Judgments and 

costs 25,000.00 



$3,291,770.00 $2,762,438.00 
ISrOTE: Each year a salvage or sav- 



ing of appropriations in ordinary ex- 
pense acounts has resulted, as indicated 
below : 

^906 .$319,095.14 

1907 200,031.89 

1908 122,351.27 

1909 236,135.37 



STATEMENT OF ORDINARY REVENUE AND 
ORDINARY EXPENSE FOR PERIOD OF 10 
MONTHS, FROM .JANUARY TO OCTOBER, 
1910, INCLUSIVE. 

Ordinary revenue, 10 months, 

1909 $4,059,390.35 

Ordinary revenue, 10 months, 

1910 4,357,347.86 

Increase, 10 months $ 297,957.51 

Ordinary expense, 10 months, 

1909 $2,120,259.52 

Ordinary expense, 10 months, 

1910 2,071,425.01 

Decrease, 10 months 48,834.51 

Ordinary revenue, 10 months, 

1910 $4,357,347.80 

Ordinary expense, 10 months, 

1910 2,071,425.01 

Excess of revenue over 

expense, 10 months $2,285,922.85 

STATEMENT OF APPROPRIATIONS FROM 
WATER FUND FOR YEAR 1910 AS PER AP- 
PROPRIATION BILL ; ALSO STATEMENT OF 
DEPARTMENTAL ESTIMATES OF APPRO- 
PRIATIONS FOR YEAR 1911. 

1910. 1911. 

Bureau of En- 
gineering ..$4,053,889.15 $4,868,977.00 

Bureau of 

water 442,800.72 500,231.00 

Commission- 
er's office.. 33,624.00 35,000.00 

Services of 
City Depart- 
ments 251,479.13 250,000.00 

^^-^terest 263,471.25 275,000.00 

Redemption of 
Water Pipe 
E X t e nsion 
c e rtificates 
and special 
a s s-eBisment 
receipts, pay- 
ment of judg- 
ments and 

costs 125,000.00 125,000.00 

$5,170,264.25 $6,054,208.00 



December 5, 1910. 



COMMUNICATIONS, ETC. 



2011 



Iledemi)tion of 
water certi- 
ficates .... 1,000,000.00 



$6,170',264.25 $6,054,208.00 



CITY CLERK. 

The City Clerk submitted a report of 
acceptances and bonds under ordinances 
filed in his office since the last preced- 
irio- meeting of the Council, which was 
ordered printed in the Journal and 

Placed on file. 

The said report reads as follows: 
Office of the city clerk, | 
Chicago, December 5, 1910. j 
To the Honorable, the Mayor, and City 
Council: 

Gentlemen — In accordance with the 
provisions of the Revised Municipal 
Code, I hereby make report of accept- 
ances and bonds, filed in this office: 

Kedzie Amusement Co., acceptance Oct. 
31st, 1910, amending ordinance of April 
26th, 1909, canopy; filed Dec. 5th, 1910. 

Albert Pick & Co., acceptance and 
bond, ordinance of Nov. 14, 1910, canopy; 
filed Dec. 5, 1910. 

George Jourdan, acceptance and bond, 
ordinance of Oct. 31st, 1910, canopy; 
filed Dec. 5, 1910. 

City Ftiel Co., acceptance and bond,, 
ordinance of Nov. 14, 1910, switch track; 
filed Dec. 5, 1910. 

Yours respectfully, 
(Signed) Francis D. Connery, 

City Clerk. 



COMMISSIONER OF PUBLIC WORKS. 

The Clerk presented the following 
communication submitted by the Com- 
missioner of Public Works: 

Department of PtJBLic Works, 1 
Chicago, December 5, 1910. j 
To the Honorable, the City Council: 

Gentlemen — At a meeting of your 
Honorable Body, held November 14th, 
1910, an order was passed approving the 
plat of the Chicago Postal Pneumatic 
Tube Company, showing the route of the 
pneumatic tubes to be constructed, main- 
tained and operated by said company 
conecting Station U of the Chicago Post- 
office on Canal street, near Jackson 



boulevard, with the new Northwestern 
Railway Terminal Station, said order 
appearing on page 1683 of the pub- 
lished Council Proceedings of that date. 
In the 16th, 17th and 18th lines of the 
paragraph of said order following the 
Avord "Orldered," right-hand column, 
page 1683, are the words and figures 
"to a point 167.63 feet north of the 
north line of West Washington street." 
The insertion of these words and figures 
are clearly an error, either of the printer 
or of the copyist who prepared the 
order, as the same words are repeated 
in the next three lines but with the 
figures '"147.63" used instead of 
"167.63." The figures "147.63" agree 
with the plat as filed and are the cor- 
rect figures. 

Thefefore, I would respectfully rec- 
ommend that the record be corrected by 
amending said order to make it agree 
with the plat, by passing the attached 
order. 

Respectfully, 
(Signed) B. J. Mullaney, 

Commissioner of Public Works. 

Aid. Foreman moved to concur in the 
jplcommendation of the Commissioner 
and to pass the order submitted there- 
with. 

The motion prevailed and the said 
order was passed by yeas and nays as 
follows : 

Yeas — ^Kenna, Coughlin, Shufelt, Fore- 
man, Pringle, Richert, Sheahan, Martin, 
Long, Parker, Merriam, Snow, Emerson, 
Derpa, Egan, Vavricek, Cullerton, Dan- 
isch, Cermak, Fulton, Buckley, Lawley, 
Lucas, Utpatel, Beilfuss, Koraleski, Sitts, 
Healy, Powers, Taylor, Foell, Bauler, 
Clettenberg, Hey, Britten, Krumholz, 
Haderlein, Dunn, Thomson, Lip£S, Rein- 
berg, Capp, Wilson, Littler, Twigg, 
Mueller, McDermott, Mclnerney, Ma- 
honey, Kearns, Bergen, Fisher, Rea, 
Reading, Block, Ryan, Donahoe, Clark, 
Fofsberg — 59. 

'Nays — None. 

The following is the said order as 
passed : 

Ordered, That the preamble and order 
passed by the City Council November 
14th, 1910, confirming the plat of the 
Chicago Pneumatic Tube Company show- 
ing the proposed route of the pneumatic 
tubes in Canal stret, said order appear- 
ing on page 1683 of the published Coun- 
cil Proceedings of November 14th, 1910, 
be amended as follows: 



2012 



COMMUNICATIONSj ETC. 



December 5, 1910. 



In the last paragraph of said order, 
right hand column, page 1683, strike out 
of lines 16, 17 and 18 in said paragraph 
the following words "to a point 167.63 
feet north of the north line of West 
Washington street." 

ALSO, 

The following communication, which 
referred to the Committee on Judiciary. 

Depaetment of Public Works, | 
Chicago, December 3^ 1910. | 

To the Honorable, the City Council: 

Gentlemen — Under the date of _ Oc- 
tober 30th, 1899, an ordinance was 
passed by your Honorable Body vacat- 
ing the south 250 feet of the north and 
south alley in the block bounded by 
37th, Wallace and 38th streets and Cen- 
ter avenue, which ordinance provided 
that said vacation should not become 
effective until a new alley was dedicated 
through Lot 14 in the same block. 

The Illinois Brewing Company, owners 
of the abutting property when the 
above mentioned ordinance was passed 
took possession of that portion of the 
alley conditionally vacated, and erected 
a two- story brick structure thereon, 
making no attempt to carry out the 
provisions for the dedication of a new 
alley. 

After the Public Lands Committee of 
your Honorable Body was appointed the 
above facts were brought to its atten- 
tion and the Illinois Brewing Company 
was notified to show cause for its oc- 
cupation of a public alley. A repre 
sentative of the company thereupon 
stated that the company would at once 
carry out the provisions of the ordinance 
providing for the dedication of a new al- 
ley. On March 1, 1909, a certified copy 
of the ordinance was filed with the 
County Recorder accompanied by a plat 
dedicating the alley provided for in the 
ordinance. Stibsequent- investigation 
shows that the Illinois Brewing Com- 
pany did not own the property which it 
attempted to dedicate and that the prop- 
erty at the present time is owned by 
Valentine Macinkowski and there is also 
a mortgage on this and other property 
and a trust deed given to W. P. Pattije, 
which was filed for record on October 
25th, 1909. 

On asking the Corporation Counsel 
whether the vacation ordinance, referred 
to above should be repealed and the 



building removed, this department was 
advised that repeal was unnecessary as 
the ordinance was ineffective until all | 
of its terms were complied with. Never- i 
theless, I desire to lay before your Hon- 
orable Body the suggestion that the j 
subject of repeal be considered. There j 
is no time limit in the ordinance as to 
when the alley should be dedicated and 
the grantees might take advantage of 
the absence of such a time limit, to pur- 
chase the property through which the 
proposed alley runs. The value of the 
property affected exceeds that of the 
property of the company which the j 
company has pretended to dedicate and i 
because of the sharp practice which has I 
been attempted, it would seem that this 
company is not entitled to much fur- \ 
ther consideration. i 
Therefore, I would respectfully rec- ! 
ommend that this subject matter be re- j 
ferred again to the Committee on Com- 
pensation. 

Yours very truly, 
(Signed) B. J. Mullaney, 

Commissioner of Public Works. 



BOARD OF EDUCATION. 

The Clerk presented a request sub- 
mitted by the Board of Education for i 
an appropriation of $175,000.00 for the | 
erection of a school building on the 1 
Haugan School site, at Wilson, Sunny- 
side, North Avers and North Hamlin j 
avenues, which was | 

Referred to the Committee on Schools. I 



BOARD OF LOCAL IMPROVEMENTS. 

The Board of Local Improvements 
submitte'd an ordinance establishing the 
grades of sundry streets. 

Which was, by unanimous consent, 
taken up for consideration and passed i 
by yeas and nays as follows: 

Teas — ^Kenna, Coughlin, Shufelt, Fore- 
man, Pringle, Richert, Sheahan, Martin, 
Long, Parker, Merriam, Snow, Emerson,. 
Derpa, Egan, Vavricek, Cullerton, Dan- 
isch, Cermak, Fulton, Buckley, Lawley, 
Lucas, Utpatel, Beilfuss, Koraleski, Sitts, 
HeaTy, Powers, Taylor, Foell, Bauler, 
Glettenberg, Hey, Britten, Krumholz, 
Haderlein, Dunn, Thomson, Lipps, Rein- 
berg, Capp, Wilson, Littlpv, Twigg, 
Mueller, McDermott, Melnpiney, Ma- 
lioney, Kearns, Bergen^ Fisher, Rea,. 



>ecember 5, 1910. 



REPORTS OF 



COMMITTEES. 



2013 



leading, Block, Ryan, Donahoe, Clark, 
I'orsberg — 59. 
IV ays — None. 

ALSO, 

An ordinance establishing the grades 
f sundry streets. 

Which was, by unanimous consent, 
aken up for consideration and passed 
y yeas and nays as follows: 

Yeas — ^Kenna, Coughlin, Shufelt, Fore- 
aan, Pringle, Richert, Sheahan, Martin, 
.ong, Parker, Merriam, Snow, Emerson, 
)erpa, Egan, Vavricek, Cullerton, Dan- 
3ch, Cermak, Fulton, Buckley, Lawley, 
;ucas, Utpatel, Beilfuss, Koraleski, Sitts, 
lealy, Powers, Taylor, Foell, Bauler, 
ilettenberg, Hey, Britten, Krumholz, 
laderlein, Uunn, Thomson^ Lipps, Rein- 
erg, Capp, Wilson, Littler," Twigg, 
fueller, McDermott, MIcInerney, Ma- 
oney, Kearns, Bergen, Fisher, Rea, 
Leading, Block, Ryan, Donahoe, Clark, 
'orsberg — 59. 

Nays — None. 



REPORTS OF COMMITTEES. 

FINANCE. 

The Committee on Finance submitted 
he following report, which was, on mo- 
ion of Aid. Foell, deferred and ordered 
lublished : 

Chicago, December 5, 1910. 

'^0 the Mayor and Aldermen of the City 
of Chicago in City Council Assembled: 

Yonr Committee on Finance, to whom 
^as referred communications from City 
Comptroller, Clerk Municipal Court (2), 
iailiff Municipal Court, General Super- 
ntendent of Police, Fire Marshal, Com- 
iiissioner of Buildings, Commissioner of 
lealth, Board of Local Improvements, 
'ity Electrician and Commissioner of 
^ublic Works (33), having had the 
ame imder advisement, beg leave to re- 
tort and recommend the passage of the 
ollowing order: 

Ordered, That the City Comptroller be 
nd he is hereby authorized and directed 
o make the following transfers in ap- 
ropriations for the year 1910, in ac- 
ordance with the several requests of the 
eads of departments attached hereto: 

comptroller's office. 
^rom W22X2, payment 
of maturing water 
pipe certificates, etc.$l,l59.00 



To W21P4, interest on 
water pipe extension 
certificates $1,159.00 

MUNICIPAL COURT. 

Office of Clerk. 
From 31A1, salaries 

and wages 181.65 

From 31A1, salaries 

and wages 353.60 

To 31G1, purchase of 

furniture and fit- 
tings 181.65 

To 31H1, printing and 

stationery 353.60 

From 3 IK, rents 1,000.00 

To 31S2, jurors' and 

witness' fees 1,000.00 

Office of the Bailiff. 
From 31 S3, all other 

operation 2,000.00 

To 31S2, jurors' and 

witness' fees 2,000.00 

DEPARTMENT OF POLICE. 

Dog Pound. 

From 33A, salaries 

and wages 700.00 

'^o 33C, general sup- 
plies 60.00 

To 33L, fuel 85.00 

To 33N, forage and 

shoeing 525.00 

To 33S, all other oper- 
ation 30.00 

DEPARTMENT OF FIRE. 

From 35A, Chief of 

Battalion 2,750.00 

To 35A1, salaries and 

wages 2,750.00 

DEPARTMENT OF BUILDINGS. 

From 3 6 A, salaries 

and wages 600.00 

To 36H, printing and 

stationery ' 400.00 

To 36C, general sup- 
plies 150.00 

To 36Gr, purchase of 
furniture and fit- 
tings 50.00 

DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH. 

From 37A2, salaries 

and wages 600.00 

From 37A5, salaries 

and wages 25.50 

From 37A9, salaries 

and wages 557.00 

From 37A10, salaries 

and wages 400.00 

From 37A11, salaries 



2014 



EEPORTS OF COMMITTEES. 



December 5, 1910, 



and wages 200.00 

From 37A12, salaries 

and wages 143.00 

To 37L, fuel 1,900.00 

To 37A, salaries and 

wages . . 25.50 

BOARD OF LOCAL IMPROVEMENTS. 

From 50E1, repairs to 
streets account of de- 
faulting contractors, 
etc 1,000.00 

To 50A2, sub-paving in- 
spection 1,000.00 

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICITY. 

From 81M, purchase of 

horses 550.00 

From 81C, general sup- 
plies 200.00 

From 818, all other op- 
eration 200.00 

From 84M, purchase of 

horses 250.00 

From 85D, material for 

repairs, etc 1,500.00 

To 8 OH, printing and 

stationery 100.00 

To 8 ID, material for 

repairs, etc 500.00 

To 8 IN, forage, shoeing 

and boarding 300.00 

To 82H, printing and 

stationery 100.00 

To 82S, other opera- 
tion 100.00 

To 84N, forage, shoe- 
ing, etc 100.00 

To 85C, globes 1,200.00 

To 85C2, miscellaneous 300.00 

DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS. 

Bureau of Streets. 

From 216B, teams . . . 100.00 
From 21 BE, repairs 

and replacements . . 250.00 
To 216A1, laborers . . 350.00 
From 205B1, hire of 

teams 400.00 

To 205A1, salaries and 

wages 400.00 

From 203B2, teams . . 100.00 
From 204A2, salaries 

and wages 100.00 

From 204B2, teams . . 155.00 
To 203A2, salaries and 

wages 355.00 

From 204B3, teams . . 1,100.00 
To 203A3, salaries and 

wages 1,000.00 

To 203C3, general sup- 
plies . .' 100.00 



From 203B4, teams . . 250.00 
From 204A4, salaries 

and wages 500.00 

From 203B6, teams . . 821.00 
To 203A4, salaries and 

wages 

To 204B6, teams 

From 203C7, general 

supplies 75.00 

■From 204C7, geneH'al 

supplies '. .. 200.00 

From 205D7, material, 

etc 25.00 

To 203A7, salaries and 

wages 

From 204A8, salaries 

and wages 375.00 

From 204C8, supplies 125.00 
To 203A8, salaries and 

wages . . . . , 

To 203B8, teams 

To 205B8, teams 

From 203B9, teams . . 455.00 
From 204A9, salaries 

and wages 82.00 

To 204B9, teams 

From 203B1O, teams . 250.00 
From 204B10, teams . 150.00 
To 203A10, salaries 

and wages 

To 204A10, salaries 

and wages 

From 203A11, salaries 

and wages 450.00 

From 203C11, supplies 150.00 

To 204B11, teams 

To 205Dli, material, 

etc 

From 202S12, other op- 
eration 30.00 

From 203A12, salaries 

and wages 160.00 

From 204A12, salaries 

and wages 90.00 

From 204C12, supplies 30.00 
From 205D12, material 50.00 

To 204B12, teams 

From 204C13, supplies 120.00 
From 205D13, material 250.00 
From 203A13, salaries 

and wages 300.00 

To 204B13,' teams . . . 

From 203B 15, teams. . 100.00 

From 203A15, salaries 

and wages 100.00 

From 205D15, mater- 
ial, etc. . . .' 200.00 

To 204 B 15, teams, etc. 
From 204B17, teams.. 250.00 
From 204017, supplies 30.00 
To 203A17, salaries 

and wages 



December 5, 1910. 



BEPOBTS OF COMMITTEES. 



2015 



To 203C17, general 
supplies 

From 203B18, teams. . 600.00 

B>om 204B 18, teams. . 175.00 

From 205A18, salaries 
and wages 14.00 

From 205B18, teams. . 36.00 

From 205D18, mater- 
ial, etc 75.00 

From 204C18, supplies 50.00 

To 203A18, salaries 
and wages . : 

To 203C18, general sup- 
plies . . . 

From 202S20, other op- 
eration 75.00 

From 205B20, teams . . 50.00 

From 205D20, mater- 
ial 15.00 

From 203C20, supplies 50.00 

To 203B20, teams 

From 203B23, teams.. 302.00 

To 202S23, other op- 
eration 

To 203A23, salaries 
and wages 

To 205A23, salaries 
and wages 

To 205B23, teams » 

From 202A, salaries 

and wages 350.00 

To 203A16, salaries 
and wages . 

To 203B16, teams 

From 203 A21, salaries 

and wages 275.00 

From 203B21, teams.. 300.00 

From 204A21, salaries 

and wages 125.00 

From 204C21, supplies 25.00 

From 205 A21, salaries 

and wages 15.00 

From 205B21, teams. . 47.00 

To 203C21, supplies. . . 

To 204B21, teams 

From 203B24, teams.. 125.00 

From 204A24, salaries 

and wages . 125.00 

From 205B24, teams . . 50.00 
From 205D24, mater- 
ial 35.00 

To 204B24, teams 

From 204C25, supplies 250.00 
From 205D, material. 90.00 
To 203A25, salaries 

and wages 

To 205A25, salaries 

and M^ages 

To 205B25, teams .... 
From 203A26, salaries 

and wages 1,611.00 

From 203B26, teams . . 217.00 



30.00 



900.00 
50.00 



190.00 

50.00 

164.00 

40.00 
48.00 



200.00 
150.00 



87.00 
700.00 



335.00 



250.00 

35.00 
55.00 



From 204C26, supplies 33.00 
From 205A26, salaries 

and wages 35.00 

From 205B26, teams . . 16.00 
To 204A26, salaries and 

wages 328.00 

To 204B26, teams 1,584.00 

From 203A28, salaries 

and wages 386.00 

From 203B28, teams . 141.00 

To 204B28, teams 527.00 

From 204A30, salaries 

and wages 197.00 

From 204B30, teams . . 101.00 
To 203A30, salaries and ^ 

wages 298.00 

From 203 A3 1, salaries 

and wages 100.00 

From 204A31, salaries 

and wages 60.00 

From 205A31, salaries 

and wages 40.00 

To 204B31, teams 200.00 

From 203A32, salaries 

and wages 200.00 

From 203B32, teams. . 100.00 
From 205D32, mater- 
ial 60.00 

To 204B32, teams 360.00 

From 203C33, supplies 40.00 
From 204C33, supplies 30.00 
To 202S33, other oper- 
ation 70.00 

From 205A34, salaries 

and wages 65.00 

To 203B34, teams 65.00 

From 203C35, sup'plies 50.00 
From 205A35, salaries 

and wages 67.00 

To 202S35, other oper- 
ation 50.00 

To 205B35, teams 67.00 

From 215A1, mechan- 
ics, etc 400.00 

From 215A2, laborers, 

etc 1,100.00 

To 215D, material, etc. 1,300.00 
To 215S, other opera- 
tion 200.00 

From 225A3, pavers, 

etc 18,000.00 

From 225B, teams 12,000.00 

To 225D, material, etc. 30,000.00 

Bureau of Engineering. • 
From 407E, repairs 

and replacements . . 6,000.00 
From 402-5, removal of 
Blackhawk istreet 

bridge 2,122.26 

From 402F, apparatus, 

machinery, etc 1,877.74 

To an account to be 



2016 



EEPORTS OF COMMITTEES. 



December 5, 1910. 



known as 402-6, re- 
moval of present 
bridge at Belmont 
avenue and dredging 
river channel at site 
of bridge (including 
engineering and in- 
spection) 10,000.00 

From 402D, bridge re- 
pair 10,000.00 

From 402F, apparatus, 

machinery, etc. . . . 10,000.00 

To an account to be 
know as 402-7, con- 
struction of tempo- 
rary bridfe at Bel- 
mont avenue (includ- 
ing engineering and 

inspection) 20,000.00 

Respectfully submitted, 
(Signed) Charles M. Foell. 

Chairman. 



JUDICIARY. 

+ I\l ^^*^,"^i*tee on Judiciary submit- 
ted the following report, which was, on 
motion of Aid. Donahoe, deferred and 
ordered published : 

Chicago, December 5, 1910. 
To the Mayor and Aldermen of the City 
of Chicago in City Council Assembled : 
Your Committee on Judiciary, to 
whom was referred (October 31, 1910 
page 1650) an order directing the Com-' 
missioner of Public Works to cancel any 
bond executed in accordance with the 
provisions of ordinance passed Febru- 
ary 5, 1906, concerning compensation 
tor the use of streets and alleys and 
space underneath sidewalks, on thirty 
days' notice by surety, having had the 
same under advisement, beg leave to 
report and recommend the passage of 
the said order: 

Ordered, That the Commissioner of 
Public Works be and he is hereby di- 
rected and authorized to cancel any bond 
executed in accordance with the pro- 
visions of an ordinance passed by the 
City Council on Ftebruarv 5, 1906, re- 
lating to compensation for the use of 
streets and alleys and space under- 
neath sidewalks, upon thirty days' no- 
tice to him of the fact that the surety 
on such bond desires to be relieved of 
nis obligation. 

Respectfully submitted, 
(Signed) James Donahoe, 

Chairman. 



also, 

The same committee submitted the 
tollowmg report, which was, on motion 
of Aid. Donahoe, deferred and ordered 
published: 

Chicago, December 5, 1910. 
To the Mayor and Aldermen of the City 
of Chicago in City Council Assembled: 
Your Committee on Judiciary, to 
whom was referred (October 31, 1910, 
page 1644) an ordinance amending Sec- 
tion 1978 of the Revised Munieipaf Code 
of Chicago of 1905, concerning the speed 
of trains (to exempt trains on tracks 
enclosed by walls or by a wall on one 
side and by public waters on the other 
side), having had the same under ad- 
visement, beg leave to report and rec- 
ommend the i^assage of the said ordi- 
nance : 

AN ORDINANCE 

Amending Section 1978 of the Revised 
Municipal Code of Chicago of 1905, 
as amended. 

Be it ordained by the City Council of the 
City of Chicago: 

Section 1. That Section 1978 of the 
Revised Municipal Code of Chicago of 
1905, as amended, be, and the same 
hereby, amended so as to read as fol- 
lows: 

1978. Speed of Trains.) No rail- 
way company shall by itself, agents 
or employes, run any passenger train 
upon or along any railway track with- 
in the corporate limits "^of the City 
at a greater rate of speed than ten 
miles an hour; nor shall any such 
corporation, by itself, agents or em- 
ployes, run any freight car or cars 
upon or along any railway track 
within said City at a greater rate of 
speed than six miles per hour, ex- 
cept as hereinafter otherwise pro- 
vided in Section 1994% in Article IV 
of Chapter LIII. 

The provisions of this section shall 
not apply to such trains or cars while 
running or being operated upon rail- 
road tracks elevated above or de- 
pressed below the surface of the * 
streets crossing or adjacent to such 
tracks, in accordance with the terms 
of any City ordinance requiring, au- 
thorizing or permitting such eleva- 
tion or depression, nor to such train 
or cars running upon railroad tracks 
continuously enclosed by walls or fenc- 



December 5, 1910. 



REPORTS OP 



COMMITTEES. 



2017 



es or continuously enclosed hy a wall 
or fence on one side and public waters 
on the other side. 

Section 2. This ordinance shall be in 
full force and effect from and after its 
passage, approval and due publication. 
Respectfully submitted, 
(Signed) James Donahoe, 

Chairman. 

ALSO, 

The same committee submitted the 
following report, which was, on motion 
of Aid. Donahoe, deferred and ordered 
published : 

Chicago, December 5, 1910. 

To the Mayor and Aldermen of the City 
of Chicago in City Council Assembled: 

Your Committee on Judiciary, to 
whom was referred (May 23, 1910, page 
266) an ordinance amending Sections 
2166 and 2169 of the Revised Munici- 
pal Code of Chicago of 1905, concerning 
permits for the erectiofi, maintenance or 
use of poles, wires or electric conduc- 
tors, having had the same under advise- 
ment, beg leave to report and recom- 
mend the passage of the said ordinance: 

AN ORDINANCE 

Amending Sections 2166 and 2169 of the 
Revised Municipal Code of Chicago of 
1905. 

Be it ordained hy the City Council of the 
City of Chicago: 

Section 1. That Sections 2166 and 
2169 of the Revised Municipal Code of 
Chicago of 1905, be and the same are 
hereby amended so as to read respec- 
tively as follows: 

"2166. Permit to Erect Required.) 

No person or corporation shall erect, 
i construct, maintain or use any pole, 
I line or wire, or electric conductor of any 
j description whatever within the City 
I without first having obtained a per- 
j mit therefor, under a valid and exist- 
ing ordinance, from the Commissioner 
of Public Works, w^hich permit shall 
he countersigned by the City Elec- 
trician, under a penalty of one hun- 
dred dollars for each and every of- 
fense; and each and every day any 
j «uch * * pole, line or wire, or elec- 
tric conductor, shall be maintained or 
used after the first conviction shall 
constitute a new and. separate of- 
fense. " 



"2169. Removal of Poles— Wires 
Underground.) No permission or au- 
thority shall be given to any person or 
corporation to erect any pole, or poles, 
for telegraph, telephone or electric 
light or poiver purposes, or for the 
purpose of stringing thereon wires, 
cables, or conveyors for the transmis- 
sion of sound or signal, or of heat, 
light or power, upon or along any 
street, alley or public way, within 
the present city limits, except upon 
the express provision that such poles 
and conductors are to be and will be 
removed forthwith whenever the City 

Council shall order such removal. * 
* * * » 

Section 2. This ordinance shall be in 
full force and effect from and after its 
passage. 

Respectfully submitted, 
(Signed) James Donahoe, 

Chairman. 

ALSO, 

The same committee submitted the 
following report, which was, on motion 
of Aid. Donahoe, deferred and ordered 
published : 

Chicago, December 5, 1910. 

To the Mayor and Aldermen of the City 
of Chicago in City Council Assembled: 

Your Committee on Judiciary, to 
whom was referred (July 18, 1910, page 
1248) an ordinance concerning specifica- 
tions for the construction of viaducts 
over railroad tracks, having had the 
same under advisement, beg leave to 
report and recommend the passage of 
the said ordinance : 

Be it ordained by the City Council of the 
City of Chicago: 

Section 1. That no person or per- 
sons, corporation or corporations shall 
hereafter construct, reconstruct or re- 
pair any viaduct extending over any rail- 
road track or tracks in the City of Chi- 
cago, except in accordance with the fol- 
lowing specifications, to-wit: 

Street viaducts passing over railway 
tracks may be built either of structural 
steel or of reinforced concrete, if de- 
signed, calculated and constructed for 
the following loads, unit stresses and 
conditions : 

1. dead, live and wind loads. 
For calculating the stresses in support- 
ing columns or posts, in trusses, gird- 



2018 



REPORTS OF COMMITTEES. 



December 5, 1910. 



ers and beams, in the entire floor sys- 
tem, etc., the following loads and com- 
binations of loads, 'giving maximum 
stresses, shall be assumed. 

For dead loads the actual weight of 
the structure. 

For live loads the following loads and 
combination of loads. 

a. A line of fully loaded street cars 
on each track and 100 pounds additional 
live load per square foot on the sidewalks 
and on the space of the roadway not oc- 
cupied by the street cars. Each street 
car weighing, fully loaded, 35 tons, meas- 
uring 49 feet 2 inches in length over all, 
resting on two trucks 20 feet 1 inch cen- 
ters and each of these trucks having two 
axles, 4 feet 9 inch centers. Distribu- 
tion of load on all wheels considered to be 
uniform and strip occupied by each car 
line assumed to be ten (10) feet wide. 

b. One fully loaded street car, as just 
described, on one track, and one 4,000 
gallon gravity sprinkler on the other 
track and 100 pounds additional live 
load per square foot, placed as above. 
Said sprinkler weighing 84,000 pounds 
and resting on two trucks 16 feet 4 inch 
centers and each of these trucks having 
two axles, 6 feet centers. Length of 
sprinkler 29 feet 6 inches over all and 
strip occupied assumed to be ten (10) 
feet wide. 

c. Placed on any portion of the road- 
way, either: 

One street steam roller, weighing 34,- 
000 pounds, i. e., 11,000 pounds on fore 
wheel which is 24 inches wide, and 11,- 
500 pounds on each hind wheel which are 
18 inches wide each and spaced 5 feet 
centers. Distance between centers of 
wheel axles, 10 feet 9 inches. Assumed 
space occupied by roller, 10 feet wide by 
25 feet long, or: 

One concentrated load of 24 tons on 
two axles, 10 feet centers, Avith wheels 
5 feet centers, occupying a strip 12 feet 
wide, and: 

One hundred pounds per square foot on 
the space not occupied by the just given 
alternative concentrated loads. 

For all parts of the viaduct which are 
to be built of reinforced concrete, all 
stresses found for the live loads, as giv- 
en under a, b, and c, shall be increased 
fifty (50) per cent for impact. For parts 
of the viaduct built of structural steel 
no such addition for impact is required, 
provided the unit stresses in the struc- 



tural steel members are within the lim- 
its specified by the formulas given be- 
low. 

For calculating the stresses in lateral 
bracings, a lateral wind force of 450 
pounds per lineal foot of viaduct shall 
be assumed, of which 150 pounds per lin- 
eal foot shall be considered as station- 
ary and 300 pounds per lineal foot as 
moving wind load. 

Full stress diagrams figured for above 
loads shall be submitted in which the in- 
fluence of the dead load, of the live 
loads and of the wind load shall be sep- 
arately shown, also maximum and mini- 
mum stresses which are possible in each 
member and resulting from a possible 
combination of above loads. 

2. ALLOWABLE UNIT STRESSES, ETC., FOR 
STEEL STRUCTURES. 

Unit Stresses — 

The permissible unit stresses given in 
these specifications are in pounds per 
square inch for structural steel, if the 
steel is made in accordance with the 
specifications given below, and they are 
limited by provisions for minimum sec- 
tions and special cases as given in sep- 
arate paragraphs. 

For existing viaducts constructed of 
wrought iron in which the material is. 
sound enough to be reinforced for the 
above given loads, the permissible unit 
stresses in pounds per square inch of the 
actual and useful present cross sections 
of members — that is of the remaining 
physically sound portion of the original 
cross section, after allowing for loss by 
rust, crystallization and mechanical de- 
preciation, shall be four-fifths of the 
value given below for structural steel. 
Tension — 

Chords and main di- 
agonals of main 
trusses (plates and 
shapes ) , and flang- 
es of main girders, mini. 

net section 12,500 (IH > 

2 max. 



Chords, eye bars ... 13,500 (H > 

2 max. 

Counters, long verti- min. 

cals, net section. . 11,500 (IH > 

2 max. 

Short floor-beam 
hangers and other 



December 5, 1910. 



EEPORTS OF COMMITTEES. 



2019 



similar . members, 

subject to sudden min. 

loads .6,000 (IH ) 

2 max. 

Tension flange of 
riveted floor beams 
and stringers, net min. 

section . 11,500 (iH ) 

2 max. 

Tension flan'ge of 

rolled floor beams min. 

and stringers ... .12,500 (iH ) 

2 max. 



Laterals and sway min. 

bracing 16,000 ( IH ) 

2 max. 



Compression — 

General for- 
mula : 
Chords, un- 
supported 
flanges of 
girders, 
tower, tres- 

1 1 e a n d 1 min. 

bent posts. (12,500—45—) (iH 

r 2 max. 



Posts, diag- 
onals, in- 
cluding end 1 min. 

posts .... (11,500—45—) (1-1 ) 

r 2 max. 

Lateral 1 min. 

struts . . . (13,500—45—) (1-^ ) 

r 2 max. 

1 

— is the ratio of the length of the mem- 
r ber to its least radius of gyration, 
both in inches. 

Alternate Tension and Compression — 

For members subject to alternate tension 
and compression, the expression : 

1 max. stress of lesser kind 
(1 ) 

2 max. stress of greater kind 

shall be substituted in 

above formula for the min. 

expression (1-| ) 

2 max. 

Shearing and Bearing Values — 
Shearing: on web 



sheets — one kind — min. 

gross section 6,500 (IH ) 

2 max. 

Shearing on web sheets — opposite kind — ■ 

gross section: 

1 max. shear of lesser kind 

6,500 ( 1 ^ — ) 

2 max. shear of greater kind. 

with the assumption that net section is 

two-thirds or more of gross section. 

Per square inch 

Shearing on shop rivets 7,500 

Bearing on shop rivets 15,000 

Shearing on field rivets 6,000 

Bearing on field rivets 12,000 

Shearing on pins 9,000 

Bearing on pins 18,000 

The bearing pressure in pounds per 
1 lineal inch on steel friction rollers shall 
not exceed 1,000 times the square root of 
the diameter of the roller in inches. 

The bending stress in regular bridge 
pins, shall not exceed 21,0€0 pounds. 

Limitations for Sections — 

No material shall be used, in general, 
of less thickness than three-eighths (%) 
of an inch, except for fillers, and lattice 
bars, as per schedule, and for the follow- 
ing items for which 5-16 inch metal will 
be allowed: 

For buckled plates with concrete fill- 
ing. 

For webs of sidewalk brackets. 

For webs of top chord members with 

excess of section and situated above the 

floor. 

For webs of sidewalk stringers, 
For top laterals, portal webs and 
brackets, if situated entirely above floor. 

No rivets less than three-fourths ( % ) 
of an inch diameter shall be used in any 
main members, nor less than five-eighths 
(%) of an inch diameter for riveting of 
buckled plates and in lattice bars not 
more than 2 inches wide. 

No compression member shall have a 
length exceeding 125 times its least 
radius of gyration or 45 times its least 
side. 

No plate used in compression shall 
have an unsupported width of more than 
thirty (30) times its thickness perpendi- 
cular to the stress, excepting cover 
plates, where the unsupported width be- 
tween rivet lines shall be not more than 
forty times their thickness. 

Stone bolts for main trusses shall be 
not less than one and three-eisfhths 



2020 



REPORTS OF COMMITTEES. 



December 5, 1910. 



(1%) inch in diameter and for short 
girders not less than one (1) inch in 
diameter. 

Pins shall not be of a smaller diam- 
eter than three-quarters of the width of 
the widest bar attached. The several 
members attached to the pins shall be 
packed as closely a® possible and all 
vacant spaces filled with wrought iron 
filler rings. 

Rollers in roller nests shall not be 
less than two and seven-eighths (2%) 
inches in diameter. 

Proportioning the Material — 

In compression chord sections the ma- 
terial shall be concentrated mostly at 
the sides in rolled or built channels. 
Cover plates must be avoided and used 
only when necessary to resist exceptional 
bending stresses. 

Web members must have symmetrical 
cross sections and must be connected 
symmetrically to the webs of the chords. 

When any member is subject to the 
action of both axial and bending 
stresses, resulting from its own weight, 
from other loads or from eccentricity, it 
shall be proportioned so that the great- 
est combined fibre stress will not exceed 
the specified limits for tension or com- 
pression in that member. If, however, 
the stress, resulting from the moment 
produced by the weight of the member, 
is less than 10 per cent, of the allowed 
unit stress in such member, this excess 
may be neglected. 

The effective diameter of a driven 
rivet will be assumed the same as its 
diameter before driving. In deducting 
the rivet holes to obtain net sections in 
tension members, the diameter of the 
rivet holes will be assumed at one-eighth 
(Ys) of an inch larger than the undriven 
rivet. 

Plate girders shall be proportioned in 
general upon the supposition that the 
flanges alone resist the bending moment, 
and that the shearing or web stresses 
are resisted entirely by the web plates. 
The distance between centers of gravity 
of the flange areas shall be considered 
the effective depth of the girder'. The 
Compression flanges shall have in gen- 
eral the same gross section area as the 
tension flanges and must be properly 
braced, if necessary, to fulfill the re- 
quirement of the general compression 
formula. 

Heavy main girders, however, may be 



figured by using the moment of inertia. 
In this case, additional splice plates or 
angles shall be placed on or near the 
flanges, wherever the web plates are 
spliced, to make up for the section of the 
unspliced web plates figured as part of 
flanges. 

3. MATERIAL FOR STEEL STRUCTURES. 

Character of Steel — 

All steel shall be uniform in quality 
and made by the open hearth process 
and in accordance with the Manufact- 
urers' Standard for 'Structural Steel. 
The chemical and physical properties of 
steel shall conform to the following 
limits : 

Structural steel shall contain not 
more than 0.04 per cent of phosphorous 
for basic steel, not more than 0.06 per 
cent for acid steel, and not more than 
0.05 per cent of sulphur for either steel. 

Its desired ultimate tensile strength 
shall be 60,000 pounds per square inch. 
Its elongation in 8 inches shall be not 
less than 

1,500,000 

Ultimate Tensile Strength 
per cent, and in 2 inches not less than 
22 per cent. 

Rivet steel shall contain not more 
than 0.04 per cent of Phosphorus and 
not more than 0.04 per cent of Sulphur 
for either basic of acid steel. 

Its desired tensile strength shall be 
50,000 pounds per square inch and its 
minimum elongation in 8 inches the 
same as for structural steel. 

The character of fracture of struc- 
tural and rivet steel shall be silky. 

Structural and rivet steel shall stand 
cold bending to 180 degrees flat Avithout 
fracture. 

The ultimate strength of structural 
and rivet steel may vary 4,000 pounds 
from that desired. 

Steel castings shall contain not more 
than 0.05 per cent of Phosphorus for 
basic, and not more than 0.08 per cent 
for acid steel, and not more than 0.05 
per cent of sulphur for either steel. The 
ultimate tensile strength shall be not 
less than 65,000 pounds per square inch, 
and the elongation in 8 inches shall not 
be less than 15 per cent. The character 
of fracture shall be silky or fine grau- 
lar. Steel castings shall stand cold 
bending to 90 degrees without fracture 
around a pin the diameter of which 



December 5, 1910. 



EEPORTS OP COMMITTEES. 



2021 



shall not be more than three times the 
thickness of the piece subjected to 
bending. 

Cast Iron — 

Cast iron shall be the best quality of 
tough, soft, gray iron with sulphur 
not over 0.10 per cent. The castings 
shall be true to pattern, out of wind, 
free from flaws, excessive shrinkage, 
ragged edges and any other defects im- 
pairing their efficiency or appearance; 
and round bars 1% inches in diameter 
and 15 inches long, on a supported 
length of 12 inches, shall stand a mini- 
mum breaking load of 2,900 pounds 
applied in the middle of the bar. with 
a deflection of at least 0.1 inch before 
rupture. 

Wrought Iron — 

Wrought iron shall be double rolled, 
tough, fibrous and uniform in charac- 
ter. It shall be thoroughly welded in 
rolling and be free from surface de- 
fects. When tested in specimens or in 
full sized pieces, it shall show an ulti- 
mate strength of at least 50,000 pounds 
per square inch, an elongation of at 
least 18 per cent in 8 inches, with frac- 
ture wholly fibrous. Specimens shall 
bend cold, 'with the fiber, through 135 
degrees, without sign of fracture, around 
a pin the diameter of which is not over 
twice the thickness of the piece tested. 
When nicked and bent, the fracture 
shall show at least 90 per cent fibrous. 
Inspection and Tests — 

All facilities for making all neces- 
sary and usual inspections and tests in 
relation to quality and weight of all 
material at the mill where it is fabri- 
cated shall be furnished. Also a suit- 
able testing machine for testing speci- 
mens and the pieces for the machine 
shall be prepared and furnished. At 
least one tensile and one bending test 
shall be made from each melt of steel 
as rolled. In case steel, differing 3^ inch 
and more in thickness, is rolfed ' from 
one melt, a test shall be made from 
the thickest and thinnest material 
rolled. 

Full sized tests on eye-bars and simi- 
lar members, to prove the workmanship, 
shall be made. If the tests are not 
satisfactory, the members represented 
by them will be rejected. 
^ In eye-bar tests, the fracture shall be 
silky, the elongation in 10 feet includ- 
ing the fracture, shall be not less than 



15 per cent. The ultimate strength 
and true elastic limit shall be recorded. 

Finished material shall be free from 
injurious seams, flaws, cracks, defective 
edges or other defects, and have a 
smooth, uniform and workmanlike 
finish. Plates 36 inches in width and 
under, shall have rolled edges. 

4. DETAILS OF DESIGN AND WORKMAN- 
SHIP FOE STEEL STRUCTURES. 

General — 

All workmanship and details of de- 
sign shall, in general, be first-class in 
every respect, equal to the best prac- 
tice in modern bridge works, and in ac- 
cordance with the following para- 
graphs : 

Details of Design — 

Structures shall be so designed that 
all parts will be accessible for inspec- 
tion, cleaning and painting. 

Pockets or depressions which would 
hold Avater shall have drain holes, or be 
filled with waterproof material. 

Rigid counters are preferred, and 
where subject to reversal of strain shall 
preferably have riveted connections to 
the chords. Adjustable counters shall 
have open turnbuckles. 

The minimum distance between cen- 
ters of rivet holes shall be three diame- 
ters of the rivet; but the distance shall 
preferably be not less than 3 inches for 
yg-inch rivets and 2% inches for sc- 
inch rivets. The maximum pitch in 
the line of strain for members composed 
of plates and shapes shall be 6 inches 
for yg-inch rivets and 5 inches for 
%-inich rivets. For angles with two 
gage lines and rivets staggered the 
maximum shall be twice the above in 
each line. "V^Hiere two or more plates 
are used in contact, rivets not more 
than 12 inches apart in either direc- 
tion shall be used to hold the plates 
tight together. 

The minimum distance from the cen- 
ter of any rivet hole to a sheared edge 
shall be 1^4 inches for yg-inch rivets 
and 1^4: for %-inch rivets, and to a 
rolled edge 1^ and 1% inches respec- 
tively. The maximum distance from 
any edge shall be eight times the thick- 
ness of the plate, but shall not exceed 
6 inches. 

The open sides of compression mem- 
bers shall be provided with lattice and 
shall have tie-plates as near each end 



2022 



REPORTS OF COMMITTEES. 



December 5, 1910, 



as practicable. Tie-plates shall be pro- 
vided at intermediate points where the 
lattice is interrupted. In main members 
the end tie-plates shall have a length 
not less than the distance between the 
lines - of rivets connecting them to the 
flanges and intermediate ones not less 
than one-half this distance. Their 
thickness shall not be less than one- 
fiftieth of the same distance. 

The minimum width of lattice bars 
shall be 2% inches for %.inch rivets, 
214 inches for %-ineh rivets, and 2 
inches if %-inch rivets are used. The 
thickness shall not be less than one- 
fortieth of the distance between end 
rivets for single lattice, and one-six- 
tieth for double lattice shapes of equiva- 
lent strength may be used. 

Provision for expansion to the ex- 
tent of i/g inch for each 10 feet shall be 
made for all bridge structures. Ef- 
ficient means shall be provided to pre- 
vent excessive motion at any one point. 

Spans of 80 feet and over resting on 
masonry shall have turned rollers or 
rockers at one end; and those of less 
length shall be arranged to slide on 
smooth surfaces. 

Lateral longitudinal and transverse 
bracing in all structures shall be com- 
posed of rigid members. 

Through truss spans shall have riv- 
eted portal braces rigidly connected to 
the end posts and top chords. They 
shall be as deep as the clearance wiil 
allow. 

Intermediate transverse frames shall 
be used at each panel of through spans 
having vertical truss members where the 
clearance will permit. 

Through plate girders shall have their 
top flanges stayed at each end of every 
floor beam^ or in case of solid floors, 
at distances not exceeding 12 feet, by 
knee braces or gusset plates. 

The eye-bars composing a member 
shall be so arranged that adjacent bars 
shall not have their surfaces in eon- 
tact; they shall be as nearly parallel 
to the axis of the truss as possilDle, the 
maximum inclination of any bar being 
limited to one inch in 16 feet. 

No rivet shall have a grip longer 
than five times its diameter. 

In calculating the shearing or bearing 
stresses on rivets in plate girders, the 
whole shear acting outside of any ver- 
tical section is to be considered as be- 
ing transferred to the flange angles in 



a distance equal to the effective depth 
of the girder. 

Web splices in plate girders shall be 
made with two plates whose vertical 
sections shall be at least one and one- 
half (UA) times the sectional area of 
the thickest web sheet spliced thereby. 
The width of the splice plates shall be 
sufficient to admit two rows of rivets 
on each side of joint and to receive the 
stiffeners. 

All joints in riveted tension members 
must be fully and symmetrically 
spliced. 

In compression members, abutting 
joints with planed or milled faces shall 
be spliced so as to maintain the parts 
accurately in contact, precluding all ten- 
dency to displacement. 

In compression members, abutting 
joints, not faced, shall be fully spliced, 
as no reliance will be placed on such 
abutting joints. 

In members subject to alternate 
stresses of tension and compression, 
abutting joints shall be fully and sym- 
metrically spliced to withstand the ten- 
sion stress and also to satisfy the pre- 
ceding- paragraphs for compression 
stresses. 

Whenever the unsupported distance 
between the flange angles of plate gird- 
ers exceeds 60 times the thickness of 
the web plate, vertical angle stiffeners 
shall be placed on each side of the 
girder at intervals not exceeding one 
and one-half times the depth of the 
girder, and reduced to half this distance 
near supports; the distance between 
stiffeners shall, however, never exceed 
eight (8) feet. Stiffeners are to be 
placed at all web splices and over both 
ends of bearing plates. 

The compression flanges of girders 
shall be stayed against transverse crip- 
pling when their length is more than 
twenty times their width. 

Workm an s hip — 

Material shall be thoroughly straight- 
ened in the shop, by methods that will 
not injure it, before being laid off or 
worked in any way. 

Shearing shall be neatly and accu- 
rately done and all portions of the work 
exposed to view neatly finished. 

Eivet holes, in general, shall be 
reamed. Holes in lattice bars for chord 
pieces, posts and struts, also holes in 
iDuckled plates, need not be reamed. 



December 5, 1910. 



REPORTS OF COMMITTEES. 



2023 



Their corresponding matching holes in 
angles and flanges of I-beams and chan- 
nels, however, shall be reamed through- 
out. 

For rivet holes in pieces where ream- 
ing is not required, the diameter of the 
punch shall not be more than 1-16-inch 
greater than the diameter of the rivet; 
nor the diameter of the die more than 
i/g-inch greater than the diameter of 
the punch. 

All punching shall be accurately done. 
Drifting to enlarge unfair holes will not 
1)6 allowed. If the holes must be en- 
larged to admit the rivet, they shall be 
reamed. Poor matching of holes will be 
cause for rejection. 

Where reaming is required, the punch 
used shall have a diameter of not less 
than 3-16 inch smaller than the nomi- 
nal diameter of the rivet. Holes shall 
then be reamed to a diameter of not 
more than 1-16 inch larger than the 
nominal diameter of the rivet. All 
reaming shall be done with twist drills. 

The outside burrs on reamed holes 
shall_ be removed. 

Riveted members shall have all parts 
well pinned up and firmly drawn to- 
gether with bolts, before riveting is com- 
menced. Contact surfaces to be painted. 

Lattice bars shall have neatly 
rounded ends, unless otherwise called 
for, 

Stiffeners shall fit neatly between 
fianges of girders. Where tight fits 
are called for, the ends of the stiffeners 
shall be faced and shall be brought to 
a true contact bearing with the flange 
angles or flanges of beams. 

Rivets shall be driven by pressure 
tools wherever possible. Pneumatic 
hammers shall be used in preference to 
hand driving. 

Rivets shall look neat and finished, 
with heads of approved shape, full and 
of equal size. They shall be central on 
shank and grip the assembled pieces 
firmly, Recupping and calking will not 
be allowed. Loose, burned or otherwise 
defective rivets shall be cut out and 
replaced. In cutting out rivets, great 
care shall be taken not to injure the ad- 
jacent metal. If necessary, they shall 
i)e drilled out. 

Eye-bars shall be straight and true 
to size, and shall be free from twists, 
folds in the neck or head, or any other 
defect. Heads shall be made by up- 
setting, rolling or forging. Welding 



will not be allowed. The form of heads 
may be determined by the dies in use 
at the works where the eye-bars are 
made, but it shall be of such propor- 
tions, that all bars shall break in the 
body when tested to rupture. The 
thickness of head and neck shall not 
vary more than 1-16 inch from that 
specified. 

Before boring, each eye-bar shall be 
properly annealed and carefully straight- 
ened. Pin-holes shall be in the center 
line of bars and the center of heads. 
Bars of the same length shall be bored 
so accurately that when placed together 
pins 1-32 inch smaller in diameter than 
the pin-hiles can be passed through the 
holes at both ends of the bars at the 
same time without forcing. 

Pin-holes shall be bored true to 
gages, smooth and straight; at right 
angles to the axis of the member and 
parallel to each other, unless otherwise 
called for. The boring shall be done 
after the member is riveted up. 

The distance center to center of pin- 
holes shall be correct within 1-32 inch, 
and the diameter of the holes not more 
than 1-50 inch larger than that of the 
pin, for pins up to 5 inches diameter, 
and 1-32 inch for larger pins. 

Ste'el, except in minor details, which 
has been partially heated, shall be prop- 
erly annealed. 

All steel castings shall be annealed. 
Welds in steel will not be allowed. 
Expansion bed plates shall be planed 
true and smooth. Cast wall plates 
shall be planed top and bottom. The 
cut of planing tool (shall oorrespoind 
with the direction of expansion. 

Pilot and driving nuts shall be fur- 
nished for each size of pin, in such 
numbers as may be ordered. 

5. PAINTING IN SHOP, OF STEEL STRUC- 
TTJEES. 

Steel work, before leaving the shop, 
shall be thoroughly cleaned and given 
one good coating of pure linseed oil, 
or such paint as may be called for, well 
worked into all the jonits and open 
spaces. 

In riveted work, the surfaces coming 
in contact shall each be painted before 
being riveted together. 

Pieces and parts which are not ac- 
cessible for painting after erection, in- 
cluding tops of stringers, eye-bar heads, 
ends of posts and chords, etc., shall have 



2024 



REPORTS OF COMMITTEES. 



December 5^ 1910. 



a good coat of paint before leaving the 
shop. 

Painting shall be done only when the 
surface of the metal is perfectly dry. 
It shall not be done in wet or freezing 
weather, unless protected under cover. 

Machine-finished surfaces shall be 
coated with white lead and tallow be- 
fore shipment or before being put out 
into the open air. 

6. MATERIAL FOR REINFORCED CONCRETE 
STRUCTURES. 

Portland Cement — 

All Portland cement shall be of the 
best quality of domestic or foreign 
manufacture, and shall stand the follow- 
ing tests: 

Fineness— Not less than ninety (90) 
per cent shall pass through a standard 
sieve having 10,000 meshes to the square 
inch, and not less than seventy-five (75) 
per cent shall pass through a standard 
sieve having 40,000 meshes to the square 
inch. 

Setting— A pat of neat cement, when 
gauged with twenty-eight (28) per cent 
of water, by weight, shall set in not 
less than one hour. 

Soundness — It shall stand the boiling 
test, made approximately in the follow- 
ing way: A pat of neat cement, 
gauged with sufficient water to make it 
stiff, yet plastic, shall be allowed to 
set for a period of about twelve hours. 
It shall then be exposed to the action 
of steam for several hours and finally 
placed in boiling water from six to 
twenty-four hours, as may be found 
proper. Under these conditions the pat 
shall show no cracks or change of form. 

Tensile Streng?li — All briquettes shall 
be made, whether neat cement or sand 
and cement is used, by using sufficient 
water to make the mortar stiff, yet 
plastic, and then pressing it into molds 
with the trowel without ramming. 
Briquettes so made shall develop an 
ultimate strength as follows: Neat ce- 
ment one day in air and six days in 
water, 450 pounds per square inch, with 
an increase *of twenty (20) per cent at 
the end of twenty-eight days over that 
shown at the end of seven days. 

One part of cement when mixed by 
volume with three parts of sharp and 
clean sand, one day in air and six days 
in water, shall develop a tensile strength 
of 200 pounds per square inch with an 
increase of not less than twenty (20) 



per cent at the end of twenty-eight days 
over that shown at the end of seven 
days. 

General — 

Ample storage facilities shall be 
provided so that sufficient cement 
IS always on hand to enable the 
foregoing tests to be made before the 
cement is used, and no cement will, un- 
der any circumstances, be allowed to 
be used until such tests have been 
made. 

The storage of cement shall be such 
as to thoroughly protect it from the 
weather until used. All lumpy, dirty 
or damaged cement shall be rejected; 
also all damaged or short weight pack- 
ages. Any cement that has been re- 
jected shall at once be removed from 
the site of the work. 

Sand — 

The sand to be used as fine aggregate 
shall be coarse, clean and sharp tor- 
pedo sand, free from all clay, loam, 
vegetable or other deleterious matter. 
It shall pass when dry a screen hav- 
ing 14 -inch diameter holes, and not more 
than 6 per cent shall pass a sieve having 
100 meshes per linear inch. It shall 
preferably be of silicious material. 
Stone — 

The coarse aggregate to be used shall 
consist of crushed stone or gravel, 
broken into angular pieces and graded 
in size^ and which is retained on a screen 
having i/4-inch diameter holes. It shall 
be clean, hard, durable and free from 
all deleterious material. Aggregates 
containing soft, flat or elongated par- 
ticles shall not be used. For rein- 
forced concrete it shall be of a size 
small enough to pass in any direction 
through rings from one-half (1/2) to 
one ahd one-half (ll^) inches in diame- 
ter depending on the purpose for which 
the concrete is to be used. 

Portland Cement Mortar — 

Portland cement mortar to be used 
under bed plates and bolsters shall be 
mixed in the proportion of one (1) part 
of cement to two (2) parts of sand. 
When mortar is used for grout it shall 
be mixed one (1) part of cement to one 
(1) part of sand. 

Steel for Reinfo7'cement of Concrete — 

'Steel for reinforcement of concrete 
shall be made by the open-hearth pro- 



December 5, 1910. 



REPORTS OF COMMITTEES. 



2025 



cess. Rerolled material shall not be 
used. 

Plates and shapes used for reinforce- 
ment shall be of structural steel only. 
Rods, bars and wire may be of struc- 
tural steel or high carbon steel. 

The chemical and physical properties 
of structural steel shall be the same 
as given above for steel structures, and 
those of high carbon steel shall con- 
form to the 'following limits: 

High carbon steel shall contain not 
more than 0.04 per cent of phosphorus 
for basic steel and not more than 0.06 
per cent of phosphorous for acid steel, 
and not more than 0.05 per cent of sul- 
phur for either steel. Its desired ulti- 
mate tensile strength shall be 88,000 
pounds per square inch. Its elongation 
in 8 inches shall be not less than 
1,000,000 



Ultimate Tensile Strength 
The character of its fracture shall be 
silky or finely granular. It shall stand 
cold bending," without fracture to 180 
degrees around a pin the diameter of 
which shall be not more than four times 
the thickness of the piece submitted to 
bending. 

The yield point for rods, bars and 
wires, as indicated by the drop of the 
beam of the testing ' machine, shall be 
not l^^ss than 60 per cent of the ultimate 
tensile strength. 

The ultimate strength of high carbon 
steel may vary 6,000 'pounds from that 
desired. 

The inspection and tests of high car- 
bon steel* material shall be made to 
the same extent and in the same care- 
ful manner as prescribed for structural 
steel, and all "facilities necessary for 
such inspection and tests shall be fur- 
nished. 

7. ALLOWABLE UNIT STRESSES AND DE- 
TAILS OF DESIGN FOR REINFORCED 
CONCRETE STRUCTURES. 

The following recommended working 
stresses, in pounds per square inch of 
section, are for use in concrete of such 
quality as to be capable of developing 
an average compressive strength of at 
least 2,000 pounds per square inch 
when tested in cylinders 8 inches in 
diameter and 16i inches long and 
twenty-eight days old, under laboratory 
conditions of manufacture and storage, 
the mixture being of the same consis- 
tency as is used in the field. 



Wherever concrete in beams, slabs, etc., 
is exposed to tension or bending forces, 
it shall be properly and fully reinforced 
by steel rods, bars, etc., which shall be 
dimensioned to be capable of taking up 
all possible tension stresses which may 
occur. 

All piers, abutments, columns and 
posts, built of concrete, must also be 
reinforced by rods, etc., in an effective 
and approved manner. 

The ratio of the co-efficient of elas- 
ticity of reinforcing steel to the co- 
efficient of elasticity of concrete shall 
be assumed to be a constant within 
working stresses of the latter, and its 
value shall be 15. 

The maximum allowable unit tensile 
stress in reinforcing steel shall in 
no case exceed 15,000 pounds per square 
inch. 

The maximum allowable unit stress 
in compression on extreme fibres of con- 
crete beams and slabs, as derived from 
flexure formulas^ based on the linear 
variation of the stress, shall not ex- 
ceed 600 pounds per square inch. 

The maximum allowable unit stress 
in compression where the supporting 
surface is at least twice the loaded 
area, shall not exceed 600 pounds per 
square inch. 

The maximum allowable unit stress 
in shear, uncombined with tension or 
compression in the concrete, also shear- 
ing stresses in the concrete even when 
thoroughly reinforced for shear and 
diagonal tension, shall not exceed 100 
pounds per square inch. 

The bond allowance shall not exceed 
75 pounds per square inch for plain 
bars, nor exceed 100 pounds per square 
inch for deformed bars. 

Joints shall be provided to take care 
of temperature stresses. 

In all slabs, reinforcement in a direc- 
tion at right angles to the main rein- 
forcement shall be provided, such re- 
inforcement to have a sectional area 
of at least 

1 



500 

of the sectional concrete area. 

In ordinary cases beams and slabs 
shall be designed as freely supported^ 
but when warranted by suitable design 
and reinforcement, due consideration 
shall be given to their actual continuity 
over supports. 



2026 



BEPORTS OF COMMITTEES. 



December o, 1910. 



Ordinarily, bars and rods shall be 
spaced not closer than four (4) diam- 
eters center to center in the same layer, 
and in no case shall they be spaced 
closer than three (3) diameters center 
to center in the same layer. The mini- 
mum clearance between two layers of 
bars and rods in the same beam shall 
be three-quarter (%) inch. 

The distance from the surface of the 
concrete to the center of the nearest 
bars or rods shall be at least one (1) 
inch plus the diameter of the bar or 
rod. 

8. CONCRETE AND WORKMANSHIP FOR RE- 
INFORCED CONCRETE STRUCTURES. 

The unit of measure shall be the cubic 
foot. A bag containing not less than 94 
pounds of cement shall be assumed as 
one cubic foot of cement. Fine and 
coarse aggregates shall be measured sep- 
arately as loosely thrown into the meas- 
uring receptacle. 

The fine and coarse aggregates shall 
be used in such relative proportions as 
will insure maximum density. 

For reinforced concrete a proportion 
of 1:6, (unless a richer mixture will be 
found advantageous for special condi- 
tions), shall be used, i. e., one part of 
cement to a total of six parts of fine 
and coarse aggregates measured sepa- 
rately. 

The ingredients of concrete shall be 
thoroughly mixed to the desired consist- 
ency, and the mixing shall continue 
until the cement is uniformly distrib- 
uted and the mass is uniform in color 
and homogeneous. 

The various ingredients, including the 
water, shall be measured separately, and 
the methods of measurement shall be 
such as to secure the proper proportions 
at all times. 

A machine mixer^ preferably of the 
batch type, shall be used, wherever the 
volume of work will justify the expense 
of installing the plant. The require- 
ments demanded are that the product 
delivered shall be of the specified pro- 
portions and consistency and thoroughly 
mixed. 

When it is necessary to mix by hand, 
the mixing shall be on a watertight 
platform of sufficient size to accommo- 
date men and materials for the progres- 
sive and rapid mixing of at least two 
batches of concrete at the same time. 
Batches shall not exceed one-half cubic 
yard each. The mixing shall be done 



as follows: The fine aggregate shall be 
spread evenly upon the platform, then 
the cement upon the fine aggregates, and 
these mixed thoroughly until of an even 
color. The water necessary to mix a 
thin mortar shall then be added and the 
mortar spread again. The coarse aggre- 
gates, which, if dry. shall first be thor- 
oughly wetted down, shall then be added 
to the mortar. The mass shall tlien be 
turned with shovels or hoes uritil thor- 
oughly mixed and all of the aggregate 
covered with mortar. Or, if preferred, 
the coarse aggregate may be added be- 
fore, instead of after, adding the water. 

The materials shall be mixed wet 
enough to produce a concrete of such a 
consistency that it will flow into the 
forms and about the metal reinforce- 
ment, and which, on the other hand, can 
be conveyed from the place of mixing 
to the forms witbout separation of the 
coarse aggregates from the mortar. 

Eetempering mortar or concrete, i. e., 
remixing with water after it has par- 
tially set, will not be permitted. 

Concrete, after the addition of water 
to the mixture, shall be handled rapidly 
from the place of mixing to the place 
of final deposit, and under no circum- 
stances shall concrete be used that has 
partially set before final placing. 

The concrete shall be deposited in such 
a manner as will prevent the separation 
of the ingredients and permit the most 
thorough compacting. It shall be com- 
pacted by working with a straight shovel 
or slicing^ tool kept moving up and down 
until all the ingredients have settled 
in their proper place and the surplus 
water is forced to the surface. In gen- 
eral, except in arch work, all concrete 
must be deposited in horizontal layers 
of uniform thickness throughout. 

Before placing new concrete on or 
against concrete which has set, the sur- 
face of the latter shall be roughened, 
thoroughly cleansed of foreign material 
and laitance, drenched and slushed with 
a mortar consisting of one part Portland 
cement and not more than two parts fine 
aggregate. 

The concrete shall not be mixed or de- 
posited at a freezing temperature, un- 
less special and sufficient precautions 
are taken to avoid the use of materials 
Qontaining frost or covered with ice 
crystals, and, to provide means to pre- 
vent the concrete from freezing. 

Forms shall be substantial and un- 
yieldinsf and built so that the concrete 



December 5, 1910. 



EEPOBTS OF COMMITTEES. 



2027 



shall conform to the designed dimensions I 
and contours, and so constructed as to 
prevent the leakage of mortar. 

For all important work, the lumber 
used for face work shall be dressed to 
a uniform thickness and width, shall be 
sound and free from loose knots and 
secured to the studding and uprights 
in horizontal lines. 

Where corners of the masonry and 
other projections liable to injury occpr, 
suitable moldings shall be placed in the 
angles of the forms to round or bevel 
them off. 

Lumber once used in forms shall be 
cleaned before being used again. 

The reinforcement shall be carefully 
placed in accordance with the plans, and 
adequate means shall be provided to hold 
it in its proper position until the con- 
crete has been deposited and compacted. 

Concrete structures, wherever possible, 
shall be cast at one operation, but when 
this is not possible, the resulting joint 
shall be formed where it will least im- 
pair the strength and appearance of the 
structure. 

Except where a special surface finish 
is required, a spade or special tool shall 
always be worked between the concrete 
and the form to force back the coarse 
aggregates and produce a mortar face. 

If noticeable voids or pockets are dis- 
covered when the forms are removed, 
they shall be immediately filled and 
smoothed over with a cement mortar 
mixed in the proportion of one (1) 
part of Portland cement and two (2) 
parts of sand. 

Top surfaces shall generally be 
'"struck" with a straight edge or 
"floated" after the coarse aggregates 
have been forced below the surface. 

Where a "sidewalk finish" is called 
' for on the plans, it shall be made by 
spreading a layer of 1 : 2 mortar at least 
% inch thiciv, troweling the same to a 
smooth finish. This finishing coat shall 
be put on before the concrete has taken 
its initial set. 

6. GENERAL. 

It is to be understood that all strain 
sheets and plans, in reference either to 
the reinforcement of existing viaducts 
or to the entire reconstruction of obso- 
lete structures, must be made in con- 
formity with the requirements of these 
specifications and acceptable to the Citj^' 
of Chicago and shall be submitted for 
examination and approval to the Com- 
missioner of Public Works. 



Section" 2. That whenever any per- 
son or persons, corporation or corpor- 
ations shall desire to construct, recon- 
struct, or repair any viaduct or viaducts 
leading over any railroad track or tracks 
in the City of Chicago, such person or 
persons, or corporation or corporations 
shall first submit to the Commissioner 
of Public Works the plan or plans in ac- 
cordance with which it is proposed to so 
construct, reconstruct or repair such via- 
duct or viaducts, and if said Commis- 
sioner of Public Works finds that such 
plan or plans comply with the terms of 
this ordinance he shall grant to the 
person or persons, corporation or cor- 
porations presenting such plan or plans 
a permit to construct, reconstruct or re- 
pair the viaduct in accordance with such 
plan or plans. 

Section 3. No person or persons, cor- 
poration or corporations shall construct, 
reconstruct or repair any viaduct in the 
City of Chicago leading over any rail- 
road track or tracks without first ob- 
taining from the Commissioner of Pub- 
lic Works a permit so to do, in accord- 
ance Avith the foregoing sections of this 
ordinance. 

Section 4. Any person or persons, 
corporation or corporations who shall 
violate the foregoing provisions of this 
ordinance, or maintain any viaduct 
which does not comply with the terms 
of this ordinance, shall be fined not less 
than fifty nor more than one hundred 
dollars for each offense, and every such 
person or persons, corporation or cor- 
porations shall be deemed guilty of a 
separate offense for each day that such 
violation, disobedience, neglect or refusal 
shall continue. 

Section 5. This ordinance shall be 
in force and effect from and after its 
passage, approval and publication. 

Section 6. The previous viaduct or- 
dinance passed by the City Council on 
July 6th, 1909, is hereby repealed. 
Respectfully submitted, 
(Signed) James Donahoe, 

Chairman. 

ALSO, 

The same committee submitted a re- 
port as follows : 

Chicago, December 5, 1910. 
To the Mayor and Aldermen of the City 
of Chicago in City Council Assembled: 
Your Committee on Judiciary, to 
whom was referred (November 28, 1910, 



2028 



BEPORTS OF COMMITTEES. 



December 5, IQIO"^ 



page 1785) an ordinance amending Sec- 
tion 1309 of the Revised Municipal Code 
of Chicago of 1905, concerning the duties 
of the Superintendent of the House of 
Correction (to provide that wages be 
given for work done and a portion of 
the wages so earned go toward the sup- 
port of the families of the prisoners), 
having had the same under advisement, 
beg leave to report and recommend that 
the said ordinance be referred to the 
Committee on Police Department and 
Bridewell. 

Respectfully submitted, 
(Signed) James Donahoe, 

Chairman. 

Unanimous consent was given for the 
consideration of the said report. 

Aid. Donahoe moved to concur in the 
report. 

The motion prevailed. 

ALSO, 

The same committee submitted a re- 
port as follows: 

Chicago, December 5, 1910. 
To the Mayor and Aldermen of the City 
of Chicago in City Council AssemMed: 
Your Committee on Judiciary, to 
whom was referred (October 10, 1910, 
page 1487). an ordinance amending Sec- 
tion 1450 of the Revised Municipal Code 
of Chicago of 1905, concerning advertis- 
ing devices (to permit the crying of 
wares between the hours of 9:00 A. M., 
and 6 P. M., having had the same under 
advisement, beg leave to report and rec- 
ommend that the said ordinance be 
placed on file. 

Respectfully submitted, 
(Signed) James Donahoe, 

Gliairman. 

Unanimous consent was given for the 
consideration of the said report. 

Aid. Donahoe moved to concur in the 
report. 

The motion prevailed. 

ALSO, 

The same committee submitted a re- 
port as follows: 

Chicago, December 5, 1910. 
To the Mayor and Aldermen of the City 
of Chicago in City Council Assembled: 
Your Committee on Judiciary, to 
whom was referred (December 20, 1909, 
page 2368), an ordinance providing that 
all fruits, vegetables and dairy products 



shall be sold by standard avoirdupois- 
weight, having had the same under ad- 
visement, beg leave to report and recom- 
mend that the said ordinance be placed! 
on file. 

Respectfully submitted, 
(Signed) James Donahoe, 

Chairman. 

Unanimous consent was given for the- 
consideration of the said report. 

Aid. Donahoe moved to concur in the- 
report. 

The motion prevailed. 

also, 

The same committee submitted a re- 
port as follows: 

Chicago, December 5, 1910. 
To the Mayor and Aldermen of the City 
of Chicago in City Council Assembled: 
Your Committee on Judiciary, to- 
whom was referred (July il, 1910, page 
1085), a communication from the City 
Electrician concerning the wrapping of 
electric light poles, having had the same 
under advisement, beg leave to report 
and recommend that the said communi- 
cation be placed on file. 

Respectfully submitted, 
(Signed) James Donahoe, 

Chairman. 

Unanimous consent was given for the 
consideration of the said report. 

Aid. Donahoe moved to concur in the 
report. 

The motion prevailed. 

ALSO, 

The same committee submitted a re- 
port as follows: 

Chicago, December 5, 1910. 
To the Mayor and Aldermen of the City, 
of Chicago in City Council Assembled^ 
Your Committee on Judiciary, to 
whom was referred (November 28, 1910, 
page 1748), a communication from the 
United Grocers and Butchers of Chicago, 
protestinsr against the repeal of or 
amendment of the ordinance prohibiting 
the crying of wares, having had the 
same under advisement, beg leave to re- 
port and recommend that the said com- 
munication be placed on file. 

Respectfully submitted, 
(Signed) James Donahoe, 

Chairman^ 



December 5, 1910. 



EEPOETS OF 



COMMITTEES. 



202D 



Unanimous consent was given for the 
consideration of the said report. 

Aid. Donahoe moved to concur in the 
report. 

The motion prevailed. 



SCHOOLS. 

The Committee on Schools, to whom 
had been referred (November 14, 1910), 
a request of the Board of Education for 
authority for the direct purchase of 
property adjoining the George Howland 
School, submitted a report recommend- 
ing the passage of an order submitted 
therewith. 

Unanimous consent was given for the 
consideration of the said report. 

Aid. Cermak moved to concur in the 
report and pass the said order. 

The motion prevailed, and the said 
order was passed by yeas and nays as 
follows : 

Yeas — Kenna, Coughlin, Shufelt, Fore- 
man, Pringle, Richert, Sheahan, Martin, 
Long, Parker, Merriam, Snow, Emerson, 
Derpa, Egan, Vavricek, CuUerton, Dan- 
isch, Cermak, Fulton, Buckley, Lawley, 
Lucas, Utpatel, Beilfuss, Koraleski, Sitts, 
Healy, Powers, Taylor, Foell, Bauler, 
Clettenberg, Hey, Britten, Krumholz, 
Haderlein, Dunn, Thomson^ Lipps, Rein- 
berg, Capp, Wilson, Littler, Twigg, 
Mueller, McDermott, Mclnerney, Ma- 
honey, Kearns, Bergen, Fisher, Rea, 
Reading, Block, Ryan, Donahoe, Clark, 
Forsberg — 59. 

Nays — None. 

The following is the said order as 
passed : 

_ Ordered, That the Board of Educa- 
tion be and it is authorized to accept 
the proposition of the Douglas Park 
Christian Church to sell Lots 45 and 46, 
Sherman & Walter's Resubdivision, Block 
11, Circuit Court Partition of the E. i/g, 
N. E. Vd. and that part of E. 1/2, S. E. 
% (lying north of center line of 
Ogden avenue), Section 23-39-13, to- 
gether with all buildings and improve- 
ments thereon, having a frontage of 50 
feet on Turner avenue by a depth of 
124.95 feet, for the sum of $3,650.00. 

ALSO, 

The same committee submitted the 
following report, which was, on motion 
of Aid. Cermak, deferred and ordered 
published : 



Chicago, December 5, 1910. 
To the Mayor and Aldermen of the City 
of Chicago in City Council Assembled: 
Your Committee on Schools, to whom 
was referred (November 14, 1910, page 
1684), a request of the Board of Edu- 
cation for appropriation of $175,000 
for erection of school building at Estes, 
Pingree and Greenleaf avenues, having 
had the same under advisement, beg 
leave to report and recommend the 
passage of the following order: 

Ordered, That the sum of $175,000 be 
and the same is hereby appropriated 
for the erection of a twenty-four room 
building, with rooms for manual train- 
ina- and household arts, an assemblv hall 
and gymnasium, on the site which has 
now been acquired by the Board of Edu- 
cation at Estes, Pingree and Greenleaf 
avenues, in the vicinity of the Branch 
of the Eusrene Field School, and that 
the City Comptroller is authorized and 
directed to set aside the said sum of 
$175,000 out of the unappropriated bal- 
ance of the building account for said 
improvement. 

Respectfully submitted, 
(Signed) A. J. Cermak, 

Chairman. 

ALSO, 

The same committee submitted the 
following report, which was, on motion 
of Aid. Cermak, deferred and ordered 
published : 

Chicago, December 5, 1910. 

To the Mayor and Aldermen of the City 
of Chicago in City Council AssemUed: 

Your Committee on Schools, to whom 
was referred (November 14, 1910, page 
1684), a request of the Board of Educa- 
tion to rescind action appropriating 
$165,000 for Burke School and to appro- 
priate $125,000 for the said school, having 
had the same under advisement, beg 
leave to report and recommend the pas- 
sage of the following order: 

Ordered, That so much of the order 
passed February 28th, 1910, page 3298, 
as refers to appropriation of $165,000 
for the Burke School be and the same 
is herebv rescinded. 

Ordered, That the sum of $125,000 be 
and the same is hereby appropriated for 
a sixteen-room building, together with 
a manual training room, a household 
arts room, a gymnasium and an assem- 
bly hall, on the present lot of the Burke 



2030 



EEPOETS OP 



COMMITTEES. December 5, 1910. 



School, corner 54th street and South 
Park avenue, and that the City Comp- 
troller is authorized to set aside the said 
sum of $125,000 out of the unappro- 
priated balance of the building account 
for said improvement. 

Respectfully submitted, 
(Siffnea^ A. J. Cermak, 

Chairman. 

ALSO, 

The same committee submitted the 
following report, which waS;, on motion 
of Aid. Cermak, deferred and ordered 
published: 

Chicago, December 5, 1910. 

To the Mayor and Aldermen of the City 
of Chicago in City Council Assembled: 
Your Committee on Schools, to whom 
was referred (November 14, 1910, page 

1684 and November 28, 1910, page 1809), 
requests of the Board of Education for 
authority to acquire property for school 
sites at Berteau, Warner, 52nd and 53rd 
avenues, and at Monticello, Lawndale 
avenues and School street, also property 
adjoining Ravenswood, Von Humboldt, 
Wendell Phillips High and Burroughs 
Schools, having had the same under ad- 
visement, beg leave to report and rec- 
ommend the passage of the following 
order : 

Ordered, That the Board of Education 
be and it is hereby authorized to acquire 
title, under the eminent domain law for 
the use of schools, to the following de- 
scribed property: Lots 1 to 12 and 37 to 
48, all inclusive, in Block 5, in Gardner's 
Fourth Addition to Montrose, being a 
subdivision of the East 1/2 of the East 
V2 of the South of Lot 8, in School 
Trustees' Subdivision, etc., and Lots 1 
to 18, both inclusive, in Safford's Addi- 
tion to Montrose, being a subdivision of 
the West 1/0 of the East % of the South 
I/O of Lot 8 in School Trustees' Subdi- 
vision, Section 16-40-13, being property 
for a new school site having a frontage 
of 604.22 on Berteau avenue, 604.22 feet 
frontage on Warner avenue, 266.74 feet 
on North 52nd avenue, and 266.76 feet 
on North 53rd avenue. 

Lots 1 to 36, both inclusive, in Carter 
and Stade's Subdivision of part of Block 
4 in K. K. Jones' Subdivision, etc.. Sec- 
tion 23-40-13, together with all buildings 
and improvements thereon, being prop- 
erty for a new school site having a 
frontage of 417.76 feet on Monticello 
avenue, 417.76 feet on North Lawndale | 



avenue, extending north, and having a 
frontage of 266.44 feet on School street. 

Lots 7 and 8, in Block 25, in Ravens- 
wood, being a subdivision of the N. E. l^ 
(except the north 20 acres of the east 
half thereof ) ; also the N. E. % of the 
S. E. 14, Section 18-40-14, and S. y> of 
the S. W. % of the N. W. 1^ lying east 
of Clark street, of Section 17-40-14, to- 
gether with all buildings and improve- 
ments thereon, having a frontage of 100 
feet on North Paulina street by a depth 
of 165 feet directly south of and ad- 
joining the present Ravenswood School 
premises. 

Lots 12 to 16, both inclusive, in H. M. 
Thompson's Subdivision of N. W. % of 
N. E. 14, Section 1-39-13, etc., having a 
frontage of 125 feet on North Rockwell 
street by a depth of 125 feet, north of 
and adjacent to the Von Humboldt 
School premises. 

158.35 feet frontage on Prairie avenue 
by a depth of 124.13 feet directly north 
of and adjoining the present iA^endell 
Phillips High School premises, without 
improvements. 

Lots 9 and 10, in Block 2 in Thomas 
Kelly's Addition to Chicago, in the W. 
1/2, S. E. 14 of Section 36-39-13, having 
a frontage of 50 feet on South Washte- 
naw avenue by a depth of 125 feet south 
of and adjoining the Burroughs School 
premises; also lots 40 to 44 both inclu- 
sive (same legal description as above) 
having a frontage of 143.5 feet on West 
35th place by a depth of 125 feet, west 
of and adjacent to the Burroughs School 
premises, together with al buildings and 
improvements thereon. 

Respectfully submitted, 

(Signed) A. J. Cermak, 

Chairman. 



LOCAL INDUSTRIES. 

The Committee on Local Industries 
submitted the following report, which 
was, on motion of Aid. Richert, deferred 
and ordered published : 

Chicago, November 15, 1910. 
To the Mayor and Aldermen of the City 
of Chicago in City Council Assembled: 
Your Committee on Local Industries, 
to whom was referred (November 14, 
1910, page 1717), ordinance amending 
ordinance of Charles E. Reading of No- 
vember 1, 1909, for switch track, hav- 
ing had the same under advisement, beg 



December 5, 1910. 



REPORTS OF COMMITTEES. 



2031 



leave to report and recommend the pas- 
sage of the ordinance with compensa- 
tion as fixed by the select Committee 
on Compensation: 

Be it ordained ly (^'^^V Council of the 
City of Chicago: 

Section 1. That an ordinance passed 
by the City Council of the City of Chi- 
cago on November 1st, 1909, and printed 
upon pages 1597-8 Council Proceedings 
of that date, granting authority to 
Charles E. Reading, his heirs, successors 
and assigns, to construct and maintain 
a single railroad switch track across 
State street, be and the same is hereby 
amended as follows: By striking out 
Section one and inserting the following 
in lieu thereof: "That permission and 
authority be and the same are hereby 
given and granted to Charles E. Reading, 
his heirs, executors and asigns, to con- 
struct and maintain a single railroad 
switch track connecting with the tracks 
of the Chicago & Western Indiana Rail- 
road Company and the Belt Railway 
Company of Chicago at a point about 
eighty (80) feet west of the west line 
of^ State street: thence running in a 
southeasterly direction across State 
street to a point on the east line thereof 
about three hundred thirty-foiir (334) 
feet south of the south line of 115th 
street; thence continuing in an easterly 
direction across private property and 
the sixteen (16) foot north and south 
public alley between State street and 
Michigan avenue about three hundred 
(300) feet south of the south line of 
115th street, as shown in red upon blue 
print hereto attached, which for greater 
certainty is hereby made a part of this 
ordinance;" and 'further by inserting 
after the word "street" in lines three 
and fourteen of section three, right-hand 
column, page 1597 of said ordinance, the 
words "and alley," and by inserting 
after the word "street" in line twenty- 
two of section three, left-hand column, 
pas-e 1598 of said ordinance, the words 
"and allev;" and further, by striking 
out the words and fissures "sixtv-five 
dollars ($65.00)" in line four, section 
five, left-hand column, page 1598, and in- 
sertinp- in lieu thereof the words and 
figures "Ninety dollars ($90.00)". 

Section 2. This ordinance shall take 
effect and be in force from and after its 
passage, provided said Charles E. Reading 
and the sureties on the bond heretofore 
filed with the City Clerk, in accordance 
with section eight of the aforementioned 



ordinance, shall file their written accep- 
tance of this ordinance with the City 
Clerk within sixty (60) days after the 
passage hereof. 

Respectfully submitted, 
(Signed 7 John A. Richert, 

Chairman. 



STREETS AND ALLEYS, NORTH 
DIVISION. 

The Committee on Streets and Alleys, 
North Division, submitted the following 
report, which was. on motion of Aid. 
Krumholz, deferred and ordered pub- 
lished : 

Chicago, December 5, 1910. 
To the Mayor and Aldermen of the City 
of Chicago in City Council Assembled: 
Your Committee on Streets and Al- 
leys, North Division, to whom was re- 
ferred ordinance granting Criterion 
Theater permission to construct a can- 
opy, projecting over the sidewalk from 
the building situated at No. 1222 Sedg- 
wick street (referred October 10, 1910, 
page 1489), having had the same under 
advisement, beg leave to report and rec- 
ommend the passage of the ordinance 
with compensation as fixed by the select 
Committee on Compensation: 
Be it ordained hy the City Council of the 
City of Chicago: 

Section 1. That permission and au- 
thority be and the same are hereby 
given and granted to the Criterion The- 
atre, a corporation, its successors and 
assigns, to construct, maintain and use 
a canopy over the sidewalk in Sedgwick 
street, 'extending from the building 
known as 1222 Sedgwick street, which 
canopy shall be constructed of incom- 
bustible material. Said canopy shall not 
exceed twenty-one (21) feet in length, 
nor extend more than eight (8) feet 
beyond the face of the building, and 
the lowest portion of the same shall 
not be less than twelve (12) feet above 
the surface of the sidewalk at that 
point. 

The location, construction and main- 
tenance of said canopy shall be under 
the direction and supervision of the 
Commissioner of Public Works and the 
Fire Marshal of the City of Chicago, 
and the location and construction of the 
same shall be in accordance with plans 
and specifications which shall first be 
approved by the Commissioner of Public 



2032 



EEPORTS OF COMMITTEES. 



December 5, 1910. 



Works and the Fire Marshal of the 
City of Chicago, a copy of which plans 
and specifications shall at all times be 
kept on file in the office of the Commis- 
sioner of Public Works, and no permit 
sliail be issued allowing any work to be 
done in and about the construction of 
said canopy herein authorized until such 
plans and specifications have first been 
submitted to and approved by the Com- 
missioner of Public Works and said Fire 
Marshal. 

Section 2. The permission and authoritv 
herein granted shall cease and determine 
ten ( 10) years from and after the date of 
the passage of this ordinance, or at any 
time prior thereto in the discretion of 
the Mayor. This ordinance is subject 
to amendment, modification or repeal at 
any time, and in case of repeal all priv- 
ileges hereby given shall thereupon cease 
and determine. In ease of the termina- 
tion of the privileges herein granted 
by lapse of time or by the exercise of 
the Mayor's discretion or other^vise, said 
grantee, its successors or assigns, 'shall 
remove said canopy without cost or ex- 
pense of any kind whatsoever to the 
City of Chicago, provided that in the 
event of the failure, neglect or refusal 
on the part of said grantee, its suc- 
cessors or assigns, to remove said can- 
opy when directed so to do, the Citv of 
Chicago may proceed to remove same 
and charge the expense thereof to said 
grantee, its successors or assigns. 

Section 3. In consideration of the 
privileges herein granted and as com- 
pensation therefor, said Criterion The- 
atre, its successors or assigns, shall pay 
to the City of Chicago, so long as the 
privileges herein authorized are bems; 
enjoyed, the sum of twenty-five dollars 
($25.00) per year, payable annually in 
advance, the first payment to be made 
as of the date of the passage of this 
ordinance, and each succeeding payment 
annually thereafter, provided that if de- 
fault IS made in the payment of any 
of the installments of compensation 
herein provided for, the privileges herein 
granted shall immediately terminate 
and this ordinance shall become null and 
void. 

Section 4. Before doing any work 
under and by virtue of the authority 
herein granted said grantee shall execute 
a bond to the City of Chicago in the 
penal sum of ten thousand dollars 
($10,000.00), with sureties to be ap- 
proved by the Mayor, conditioned upon 



the faithful observance and performance 
ot all and singular the conditions and 
provisions of this ordinance, and condi- 
tioned further to indemnify, keep and 
save harmless the City of Chicago 
against all liabilities, judgments, costs 
damages and expenses which may in any 
wise come against said city in conse- 
quence of the granting of this ordinance, 
or which may accrue against, be charged 
to or recovered from said city from or 
by reason or on account of the passage 
of this ordinance, or from or by reason 
or on account of any act or thing done 
by the grantee herein by virtue of the 
authority herein granted. Said bond 
and the liability of the sureties thereon 
shall be kept in force throughout the life 
of this ordinance, and if at any time 
during the life of this ordinance such 
bond shall not be in full force, then 
the privileges herein granted shall there- 
upon cease. 

Section 5. This ordinance shall take 
effect and be in force from and after 
its passage, upon the filing of the ac- 
ceptance in writing of this ordinance by 
the said grantee and the filing of the 
bond herein provided for within sixty 
(60) days of the passage hereof. 

Pespectfully submitted, 

(Signed) August Krumholz, 

Chairman. 



STREETS AND ALLEYS, SOUTH 
DIVISION. 

The Committee on Streets and Alleys, 
South Division, submitted the following 
report, which was, on motion of Aid. 
Pveading, deferred and ordered published : 

Chicago, November 23, 1910. 
To the Mayor and Aldermen of the City 
of Chicago in City Council Assembled: 
Your Committee on Streets and Al- 
leys, South Division, to whom was re- 
ferred (October 17, 1910, page 1528), or- 
dinance granting Chicago Gayety The- 
ater Company permission to maintain 
canopy in front of 121-127 South Clark 
street, having had the same under ad- 
visement, beg leave to report and recom- 
mend the passage of the ordinance with 
compensation as fixed by the select Com- 
mittee on Compensation : 

Be it ordained hy the City Council of the 
City of Chicago : 

Section 1. That permission and au- 
thority be and the same are hereby given 



December 5, 1910. 



REPORTS OF COMMITTEES. 



2033 



^nd granted to the Chicago Gayety The- 
ater Company, a New York corporation, 
its successors and assigns, to construct, 
maintain and use a canopy over the 
sidewalk in Clark street, extending from 
the building known as 121-127 South 
Clark street, which canopy shall be con- 
structed of incombustible material. Said 
.canopy shall not exceed thirty-five (35) 
feet in length nor extend more than six- 
teen (16) feet beyond the face of the 
building, and the lowest portion of the 
same shall not be less than twelve (12) 
ieet above the surface of the sidewalk 
at that point. 

The location, construction and main- 
tenance of said canopy shall be under 
the direction and supervision of the 
€ommissiorier of Public Works and the 
Fire Marshal of the City of Chicago, and 
the location and construction of the 
same shall be in accordance with plans 
^ind specifications which shall first be 
-approved by the Commissioner of Public 
Works and the Fire Marshal of the City 
of Chicago, a copy of which plans and 
.specifications shall at all times be kept 
on file in the office of the Coriimissioner 
of Public Works, and no permit shall be 
issued allowing any work to be done in 
and about the construction of said 
canopy herein authorized until such 
plans and specifications have first been 
submitted to and approved by the Com- 
missioner of Public Works and said 
Fire Marshal. 

Section 2. The permission and au- 
thoritv herein granted shall cease and 
determine ten ( 10 ) years from and after 
the date of the passage of this ordi- 
nance, or at any time prior thereto in 
the discretion of the Mayor. This ordi- 
nance is subject to amendment, modifi- 
cation or repeal at any time, and in case 
of repeal all privileges hereby given 
shall thereupon cease and determine. In 
case of the termination of the privileges 
herein granted, by lapse of time or by 
the exercise of the Mayor's discretion, 
or otherwise, said grantee, its successors 
or assigns, shall remove said canopy 
without cost or expense of any kind 
whatsoever to the City of Chicago, pro- 
vided that in the event of the failure, 
neglect or refusal on the part of said 
grantee, its successors or assigns, to re- 
move said canopy when directed so to 
do, the City of Chicago may proceed to 
remove same and charge the expense 
thereof to said grantee, its successors 
or assigns. 



Section 3. In consideration of the privi- 
leges herein granted and as compensation 
therefor, said Chicago Gayety Theatre 
Company, its successors or assigns, shall 
pay to the City of Chicago, so long as 
the privileges herein authorized are being 
enjoyed, the sum of thirty dollars 
($30.00) per year, payable annually in 
advance, the first payment to be made 
as of the date of the passage of this 
ordinance, and each succeeding payment 
annually thereafter, provided that if de- 
fault is made in the payment of any 
of the installments of compensation 
herein provided for, the privileges herein 
granted shall immediately terminate 
and this ordinance shall become null and 
void. 

Section 4. Before doing any work 
under and by virtue of the authority 
herein granted said grantee shall exe- 
cute a bond to the City of Chicago in 
the penal sum of ten thousand dollars 
($10,000.00) with sureties to be ap- 
proved by the Mayor, conditioned upon 
the faithful observance and performance 
of all and singular the conditions and 
provisions of this ordinance, and condi- 
tioned further to indemnify, keep and 
save harmless the City of Chicago 
against all liabilities, judgments, costs, 
damages and expenses which may in any 
wise come against said city in conse- 
quence of the granting of this ordinance, 
or which may accrufe against, be charged 
to or recovered from said city from or 
by reason or on account of the passage 
of this ordinance, or from or by reason 
or on account of any act or thing done 
by the grantee herein by virtue of the 
authority herein granted. Said bond 
and the liability of the sureties thereon 
shall be kept in force throughout the 
life of this ordinance, and if at any 
time during the life of this ordinance 
such bond shall not be in full force, then 
the privileges herein granted shall there- 
upon cease. 

Section 5. This ordinance shall take 
effect and be in force from and after 
its passage, upon the filing of the ac- 
ceptance in writing of this ordinance 
by the said grantee and the filing of the 
bond herein provided for within sixty 
(60) days of the passage hereof. 

Respectfully submitted, 
(Signed) Charles E. Reading, 

Chairman. 

ALSO, 

The same committee submitted the 



2034 



REPORTS OF COMMITTEES. 



December 5, 1910. 



following report, which was, on motion 
of Aid. Reading, deferred and ordered 
published : 

Chicago, November 23, 1910. 
To the Mayor and Aldermen of the City 
of Chicago in City Council AssemUed: 
Your Committee on Streets and Al- 
leys, South Division, to whom was re- 
ferred (November 14, 1910, page 1706), 
ordinance granting C. C. Heisen scale on 
east side of Federal street, between 
Polk and Harrison streets, having had 
the same under advisement, beg leave 
to report and recommend the passage 
of the ordinance with compensation as 
fixed by tne select Committee on Com- 
pensation: 

Be it ordained by the City Council of the 
City of Chicago : 

Section 1. That permission and au- 
.thority be and the same are hereby given 
and granted to C. C. Heisen, his suc- 
cessors and assigns, to construct, main- 
tain and operate a scale in the east side 
of Federal street, 40 feet south of Har- 
rison street; the location and construc- 
tion of said scale to be under the direc- 
tion and supervision and to the satisfac- 
tion of the Commissioner of Public 
Works. 

Section 2. The permission and au- 
thority herein given shall cease and de- 
termine ten (10) y,ears from and after 
the passage of this ordinance, or at any 
time prior thereto in the discretion of 
the Mayor. This ordinance is subject 
to modification, amendment or repeal 
at any time, and in case of repeal all 
privileges hereby granted shall there- 
upon cease and determine. 

Section 3. At the expiration of the 
privileges herein granted, the scale herein 
authorized shall be removed by said 
grantee, unless this ordinance shall be 
renewed, and if said scale is so removed 
the street where the same shall have 
been located shall be restored 
to its proper condition and to the satis- 
faction of the Commissioner of Public 
Works so that the said portion of said 
street shall be safe for public travel and 
in the same condition as the remaining 
portion of said street in the same block, 
at the sole expense of the grantee here- 
in, and without cost or expense of any 
kind whatsoever to the City of Chi- 
cago. 

Said grantee shall do no permanent 
injury to said street or in any manner 
interfere with any pipe, cable, wire or 



conduit therein, and shall not open or 
incumber more of said street than shall 
be necessary to enable him to proceed 
with advantage in constructing said 
scale. * 

Should said scale interfere with or ob- 
struct in any manner the construction 
of any municipal underground work here- 
after to be constructed the grantee herein 
shall remove said scale or change the lo- 
cation thereof, as directed by the Com- 
missioner of Public Works, at his own 
expense and without any expense what- 
soever to the City of Chicago. 

Section 4. The grantee herein, his 
successors or assigns, shall pay as com- 
pensation for the privileges herein 
granted the sum of twenty-five dollars 
($25.00) per annum during the life of 
this ordinance, the first payment to be 
made as of the date of the passage of 
this ordinance and succeeding payments 
annually thereafter. 

It is hereby made an express provision 
of this ordinance that the privileges 
herein granted shall terminate and this 
ordinance become null and void if said 
grantee, his successors or assigns, shall 
fail to promptly pay any installment 
of said compensation. 

Section 5. No work shall be done 
under the authority of this ordinance 
until a permit authorizing the same 
shall have been issued by the Commis- 
sioner of Public Works, and no permit 
shall be issued until the grantee shall 
execute to the City of Chicago a good 
and sufficient bond in the penal sum of 
ten thousand dollars ($10,000.00) with 
sureties to be approved bv the Mayor, 
conditioned to indemnify, save and keep 
harmless the City of Chicago from any 
and all liability, cost, damage or ex- 
pense of any kind whatsoever, which 
may be suff"ered by it, the said City of 
Chicagb, or which may accrue against, 
be charged to or recovered from said 
city from or by reason of the passage 
of this ordinance, or from or by reason 
of any act or thing done under or by 
authority of the permission herein 
given; and conditioned further to ob- 
serve and perform all and singular the 
conditions and provisions of this ordi- 
nance. 

Said bond and the liability of the 
sureties thereunder shall be kept in force 
throughout the life of this ordinance, 
and if at any time during the life of 
this ordinance said bond shall not be in 
full force, then the privileges and au- 



December 5, 1910. 



REPORTS OF COMMITTEES. 



2035 



thority herein granted shall thereupon 
cease. 

Section 6. During the life of this or- 
dinance the grantee herein, his succes- 
sors and assigns shall at all times keep 
the surface of the street around said 
scale and contiguous thereto in a con- 
dition satisfactory to the Commissioner 
of Public Works and safe for public 
travel. 

Section 7. This ordinance shall 
take effect and ' be in force from and 
after its passage and approval, provided, 
that the said grantee shall file his writ- 
ten acceptance and the bond hereinabove 
provided for within sixty (60) days 
from the passage hereof. 

Respectfully submitted, 

(Signed) Cpiarles E. Reading, 

Chairman. 



STREETS AND ALLEYS, WEST 
DIVISION. 

The Committee on Streets and Al- 
leys, West Division, submitted the fol- 
lowing report, which was, on motion of 
Aid. Egan, deferred and ordered pub- 
lished : J 

Chicago, December 5, 1910. 
To the Mayor and Aldermen of the City 
of Chicago in City Council Assembled: 
Your Committee on Streets and Al- 
leys, West Division, to whom was re- 
ferred (October 3, 1910, page 1432), or- 
dinance vacating alley between Lake 
street, Randolph street, Desplaines 
street and Jefferson street^ in Block 26, 
in the Original Town of Chicago, Section 
9-39-14, having had the same under ad- 
visement, beg leave to report and recom- 
mend the passage of the ordinance with 
compensation as fixed by the select Com- 
mittee on Compensation: 

Be it ordained by the City Council of the 
City of Chicago : 

Section 1. That all that part of the 
north and south eighteen (18) foot pub- 
lic alley lying east of and adjoining 
the east line of Lot seven (7) in the 
subdivision of Lots two (2) and three 
(3), and west of and adjoining the west 
line of Lot four (4) in the subdivision 
of Lots one (1) and four (4), all in 
Block twenty-six (26), Original Town of 
Chicago, East half (E. y^) of the South- 
west quarter (S. W. %) of Section 
nine (9), Township thirty-nine (39) 
North, Range fourteen (14), East of the 



Third Principal Meridian, and being 
further described as all of the north and 
south public alley lying between the 
south line of West Lake street and the 
north line of the first east and west 
public alley south of West Lake street 
in the block bounded by West Lake 
street. West Randolph street. North 
Desplaines street and North Jefferson 
street, as colored in red and indicated 
by the words "To be vacated" upon the 
plat hereto attached, which plat for 
greater certainty is hereby made a 
part of this ordinance, 'be and the same 
is hereby vacated and closed inasmuch 
as said alley is no longer required for 
public use and the public interests will 
be subserved by its vacation. 

Section 2, The vacation herein pro- 
vided for is made upon the express con- 
dition that the L. Wolff Manufacturing 
Company shall within sixty (60) days 
of the passage of this ordinance, deposit 
if necessary with the City of Chicago 
a sum sufficient in the judgment of the 
Commissioner of Public Works to defray 
all cost and expense of constructing 
the sidewalk and curb across the en- 
trance to the alley herein vacated sim- 
ilar to the sidewalk and curb in West 
Lake street, between North Desplaines 
street and North Jefferson street; and, 
further, shall within sixty (60) days 
of the passage of this ordinance pay to 
the City of Chicag^o the sum of eighty- 
three hundred forty-six and forty- 
three one-hundredths ($8,346.43) dol- 
lars towards a fund for the pay- 
ment and satisfaction of any and all 
claims for damages which may arise 
from the vacation of said alley. 

Section 3. This ordinance shall take 
effect and be in force from and after its 
passage, subject to the conditions of 
Section 2 hereof; provided that the L. 
Wolff Manufacturing Company shall 
within sixty (60) days of the passage 
of this ordinance file for record in the 
office of the Recorder of Deeds of Cook 
County, Illinois, a certified copy of this 
ordinance. 

Respectfully submitted, 
(Signed) Dennis J. Egan, 

Chairman. 



BUILDING DEPARTMENT. 

The Committee on Building Depart^ 
ment submitted the following report, 
which was, on motion of Aid. Long, de- 
ferred and ordered published: 



2036 BEPORTS OF COMMITTEES. 



Chicago, November 29, 1910. 
To the Mayor and Aldermen of the City 

of Chicago in City Council Assembled: 

Your Committee on Building Depart- 
ment, having had under consideration 
a communication from the Building 
Commissioner in reference to conditions 
existing in a Class IV theater Icnown 
as Sittner's Theater, 335 North avenue, 
beg leave to report and recommend for 
passage the order herewith submitted: 

Ordered, That the Commissioner of 
Buildings be and he is hereby directed to 
inspect the building occupied by Sitt- 
ner's Theater, at 335 North avenue, with 
respect to stairways and exits, with fi 
view to determining whether said stair- 
ways and exits are sufficient, not only 
in number but in the quality and kind 
to make a safe building for the purposes 
for which it is used; also to ascertain 
what scenery is used and to take such 
steps generally as are possible to protect 
the public in reference to said building. 
Respectfully submitted, 

(Signed) Theodore K. Long, 

Chairman. 

ALSO, 

The same committee submitted a re- 
port as follows: 

Chicago, November 29, 1910. 
To the Mayor and Aldermen of the City 
of Chicago in City Council Assembled: 
Your Committee on Building Depart- 
ment, to whom was referred (October 
31, 1910, page 1582), a communication 
from Bion J. Arnold urging that found- 
ations for buildings be kept within the 
building line, having had the same under 
advisement, beg leave to report aad rec- 
ommend that the said communication 
be placed on file. 

Respectfully submitted, 
(Signed) Theodore K. Long, 

Chairman. 

Unanimous consent was given for the 
consideration of the said report. 

Aid. Long moved to concur in the re- 
port. 

The motion prevailed. 



HARBORS, WHARVES AND BRIDGES. 

The Committee on Harbors, Wharves 
and Bridg'es, who had had under consid- 
eration the question of the development 
of the Chicago harbor, submitted a re- ' 



i 

December 5, 1910. i 

port recommending the adoption of a 
resolution submitted therewith, with< 
reference to an attached memorial to 
the Congress of the United States. 

Aid. Littler moved to concur in the 
said report and to adopt the said reso- 
lution. 

Aid. Mclnerney and Martin having 
objected to the consideration of the re- 
port, consideration thereof was deferred, 
and the said report was ordered pub- 
lished. 

Subsequently Aid. Mclnerney and { 
Martin having withdrawn their objec- i 
tions to the consideration of the said re- i 
port. Aid. Littler moved to reconsider | 
the vote by which the report w^as de- ^ 
ferred and ordered published. 

The motion prevailed. 

Aid. Littler moved to concur in the re- 
port and to adopt the said resolution. = 

The motion prevailed and the said 
resolution was adopted by yeas and 
nays as follows : 

Yeas — ^I^enna, Coughlin, Shufelt, Fore- 
man, Pringle, Richert, Sheahan, Martin, 
Long, Parker, Merriam, Snow, Emerson, 
Derpa, Egan, Vavricek, Cullerton, Dan- 
pch, Cermak, Fulton, Buckley, Lawley, 
I^ucas, Utpatel, Beilfuss, Koraleski, Sitts, 
Healy, Powers, Taylor, Foell, Bauler, , 
Clettenberg, Hey, Britten, Krumholz, 
Haderlein, Dunn, Thomson, Lipps, Rein- 
berg, Capp, Wilson, Littler, Twigg, 
Mueller, McDermott, Mclnerney, Ma- 
honey,' Kearns, Bergen, Fisher, Rea, 
Reading, Block, Ryan, Donahoe, Clark, 
Forsberg — 59. 

l^ays — None. 

The following is the said resolution 
as adopted: 

Be it Resolved hy the City Council 
of the City of Chicago: That the at- 
tached memorial addressed to the Con- 
gress of the United States be and the 
same is hereby declared to express the 
sentiment of the City Council on the 
matters therein contained; and 

Be it further Resolved, That the 
Mayor and the City Clerk be and they^ 
are hereby directed to subscribe the afore- 
said memorial as the act and deed of 
the City Council of the City of Chicago, 
and to forward the same to the proper 
officer of the Congress of the United 
States for the consideration of that 
body. 



December 5, 1910. 



KEPORTS OF 



COMMITTEES. 



2037 



ALSO, 

The same committee, to whom had 
l>een referred (October 31, 1910, page 
1623), an ordinance establishing the dock 
line of certain premises bordering upon 
the South Branch of the Chicago River, 
submitted a report recommending the 
passage of the said ordinance. 

Unanimous consent was given for the 
consideration of the said report. 

Aid. Littler moved to concur in the re- 
port and to pass the said ordinance. 

The motion prevailed, and the said 
ordinance was passed by yeas and nays 
as follows: 

Yeas — ^Kenna, Coughlin, Shufelt, Fore- 
man, Pringle, Richert, Sheahan, Martin, 
Long, Parker, Merriam, Snow, Emerson, 
Derpa, Egan, Vavricek, Cullerton, Dan- 
is'ch, Cermak, Fulton, Buckley, Lawley, 
Lucas, ITtpatel, Beilfuss, Korafeski, Sitts, 
Healy, Powers, Taylor, Foell, Bauler, 
Clettenberg, Hey, 'Britten, Krumholz, 
Haderlein, Dunn, Thomson^ Lipps, Rein- 
berg, Capp, Wilson, Littler, Twigg, 
Mueller, McDermott, Mclnerney, Ma- 
honey, Kearns, Bergen, Fisher, Rea. 
Reading, Block, Ryan, Donahoe, Clark, 
Forsberg — 59. 

Nays — None. 

The following is the said ordinance 
as passed: 

AN ORDINANCE 

For Establishing the Dock Line of Cer- 
tain Premises Bordering Upon the 
South Branch of the Chicago River: 

Be it ordained l)y the City Council of the 
City of Chicago : 

Section 1. That the easterly dock 
line of the South Branch of the Chicago 
River south of Twelfth street and op- 
posite Block 3 in Assessor's Second 
Division of the east fractional northeast 
quarter ( % ) of Section twenty-one 
(21), Township thirty-nine (39) North, 
Range fourteen (14) East of the Third 
Principal Meridian, as shown upon the 
plat hereto atached, said plat being 
hereby made a part of this ordinance, 
shall be and the same is hereby estab- 
lished as follows: 

Beginning at the point of intersection 
of the present east dock line of the 
South Branch of the Chicago River with 
a line running four hundred and twenty 
five and twelve -hundredths (425.12) 
feet south of and parallel to the south line 
of Twelfth street, said point of intersec- 



tion being three hundred and fifty-nine 
and seventy-three hundredths (359.73) 
feet west of the west line of Clark 
street; thence southeasterly to the point 
of intersection of said present dock line 
with a line running five hundred and 
fifty-six and fifty-three hundredths 
(556.53) feet south of and parallel to 
said south line of Twelfth street, said 
point of intersection being three hundred 
and twenty-seven and fifty-hundredths 
(327.50) feet west of the west line of 
Clark street. Said dock line so estab- 
lished is shown in red between the points 
of "G" and "H" upon the said plat 
hereto attached. 

Section 2. Nothing in this ordinance 
contained shall be construed as to in any 
manner aff'ect the right of the City of 
Chicago in the future to establish a 
uniform dock line along the South 
Branch of tiie Chicago River it being in- 
tended to hereby reserve to the city the 
right to pass any ordinance which under 
its expressed, implied, or inherent pow- 
ers it possesses, or may hereafter pos- 
sess, the power to enact. 

Section 3. This ordinance shall be 
in force an"d effect from and after its 
passage. 



WATER DEPARTMENT. 

The Committee on Water Department 
submitted the following report, which 
was, on motion of Aid. Forsberg, de- 
ferred and ordered published: 

Chicago, December 5, 1910. 

To the Mayor and Aldermen of the City 
of Chicago in City Council Assembled : 

Your Committee on Water Depart- 
ment, having had under consideration 
the proposition of requiring the South 
Park Board to nay the City of Chicago^ 
for water consumed in the various parks 
under the control of the South Park 
Board, beg leave to report and recom- 
mend the passage of the ordinance here- 
with submitted, repealing ordinance 
passed Mav 18, 1896, ratifying an 
agreement between the City of Chicago 
and the South Park Board in reference 
to water consumed in the various south 
parks : 

Whereas, By an ordinance passed 
May 18, 1896^, as amended by 
an ordinance passed October 19, 
1896, Ihe consent and authority 
of the City of Chicago was granted to 



2038 



BEPOETS OF COMMITTEES. 



December 5, 1910: 



the South Park Commissioners to take, 
regulate, control and improve that part 
of the street known as East Jackson 
street, between the east line of the 
Chicago River and the east line of Mich- 
igan avenue; and, 

Wheeeas, For the purpose of induc- 
ing the South Park Commissioners to 
take over said street, an ordinance was 
passed November 16, 1896, providing 
that in case said commissioners should 
take over the same, the City of Chicago 
would furnish to the South Park Commis- 
sioners, free of expense, all water needed 
to be used on the parks and boulevards 
under the control of said commissioners 
without limit as to time in considera- 
tion of which ordinance for a free sup- 
ply of water said 'South Park Commis- 
sioners did, by an instrument dated 
ISiovember 18, 'l896, accept and take 
over the aforesaid part of East Jackson 
street and did promise to expend not 
less than twenty thousand ($20,000.00) 
dollars in each year for its maintenance 
and improvement; and, 

Wheeeas, By virtue of said arrange- 
ment the South Park Commissioners 
receive and use annually, free of charge, 
an amount of water for which, at the 
existing meter rates, they would other- 
wise have to pay about one hundred and 
twenty-five thousand ($125,000.00) dol- 
lars per year, from all of which it ap- 
pears that the aforesaid arrangement 
was improvident and unfair and be- 
yond the powers of the City Council, and 
that its continued observance would be 
a fraud upon the taxpayers and upon 
residents of the southern portion of the 
city who are now unable to obtain an 
adequate supply of water in their homes; 
therefore. 

Be it ordained hy the City Council of the 
City of Chicago : 

Section 1. That an ordinance enti- 
tled "An ordinance granting free water 
to the South Park Commissioners" 
passed November 16, 1896, and published 
at page 1097 of tTie Council Proceedings, 
be and the same is hereby repealed, 
and that the alleged contract or arrange- 
ment entered into as aforesaid between 
the City of Chicago and the South Park 
Commissioners in consideration of the 
passage of said ordinance of November 
16, 1896, be and the same is hereby re- 
scinded and cancelled. 

Section 2. This ordinance shall take 



effect from and after its passage and 
approval. 

Respectfully submitted, 
(Signed) Chaeles J. Foesbeeg, 

Chairman. 



COMPENSATION. 

The select Committee on Compensa- 
tion submitted a report as follows: 

Chicago, December 5, 1910. 

To the Mayor and Aldermen of the City 
of Chicago in City Council Assembled: 

Your Committee on Compensation, tc 
whom was referred (July 11, 1910, page 
1087 ) , a communication from A. B. Chil- 
coat demanding repeal of ordinance pro- 
viding vacation of Troy street, from 
Jackson boulevard to Van Buren street, 
having had the same under advisement, 
beg leave to report and recommend that 
the same be referred to the City Law 
Department, as to the question of the 
validitv of this ordinance is now being 
tested in the Courts. 

Respectfully submitted, 

(Signed) Petee Reinbeeg, 

Chairma7i. 

Unanimous consent was given for the 
consideration of the said report. 

Aid. Reinberg moved to concur in the- 
report. 

The motion prevailed. 

ALSO, 

Also the same committee submitted 
the following reports, which were, on 
motion of Aid. Reinberg, ordered placed 
on file: 

Chicago, December 2, 1910. 

To the Mayor and Aldermen of the City 
of Chicago in City Council Assembled: 

Your select Committee on Compensation, 
to whom was referred by the Bureau 
of Compensation, Department of Public- 
iWorks, application of the City Fuel 
Company for renewal of lease covering 
space in Fifty- eighth place and alley 
south thereof, having had the same- 
under advisement, beg leave to report 
that your committee has passed the- 
following order: 

"Ordered, That the Commissioner 
of Public Works be and he is hereby- 
directed to enter into renewal of 
lease with the City Ftiel Company 



December 5, il910. 



REPORTS OF COMMITTEES. 



2039 



for that portion of Fifty-eighth place 
and alley south thereof between Wal- 
lace street and Normal avenue de- 
scribed as follows: That portion of 
Fifty-eighth place lying north of and 
adjoining Lots 3 to 9, inclusive, (ex- 
cept the west 25 feet of Lot 9) Block 
3, Warder's Subdivisioi? of Out-lot 
32, S. T. Subdivision of Section 16-39- 
14, and that portion of alley south of 
Fifty-eighth place lying south of and 
adjoining Lots 8 and 9 (except the 
west 25 'feet of Lot 9), Block 3, 
Warder's 'Subdivision aforementioned, 
for a period of three years, at an an- 
nual rental of $392.36, payable in 
quarterly installments of $98.09 in ad- 
vance; said lease to be in usual form 
and subject to revocation by either 
party on giving sixty (60) days' no- 
tice thereof in writing." 

Respectfully submitted, 

(Signed) Peter Reinberg, 

Chairman. 



Chicago, December 2, 1910. 

To the Mayor and Aldermen of the City 
of Chicago in City Council Assembled: 

Your select Committee on Compensation, 
to whom was referred by the Bureau 
of Compensation, Department of Public 
Works, application of Montgomery 
Ward & Company for lease of 210x25 
feet space on the south side of Oak 
street, between Hawthorne street and 
the North Branch Canal, having had the 
same under advisement, beg leave to 
report that your committee has passed 
the following order: 

"Ordered, That the Commissioner 
of Public Works be and he is hereby 
directed to enter into a lease with 
Montgomery Ward & Company for 
the use of 210x25 feet of space on the 
south side of Oak street, between 
Hawthorne street and the North 
Branch Canal for a period of six (6) 
months, from September 1st, 1910, 
to March 31st. 1911, at a rental of 
fifty dollars ($50.00) per month, said 
lease to be in usual form and subject 
to revocation at any time by either 
party on giving fifteen (15) days' 
notice in writing." 

Respectfully submitted, 

(Signed) Peter Reinberg, 

Chairman. 



Chicago, December 2, 1910. 

To the Mayor and Aldermen of the City 
of Chicago in City Council Assembled: 

Your select Committee on Compensation, 
to whom was referred by the Bureau of 
Compensation, Department of Public 
Works, application of the Peabody Coal 
Company for lease of space in Bliss 
street and alley north thereof, between 
Hickory avenue and Hooker street, having 
had the same under advisement, beg leave 
to report that your committee has 
passed the following order: 

''Ordered, That the Commissioner 
of Public Works be and he is hereby 
directed to enter into a lease with the 
Peabody Coal Company for that por- 
tion of Bliss street and the first al- 
ley north thereof between a point 
thirty-seven (37) feet east of the 
east line of Hickory avenue and a 
point seventy-five (75) feet east 
thereof, for a period of three years, 
at an annual rental of one hundred 
forty-five and thirteen one-hundredths 
($145.13) ; same to be in usual form 
and subject to revocation at any time 
by either party on giving sixty (60) 
days' notice thereof in writing." 

Respectfully submitted, 
(Signed) Peter Reinberg, 

Chairman. 

Chicago, December 2, 1910. 

To the Mayor and Aldermen of the City 
of Chicago in City Council Assembled: 

Your select Committee on Compensation, 
to whom was referred by the Bureau of 
Compensation, Department of Public 
Works, application of the 0. S. Rich- 
ardson Coal Company for renewal of 
lease covering the sixteen (16) feet of 
Sloan street, between Elston avenue 
and the Chicago & Northwestern Rail- 
way, having had the same under advise- 
ment, beg leave to report that your 
committee has passed the following 
order: 

''Ordered, That the Commissioner 
of Public Works be and he is hereby 
directed to enter into renewal of 
lease with the O. S. Richardson Coal 
Company covering the north sixteen 
(16) feet of Sloan street, between 
Elston avenue and the Chicago & 
Northwestern Railway, for a period 
of three (3) years, at an annual ren- 
tal of eighty-two and sixty-six one- 



2040 



REPORTS OF 



COMMITTEES. 



December 5, 1910, 



hundredths dollars ($82.66) ; said 
lease to be in the usual form and 
subject to revocation at any time by 
either party on giving sixty (60) 
days' notice thereof in writing," 

Respectfully submitted, 
(Signed) Peter Reinberg, 

Chairman. 



Chicago, December 2, 1910. 

To the Mayor and Aldermen of the City 
of Chicago in City Council Assembled: 

Your select Committee on Compensation, 
to whom was referred by the Bureau of 
Compensation, Department of Public 
/Works, application of the Riverdale 
Lumber Company for lease of space on 
the east side of Indiana avenue, between 
135th place and the Calumet river, hav- 
ing had the same under advisement, beg 
leave to report that your committee has 
passed the following order: 

"Ordered, That the Commissioner 
of Public Works be and he is hereby 
directed to enter into lease with the 
Riverdale Lumber Company covering 
that portion of Indiana avenue de- 
scribed as follows: Beginning at the 
intersection of the east line of In- 
diana avenue with the north line of 
135th place; thence running in a 
northerly direction for a distance of 
about 340 feet along the east line of 
Indiana avenue to its intersection with 
the south bank of the Calumet river; 
thence in a westerly direction along 
said south bank of the Calumet river 
to a point 214 feet west of the east line 
of Indiana avenue; thence running in 
a southerly direction on a straight 
line to an intersection with the north 
line of 135th place produced at a point 
1.4 feet west of the east line of In- 
diana avenue; thence runnning in an 
easterly direction along the north line 
of 135th place produced for a distance 
of 1.4 feet to point of beginning, for 
a period of three years, at an annual 
rental of ten dollars ($10.00) ; said 
lease to be in usual form and subject . 
to revocation by either party at any 
time on giving sixty (60) days' no- 
tice thereof in writing. " 

Respectfully submitted, 
(Signed) Peter Reinberg, 

Chairman. 



Chicago, December 2, 1910. 
To the Mayor and Aldermen of the City 
of Chicago in City Council Assembled: 
Your select Committee on Compensation, 
to whom was referred by the Bureau of 
Compensation, Department of Public 
Works, communication in reference to- 
the occupation of sidewalk space with 
store front by John R. Thompson at 
Nos. 75-77 Randolph street, having had 
the same under advisement, beg leave 
to report that your committee has 
passed the following order: 

"Ordered, That the Commissioner 
of Public Works be and he is hereby 
directecT to cause John R. Thompson 
to enter into an agreement with the 
city for the use of ten and one-half 
inches (lOy^") of sidewalk space now 
occupied by store front at 75-77 Ran- 
dolph street at an annual rental of 
one and one-half dollars ($1.50) ; said 
agreement to be in usual form and 
subject to revocation by the Commis- 
sioner of Public Works at any time."^ 

Respectfully submitted, 
(Signed) Peter Reinberg, 

Chairman. 



Chicago, December 2, 1910. 

To the Mayor and Aldermen of the City^ 
of Chicago in City Council Assembled: 

Y^our select Committee on Compensation, 
to whom Avas referred by the Bureau of 
Compensation, Department of Public 
Works, application of the Trenton Oil 
Cloth and Linoleum Company for lease 
of space in Eastman street, between 
Hawthorne avenue and the North Branch 
Canal, having had the same under ad- 
visement, beg leave to report that your 
committee has passed ""the following 
order : 

"Ordered, That the Commissioner 
of Public Works be and he is hereby 
directed to enter into a lease with the 
Trenton Oil Cloth and Linoleum Com- 
pany for the use of that portion of 
Eastman street lying between Haw- 
thorne street and the North Branch 
Canal, for a period of three (3) years 
from September 16th, 1910, at an an- 
nual rental of five hundred 
eighty and eighty one-hundredths 
($580.80; said lease to be in usual 
form and subject to revocation by 
either party at any time on giving^ 



December 5, 1910. 



VEW BUSINESS— BY WARDS. 



2041 



sixty (60) days' notice thereof in 
writing, the execution of said lease 
to be contingent upon the payment 
of six hundred dollars ($600.00) in 
settlement of outstanding warrants 
against Euston & Company or the 
Chicago Linoleum Company for the 
use of above mentiioned space from 
May 1st, 1908, to September 16th, 
1910." 

Respectfully submitted, 
(Signed) Peter Reinberg, 

Chairman. 



All Matters Presented by the Aldermen, 
Also Special Assessment, Improvement 
and Repealing Ordinances Submitted 
by the Board of Local Improvements, 
Arranged as to Ward Numbers, Begin- 
ning with the First Ward. 

FIRST WARD. 

Aid. Kenna presented an ordinance 
granting permission and authority to the 
BlacSstone Company to construct, main- 
tain and use a canopy projecting over 
sidewalk in Hubbard place from the 
building known as the Blackstone 
Theatre, situated on the north side of 
Hubbard place, between Wabash avenue 
and Michigan avenue. 

Unanimous consent was given for the 
consideration of the said ordinance. 

Aid. Kenna moved to pass the ordi- 
nance. 

The motion prevailed, and the said 
ordinance was passed by yeas and nays 
as follows : 

Yeas — Kenna, Coughlin, Shufelt, Fore- 
man, Pringle, Richert, Sheahan, Martin, 
Long, Parker, Merriam, Snow, Emerson, 
Derpa, Egan, Vavricek, Cullerton, Dan- 
iseh, Cermak, Fulton, Buckley, Lawley, 
Lucas, Utpatel, Beilfuss, Koraleski, Sitts, 
Healy, Powers, Taylor, Foell, Bauler, 
Clettenberg, Hey^, Britten, Krumholz, 
Haderlein, Dunn, Thomson, Lipps, Rein- 
berg, Capp, 'Wilson, Littler, Twigg, 
Mueller, McDermott, Mclnerney, Ma- 
honey, Kearns, Bergen, Fisher, Rea, 
Reading, Block, Ryan, Donahoe, Clark, 
Forsberg — 59. 

Nays — None. 

The following is the said ordinance as 
passed : 

AN ORDINANCE 

Granting permission and authority to 
the Blackstone Company to construct, 



maintain and use a canopy project- 
ing over the sidewalk in Hubbard 
place from the building known as the 
"Blackstone Theatre", situated on the 
north side of Hubbard place, between 
Wabash avenue and Michigan avenue. 
Be it ordained hy the City Council of 
the City of Chicago : 
Section 1. That permission and au- 
thority be and the same are hereby 
given and granted to the Blackstone 
Company, a corporation, its successors 
and assigns, to construct, maintain and 
use a canopy over the sidewalk in Hub- 
bard place, from the building known as 
the Blackstone Theatre, situated on the 
north side of Hubbard place, between 
Wabash avenue and Michigan avenue, 
which canopy shall be constructed of 
incombustible material. Said canopy 
shall not exceed sixty (60) feet in length 
nor extend more than fourteen and one- 
half (Uyo) feet beyond the face of the 
building, and the lowest portion of same 
shall not be less than twelve (12) feet 
above the surface of the sidewalk at 
that point. 

The location, construction and main- 
tenance of said canopy shall be under 
the direction and supervision of the 
Commissioner of Public Works and the 
Fire Marshal of the City of Chicago, and 
the location and construction of the 
same shall be in accordance with plans 
and specifications which shall first be 
approved by the Commissioner of Pub- 
lic Works and the Fire Marshal of the 
City of Chicago, a copy of which plans 
and specifications shall at all times be 
kept on file in the office of the Com- 
missioner of Public Works, and no per- 
mit shall be issued allowing any work to 
be done in and about the construction 
of said canopy herein authorized until 
such plans and specifications have first 
been submitted to and approved by the 
Commissioner of Public Works and said 
Fire Marshal. 

Section 2. The permission and au- 
thority herein granted shall cease and 
determine ten (10) years from and after 
the date of the passage of this ordi- 
nance, or at any time prior thereto in 
the discretion of the Mayor. This or- 
dinance is subject to amendment, modi- 
fication or repeal at any time, and in 
case of repeal all privileges hereby given 
shall thereupon cease and determine, 
in case of the termination of the privi- 
leges herein granted, by lapse of time or 
by the exercise of the Mayor's discre- 
tion, or otherwise, said grantee, its 



2042 



NEW BUSINESS — ^BY WARDS. 



December 5, 1910. 



executors or assigns, shall remove said 
canopy without cost or expense of anv 
kind whatsoever to the City of Chicago, 
provided, that in the event of the fail- 
ure, neglect or refusal on the part of 
the said grantee, its executors or as- 
signs, to remove said canopy when di- 
rected so to do^ the City of Chi'cago may 
proceed to remove same and charge the 
expenfee thereof to said grantee, its 
executors or assigns. 

Section 3. In consideration of the 
privileges herein granted and as com- 
pensation therefor, said Blackstone 
Company, its executors or assigns, shall 
pay to the City of Chicago, so long as 
the privileges herein authorized are be- 
ing enjoyed, the sum of forty-two and 
fifty one-hundredth s dollars ($42.50) 
per year, payable in advance, the first 
payment to be made as of the date of 
the passage of this ordinance and each 
succeeding payment annually thereafter, 
provided that if default is made in the 
payment of any of the installments of 
compensation herein provided for, the 
privileges herein granted shall immedi- 
ately terminate and this ordinance shall 
become null and void. 

Section 4. Before doing any work un- 
der and by virtue of the authority herein 
granted said grantee shall execute a 
bond to the City of Chicago in the penal 
sum of ten thousand dollars ($10,000), 
with sureties to be approved by the 
Mayor, conditioned upon the faithful 
observance and performance of all and 
singular the conditions and provisions 
of this ordinance, and conditioned fur- 
ther to indemnify, keep and save harm- 
less the City of Chicago against all lia- 
bilities, judgments, costs, damages and 
expenses which may in any wise come 
against said City in consequence of the 
granting of this ordinance, or which 
may accrue against, be charged to or 
recovered from said City from or by 
reason or on account of the passage of 
this ordinance^ or from or by reason 
or on account of any act or thing done 
by the grantee herein by virtue of the 
authority herein granted. Said bond 
and the liability of the sureties thereon 
shall be kept in force throughout the 
life of this ordinance, and if at any 
time during the life of this ordinance 
such bond shall not be in full force, 
then the privileges herein granted shali 
thereupon cease. 

Section 5. This ordinance shall take 
effect and be in force from and after its 
passage, upon the filing of the accept- 



auice in writing of this ordinance by the \ 

said grantee and the filing of the bond I 

herein provided for within sixty (60) | 

days of the passage hereof. ' i 

Section 6. The ordinance passed July I 

18, 1910 (page 1267), granting permis- ! 
s^ion and authority to the Blackstone 

Company to construct, maintain and use : 

a canopy in Hubbard place is hereby re- i 

pealed. j 

Aid. Kenna presented an order direct- \ 

mg the City Electrician to issue a per- 1 

mit to the Blackstone Theatre Company 1 

to construct and maintain an electric i 

sign in front of building situated at the ' 
northeast corner of Wabash avenue and 

Hubbard place. \ 

Unanimous consent was given for the ' 
consideration of the said order. 

Aid. Kenna moved to pass the order. 

The motion prevailed, and the said 
order was passed by yeas and nays as ' 
follows : : 

Yeas— Kenna, Coughlin, Shufelt, Fore- 
man, Pringle, Richert, Sheahan, Martin, 
Long, Parker, Merriam, Snow, Emerson^ i 
Derpa, Egan, Vavricek, Ctillerton, Dan- ' 
iseh, Cermak, Fulton, Buckley, Lawley, 
Lucas, Utpatel, Beilfuss, Koraleski, Sitts 
Healy, Powers, Taylor, Foell, Bauler' 
Clettenberg, Hey, Britten, Krumholz! 
Haderlem, Dunn, Thomson, Lipps, Eein- 
berg, Capp, Wilson, Littler, Twigg : 
Mueller, McDermott, Mclnerney, Ma- i 
honey, Kearns, Bergen, Fisher, Rea ■ 
Reading, Block, Ryan, Donahoe, Clark, ' 
Forsberg — 59. 

Nays — None. 

The following is the said order as 
passed: 

Ordered, That the City Electrician : 
be and he is hereby directed to issue 
a permit to the Blackstone Theatre 
Company to construct and maintain an 
electric sign, 30 feet in height, project- 
ing 17 feet from the southwest corner : 
of the Blackstone Theatre building at i 
the northeast corner of Wabash avenue ' 
and Hubbard place. ; 

Aid. Coughlin presented an ordinance 
granting permission and authority to J. 
S. Mayer to construct, maintain and use 
a canopy projecting over the sidewalk 
from the building situated at 53 East 
18th street. 

Unanimous consent was given for the 
consideration of the said ordinance. 



December 5, 1910. 



NEW BUSINESS BY WARDS. 



2043 



Aid. Couglilin moved to pass the ordi- 
nance. 

The motion prevailed, and the said ordi- 
nance was passed by yeas and nays as 
follows : 

Yeas— Kenna, Coughlin, Shufelt, Fore- 
man, Pringle, Richert, Sheahan, Martin, 
Long, Parker, Merriam, Snow, Emerson, 
Derpa, Egan, Vavricek, Cullerton, Dan- 
isch, Cermak, Fulton, Buckley, Lawley, 
Lucas, Utpatel, Beilfuss, Koraleski, Sitts, 
Healy, Powers, Taylor, Foell, Hauler, 
Clettenberg, Hey, Britten, Krumholz, 
Haderlein, Dunn, Thomson, Lipps, Rein- 
berg, Capp, Wilson, Littler, Twigg, 
Mueller, McDermott, Mclnerney, Ma- 
honey, Kearns, Bergen, Fisher, Rea, 
Reading, Block, Ryan, Donahoe, Clark, 
Eorsberg — 59. 

Nays — None. 

The following is the said ordinance as 
passed: 

Be it ordained by the City Council of 

the City of Chicago: 

Section 1. That permission and au- 
thority be and the same are hereby given 
to J. S. Mayer, his administrators and 
assigns, to construct, maintain and use a 
canopy over tlie sidewalk on 18th street, 
from the building known as 53 East 18th 
.street, which canopy shall be constructed 
of incombustible material. Sai^^ canopy 
shall not exceed eight (8) feet in length 
nor extend more than six feet from the 
building, and the lowest portion of same 
shall not be less than twelve (12) feet 
ubove the surface of the sidewalk at that 
point. 

Section 2. The location, construction 
und. maintenance of said canopy shall be 
under the direction and supervision of the 
Commissioner of Public Works and the 
Fire Marshal of the City of Chicago, 
and the location and construction of same 
shall be in accordance with plans and 
specifications which shall first be ap- 
proved by the Commissioner of Public 
Works and the Fire Marshal of the City 
of Chicago, a copy of which plans and 
specifications shall at all times be kept 
on file in the office of the Commissioner of 
Public Works, and no permit shall be 
issued allowing any work to be done in 
.and about the construction of said canopy 
herein authorized rmtil such plans and 
specifications have first been submitted 
to and approved by the Commissioner 
of Public Works and said Fire Marshal. 

Section 3. The permission and au- 
thority herein granted shall cease and 



determine ten (10) years from and after 
the date of the passage of this ordinance, 
or at any time prior thereto in the dis- 
cretion of the Mayor. This ordinance is 
subject to amendment, modification or 
repeal at any time, and in case of repeal 
all privileges hereby granted shall there- 
upon cease and determine. In case of 
the termination of the privileges herein 
granted, by lapse of time or by the exer- 
cise of the Mayor's discretion, or other- 
wise, said grantee, his heirs, executors or 
assigns, shall remove said canopy with- 
out cost or expense of any kind whatso- 
ever to the City of Chicago, provided that 
in the event of the failure, neglect or re- 
fusal on the part of said grantee, his 
heirs, executors or assigns, to remove said 
canopy when directed so to do, the City 
of Chicago may proceed to remove same 
and charge the expense thereof to said 
grantee his heirs, executors or assigns. 

Section 4. In consideration of the 
privileges herein granted and as compen- 
sation therefor, said J. S. Mayer, his 
heirs, executors or assigns, shall pay to 
the City of Chicago, so long as the privi- 
leges herein authorized are being en- 
joyed, the sum of Twenty-five Dollars 
($25.00) per year, payable in ad- 
vance, the first payment to be made as of 
the date of the passage of this ordinance, 
and each succeeding payment annually 
thereafter, provided that if default is 
made in the payment of any of the in- 
stallments of compensation herein pro- 
vided for, the privileges herein granted 
shall immediately terminate and this 
ordinance shall become null and void. 

Section 5. Before doing any work 
under and by virtue of the authority 
herein granted said grantee shall 
execute a bond to the City of Chicago 
in the penal sum of Ten Thousand Dol- 
lars ($10,000.00), with sureties to be 
approved by the Mayor, conditioned upon 
the faithful observance and performance 
of all and singular the eonditions and 
provisions of this ordinance, and condi- 
tioned further to indemnify, keep and 
save harmless the City of Chicago against 
all liabilities, judgments, costs, damages 
and expenses which may in any wise come 
against ^aid City in consequence of the 
granting of this ordinance, or which may 
accrue against, be charged to or recov- 
ered from said City from or by reason or 
on account of the passage of this ordi- 
nance, or from or by reason or on ac- 
count of any act or thing done by the 



2044 



NEW BUSINESS — BY WARDS. 



December 5, 1910» 



grantee herein by virtue of the authority 
herein granted. Said bond and the lia- 
bility of the sureties thereon shall be 
kept in force throughout the life of this 
ordinance, and if at any time during the 
life of this ordinance such bonds shall not 
be in full force, then the privileges herein 
granted shall thereupon cease. 

Section 6. This ordinance shall take 
effect and be in force from and after 
its passage and approval, provided that 
a written acceptance of this ordinance 
and the bond hereinabove provided for 
shall be filed with the City Clerk within 
sixty (60) days of the passage of this 
ordinance. 

Aid. Cougldin presented an ordinance 
granting permission and authority to 
the Chicago Auditorium Association to 
construct, maintain and use a canopy 
projecting over the sidewalk from the 
building situated at 22 Congress street. 

Unanimous consent was given for the 
consideration of the said ordinance. 

Aid. Coughlin moved to pass the ordi- 
nance. 

The motion prevailed, and the said 
ordinance was passed by yeas and nays 
as follows: 

Yeas — ^Kenna, Coughlin, Shufelt, Fore- 
man, Pringle, Richert, Sheahan, Martin, 
Long, Parker, Merriam, Snow, Emerson, 
Derpa, Egan, Vavricek, Cullerton, Dan- 
isch, Cermak, Fulton, Buckley, Lawley, 
Lucas, Utpatel, Beilfuss, Koraleski, Sitts, 
Healy, Powers, Taylor, Foell, Bauler, 
Clettenberg, Hey, Britten, Krumholz, 
Haderlein, Dunn, Thomson^ Lipps, Rein- 
berg, Capp, Wilson, Littler, Twigg, 
Mueller, McDermott, Mclnerney, Ma- 
honey, Kearns, Bergen, Fisher, Rea, 
Reading, Block, Ryan, Donahoe, Clark, 
Forsberg — 59. 

l^ays — None. 

The following is the said ordinance as 
passed: 

Be it Ordained hy the City Council of 

the City of Chicago: 

Section 1. That permission and au- 
thority be and the same are hereby 
given and granted to the Chicago Audi- 
torium Association, a corporation, its 
successors and assigns, to construct, 
maintain and use a canopy over the side- 
walk in Congress street extending from 
the building known as No. 22 Congress 
street, which canopy shall be constructed 
of incombustible material. Said canopy 
shall not exceed ninety-eight (98) feet 



in length nor extend more than fourteen 
(14) feet beyond the face of the build- 
ing and the lowest portion of same shall 
not be less than twelve (12) feet above 
the surface of the sidewalk at that 
point. 

Section 2. The location, construc- 
tion and maintenance of said canopy 
shall be under the direction and super- 
vision of the Commissioner of Public 
Works and the Fire Marshal of the City 
of Chicago, and the location and con- 
struction of same shall be in accordance 
with plans and specifications which shall 
first be approved by the Commissioner 
of Public Works and the Fire Marshal 
of the City of Chicago, a copy of vdiich 
plans and specifications shall at all times- 
be kept on file in the office of the Com- 
missioner of Public Works, and no per- 
mit shall be issued allowing any work 
to be done in and about the construction 
of said canopy nerein authorized until 
such plans and specifications have first 
been submitted to and approved by the 
Commissioner of Public Works and said 
Fire Marshal. 

Section 3. The permission and au- 
thority herein granted shall cease and 
determine ten (10) years from and after 
the date of the passage of this ordi- 
nance, or at any time prior thereto in 
the discretion of the Mayor. This ordi- 
nance is subject to amendment, modi- 
fication or repeal at any time, and in 
case of repeal all privileges hereby 
granted shall thereupon cease and deter- 
mine. In case of the termination of the 
privileges herein granted, by lapse of 
time or by the exercise of the Mayor's 
discretion, or otherwise, said grantee, its^ 
successors or assigns, shall remove said 
canopy without cost or expense of any 
kind whatsoever to the City of Chicago, 
provided that in the event of the failure, 
neglect or refusal on the part of said- 
grantee, its successors or assigns, to re- 
move said canopy when directed so to 
do, the City of Chicago may proceed to 
remove same and charge the expense 
thereof to said grantee, its successors or 
assigns. 

Section 4. In consideration of the 
privileges herein granted and as compen- 
sation therefor, said grantee, its succes- 
sors or assigns, shall pay to the City of 
Chicago, so long as the privileges herein 
authorized are being enjoyed, the sum 
of Sixty-one and 50-lOOths Dollars 
($61.50) per year, payable in advance^ 
the first payment to be made as of the 



December 5, 1910. 



NEW BUSINESS — -BY WARDS. 



2045 



date of the passage of this ordinance, 
and each succeeding payment annually 
thereafter, provided that if default is 
made in the payment of any of the in- 
stallments of compensation herein pro- 
vided for, the privileges herein granted 
shall immediately terminate and this 
ordinance shall become null and void. 

Section 5. Before doing any work 
under and by virtue of the authority 
herein granted said grantee shall 
execute a bond to the City of Chicago in 
the penal sum of Ten Thousand Dollars 
($10,000.00), with sureties to be ap- 
proved by the Mayor_,, conditioned upon 
the faithful observance and perform- 
ance of all and singular the conditions 
and provisions of this ordinance, and 
conditioned further to indemnify, keep 
and save harmless the City of Chicago 
against all liabilities, judgments, costs, 
damages and expenses which may in 
any wise come against said City in 
consequence of the granting of this ordi- 
nance, or Avhich may accrue against, be 
charged to or recovered from said City 
from or by reason or on account of the 
passage of this ordinance, or from or by 
reason or on account of any act or thing 
done by the grantee herein by virtue of 
the authority herein granted. Said 
bond and the liability of the sureties 
thereon shall be kept in force through- 
out the life of this ordinance, and if 
at any time during the life of this ordi- 
nance such bond shall not be in full 
force, then the privileges herein granted 
shall thereupon cease. 

Section 0. This ordinance shall take 
effect and be in force from and after its 
passage and approval, provided that a 
written acceptance of this ordinance and 
the bond hereinabove provided for shall 
be filed with the City Clerk within sixty 
(60) days of the passage of this ordi- 
nance. 

Section 7. The ordinance granting 
permission to the Chicago Auditorium 
Association to construct and maintain 
a canopy over the sidewalk in front of 
22 Congress street, passed by the City 
Council on October 10th, 1910, pages 
1479-80 Council Proceedings of that date, 
is hereby repealed. 

Aid. Coughlin presented an ordinance 
granting permission and authority to 
the Congress Hotel Company to con- 
struct, maintain and use a canopy pro- 
jecting over the sidewalk from the build- 
ing situated at 9-11 Congress street. 



Unanimous consent was given for the 
consideration of the said ordinance. 

Aid. Coughlin moved to pass the ordi- 
nance. 

The motion " prevailed, and the said 
ordinance was passed by yeas and nays 
as follows: 

Teas — Kenna, Coughlin, Shufelt, Fore- 
man, Pringle, Ricbert, Sheahan, Martin, 
Long, Parker, Merriam, Snow, Emerson, 
Derpa, Egan, Vavrioek, CtiUerton, Dan- 
isch, Cermak, Fulton, Buckley, Lawley, 
Lucas, Utpatel, Beilfuss, Koraleski, Sitts, 
Healy, Powers, Taylor, Foell, Bauler^ 
Clettenberg, Hey, Britten, Krumholz, 
Haderlein, Dunn, Thomson, Lipps, Rein- 
berg, Capp, Wilson, Littler, Twigg, 
Mueller, McDermott, Mclnerney, Ma- 
honey, Kearns, Bergen, Fisher, Rea, 
Reading, Block, Ryan, Donahoe, Clark, 
1-i'orsberg — 59. 

Nays — None. 

The following is the said ordinance as 
passed : 

Be it Ordained hy the City Council of 
the City of Chicago : 

Section 1. That permission and au- 
thority be and the same are hereby given 
and granted to The Congress Hotel Com- 
pany, a corporation, its successors and 
assigns, to construct, maintain and use a 
canopy over the sidewalk in Congress 
street, extending from the building 
known as Nos. 9 and 11 Congress street, 
which canopy shal be constructed of in- 
combustible material. Said canopy shall 
not exceed twenty (20) feet in length 
nor extend more than fourteen (14) feet 
beyond the face of the building, and 
the lowest portion of same shall not be 
less than twelve (12) feet above the 
surface of the sidewalk at that point. 

Section 2. The location, construction 
and maintenance of said canopy shall be 
under the direction and supervision of 
the Commissioner of Public Works and 
the Fire Marshal of the City of Chicago, 
and the location and construction of 
same shall be in accordance with plans 
and specifications which shall first be 
approved by the Commissioner of Public 
Works and the Fire Marshal of the City 
of Chicago, a copy of which plans and 
specifications shall at all times be kept 
on file in the office of the Commissioner 
of Public Works, and no permit shall be 
issued allowing any work to be done in 
and about the construction of said 
canopy herein authorized until such 
plans and specifications have first been 



2046 



NEW BUSINESS — BY WAHDS. 



December 5, 1910. 



submitted to and approved by the Com- 
missioner of Public Works and said Fire 
Marshal, 

Section 3. The permission and au- 
thority herein granted shall cease and 
determine ten (10) years from and after 
the date of the passage of this ordi- 
nance, or at any time prior thereto in 
the discretion of the Mayor. ' This ordi- 
nance is subject to amendment, modi- 
fication or repeal at any time, and in 
case of repeal all privileges hereby 
granted shall thereupon cease and de- 
termine. In case of the termination of 
the privileges herein granted, by 
lapse of time or by the exer- 
cise of the Mayor's discretion, or other- 
wise, said grantee, its successors, or as- 
signs, shall remove said canopy without 
cost or expense of any kind whatsoever 
to the City of Chicago, provided that in 
the event of the failure, neglect or re- 
fusal on the part of said grantee, its 
successors or assigns, to remove said 
canopy when directed so to do, the City 
of Chicago may proceed to remove same 
and charge the expense thereof to said 
grantee, its successors or assigns. 

Section 4. In consideration of the 
privileges herein granted and as com- 
pensation therefor, said grantee, its suc- 
cessors or assigns, shall pay to the City 
of Chicago, so long as the privileges 
herein authorized are being enjoyed, the 
sum of Twenty-five Dollars ($25.00) per 
year, payable in advance, the first pay- 
ment to be made as of the date of the 
passage of this ordinance, and each suc- 
ceeding payment annually thereafter, pro- 
vided that if default is made in the 
payment of any of the installments of 
compensation herein provided for, the 
privileges herein granted shall imme- 
diately terminate and this ordinance 
shall become null and void. 

Section 5. Before doing any work 
under and by virtue of the authority 
herein granted said grantee shall 
execute a bond to the City of Chicago in 
the penal sum of Ten Thousand Dollars 
($10,000.00), with sureties to be ap- 
proved by the Mayor, conditioned upon 
the faithful observance and performance 
of all and singular the conditions and 
provisions of this ordinance, and condi- 
tioned further to indemnify, keep and 
save harmless the City of ' Chicago 
against all liabilities, judgments, costs, 
damages and expenses which may in any 
wise come against said City, in con- 
sequence of the granting of this ordi- 



nance, or which may accrue against, be 
charged to or recovered from said City 
from or by reason or on account of the 
passage of this ordinance, or from or by 
reason or on account of any act or thing 
done by the grantee herein by virtue of 
the authority herein granted. Said bond 
and the liability of the sureties thereon 
shall be kept in force throughout the 
life of this ordinance, and if at any 
time during the life of this ordinance 
such bond shall not be in full force, then 
the privileges herein granted shall there- 
upon cease. 

Section 6. This ordinance shall take 
effect and be in force from and after 
its passage and approval, provided that 
a Avritten acceptance of this ordinance 
and the bond hereinabove provided for 
shall be filed with the City Clerk within 
sixty (60) days of the passage of this 
ordinance. 

Section. 7. The ordina;nce granting 
permission to The Congress Hotel Com- 
pany to construct and maintain a canopy 
over the sidewalk in front of Nos. 9 
and 11 Congress street, passed by the 
City Council on October 17th, 1910, 
pages 1579-80 Council Proceedings of 
that date, is hereby repealed. . 

Aid. Coughlin presented an ordinance 
amending an ordinance passed November 
28, 1910, granting permission and au- 
thority to the Monroe Theater Company 
to construct, maintain and use a canopy 
projecting over the sidewalk at 71-75 
Monroe street. 

Unanimous consent was given for the 
consideration of the said ordinance. 

Aid. Coughlin moved to pass the ordi- 
nance. 

The motion prevailed, and the said 
ordinance was passed by yeas and nays 
as follows : 

Yeas — ^Kenna, Coughlin, Shufelt, Fore- 
man, Pringle, Richert, Sheahan, Martin, 
Long, Parker, Merriam, Snow, Emerson, 
Derpa, Egan, Vavricek, Cullerton, Dan- 
isch, Cermak, Fulton, Buckley, Lawley, 
Lucas, Utpatel, Beilfuss, Koraleski, Sitts, 
Healy, Powers, Taylor, Foell, I5auler, 
Clettenberg, Hey, Britten, ICjumholz, 
Haderlein, Dunn, Thomson, Lipps, Rein- 
berg, Capp, Wilson, Littler, Twigg, 
Mueller, McDermott, Mclnerney, Ma- 
honey, Kearns, Bergen, Fisher, Rea, 
Reading, Block, Ryan, Donahoe, Clark, 
Forsberg — 59. 

Nays — None. 



December 5, 1910. 



NEW BUSINESS — BY WARDS. 



2047 



The following is the said ordinance 
as passed: 

Be it ordained ly the City Council of 
the City of Chicago: 
Section 1. That an ordinance passed 
by the City Council on November 28th, 
1910, and printed upon pages 1781-2 
Council Proceedings of that date, be and 
the same is hereby amended as follows: 
By striking out the words and figures 
"ten (10)" as printed in line sixteen of 
section one, left hand column of page 
1781, and inserting in lieu thereof the 
words and figures "twelve (12)," and 
by striking out the words and figures 
"Twenty-five Dollars ($25.00)" in line 
seven, section four, right-hand column 
of page 1781, and inserting in lieu there- 
of the words and figures "Twenty-eight 
and Fifty One-hundredths Dollars 
($28.50)." 

SECTION 2. This ordinance shall take 
effect and be in force from and after 
its passage. 

Aid. Coughlin presented an ordinance 
granting permission and authority to the 
'Chicago Telephone Company to construct 
and maintain two coal chutes, an ash 
hoist and a vault underneath the sur- 
face of the north-and-south alley lying 
in the block bounded by Van Buren 
street, Federal street, Harrison street 
and Clark street, which was 

Eeferred to the Committee on Streets 
and Alleys, South Division. 

Aid. Coughlin presented an ordinance 
amending an ordinance passed October 
3, 1910, granting permission and au- 
thority to the Illinois Maintenance Com- 
pany to lay down and maintain across 
and' underneath Market street north of 
Madison street, a conduit containing 
pipes for the conveyance of steam for 
heating and power purposes, etc., which 
was 

Referred to the Committee on Gas, 
Oil and Electric Light. 



SECOND WARD. 

Aid. Shufelt presented the following 
order, which was, on motion, duly 
passed: 

Ordered, That the Commissioner of 
Public Works be and he is hereby di- 
rected to issue a permit to Mr. Morris 
Donn, to erect a galvanized iron sign 
21/0 feet wide and 7 feet long over the 



sidewalk in front of the premises at 
214 W. 31st street. Said sign shall 
be erected and maintained in accord- 
ance with all rules and regulations of 
the Department of Public Works. 
This privilege shall be subject to ter- 
mination by the Mayor at any time in 
his discretion. 



FIFTH WARD. 

Aid. Martin presented the claim of 
John Bruehl for a refund of fee paid for 
duplicate license for meat market, which 
was 

Referred to the Committee on Finance. 



SIXTH WARD. 

Aid. Long presented the claim of Mrs. 
J. 11. Park for a rebate of water tax, 
which was 

Referred to the Committee on Finance. 

Aid. Parker presented the claim of H. 
L. Bird for a refund of duplicate pay- 
ment of water tax, which was 

Referred to the Committee on Finance. 



SEVENTH WARD. 

Aid. Merriam presented the claim of 
Michael J. Grennan for compensation for 
personal injury, and the claim of L. A. 
Barry for a rebate of water tax, which 
were 

Referred to the Committee on Finance. 

Aid. Merriam presented an order for 
paving with brick East 64th street, from 
Stony Island avenue to the Illinois Cen- 
tral subway, which was 

Referred to the Board of Local Im- 
provements. 



EIGHTH WARD. 

Aid. Emerson presented the claim of 
Henry Petersch for a refund of 90 per 
cent of special assessment for water sup- 
ply pipe (Warrant No. 35876), which 
was 

Referred to the Committee on Finance. 



ELEVENTH WARD. 

Aid. Cullerton presented the following 



2048 



NEW BUSINESS BY WARDS. 



December 5, 1910. 



order, which was, on motion, duly 
passed : 

Ordered, That the Board of Educa- 
tion be and is hereby requested to 
procure for a playground at least three 
hundred feet of land between 13th 
and Hastings streets, and immediately 
west of and adjoining the proposed 
site for an addition to the Clarke 
school. 

Aid. Cullerton presented the claim of 
Irving McCarron for wages withheld for 
time lost on account of illness, which 
was 

Referred to the Committee on Finance. 



FOURTEENTH WARD. 

Aid. Lucas presented an ordinance 
granting permission and authority to the 
Bowman Dairy Company to construct 
and maintain a bridge or covered pas- 
sageway across the alley in the rear of 
the premises situated at 410-12 North 
"Whipple street, to connect said premises 
with premises situated at 405-15 North 
Albany avenue, which was 

Referred to the Committee on Streets 
and Alleys, West Division. 

Aid. Lucas presented the following 
order, which was on motion, duly 
passed: 

Ordered, That the Commissioner of 
Public Works be and he is hereby di- 
rected to issue a permit to M. Gross- 
berg to string a cloth sign across 
sidewalk in front of premises known 
as 2343 Lake street, for a period of 
thirty days. Said sign shall be erected 
and maintained in accordance with all 
rules and regulations of the Depart- 
ment of Public Works. This privi- 
lege shall be subject to termination 
by the Mayor at any time in his dis- 
cretion. 

Aid. Lucas presented an order direct- 
ing the Committee on Local Industries 
±0 take up for consideration the matter 
of amending an ordinance passed July 
9, 1906, granting permission to the Bow- 
man Dairy Company to construct and 
maintain a switch track across the 
north-and-south alley between North 
Albany avenue and North Whipple 
street (to extend said switch track a 
distance of fifty-one feet west), which 
was 

Referred to the Committee on Local 
Industries. 



SIXTEENTH WARD. 

Aid. Koraleski presented the claim of 
David A. Mahony for wages withheld 
for time lost on account of personal in- 
juries, which was 

Referred to the Committee on Finance. 



TWENTIETH WARD. 

The Clerk (for Aid. Stewart, absent) 
presented an order directing the Com- 
mittee on Finance to include in the an- 
nual appropriation bill for 1911 a sum 
sufficient to lease and equip a play- 
ground and out-door gymnasium in the 
vicinity of Robey, Polk and Taylor 
streets, which was 

Referred to the Committee on Finance. 

The Clerk (for Aid. Stewart, absent), 
presented the claim of Mrs. Julia Cough- 
lin for salary withheld for time lost on 
account of personal injury, which was 

Referred to the Committee on Finance. 

Aid. Taylor (for Aid. Murray, ab- 
sent), presented an order directing the 
City Electrician to permit two project- 
ing electric signs in front of the Imperial 
Theatre, situated at 2323-2331 West 
Madison street. 

LTnanimous consent was given for the 
consideration of the said order. 

Aid. Taylor moved to pass the order. 

The motion prevailed, and the said 
order was passed by yeas and nays as 
follows: 

Yeas — Kenna, Coughlim, Shufelt, Fore- 
man, Pringle, Richert, Sheahan, Martin, 
Long, Parker, Merriam, Snow, Emerson, 
Derpa, Egan, Vavricek, Cullerton, Dan- 
isch, Cermak, Fulton^ Buckley, Lawley, 
Lucas, Utpatel, Beilfuss, Koraleski, Sitts, 
Healy, Powers, Taylor, Foell, Bauler, 
Clettenberg, Hey, Britten, Krumholz, 
Haderlein, Dunn, Thomson, Lipps, Rein- 
berg, C'app, Wilson, Littler, Twigg, 
Mueller, McDermott, Mclnerney, Ma- 
honey, Kearns, Bergen, Fisher, Rea, 
Reading, Block, Ryan^ Donahoe, Clark, 
Forsberg — 59. 

'Nays — None. 

The following is the said order as 
passed : 

Ordered, That the City Electrician 
be and he is hereby directed to permit 
the owner of the Imperial Theater, at 
2323-2331 West Madison street, to 



December 5, 1910. 



NEW BUSINESS ^BY WARDS. 



2049 



hang at the front of his building two 
projecting electric signs, one measur- 
mg 12 feet 8 inches by 6 feet 4 inches, 
the other one 12 feet by feet, the 
one above the other one. 

f 

TWENTY-FIRST WARD. 
Aid. Foell presented an order amend- 
ing an order passed November 28, 1910. 

Unanimous consent was given for the 
consideration of the said order. 

Aid. Foell moved to pass the order. 
The motion prevailed, and the said 
order was passed by yeas and nays as 
follows : 

Yeas— Kenna, Coughlin, Shufelt, Fore- 
man, Pringle, Richert, Sheahan, INIartin, 
Long, Parker, Merriam, Snow, Emerson, 
Derpa, Egan, Vavricek, Cullerton, Dan- 
isch, Cermak, Fulton, Buckley, Lawley, 
Lucas, Utpatel, Beilfuss, Koraleski, Sitts, 
Healy, Powers, Taylor, Foell, Bauler, 
Clettenberg, Hey, Britten, Krumholz, 
Haderlein, Dunn, Thomson, Lipps, Rem- 
berg, Capp, Wilson, Littler, Twigg, 
Mueller, McDermott, Mclnerney, Ma- 
honey, Kearns, Bergen, Fisher, Rea, 
Reading, Block, Ryan, Donahoe, Clark, 
Forsberg~59. 

'Nays — None. 

The following is the said order as 
passed: 

Ordered, That an order heretofore 
passed by this Council on November 
28th, 1910, making sundry transfers 
in appropriations for 1910, and shown 
at page 1798 of the Council Proceed- 
ings of that date, be and the same is 
liereby amended as follows: By 
striking out of the twenty-third line 
from the bottom in the right hand 
column of page 1798 the figures "205 
X 3" and inserting in lieu thereof the 
figures "250 X 3." 

Aid. Foell presented an ordinance 
■amending an ordinance passed November 
28, 1910, making an appropriation of 
$10,000 for the Department of Health. 

Unanimous consent was given for the 
consideration of the said ordinance. 

Aid. Foell moved to pass the ordi- 
nance, 

The motion prevailed, and the said 
■ordinance was passed by yeas and nays 
as follows: 

Yeas — ^Kenna, Coughlin, Shufelt, Fore- 
man, Pringle, Richert, Sheahan, Martin, 



Long, Parker, Merriam, Snow, Emerson, 
Derpa, Egan, Vavricek, Cullerton, Dan- 
isch, Cermak, Fulton, Buckley, Lawley, 
Lucas, Utpatel, Beilfuss, Koraleski, Sitts, 
Healy, Powers, Taylor, Foell, Bauler, 
Clettenberg, Hey, Biritten, Krumholz, 
Haderlein, Dunn, Thomson, Lipps, Rein- 
ber;g, Capp, Wilson, Littler, Twigg, 
Mueller, McDermott, Mclnerney, Ma- 
honey, Kearns, Bei^en, Fisher, Rea, 
Reading, Block, Ryan, Donahoe, Clark, 
Forsberg — 59. 
Nays — None. 

The following is the said ordinance as 
passed : 

Be it ordained hy the City Council of 
the City of Chicago: 

Section 1. That an ordinance hereto- 
fore passed by this Council on November 
28th, 1910, and shown at page 1755 of 
the Council Proceedings of that date, 
making an appropriation of $10,000.00 
for the Health Department, be and the 
same is hereby amended as follows: By 
striking out the following words and 
figures in Section 1 "account 37 A 17, 
overtime for regular employees, $1,000, 
the balance to be set up as account 37 
to be charged to the several standard 
accounts as expended" and inserting in 
lieu thereof "account 37 A 17, over- 
time $1,500.00, account 37 A 2, Salaries, 
Contagious Diseases $1,400.00, account 
37 A 7, Salaries Hospital, $150.00, ac- 
count 37 A 13, Salaries Laboratory 
$1,300.00, account 37C, Supplies $1,500.- 
00, account 37 E, Repairs and replace- 
ments, $700.00, account 37C, Furniture 
and Fixtures, $700.00, account 37 H, 
Printing, $600.00. account 37 N, Forage 
$150.00, account 37S, All other operation, 
$2,0€0.00." 

Section 2. This ordinance shall be 
in force and effect from and after its 
passage. 

Aid. Foell presented an order directing 
the Civil Service Commission to certify 
payrolls for the Police and Fire De- 
partments up to the 15th of December, 
1910, and directing the City Comptroller 
to pay such rolls of the Fire Department 
on December 20, 1910, and of the Police 
Department on December 21, 1910. 

Unanimous consent was given for the 
consideration of the said order. 

Aid. Foell moved to pass the order. 
The motion prevailed, and the said 



2050 



NEW BUSINESS — BY WARDS. 



December 5, 1910. 



order was passed by yeas and nays as 
follows : 

Yeas — Kenna, Coughlin, Shufelt, Fore- 
man, Pringle, Ricbert, Sheahan, Martin, 
Long, Parker, Merriam, Snow, Emerson, 
Derpa, Egan, Vavricek, Cullerton, Dan- 
isch, Cermak, Fulton, Buckley, Lawley, 
Lucas, Utpatel, Beilfuss, Koraleski, Sitts, 
Healy, Powers, Taylor, Foell, Bauler, 
Clettenberg^ Hey, Britten, Krumholz, 
Haderlein, Dunn, Thomson, Lipps, Rein- 
berig, C'app, Wilson, Littler, Twigg, 
Mueller, McDermott, Mclnerney, Ma- 
honey, Kearns, Bergen, Fisher, Rea, 
Reading, Block, Ryan^ Donahoe, Clark, 
Forsberg — 59. 

Nays — None. 

The following is the said order as 
passed : 

Ordered, That the Civil Service Com- 
mission be and it is hereby authorized 
and requested to certify pay-rolls for 
the Police and Fire Departments up 
to the 15th of December, 1910, and 
the Comptroller is hereby directed to 
pay the rolls of the Fire Department so 
certified on December 20th and the 
rolls of the Police Department so cer- 
tified on December 21st. 

Aid. Foell presented an order amend- 
ing an order passed November 14, 1910, 
authorizing the issuance to Paul Argenti 
of a voucher for the payment of com- 
pensation for personal injuries (to 
change name to Paul Organto. 

Unanimous consent was given for the 
consideration of the said order. 

Aid. Foell moved to pass the order. 

The motion prevailed, and the said 
order was passed by yeas and nays as 
follows : 

Yeas— Kenna, Coughlin, Shufelt, Fore- 
man, Pringle, Richert, Sheahan, Martin, 
Long, Parker, Merriam, Snow, Emerson, 
Derpa, Egan, Vavricek, Cullerton, Dan- 
isch, Cermak, Fulton, Buckley, Lawley, 
Lucas, Utpatel, Beilfuss, Koraleski, Sitts, 
Healy, Powers, Taylor, Foell, Bauler, 
Clettenberg, Hey, Britten, Krumholz' 
Haderlein, Dunn, Thomson, Lipps, Rein- 
berg, Capp, Wilson, Littler, Twigg, 
Mueller, McDermott, Mclnerney, Ma- 
honey, Kearns, Bergen, Fisher, Rea, 
Reading, Block, Ryan, Donahoe, Clark, 
Forsberg — 59. 

Na-ys — None. 

The following is the said order as 
passed : 

Ordered, That an order heretofore 
passed by this Council on November 



14th 1910, and shown at page 1729 of 
the Council Proceedings of that date, 
authorizing the issuance of a voucher 
for injuries to Paul Argenti be and 
the same is hereby amended as fol- 
lows: By striking out of the fifth 
line from the bot'tom of said order, 
as shown in the left hand column of 
said page 1729, the name "Paul 
Argenti" and inserting in lieu thereof 
the name "Paul Organto." 



TWENTY-SECOND WARD. 

Aid. Clettenberg presented the claim 
of W. J. Gibbons for payment of bill for 
moving screens from street to yard in 
the rear of the Springfield avenue pump- 
ing station, which was 

Referred to the Committee on Finance. 



TWENTY-THIRD WARD. 

Aid. Britten presented the following 
order, which was, on motion, duly 
passed : 

Whereas, It has come to notice that 
various and different amounts have been 
charged for traveling the same distance 
(at different times) in taxi-cabs within 
the limits of the city of Chicago, there- 
fore, be it 

Ordered. That the Inspector , of 
Weights and Measures be and he 
is hereby directed to report to 
the City Council at his earliest con- 
venience the total number of taxi- 
meters inspected during the past 
twelve months, together with a gen- 
eral statement regarding enforcement 
by his office of complete ordinance 
passed by the City Council November 
22, 1909, which was in full force and 
effect December 1, 1909, together with 
such suggestions as he might deem 
necessary towards the further protec- 
tion of taxi-cab passengers. 



TWENTY-FIFTH WARD. 

Aid. Thomson presented the claim of 
H. J. Rohrback for a rebate of water 
tax, which was 

Referred to the Committee on Finance. 

Aid. Thomson presented an order for 
paving Mildred avenue, from Wellington 
avenue to Oakdale avenue, which was 

Referred to the Board of Local Im- 
provements. 



December 5, 1910. 



NEW BUSINESS EY WARDS. 



2051 



TWENTY-SIXTH WARD. 

Aid. Lipps presented the claim of 
Thomas Kendsen for compensation for 
connecting service pipe to supply pipe, 
which was 

Referred to the Committee on Finance. 

Aid. Reinberg presented the cla/m of 
John F. Ryan for wages withheld for 
time lost on account of illness, which 
was 

Referred to the Committee on Finance. 



TWENTY-SEVENTH WARD. 

Aid. Capp presented an ordinance pro- 
viding for the annexation of the terri- 
tory known as Edison Park (E. W. 
i/„ and E. 1/2, except S. E. 14, S. E. 
I Section 36-41-12) to the Twenty- 
seventh Ward, which was 

Referred to the Committee on Elec- 
tions. 

Aid. Capp presented an order directing 
the Superintendent of Maps to prepare 
an ordinance amending Section 2378 of 
the Revised Municipal Code of Chicago 
of 1905, fixing the boundary lines of the 
Twenty-seventh Ward (to include the 
territory known as Edison Park), which 
was 

Referred to the Committee on Judi- 
ciary. 

Aid. Capp presented the following 
order, which was, on motion, duly 
passed: 

Ordered, That the Commissioner of 
Public Works be and he is hereby di- 
rected to issue a permit to Charles 
Hibbe to erect and maintain a post 
drug sign at the edge of sidewalk in 
front of premises known as 3200 W. 
North avenue. Said sign shall be 
erected and maintained in accordance 
with all rules and regulations of the 
Department of Public Works. This 
privilege shall be subject to termina- 
tion by the Mayor at any time in his 
discretion. 

Aid. Capp presented an order for pav- 
ing with brick Montrose avenue, from 
I North Western avenue to North Forty - 
sixth avenue, which was 

Referred to the Board of Local Im- 
provements. 

Aid. Wilson presented the claim of 



Harriet Winchell for compensation for 
repairs to water supply pipe, which was 
Referred to the Committee on Finance. 



TWENTY-EIGHTH WARD. 

Aid. Twigg presented the claim of 
Peter S. Olsen for payment for extra 
labor and material furnished in and 
about the improving of the Chicago ave- 
nue pumping station, which was 

Referred to the Committee on Finance. 



TWENTY-NINTH WARD. 

Aid. Mueller presented the following 
order, which was, on motion, duly 
passed : 

Ordered. That the Commissioner of 
Public Works be and he is hereby au- 
thorized to install without cost and 
without meter the necessary sized 
water service pipe into Sacred Heart 
Polish Roman Catholic Church, on the 
east side of Lincoln street, 274 feet 
south of 46th street. 



THIRTIETH WARD. 

Aid. Mahoney presented a resolution 
of the delegates of the Chicago Federa- 
tion of Labor, protesting against the 
passage of an ordinance concerning the 
use of public cab and hack stands by 
taxicabs, now pending before the Com- 
mittee on Judiciary, which was 

Referred to the Committee on Judi- 
ciary. 

Aid. Mahoney presented a resolution 
for an increase of ten per cent in the 
salaries of battalion chiefs of the Fire 
Department, which .was 

Referred to the Committee on Finance. 



THIRTY-FIRST WARD. 

Aid. Kearns presented the claim of 
Lucy A. Hickey for salary withheld for 
time lost on account of illness, and the 
claim of Walter R. Mee for a rebate of 
water tax, which were 

Referred to the Committee on Finance. 



THIRTY-SECOND WARD. 

Aid. Fisher presented the claim of 
Captain James McLaughlin for com- 



2052 



UNFINISHED BUSINESS. 



December 5, 1910. 



pensation for repairs to water pipe, 
which was 

Referred to the Committee on Finance, 

Aid. Rea presented the claim of John 
P. Dineen for wages withheld for time 
lost on account of personal injury, 
which was 

Referred to the Committee on Finance. 



THIRTY-FOURTH WARD. 

Aid. Ryan and Donahoe presented 
the following order^ which was, on mo- 
tion, duly passed : 

Ordered, That the Commissioner of 
Public Works be and he is hereby di- 
rected to issue a permit to H. Lurie 
to string a muslin sign across the 
sidewalk in front of premises known 
as 1455 South 40th avenue, for a 
period of thirty days. Said muslin 
sign shall be erected and maintained 
;in accordance with all rules and regu- 
lations of the Department of Public 
IVorks. This privilege shall be sub- 
ject to termination by the Mayor at 
■any time in his discretion. 



UNFINISHED BUSINESS PENDING 
BEFORE COUNCIL. 

Aid. Foell moved to proceed to the 
consideration of the report of the Com- 
mittee on Finance concerning sundry 
communications from various heads of 
departments, etc., requesting transfers 
of funds in appropriations, deferred and 
published jSTovember 28, 1910, page 1757. 

The motion prevailed. 

Aid. Foell .moved to amend the order 
submitted with the said report by strik- 
ing out the figures '"2500.00' from the 
fourth line in the left hand-column of 
page 1758; and by inserting in lieu 
thereof the figures "1840.00'', and by in- 
serting between the fourth and fifth 
lines in the said left-hand column of 
page 1758 the following items: "From 
30 G, Furniture and Fittings, 500.00", 
and "From 30 J, Transportation 160.00". 

The motion to amend prevailed. 

Aid. Foell moved to pass the said 
order as amended. 

The motion prevailed^ and the said 
order, as amended, was passed by yeas 
and nays as follows: 

Yeas — Kenna, Coughlin, Shufelt, Fore- 
man, Pringle, Richert, Sheahan, Martin, 



Long, Parker, Merriam, Snow, Emerson, 
Derpa, Egan^ Vavricek^ Cullerton, Dan- 
isch, Cermak, Fulton^ Buckley, Lawley, 
Lucas, Utpatel, Beilfuss, Koraleski, Sitts, 
Healy, Powers, Taylor, Foell, Bauler, 
Clettenberg, Hey, Britten, Krumholz, 
Haderlein, Dunn, Thomson, Lipps, Rein- 
berg, Capp, Wilson, Littler, Twigg, 
Mueller, McDermott, Mclnerney, Ma- 
honey, Kearns, Bergen, Fisher, Rea, 
Reading, Block^ Ryan, Donahoe, Clark, 
Forsberg — 59. 
Isfays — -None. 

The following is the order as passed: 

Ordered, That the City Comptroller be 
and he is hereby authorized and directed 
to make the following transfers in ap- 
propriations for the year 1910, in ac- 
cordance with the requests of the vari- 
ous Heads of Departments attached 
hereto : 

Department of Finance : 

From 20S, all other 

operation $ 1,000.00 

From 20G, pur- 
chase of furni- 
ture and fittings. 200.00 

From 20C, general 

supplies 400.00 

To 20H, printing 

and stationery . . $1,000.00 
Police Department : • 

From 30L, Fuel . . . 6,000.00 

J^rom 30M, pur- 
chase of horses.. 1,840.00 

From 30G, furni- 
ture and fittings. 500.00 

From 30 J, trans- 
portation 160.00 

To 30H, printing 

and stationery. . . 4,000.00 

To SOD, material, 

etc 2,000.00 

To 30C, general 

supplies 2,500.00 

Board of Examining Engineers : 
From 43A, salaries 

and wages 500.00 

To 43C, general 

supplies 250.00 

To 43H, printing 

and stationery . . 250.00 

Fire Department: 

From 35A5, sala- 
ries, pipeihen, 
truckmen and 
drivers 25,000.00 

To 35E, repairs 



December 5, 1910. 



UNFINISHED BUSINESS. 



2053 



and replacements, 

etc 23,000.00 

To 35F, apparatus, 

machinery, etc. . . 2,000.00 

Election Commissioners : 

From 25 Al, extra 
clerks 865.00 

From 25C, general 

supplies 3,000.00 

From 25H, printing 
and stationery . . . 2,000.00 ^ 

From 251, advertis- 
ing 2,500.00 

From 25S1, tem- 
porary election 
employes 5,700.31 

To 25A, salaries 

and wages 491.98 

To 2oA2, extra 
clerks at $4.00 

per day 373.02 

To 25E, repairs and 

replacements . . . 1,400.00 
To 25K1, polling 

places 2,613.00 

To 25S2, sundry 

expenses . 3,487.00 

To 25A2, extra 

clerks at $4.00 

per day 5,700.31 

Special Park Commission — ■ 

From 62F, play- 
ground apparatus, 

etc ' 50.00 

^ To 60H, printing 

and stationery . , 50.00 

From 6 IE, park re- 
pairs, etc 1,000.00 

From 62A, salaries 

and wages 500.00 

To 61C, general 

supplies 1,000.00 

To 62X1, instruc- 
tion work, play- 
grounds 500.00 

City Real Estate and Buildings— 
From 51K, rents.. 200.00 
To 51S1, taxes and 
special assess- 
ments 200.00 

Department of Public Works — 
Commissioner's Office: 
From lOlA, sal- 
aries and wages 50.00 
From WIOIA, 
salaries and 

wages 450.00 

To lOlAl, extra 
pay for over- 



time of regu- 
lar employes . 
To WlOlAl, ex- 
tra pay for 
overtime o f 
regular e m - 

ployes 

Bureau of Compensation: 
From 102C, sup- 
plies 150.00 

To 102H, print- 
ing and sta- 
tionery 

Bureau of Sewers: 

From 304L, fuel. 300.00 
To 304E, repairs, 
etc 

From 314A4, la- 
borers at $3.00 
per day 220.00 

From 314A6, la- 
borers at $3.00 
per day 900.00 

J^-rom 314B4, 

teams, etc. ... 1,070.00 

From 314B5, 

teams, etc. . . . 900.00 

From 3 1 B, 

teams, etc. . . . 700.00 

From 311A1, me- 
chanics 400.00 

From 301A, sal- 
aries and wages lOO.OO 

To 314A3, la- 
borers at $3.00 
per day 

To 314A5, labor- 
ers 

To 314A7, labor- 
ers 

To 314A8, labor- 
ers 

To 314A10, la- 
borers 

To 314A11, la- 
borers 

To 314B1, hire 
teams, etc 

To 314B3, hire of 
teams, etc. ... 

To 314C, general 
supplies .... 

To 310D, ma- 
terial etc. . . . 

To 311D, ma- 
terial, etci. . . . 

To 301H, print- 
ing and sta- 
tionery 

Bureau of Engineering: 

From 505D, ma- 
terials, etc. . . 10,000.00 



50.00 



450.00 



150.00'. 



300.00* 



400.00 
580.00 
100.00 
200.00 
240.00 
50.00 
400.00 
220.00 
900.00 
300.00 
800.00 

lOO.OO 



2054 



UNFINISHED 



BUSINESS. 



December o, 1910.1 



To accounts to 
be known as 
510A, water 
supply investi- 
gation 

To 510C, water 
supply investi- 
gation 

To 510F, water 
supply investi- 
gation 

To SlOG, water 
supply investi- 
gation 

To 510H, water 
supply investi- 
gation 

To 510S, water 
supply investi- 
gation 

From 520A4, 

plumbers 1,000.00 

From 509S2, elec- 
trolysis sur- 
vey 2,400.00 

From 509A, sal- 
aries and wages 7,760.00 

To 506A1, sal- 
aries and. wages 

To 580X7, water 
pipe extension, 
wages 

From 50 IC, sup- 
plies 250.00 

From 509J, street 
car transporta- 
tion 400.00 

From 570X5, Chi- 
cago Avenue P. 
Sta. repairs.. 6,500.00 

To 501H, print- 
ing and sta- 
tionery 

To 580X11, street 
car transporta- 
tion 

To 570X7, Chi- 
cago Avenue P. 
Sta. repairs . . 
Bureau of Water: 

From 607D, ma- 
terial, etc. . . . 2,000.00 

To 604A, over- 
time and extra 
clerk hire .... 

To 605S1, sun- 
dry expenses .. 



2,125.00 
2,375.00 
1,700.00 
50.00 
1,100.00 
2,650.00 



3,400.00 



7,760.00 



250.00 
400.00 
6,500.00 



1,500.00 
500.00 



Aid. Foell moved to proceed to the 
consideration of the report of the Com- 
mittee on Finance concerning a request 



of the City Electrician for an additional ! 
appropiriation, deferred and published i 
November 28, 1910, page 1759. 
The motion prevailed. 

Aid. Foell moved to concur in the re- 
port and to pass the ordinance submitted 
therewith. 

The motion prevailed, and the said 
ordinance was passed by yeas and nays 
as follows : 

Yeas — Kenna, Coughlin, Shufelt, Fore- 
man, Pringle, Richert, Sheahan, Martin, 
Long, Parker, Merriam, Snow, Emerson, 
Derpa, Egan, Vavricek, Cullerton, Dan- 
isch, Cermak, Fulton^ Buckley, Lawley, 
Lucas, Utpatel, Beilfuss, Koraleski, Sitts, 
Healy, Powers, Taylor, Foell, Bauler, 
Clettenberg, Hey, Britten, Krumholz, 
Haderlein, Dunn, Thomson, Lipps, Rein- 
berg, Capp, Wilson, Littler, Twigg, 
Mueller, McDermott, Mclnerney, Ma- 
honey, Kearns, Bergen, Fisher, Rea, 
Reading, Block, Ryan, Donahoe, Clark, 
Forsberg — 59. 

Nays — None. 

The following is the said ordinance as 
passed: 

Be it ordained hy the City Council of the 
City of Chicago: 

Section 1. That there be and is here- 
by appropriated from miscellaneous re- 
ceipts for the year 1910 the sum of five 
thousand ($5,000.00) dollars for use of 
the Electrical Department, same to be 
expended under the direction of the City 
Electrician, and to be set up by the City 
Comptroller as Account lOOX. 

Section 2. This ordinance shall be in 
force and effect from and after its pas- 
sage. 



Aid. Foell moved to proceed to the 
consideration of the report of the Com- 
mittee on Finance concerning a com- 
munication from the Commissioner of 
Public Works, requesting authority to 
employ one additional stenographer, de- 
ferred and published November 28, 1910, 
page 1760. 

The motion prevailed. 

Aid. Foell moved to concur in the 
report and to pass the order submitted 
therewith. 

The motion prevailed, and the said 
order was passed by yeas and nays as 
follows : 

Yeas — Kenna, Coughlin, Shufelt, Fore- 



December 5, 1910. 



UNFINISHED 



BUSINESS. 



2055 



man, Pringle, Eichert, Sheahan, Martin, 
Long, Parker, Merriam, Snow, Emerson, 
Derpa, Egan, Vavrieek, Cullerton, Dan- 
isch, C'ermak, Fulton^ Buckley, Lawley, 
Lucas, Utpatel, Beilfuss, Koraleski, Sitts, 
Healy, Powers, Taylor, Foell, Bauler, 
Clettenberg, Hey, Britten, Krumholz, 
Haderlein, Dunn, Thomson, Lipps, Rein- 
berg, C'app, 'Wilson, Littler, Twigg, 
Mueller, McDermott, Molnerney, Ma- 
honey, Kearns, Bergen, Fisher, Rea, 
Reading, Block, Ryan, Donahoe, Clark, 
Forsberg — 59. 
Tslays — None. 

The following is the said order as 
passed : 

Ordered, That the Commissioner of 
Public Works be and he is hereby au- 
thorized, in accordance with his request 
of November 18th, 1910, attached hereto, 
to employ one additional stenographer at 
a rate not to exceed one hundred 
($100.00) dollars per month, salary of 
said stenographer to be taken from the 
unexpended balance of Account lOlA 
and WIOIA, salaries, Commissioner's 
office. 



Aid. Foell moved to proceed to the 
consideration of the report of the Com- 
mittee on Finance concerning a com- 
munication from the Commissioner of 
Public Works suggesting an additional 
appropriation to reimburse the First 
Ward Fund for the amount expended 
for the removal of snow, deferred and 
published November 28, 1910, page 1760. 

The motion prevailed. 

Aid. Foell mxoved to concur in the 
report and to pass the ordinance sub- 
mitted therewith. 

The motion prevailed, and the said 
ordinance was paosed by yeas and nays 
as follows: 

Yeas — Kenna, Coughlin, Shufelt, Fore- 
man, Pringle, Richert, Sheahan, Martin, 
Long, Parker, Merriam, Snow, Emerson, 
Derpa, Eigan, Vavrieek, Cullerton, Dan- 
isch, Cermak, Fulton, Buckley, Lawley, 
Lucas, Utpatel, Beilfuss, Koraleski, Sitts, 
Healy, Powers, Taylor, Foell, Bauler, 
Clettenberg, Hey, Britten, Krumholz, 
Haderlein, Dunn, Thomson, Lipps, Rein- 
berg, Capp, Wilson, Littler, Twigg, 
Mueller, McDermott, Mclnerney, Ma- 
honey, Kearns, Bergen, Fisher, Rea, 
Reading, Block, Ryan, Donahoe, Clark, 
'Forsberg — 59. 

'Nays — None. 



The following is the said ordinance as 
passed: 

Be it ordained hy the City Council of the 
City of Chicago : 

Section 1. That there be and is here- 
by appropriated from miscellaneous re- 
ceipts for the year 1910 the sum of 
eighty-eight hundred ($8,800.00) dollars, 
to be set up by the Comptroller to the 
credit of Account 203 Al, labor, cleaning 
First Ward. 

Section 2. This ordinance shall be 
in force and effect from and. after its 
passage. 

Aid. Foell moved to proceed to the con- 
sideration of the report of the Com- 
mittee on Jb'inance concerning a com- 
munication from the Commissioner of 
Public Works asking for authority to 
let contract for feeder mams and for an 
appropriation for such purpose, deferred 
and published November 28, 1910, page 
1760. 

The motion prevailed. 

Aid. Foell moved to concur in the re- 
port and to pass the ordinance submitted 
therewith, appropriating $25,000. 

The motion prevailed, and the said or- 
dinance was passed by yeas and nays as 
follows : 

Yeas — Kenna, Coughlin, Shufelt, Fore- 
man, Pringle, Richert, Sheahan, Martin, 
Long, Parker, Merriam, Snow, Emerson, 
Derpa, Egan, Vavrieek, Cullerton, Dan- 
isch, Cermak, Fulton, Buckley, Lawley, 
Lucas, Utpatel, Beilfuss, Koraleski, Sitts, 
Healy, Powers, Taylor, Foell, Bauler, 
Clettenberg, Hey, Britten, Krumholz, 
Haderlein, Dunn, Thomson, Lipps, Rein- 
berg, Capp, Wilson, Littler, Twigg, 
Mueller, McDermott, Manoney, Kearns, 
Bergen, Fisher, Rea, Reading, Block, 
Ryan, Donahoe, Clark, Forsberg — 58. 

Nays — Mclnerney — 1 . 

The following is the said ordinance 
as passed : 

Be it ordained hy the City Council of the 
City of Chicago: 

Section 1. That there be and is here- 
by appropriated from the Water Fund 
the sum of twenty-five thousand ($25,- 
000.00) dollars to an accovmt to be 
known as 590X10 for the purchase of 
feeder mains. 

Section 2. This ordinance shall be in 
force and effect from and after its pas- 
sage. 



2056 • UNFINISHED 

Aid. Foell moved to pass the order 
submitted with the said report, author- 
izing the Commissioner of Public Works 
to advertise and contract for feeder 
mains and necessary castings, etc. 

The motion prevailed^ and the said 
order v^as passed by yeas and nays as 
follows : 

Yeas — Kenna, Coughlin, Shufelt, Fore- 
man, Pringle, Richert, Sheahan, Martin, 
Long, Parker, Merriam^ Snow, Emerson, 
Derpa, Eigan, Vavricek, Cullerton, Dan- 
isch, Cermak, Fulton, Buckley, Lawley, 
Lucas, Ut'patel, Beilfuss, Koraleski, Sitts, 
Healy, Powers, Taylor, Foell, Bauler, 
Clettenberg, Hey, Britten, Kruinholz, 
Haderlein, Dunn, ihomson, Lipps, Rein- 
berg, C'app, Wilson, Littler, Twigg, 
Mueller, McDermott, Mahoney, Kearns, 
Bergen, Fisher, Rea^, Readmg, Block, 
Ryan, Donahoe, Clark, Forsberg — 58. 

Nays — Mcinerney — 1. 

The following is the said order as 
passed : 

Ordered, That the Commissioner of 
Public Works be and he is hereby au- 
thorized in accordance with his request 
of November 23rd, 1910, attached here- 
to, to advertise and contract for feeder 
mains and the necessary castings, valves 
and hydrant valves and other accessories 
necessary for installation of said feeder 
mains in an amount not to exceed three 
hundred twenty-five thousand ($325,- 
000.00) dollars. 



Aid. Foell moved to proceed to the con- 
sideration of the report of the Com- 
mittee on Finance concerning a com- 
munication from the Commissioner of 
Public Works asking for an appropria- 
tion for the installation of two electric- 
ally operated pumps at the West Side 
pumping station, deferred and published 
November 28, 1910, page 1761. 

The motion prevailed. 

Aid. Foell moved to concur in the re- 
port and to pass the ordinance submitted 
therewith, appropriating $60,000. 

The motion prevailed, and the said or- 
dinance was passed by yeas and nays 
as follows : 

Yeas — Kenna, Coughlin, Shufelt, Fore- 
man, Pringle, Richert, Sheahan, Martin, 
Long, Parker, Merriam^ Snow^ Emerson, 
Derpa, E'gan, Vavrieek^ Cullerton, Dan- 
isch, Cermak, Fulton, Buckley, Lawley, 
Lucas, Utpatel, Beilfuss, Koraleski, Sitts, 
Healy, Powers, Taylor, Foell, Bauler, 



BUSINESS. December 5, 1910. | 

1 

Clettenberg, Hey, Britten, Krumholz, | 
Haderlein, Dunn, Thomson, Lipps, Rein- 
berg, Capp, Wilson, Littler, Twigg, 
Mueller, McDermott, Mcinerney, Ma- I 
honey, Kearns, Bergen, Fisher, Rea, 1 
Reading, Block, Ryan^ Donahoe, Clark, I 
Forsberg — 59. 
Nays — None. 

The following is the said ordinance as - 
passed : ■ 

Be it ordained by the City Council of the^ 
City of Chicago: 

Section 1. That there be and is here- 
bv appropriated from the Water Fund ; 
the sum of sixty thousand ($60,000.00) ' 
dollars to be set up by the Comptroller - 
to an account to be known as 570Xy2 for' 
the installation of two electrically oper- | 
ated centrifugal pumps at the West Side I 
Pumping Station (including inspection 
and engineering) . 

Section 2. This ordinance shall be in j 
force and effect from and after its pas- j 
sage. I 



Aid. Foell moved to pass the order 
submitted with the said report, author- j 
izing the Commissioner of Public Works j 
to advertise for and to install two elec- 
trically operated pumps at the West j 
oiTle pumping station. j 

The motion prevailed, and the said 
order was passed by yeas and nays as 
follows : 

Yeas — Kenna, Coughlin, Shufelt, Fore- 
man, Pringle, Richert, Sheahan, Martin, 
Long, Parker, Merriam, Snow, Emerson, 
Derpa, Egan, Vavricek^ Cullerton, Dan- 
isch, Cermak, Fulton, Buckley, Lawley, 
Lucas, Utpatel, Beilfuss, Koraleski, Sitts, 
Healy, Powers, Taylor, Foell, Bauler, 
Clettenberg, Hey, Britten, Krumholz, 
Haderlein, Dunn, Thomson, Lipps, Rein- 
berg. Capp, Wilson, Littler, Twigg, 
Mueller, McDermott, Mcinerney, Ma- 
honey, Kearns, Bergen, Fisher, Rea, 
Reading, Block, Ryan^ Donahoe, Clark, 
Forsberg — 59. 

Nays — None. 

The following is the said order as 
passed : 

Ordered, That the Commissioner of 
Public Works be and he is hereby au- 
thorized, in accordance with his commu- 
nication of November 23rd, 1910, at- 
tached hereto, to advertise for and install 
two electrically operated centrifugal 
pumps of a capacity of 20,000,000 gallons 



December 5, 1910. 



UNFINISHED 



BUSINESS. 



2057 



bf water a day each at the West Side 
ipumping Station, located on Ashland av- 
enue near 22nd street, including motors, 
auxiliaries, fixtures, etc. 



Aid. Foell moved to proceed to the 
;}onsideration of the report of the Com- 
nittee on Finance concerning a lease 
;rom the University of Chicago of cer- 
jsain premises in connection with the Hol- 
ien Playground, deferred and published 
STovember 28, 1910, page 1762. 

The motion prevailed. 

Aid. Foell moved to concur in the re- 
3ort and to pass the order submitted 
therewith. 

The motion prevailed, and the said 
Drder was passed by yeas and nays as 
tollows : 

Yeas — ^Kenna, Coughlin, Shufelt, Fore- 
man, Pringle, Richert, Sheahan, Martin, 
Long, Parker, Merriam^ Snow, Emerson, 
Derpa, E'gan, Vavricek^ Cullerton, Dan- 
isich, Cermak, Fulton, Buckley, Lawley, 
Lucas, Utpatel, Beilfuss, Koraleski, Sitts, 
Healy, Powers, Taylor, Foell, Bauler, 
iOlettenberg, Hey, Britten, Krumholz, 
|tladerlein, Dunn. Thomson, Lipps, Rein- 
berg, Capp, Wilson, Littler," Twigg, 
Mueller, McDermott, Mclnerney, Ma- 
loney, Kearns, Bergen, Fisher, Rea, 
'Reading, Block, Ryan, Donahoe, Clark, 
Porsberg — 59. 

Nays — None. 

The following is the said order as 
c>assed : 

. Ordered, That the City Comptroller 
hereby is authorized and directed to 
execute on behalf of the City of Chicago, 
a lease from the University of Chicago 
to the City of Chicago, for a period of 
five years, commencing January 1, 1911, 
to the following described premises, in 
the City of Chicago, County of Cook and 
State of Illinois, for park and play- 
ground purposes, forming the greater 
part of Holden playground: 

Lots nine to twenty-four (9 to 24), 
itwenty-six to thirty-three (26 to 33), 
jthirty-six (36) and thirty-seven (37), 
|in Charles J. Hulls' Subdivision of Frac- 
tional Section twenty-nine ( 29 ) , Town- 
'Ship thirty-nine (39) North, Range four- 
teen (14), east of the Third Principal 
Meridian, located on the west side of 
iBonfield street between 31st and Lyman 
(streets, at a rental of one ($1.00) dollar 
per year, the Citv to r».^y all taxes and 
special assessments which shall fall due 



during the life of the lease; to save the 
lessor harmless from all cost of damage 
which may result from the use of said 
premises by the City, and upon the ter- 
mination of this lease, to restore said 
premises to the condition in which they 
were prior to the occupancy by the City. 

Said lease shall provide further that 
the lessor may terminate the lease at 
any time by sixty (60) days' written 
notice, and that the City shall have the 
right to remove all improvements made 
to said premises by it at any time. 



Aid. Foell moved to proceed to the 
consideration of the report of the Com- 
mittee on Finance concerning a com- 
munication from the City Statistician 
with reference to a bid for certain bound 
volumes of the Chicago Tribune in his 
custody, deferred and published Novem- 
ber 28, 1910, page 1763. 

The motion prevailed. 

Aid. Foell moved to concur in the re- 
port and to pass the order submitted 
therewith. 

The motion prevailed, and the said 
order was passed by yeas and nays as 
follows : 

Teas — Kenna, Coughlin, Shufelt, Fore- 
man, Pringie, Richert, Sheahan, Martin, 
Long, Parker, Merriam, Snow, Emerson, 
Derpa, Eigan, Vavricek, Cullerton, Dan- 
isich, Cermak, Fulton, Buckley, Lawley, 
Lucas, Utpatel, Beilfuss, Koraleski, Sitts, 
Healy, Powers, Taylor, Foell, B'auler, 
Clettenberg, Hey, Britten, Krumholz, 
Haderlein, Dunn, Thomson, Lipps, Rein- 
berg, Capp, Wilson, Littler, Twigg, 
Mueller, McDermott, Mclnerney, Ma- 
honey, Kearns, Bergen, Fisher, Rea, 
Reading, Block, Ryan, Donahoe, Clark, 
Forsberg— 59. 

Nays — None. 

The following is the said order as 
passed : 

Ordered, That the City Purchasing 
Agent be and he is hereby authorized 
to accept the bid of $100.00 made for 170 
bound volumes of the Chicago Tribune 
covering the years from 1884 to r90&, 
both inclusive, which volumes are now in 
the custody of the City Statistician. 



Aid. Foell moved to proceed to the 
consideration of the report of the Com- 
mittee on Finance on the claim of Isiah 



2058 



UNFINISHED 



BUSINESS. 



December 5, 1910. 



Goldy for a refund of 90% of special as- 
sessment for water supply pipe, deferred 
and published November 28, 1910, page 
1763. 

The motion prevailed. 

Aid. Foell moved to concur in the re- 
port and to pass the order submitted 
therewith. 

The motion prevailed, and the said 
order was passed by yeas and nays as 
follows : 

Yeas — ^Kenna, Coughlin, Shufelt, Fore- 
man, Pringle, Richert, Sheahan, Martin, 
Long, Parker, Merriam^ Snow, Emerson, 
Derpa, Etgan, Vavrieek^ Cullerton, Dan- 
isch, Cermak, Fulton, Buckley, Lawley, 
Lucas, Utpatel, Beilfuss, Koraleski, Sitts, 
Healy, Powers, Taylor, Foell, Bauler, 
Clettenberg, Hey, Britten^ Krumholz, 
Haderlein, Dunn, Thomson^, Lipps, Rein- 
berg, Capp, Wilson, Littler, Twigg, 
Mueller, McDermott, Mclnerney, Ma- 
honey, Kearns, Bergen, Fisher, Rea, 
Reading, Block, Ryan^ Donahoe, Clark, 
Forsberg — 59. 

lHJays — None. 

• The following is the said order as 
passed : 

Be it ordained hi/ the City Council of the 
City of Chicago: 

Section 1. That the Commissioner of 
Public Works be and he is hereby au- 
thorized to issue a voucher in favor of 
Isiah Goldy in the sum of thirty-six 
($36.00) dollars, same being a refund 
due under special assessment warrant 
17290 for laying water pipe, in accord- 
ance with the report of the Board of 
Local Improvements attached. This said 
refund is ordered issued upon County 
Clerk's certificate of payment because of 
the loss of original receipt, and the 
Comptroller is ordered to pay the same 
from Account W22X2, appropriations 
1910, upon identification and proper pow- 
er-of-attorney from claimant, when 
from the surplus of the net income from 
the water rates, not otherwise appro- 
priated or pledged, there is in the City 
Treasury sufficient money therefor and 
when the City Comptroller shall so cer- 
tify. 

Section 2. This ordinance shall be in 
force and effect from and after its pas- 
sage. 

Aid. Foell moved to proceed to the 
consideration of the report of the Com- 
mittee on Finance on the claim of John 



Lang for wages, deferred and published 
November 28, 1910, page 1763. 
The motion prevailed. 

Aid. Foell moved to concur in the re- 
port and to pass the order submitted | 
therewith. 

The motion prevailed, and the said 
order was passed by yeas and nays as 
follows : 

Yeas — Kenna, Coughlin, Shufelt, Fore- 
man, Pringle, Richert, Sheahan, Martin, 
Long, Pai;ker, Merriam, Snow, Emerson, j 
Derpa, E!gan, Vavricek^ Cullerton, Dan- 1 
isch, Cermak, Fulton, Buckley, Lawley, | 
Lucas, Utpatel, Beilfuss, Koraleski, Sitts, I 
Healy, Powers, Taylor, Foell, Bauler,. 
Clettenberg, Hey, Britten, Krumholz, j 
Haderlein, Dunn, Thomson^ Lipps, Rein- I 
berg, Capp, Wilson, Littler, Twigg, | 
Mueller, McDermott, Mclnerney, Ma- 
honey, Kearns, Bergen, Fisher, Rea, j 
Reading, Block, Ryan, Donahoe, Clark, j 
Forsberg — 59. 

ISlays — None. 

The following is the said order as 
passed : 

Ordered, That the Commissioner of 
Public Works be and he is hereby au- 
thorized and directed to allow John Lang 
thirty days' pay, deducted on account \ 
of absence from duty as bridge tender j 
because of illness, and the Comptroller | 
is ordered to pay the same from appro- ' 
priations for bridge tenders' salaries. 



Aid. Foell moved to proceed to the 
consideration of the report of the Com- 
mittee on Finance on the claim of the | 
Hotel La Salle for a rebate of water 
tax, deferred and published November 
28, 1910, page 1764. 

The motion prevailed. 

Aid. Foell moved to concur in the re- 
port and to pass the order submitted 
therewith. 

The motion prevailed, and the said, 
order was passed by yeas and nays as 
follows : 

Yeas — Kenna, Coughlin, Shufelt, Fore-, 
man, Pringle, Richert, Sheahan, Martin,! 
Long, P'arker, Merriam, Snow, Emerson,' 
Derpa, E'gan, Vavricek, Cullerton. Dan-| 
isch, Cermak, Fulton, Buckley, Lawley,; 
Lucas, Utpatel, Beilfuss, Koraleski, Sitts, 
Healy, Powers, Taylor, Foell, Bauler, 
Clettenberg, Hey, Britten, Krumholz, 
Haderlein, Dunn, Thomson, Lipps, Rein- 
berg, Capp, Wilson, Littler, Twigg, 



December o, 1910. 



UNFINISHED 



BUSINESS. 



2059 



Mueller, McDermott, Mclnerney, Ma- 
honey, Kearns, Bergen, Fisher, Eea, 
Reading, Block, Ryan^ Donahoe, Clark, 
Forsberg — 59. 
Nays — None. 

The following is the said order as 
passed : 

Ordered, That the Commissioner of 
Public Works be and he is hereby au- 
thorized and directed to issue a voucher 
in favor of the Hotel La Salle Company 
in the sum of Two Thousand Six Hun- 
dred Seventy-nine and Six One-hun- 
dredths ($2,679.06) Dollars, same to be 
in full for claims for rebates on water 
taxes paid on the premises occupied by 
them as a hotel, and the Comptroller is 
ordered to pay the same from appropria- 
tions 1910, account 605 S. 



lAld. Foell moved to proceed to the 
■consideration of the report of the Com- 
mittee on Finance on the claim of Wil- 
liam Lowe for wages, deferred and pub- 
lished November 28, 1910, page 1764. 

The motion prevailed. 

Aid. Foell moved to concur in the re- 
port and to pass the order submitted 
therewith. 

The motion prevailed, and the said 
order was passed by yeas and nays as 
follows: 

Yeas — Kenna, Coughlin, Shufelt, Fore- 
man, Pringle, Richert, Sheahan, Martin, 
liOng, Parker^ Merriam^ Snow, Emerson, 
Derpa, Eigan, Vavricek, Cullerton, Dan- 
iscH, Cermak, Fulton, Buckley, Lawley, 
Lucas, Utpatel, Beilfuss, Koraleski, Sitts, 
Healy, Powers, Taylor, Foell, Bauler, 
Glettenberg, Hey, Britten, Krtimholz, 
Haderlein, Dunn, Thomson^ Lipps, Rein- 
berg, Capp, Wilson, Littler, Twigg, 
Mueller, McDermott, Mclnerney, Ma- 
honey, Kearns^ Bergen, Fisher, Rea, 
Reading, Block, Ryan, Donahoe, Clark, 
Forsberg — 59. 

Nays — M one. 

The following is the said order as 
passed : 

Ordered, That the Board of Local 
Improvements be and it is hereby au- 
thorized to allow two weeks pay to 
William Lowe at the rate of two thou- 
sand one hundred sixty ($2,160.00) dol- 
lars per annum, being time deducted on 
account of absence from duty as a 
civil engineer on account of illness and 
the Comptroller is ordered to pay the 



same from appropriations 1910, ac- 
count 50A. 



Aid. Foell moved to proceed to the 
consideration of the report of the Com- 
mittee on Finance on the claim of M. 
J. McLaughlin for wages, deferred and 
published November 28, 1910, page 1764. 

The motion prevailed. 

Aid. Foell moved to concur, in the re- 
port and to pass the order submitted 
therewith. 

The motion prevailed, and the said 
order was passed by yeas and nays as 
follows : 

Yeas — Kenna, Coughlin, Shufelt, Fore- 
man, Pringle, Richert, Sheahan, Martin, 
Long, Parker^ Merriam^ Snow, Emerson, 
Derpa, Elgan, Vavricek, Cullerton, Dan- 
isch, Cermak, Fulton, Buckley, Lawley, 
Lucas, Utpatel, Beilfuss, Koraleski, Sitts, 
Healy, Powers, Taylor, Foell, Bauler, 
Clettenberg, Hey, Britten, Krumholz, 
Haderlein, Dunn, Thomson^ Lipps, Rein- 
berg, Capp, Wilson, Littler, Twigg, 
Mueller, McDermott, Mclnerney, Ma- 
honey, KearnSj Bergen, Fisher, Rea, 
Reading, Block, Ryan, Donahoe, Clark, 
Forsberg — 59. 

Nays — None. 

The following is the said order as 
passed: 

Ordered, That the Commissioner of 
Public W^orks be and he is hereby au- 
thorized and directed to issue a voucher 
in favor of M. J. McLaughlin for thirty- 
five days' time as fireman at the Harrison 
Street Pumping Station, deducted while 
absent from duty on account of illness, 
and the Comptroller is ordered to pay the 
same from appropriations for salaries at 
the Harrison Street Pumping Station. 



Aid, Foell moved to proceed to the 
consideration of the report of the Com- 
mittee on Finance on the claim, of Jerry 
O'Brien for wages, deferred and pub- 
lished November 28, 1910, page 1764. 

The motion prevailed. 

Aid. Foell moved to concur in the re- 
port and to pass the order submitted 
therewith. 

The motion prevailed, and the said 
order was passed by yeas and nays as 
follows : 

Yeas — Kenna, Coughlin, Shufelt, Fore- 
man, Pringle, Richert, Sheahan, Martin, 



2060 UNFIISriSHED 

Long, Parker^ Merriam, Snow, Emerson, 
Derpa, Egan, Vavrieek, CuUerton, Dan- 
isch, Cermak, Fulton, Buckley, Lawley, 
Lucas, Utpatel, Beilfuss, Koraleski, Sitts, 
Healy, Powers, Taylor, Foell, Bauler, 
Clettenberg, Hey, Britten, Krumholz, 
•Haderlein, Dunn, Thomson, Lipps, Rein- 
berg, Capp, Wilson, Littler, Twigg, 
Mueller, McDermott, Mclnerney, Ma- 
^Oney, Kearns^ Bergen, Fisher, Rea, 
Reading, Blocic, Ryan, Donahoe, Clark, 
Forsberg — 59. 
]\^at/s— None. 

The following is the said order as 
passed : 

Ordered, That the Commissioner of 
Public Works be and he ia hereby au- 
thorized and directed to issue a voucher 
in favor of Jeremiah CBrien in the 
sum of seventy-five ($75.00) dollars, 
being time deducted on account of ab- 
sence from duty as yardman in the Four- 
teenth Ward on account of illness, and 
the Comptroller is ordered to pay the 
same from appropriations 1910, Account 
202 A. 



Aid. Foell moved to proceed to the 
consiaeration of the report of the Com- 
mittee on Finance on a communication 
from the Commissioner of Buildings with 
reference to the payment of salary of 
George E. Price, deferred and published 
November 28, 1910, page 1765. 

The motion prevailed. 

Aid. Foell moved to concur in the re- 
port and to pass the order submitted 
therewith. 

The motion prevailed, and the said 
order was passed by yeas and nays as 
follows : 

Yeas — Kenna, Coughlin, Shufelt, Fore- 
man, Pringle, Richert, Sheahan, Martin, 
Long, Parker^ Merriam, Snow, Emerson, 
Derpa, Elgan, Vavricek, Cullerton, Dan- 
isch, Cermak, Fulton, Buckley, Lawley, 
Lucas, Utpatel, Beilfuss, Koraleski, Sitts, 
Healy, Powers, Taylor, Foell, Bauler, 
Clettenberg, Hey, Britten, Krumholz, 
Haderlein, Dunn, Thomson^ Lipps, Rein- 
berg, Capp, Wilson, Littler, Twigg, 
Mueller, McDermott, Mclnerney, Ma- 
honey, Kearns, Bergen, Fisher, Rea, 
Reading, Block, Ryan, Donahoe, Clark, 
Forsberg — 59. 

iSlays — None. 

The following is the said order as 
passed : 

Ordered, That the Commissioner of 



BUSINESS. December 5, 1910. j 

Buildings be and he is hereby authorizedj 
in accordance with his request of No- 
vember 19th, 1910, attached hereto, ta 
allow eleven days time to George E. 
Price, Elevator Inspector, amounting to 
forty-one and eighty-six one-hundredths 
($41.86) dollars, deducted on account | 
of absence from duty because of illness, ' 
and the Comptroller is ordered to pay j 
the same from appropriations 1910, Ac- 
count 36A. I 



Aid. Foell moved to proceed to the , 
consideration of the report of the Com- j 
mittee on Finance on a request of the I 
Sherman Hotel Company for a refund ! 
of compensation paid for pipe under side- 
walk, deferred and published November 
28, 1910, page, page 1765. i 

The motion prevailed. | 

Aid, Foell moved to concur in the re- j 
port and to pass the ordinance submitted I 
therewith, repealing an ordinance passed 
July 6, 1909. 

The motion prevailed, and the said 
ordinance was passed by yeas and nays 
as follows : 

Yeas — Kenna, Coughlin, Shufelt, Fore- | 
man, Pringle, Richert, Sheahan, Martin, \ 
Long, Parker, INIerriam, Snow, Emerson, 
Derpa, E'gan, Vavricek, Cullerton, Dan- \ 
isch, Cermak. Fulton, Buckley, Lawley, j 
Lucas, Utpatel, Beilfuss, Koraleski, Sitts,, | 
Healy, Powers, Taylor, Foell, Bauler, 
Clettenberg, Hey, Britten, Krumholz, ! 
Haderlein, Dunn. Thomson^ Lipps, Rein- i 
berg, Capp, Wilson, Littler, Twigg, j 
Mueller, McDermott, Mclnerney, Ma- ; 
honey, Kearns^ Bergen, Fisher, Rea, 
Reading, Block, Ryan, Donahoe, Clark,. 
Forsberg — 59. 

ISlays — None. 

The following is the said ordinance as 
passed : 

Whereas, The City Council did on 
the sixth day of July, 1909, pages | 
974-5, Council Proceedings of that date, 
pass an ordinance granting permission 
to the Sherman House Hotel Company^ 
a corporation, to lay down, construct 
and maintain a wooden casing eighteen 
(18) inches in diameter under the sur- 
face of the sidewalk on the west side of 
Clark street, between Madison street 
and Washington street; and, 

Whereas, Said Sherman House Ho- 
tel Company has not availed itself of 
the permission therein granted and de- 
sires the repeal of said ordinance, in 



December 5, 1910. 



UNFINISHED 



BUSINESS. 



2061 



order that its bond may be released and 
the account cancelled; therefore, 
Be it ordained hy the City Council of the 
City of Vnicago: 

Section 1. That an ordinance passed 
by the City Council on July 6th, 1909, 
i pages 974-5, Council Proceedings of 
i-that date, granting permission to the 
[ Sherman House Hotel Company, a cor- 
poration, its successors and assigns, to 
lay down, construct and maintain a 
I wooden casing eighteen (18) inches in 
diameter, to contain three (3) iron 
: pipes, under the surface of the side- 
walk on the west side of South Clark 
street, between Madison street and 
Washington street, be and the same is 
hereby repealed. 

! Section 2. This ordinance shall take 
effect and be in force from and after 
its passage. 

Aid. Foell moved to proceed to the 
•consideration of the report of the Com- 
mittee on Finance on the claim of G. L. 
Smith for a refund of fee paid for dupli- 
cate automobile license, deferred and 

j published November 28, 1910, page 1765. 

I The motion prevailed. 

Aid. Foell moved to concur in the re- 
port and to pass the order submitted 
therewith. 

The motion prevailed, and the said 
-order was passed by yeas and nays as 
iollows : 

Yeas — Kenna, Coughlin, Shufelt, Fore- 
man, Pringle, Richert, Sheahan, Martin, 
Long, Parker^ Merriam, Snow, Emerson, 
Derpa, E:gan, Vavricek, Cullerton, Dan- 
isch, Cermak, Fulton, Buckley, Lawley, 
Lucas, Utpatel, Beilfuss, Koraleski, Sitts, 
Healy, Powers, Taylor, Foell, Bauler, 
Clettenberg, Hey, Britten, Krumholz, 
Haderlein, Dunn, Thomson, Lipps, Rein- 
berg, Capp, Wilson, Littler, Twigg, 
Mueller, MoDermott, Mclnerney, Ma- 
Tioney, Kearns, Bergen, Fisher, Reu, 
Heading, Block,~ Ryan, Donahoe, Clark, 
Forsberg — 59. 

Nays — ]N one. 

The following is the said order as 
-passed: 

Ordered, That the City Comptroller 
"be and. he is hereby authorized and di- 
rected to pay to G. L. Smith the sum 
of twelve ($12.00) dollars, being the 
amount paid by said G. L. Smith for au- 
tomobile license fee No. 1,293, and 
charge same to appropriations 1910, Ac- 
< count 22S11. 



Aid. Foell moved to proceed to the 
consideration of the report of the Com- 
mittee on Finance on the request of the 
Smurr & Kamen Machine Company for 
duplicate water pipe deposit certificate, 
deferred and published November 28, 
1910, page 1766. 

The' motion prevailed. 

Aid. Foell moved to concur in the re- 
port and to pass the order submitted 
therewith. 

The motion prevailed, and the said 
order was passed by yeas and nays as 
follows : 

Yeas— Kenna, Coughlin, Shufelt, Fore- 
man, Pringle, Richert, Sheahan, Martin, 
Long, Parker, Merriam, Snow, Emerson, 
Uerpa, Elgan, Vavricek, Cullerton, Dan- 
isch, Cermak, Fulton, Buckley, Lawley, 
Lucas, Utpatel, Beilfuss, Koraleski, Sitts, 
Healy, Powers, Taylor, Foell, Bauler, 
Clettenberg, Hey, Britten, Krumholz, 
Haderlein, Dunn, Thomson, Lipps, Rein- 
berg, Capp, Wilson, Littler, Twigg, 
Mueller, McDermott, Mclnerney, Ma- 
honey, Kearns, Bergen, Fisher, Rea, 
Reading, Block, Ryan, Donahoe, Clark, 
Forsberg — 59. 

Nays — None. 

The following is the said order as 
passed: 

Ordered, That the Commissioner of 
Public Works be and he is hereby au- 
thorized and directed to issue the water 
pipe deposit certificate No. 1465 to 
Smurr & Kamen Machine Company, 
without the return of original deposit 
receipt No. 3,365, which it is claimed 
has been lost, provided, that the said 
Smurr & Kamen Machine Company 
shall, furnish a bond satisfactory to the 
Commissioner of Public Works, saving 
the City harmless from any loss on 
account of the issuance of said cer- 
tificate without the return of the 
original receipt. 



Aid. Foell moved to proceed to the 
consideration of the report of the Com- 
mittee on Finance on the bid of Charles 
A. Williams for school property on Em- 
erald avenue, south of 79th street, de- 
ferred and published November 28, 1910, 
page 1766. 

Tbe motion prevailed. 

Aid. Foell moved to concur in the re- 
port and to pass the order submitted 
therewith, rejecting the said bid. 

The motion prevailed, and the said 



2062 



UNFINISHED BUSINESS. 



December 5, 191Q, 



order was passed by yeas and nays as 
follows : 

Yeas — Kenna, Coughlin, Shufelt, Fore- 
man, Pringle, Richert, Sheahan. Martin, 
Long, Parker^ Merriam, Snow, Emerson. 
Derpa, Eigan, Vavricek, Cullerton, Dan- 
isch, Cermak, Fulton, Buckley, Lawley, 
Lucas, Utpatel, Beilfuss, Koraleski, Sitts, 
Healy, Powers, Taylor, Foell, Bauler, 
Clettenberg, Hey, Britten, Krumholz, 
Haderlein, Dunn, Thomson, Lipps, Rein- 
berg, Capp, Wilson, Littler, Twigg, 
Mueller, McDermott, Mclnerney, Ma- 
honey, KearnSj Bergen, Fisher, Rea, 
Reading, Block, Ryan, Donahoe, Clark, 
Forsberg — 59. 

Ways — None. 

The following is the said order as 
passed : 

Ordered, That the City Comptroller 
be and he is hereby authorized and di- 
rected to reject the bid of C. A. Wil- 
liams for school property on the west 
side of Emerald avenue, south of Sev- 
enty-ninth street and the City Clerk is 
authorized to return the certified check 
submitted with said bid to the bidder 
or his duly authorized attorney-in-fact. 



Aid. Foell moved to proceed to the 
consideration of the report of the Com- 
mittee on Finance on the claim of 
Charles A. Winn for wages, deferred and 
published November 28, 1910, page 
1766. 

The motion prevailed. 

Aid. Foell moved to concur in the re- 
port and to pass the order submitted 
therewith. 

The motion prevailed, and the said 
order was passed by yeas and nays as 
follows : 

Yeas — Kenna, Coughlin, Shufelt, Fore- 
man, Pringle, Richert, Sheahan. Martin, 
Long, Parker^ Merriam, Snow, Emerson, ! 
Derm. Eigan, Vavricek, Cullerton, Dan- 
isch, Cermak. Fulton, Buckley, Lawley, 
Lucas, Utnatel, Beilfuss, Koraleski. Sitts, 
Healy, Powers, Taylor, i^'oeil, Bauler, 
Clettenberg, Hey, Britten, Krumholz, 
Haderlein, Dunn. Thomson;, Lipps, Rein- 
berg, Capp, Wilson, Littler, Twigg, 
Mueller, McDermott, Mclnerney, Ma- 
honey, Kearns, Bergen, Fisher, Rea, 
Reading, Block, Ryan, Donahoe, Clark, 
Forsberg — 59. 

Nays — None. 

The following is the said order as 
passed : 

Ordered, That the Commissioner of 
Public Works be and he is hereby au- 



thorized and directed to issue a voucher 
in favor of Charles A. Winn in the sum 
of one hundred twenty-one and sixty- 
six one-hundredths ($121.66) dollars, 
being the amount deducted from his sal- 
ary as Assistant Engineer at the Ful- 
lerton Avenue Pumping Station, begin- 
ning February 24, 1910, and the Comp- 
troller is ordered to pay the same from 
appropriations for salaries at the Ful- 
lerton Avenue Pumping Station. 



Aid. Egan moved to proceed to the 
consideration of the report of the Com- 
mittee on Streets and Alleys, West Di- 
vision, on an ordinance granting per- 
mission and authority to Matte Locci 
to construct, maintain and use a canopy 
projecting over the sidewalk from the 
building situated at 3956 West Colorado 
avenue, deferred and published October 
31, 1910, page 1612. 

The motion prevailed. 

Aid. Egan moved to concur in the re- 
port and pass the said ordinance, with 
compensation as fixed by the Committee 
on Compensation. 

The motion prevailed and the said or- 
dinance was passed by yeas and nay& 
as follows : 

Yeas — Kenna, Coughlin, Shufelt, Fore- 
man, Pringle, Richert, Sheahan, Martin^ 
Long, Parker. Merriam, Snow, Emerson, 
Derpa. Eigan, Vavricek, Cullerton, Dan- 
isch, Cermak, FuTton, Buckley, Lawley,. 
Lucas, Utpatel, Beilfuss, Koraleski, Sitts, 
Healy, Powers, Taylor, Foell, Bauler, 
Clettenberg, Hey, Britten, Krumholz,. 
Haderlein, Dunn, Thomson, Lipps, Rein- 
berg, Capp, Wilson, Littler, Twigg, 
Mueller, McDermott, Mclnerney, Ma- 
honey, Kearns, Bergen, Fisher, Rea, 
Readmg, Block, Ryan, Donahoe, Clark, 
Forsberg — 59. 

A^ai/s— None. 

The following is the said ordinance as^ 
passed: 

Be it ordained ly the City Council of 

the City of Chicago: 

Section 1. That permission and 
authority be and the same are hereby 
given and granted to Matte Locci, his- 
heirs, executors and assigns, to construct^ 
maintain and use a canopy over the side- 
walk in Colorado avenue extending from 
the building known as 3956 West Colo- 
rado avenue, which canopy shall be con- 
structed of incombustible material. Said 
canopy shall not exceed ten (10) feei 
in length nor extend more than ten (10) 



December 5, 1910. 



UNFINISHED BUSINESS. 



2063 



feet beyond the face of the building, and 
the lowest portion of same shall not be 
less than twelve (12) feet above the 
surface of the sidewalk at that point. 

The location, construction and main- 
tenance of said canopy shall be under 
the direction and supervision of the 
Commissioner of Public Wbrks and the 
Fire Marshal of the City of Chicago, 
the location and construction of the same 
shall be in accordance with plans and 
specifications which shall first be ap- 
proved by the Commissioner of Public 
Works and the Fire Marshal of the City 
of Chicago, a copy of which plans and 
specifications shall at all times be kept 
on file in the office of the Commissioner 
of Public Works, and no permit shall be 
issued allowing any work to be done in 
and about the construction of said canopy 
herein authorized until such plans and 
specifications have first been submitted 
to and approved by the Commissioner of 
Public Works and' said Fire Marshal. 

Section 2. The permission and au- 
thority herein granted shall cease 
and determine ten (iO) years from 
and after the date of the passage 
of this ordinance, or at any time 
prior thereto in the discretion of 
the Mayor. This ordinance is subject 
to amendment, modification or repeal at 
any time, and in case of repeal all 
privileges hereby given shall thereupon 
cease and determine. In case of the 
termination of the privileges herein 
granted, by lapse of time or by the 
exercise of the Mayor's discretion, _ or 
otherwise, said grantee, his heirs, 
executors or assigns, shall remove said 
canopy without cost or expense of any 
kind whatsoever to the City of Chicago, 
provided that in the event of the failure, 
neglect or refusal on the part of the said 
grantee, his heirs, executors or assigns, 
to remove said canopy when directed so to 
io, the City of Chicago may proceed to 
remove same and charge the expense 
thereof to said grantee, his heirs, execu- 
tors or assigns. 

Section 3. In consideration of the 
privileges herein granted and as compen- 
sation therefor, said Matte Locci, his 
heirs, executors or assigns, shall pay to 
the City of Chicago, so long as the priv- 
ileges herein authorized are being en- 
joyed, the sum of twenty-five dollars 
($25.00) per year, payable in advance, 
the first payrnent to be made as of the 
date of the passage of this ordinance and 
each succeeding payment annually there- 
after, provided that if default is made in 



the payment of any of the installments 
of compensation herein provided for, the 
privileges herein granted shall im- 
mediately terminate and this ordinance 
shall become null and void. 

Section 4. Before doing any work 
under and by virtue of the authority 
herein granted said grantee shall exe- 
cute a bond to the City of Chicago in 
the penal sum of ten thousand dollars 
($10,000), with sureties to be approved 
by the Mayor, conditioned upon the 
faithful observance and performance of 
all and singular the conditions and_ pro- 
visions of this ordinance, and conditioned 
further to indemnify, keep and save 
harmless the City of Chicago against 
all liabilities, judgments, costs, damages' 
and expenses which may in any wise 
come against said City in consequence of 
the granting of this ordinance, or which 
may accrue against, be charged to or re- 
covered from said City from or by reason^ 
or on account of the passage of this or- 
dinance, or from or by reason or on ac- 
count of any act or thing done by the 
grantee herein by virtue of the authority 
herein granted. Said bond and the lia- 
bility of the sureties thereon shall be 
kept' in force throughout the life of this 
ordinance, and if at any time during the 
life of this ordinance such bond shall not 
be in full force, then the privileges herein 
granted shall thereupon cease. 

Section 5. This ordinance shall take 
effect and be in force from and after its 
passage, upon the filing of the accept- 
ance in writing of this ordinance by the 
said grantee and the filing of the bond 
herein provided for within sixty (60)y 
days of the passage hereof. 



Aid. Taylor moved to proceed to the 
consideration of the report of the Com- 
mittee on City Hall and Public Build- 
ings, concerning an award of contract to 
the Van Dorn Iron Works Company for 
the manufacture, delivery and installa- 
tion of metal furniture for the new City 
Hall building, deferred and published 
November 28, 1910, page 1776. 

The motion prevailed. 

Aid. Taylor moved to amend the ordi- 
nance submitted with the said report, by 
striking out the vi^ord "Hundred" ap- 
pearing between the word "Four" and^ 
the word "Nine" in the twenty-fourth 
line of Section 1 of the said ordinance 
J as printed on page 1776 of the Journal, 



2064 



UNFINISHED BUSINESS. 



December 5, 1910. 



and by inserting in lieu thereof the 
word "Thousand." 

, The motion to amend prevailed. 

Aid. Ta;^lor moved to pass the said 
ordinance as amended. 

The motion prevailed, and the said or- 
dinance as amended was passed by yeas 
and nays as follows: 

Yeas — Kenna, Coughlin, Shufelt, Fore- 
man, Pringle, Richert, Sheahan, Martin, 
Long, Parker^ Merriam, Snow, Emerson, 
Derpa, Elgan, Vavricek^ Cullerton, Dan- 
isch, Cermak, Fulton, Buckley, Lawley, 
Lucas, Utpatel, Beilfuss, Koraleski, Sitts, 
Healy, Powers, Taylor, Foell, Bauler, 
Clettenberg, Hey, Britten, Krumholz, 
Haderlein, Dunn, Thomson^ Lipps, Wein- 
berg, Capp, Wilson, Littler, Twigg, 
Mueller, MoDermott, Mcrnerney, Ma- 
honey, KearnSj Bergen, Fisher, Rea, 
Reading, Block, Ryan, Donahoe, Clark, 
Forsberg — 59. 

No/ys — None. 

The following is the said ordinance as 
passed : 

Be it ordained hy the City Council of the 
City of Chicago : 

Section 1. That the Commissioner of 
Public Works be, and he is hereby au- 
thorized and directed to enter into a con- 
tract with The Van Dorn Iron Works 
Co., an Ohio corporation, to furnish all 
labor and materials required, and to 
manufacture, deliver and install the 
metal furniture in the City Hall building 
on the West half of Block thirty-nine 
(39) in the original town of Chicago, 
in accordance with plans and specifica- 
tions dated October 1, 1910, and the ad- 
dendum thereto, prepared by Messrs. 
Holabird & Roche, architects, and in ac- 
cordance with the terms and conditions 
of the form of agreement attached here- 
to, for a sum not to exceed One Hundred 
and Four Thousand, Nine Hundred and 
Ninety-seven Dollars ($104,997); pro- 
vided, said The Van Dorn Iron Works 
Co. shall execute such contract and shall 
furnish a bond for the faithful perform- 
ance of the same in the penal sum of 
One Hundred and Four Thousand, Nine 
Hundred and Ninety-seven Dollars 
($104,997) with sureties satisfactory to 
the Commissioner of Public Works, and 
■conditioned as required by law, within 
such time as may be required by said 
{Commissioner of Public Works. 

Section 2. This ordinance shall be I 



in full force and effect from and after its 
passage. 

The following form of agreement was 
attached to ' the said ordinance : 

This agreement, made and entered 

into this day of 

December, A. D. 1910, between The Van 
Dorn Iron Works Co., a Ohio corpora- 
tion, party of the first part, and the City 
of Chicago, party of the second part, 
witnesseth : 

1. That said party of the first part 
for and in consideration of the payments 
to be to it made by the City of Chicago 
as hereinafter set forth, hereby covenaiits 
and agrees to furnish all labor and ma- 
terials required and to manufacture, de- 
liver and install the metal furniture in 
the City Hall Building on the west half 
of Block 39, in the original town of Chi- 
cago, in accordance with plans and speci- 
fications dated October 1, 1910, and the 
addendum thereto, prepared by Messrs. 
Holabird & Roche, architects, and iden- 
tified by the ■ signatures of said party of 
the first part, of the Commissioner of 
Public Works of the City of Chicago and 
of said architects, copies of which are 
hereto attached and made parts hereof, 
the originals being on file in the office 
of said Commissioner of Public Works. 

2. Said party of the first part agrees 
to prosecute the work diligently and con- 
tinuously and to deliver and install said 
metal furniture in the manner provided 
in and by said specifications so as not to 
hinder or inconvenience the occupants of 
said building, and to fully complete the 
work included in this contract within 
nine ( 9 ) months from and after the date 
hereof. 

3. It is hereby further agreed that the 
party of the second part shall furnish 
to the party of the first part one set of 
copies of all plans and specifications, 
signed by said Commissioner of Public 
Works and by said architects. Should 
any dispute arise between the parties 
hereto respecting the true construction 
or interpretation to be given said plans 
or specifications, or the meaning thereof, 
the same shall be decided by the archi- 
tects with the approval of the Commis- 
sioner of Public Works and such decision 
shall be final. Said plans and specifica- 
tions are intended to be co-operative so 
that any work shown by the plans and 



December 5, 1910. 



UNFINISHED BUSINESS. 



2065 



not mentioned in the specifications, or 
vice versa, is to be executed if mentioned 
in the specifications, and shown by the 
plans with the true intent and meaning 
of said plans and specifications, 

4. It is further agreed that the said 
party of the second part may, through 
its Commissioner of Public Works at any 
time during the performance of this con- 
tract, make any addition to or deduction 
or alteration from said plans and speci- 
fications without invalidating any part 
of this agreement, but the fair value of 
the same shall be added to or deducted 
from the suras herein agreed to be paid 
by the said party of the second part, as 
the case may be; provided, that no work 
of any description shall be considered as 
extra work or a charge in excess of the 
amount herein agreed to be paid unless 
a proper estimate in writing of the same 
before its commencement shall have been 
submitted and signed by the said archi- 
tects, approved by the said Commissioner 
of Public Works and authorized by the 
City Council of the City of Chicago ; and, 
provided, further, that should any dis- 
pute arise respecting the fair value of 
the work or material added or omitted 
by the party of the first part, the same 
shall be determined by the arbitration of 
three persons, one to be chosen by the 
party of the first part, one by the party 
of the second part, through its Commis- 
sioner of Public Works, and the two so 
chosen to select a third, and the decision 
by a majority of the three so chosen 
shall be binding upon the parties hereto, 
and the expense of said arbitration shall 
be borne equally between the parties 
hereto. Said party of the first part, 
however, expressly covenants and agrees 
that in no case shall any such dispute 
or arbitration interfere with the regular 
progress of its deliveries but that it will 
prosecute the entire work, including that 
under dispute or arbitration, without in- 
terruption or delay in accordance with 
the terms of this contract and the speci- 
fications, pending tne settlement of any 
such dispute by arbitration or otherwise. 

5. In cases of additions to or altera- 
tions in the work made as above provided 
which will require additional time for 
completion of this contract, or in case 
the party of the first part shall be ob- 
structed or delayed in the prosecution or 
completion of the work by any damage 
which may happen by fire, lightning, 
earthquake, cyclone or the abandonment 
of the Avork by its employes through no 
fault of said party of the first part, then 



the time herein fixed for the completion 
of the work may be extended for a period 
equivalent to the time lost by reason 
of any of the causes aforesaid; but no 
such extension shall oe made unless a 
claim therefor is presented in writing to 
the Commissioner of Public Works within 
three days after the commencement of 
any such delay. The duration of such 
extension, if any, shall be such fair al- 
lowance as shall be determined and certi- 
fied in writing by the architects, and ap- 
proved by the Commissioner of Public 
Works. And it is further expressly un- 
derstood and agreed that if the time of 
performance of the contract herein be for 
any reason, either expressly or by impli- 
cation, extended, such extension shall not 
affect the validity or this contract nor 
the liabilities of the sureties upon the 
bond given for the faithful performance 
of the same. 

6. It is further understood and agreed 
that said party of the first part shall not 
sublet any portion of said work except 
wth the consent and approval in writing 
of the Commissioner of Public Works 
and the architects, and in no case shall 
such consent relieve the party of the first 
part from its obligations herein assumed, 
or change the terms of this agreement. 
Should said party of the first part desire 
to sublet any portion of the work, a 
request shall be made in writing (in 
triplicate copies), giving the name and 
address of the proposed sub-contractor 
and defining the portion of the work he 
desires to sublet, and this shall be sub- 
mitted to tne Commissioner of Public 
Works and the architects for approval. 
If the proposed sub-contractor is satis- 
factory, one copy of the written request 
of said party of the first part shall be 
approved in writing by the Commissioner 
of Public Works and the architects, and 
returned to said party of the first part. 

7. It is further understood and agreed 
that before tne party of the second part 
or its agents or architects shall pay or 
cause to be paid to the party of the first 
part or its order any money or other 
consideration due or to become due here- 
in, said party of the first part shall fur- 
nish to the Commissioner of Public 
Works, if required by him, a written 
statement, verified by affidavit, giving 
the names and addresses of all persons, 
firms and corporations who have up to 
the date thereof, furnished labor or ma- 
terial in or about the performance of 
this contract, and the amounts due or 
to become due to said parties. 



2066 UNFINISHED BUSINESS. 



8. It is further understood and agreed 
that whenever the Commissioner of Pub- 
lic Works shall notify the party of the 
first part by notice personally served or 
by leaving a copy thereof at the last 
known address of said party of the first 
part that no further estimates or vouch- 
ers will be issued or payments made on 
the contract until the sub-contractors, 
workmen or employes of said party of 
the first part have been paid, and if said 
party of the first part shall neglect or 
refuse for the space of ten days after 
such notice shall have been served to pay 
such sub-contractors, workmen or em- 
ployes, said party of the second part shall 
be authorized to apply any money due or 
that may become due under this contract 
to the payment of such sub-contractors, 
workmen or employes without other or 
further notice to said party of the first 
part, or, at its option, may declare this 
entire agreement null and void and may 
take possession of said work and com- 
plete the same; and in «such case said 
party of the first part hereby agrees to 
pay all loss of damage caused thereby. 
And it is expressly understood and agreed 
that the failure of the party of the sec- 
ond part to retain and apply any of 
such moneys' or of the Commissioner of 
Public Works to order or direct that no 
vouchers or estimates shall issue or 
further payments be made, shall not, nor 
shall the paying over of any reserved per- 
centage, without such sub -contractor, 
workman or employe being first paid, in 
any way affect the liability of the party 
of the first part or of its sureties to said 
party of the second part or to any such 
sub-contractor, workman or employe 
upon the bond given for the faithful per- 
formance of this contract. 

9. Said party of the first part further 
-covenants and agrees to furnish such 
materials, workmanship and labor of all 
kinds as shall be suitable and necessary 
for carrying out this contract. No im- 
proper materials shall be used, but all 
materials of every kind shall fully an- 
swer the specifications, or, if not par- 
ticularly specified or indicated on the 
plans on drawings, shall be suitable for 
the place where used, xill materials fur- 
nished and work done shall be subject 
to the inspection and the approval or re- 
jection of said architects, and the said 
party of the second part hereby reserves 
to said architects, with the approval of 
the Commissioner of Public Works, the 
right finally to decide all questions aris- 
ing as to the proper performance of said | 



December 5, 1910. 

work and as to whether the rate of prog- 
ress thereon is such as to correspond j 
with the conditions of this contract. Any ; 
imperfect workmanship or other faults 
which may appear within eighteen 
months after the completion of said 
work, and which in the judgment of the '' 
architects, with the approval of said = 
Commissioner of Public Works, arise out i 
of improper materials or workmanship, 
shall, upon the direction of said Commis- | 
sioner of Public Works, be made good, I 
by and at the expense of said party of the I 
first part, and in case of its failure so to 1 
do, the said City of Chicago may recover 1 
from said party of the first part the cost i 
of making good the work. 

10. It is further expressly understood j 
and agreed that if the said party of the ] 
first part shall at any time refuse, neglect ! 
or be unable to follow the reasonable in- I 
structions of the Commissioner of Public ' 
Works and of said architects in the com- ' 
pletion of said work in any manner or j 
fail to prosecute said work at such a rate ; 
as shall, in the judgment of said archi- 
tects and of the Commissioner of Public 
Works, insure its completion in the time 
and manner herein stipulated, or delay 
said work or show gross carelessness or 
incompetency or fail to comply with said 
plans and specifications, or to protect 
said materials or workmanship from 
damage or refuse or neglect to furnish 
sworn statements as herein agreed, said 
party of the second part by giving three '■ 
days' notice in writing signed by said ^ 
architects and approved by said Commis- ' 
sioner of Public Works to said party of 
the first part of its intention so to do, , 
and the party of the first part being still 
in default as above at the end of said 
three days, may enter upon and employ 
other persons to finish said work, pro- 
tect Or re-execute the same; and the ex- 
pense thereof, together with all loss or 
damage occasioned thereby shall be ad- 
justed by the Commissioner of Public 
Works and shall be charged to said party 
of the first part and shall be deducted 
from the sum due it under this agree- 
ment. 

11. The said City of Chicago hereby 
covenants and agrees in consideration of 
the covenants and agreements in this con- 
tract specified, to be kept and performed 
by the party of the first part, that it will 
pay to said party of the first part for 
the full completion of the work included 
in the specifications hereto attached, to 
the satisfaction and acceptance of 'the 
Commissioner of Public Works and the 



December 5, 1910. 



UNFINISHED BUSINESS. 



2067 



architects, the sum of One Hundred and 
Four Thousand, Nine Hundred and 
Ninety-Seven Dollars ($104,997.00), as 
hereinafter set forth. 

12. If the rate of progress upon said 
work shall be satisfactory to the Com- 
missioner of Public Works and the archi- 
tects, semi-monthly certificates will be 
issued by the architects for eighty-five 
(85) per cent of the value of the metal 
furniture delivered and installed. On or 
about the fifth and twentieth days of each 
month, upon the approval of the above 
■certificates by the Commissioner of Pub- 
lic Works, estimates for the amount of 
the certificates will be issued by said 
Commissioner of Public Works subject to 
additions or deductions as herein pro- 
vided for, which shall entitled the holder 
to receive the amount that may be due 
thereon when the money applicable to the 
payment of such work shall be available 
and the conditions annexed to such esti- 
mates, if any, shall have been satisfied. 
It is expressly understood and agreed, 
however, that the amount to be paid 
from time to time shall in no case exceed 
eighty-five (85) per cent of the value of 
the work done and the material set in 
place; the remaining fifteen (15) per 
cent of said value is to be retained by 
said party of the second part as part 
security for the faithful performance of 
this contract, and shall not be paid until 
the expiration of thirty (30) days after 
the completion of said work, acceptance 
of the same by the Commissioner of Pub- 
lic Work and the architects, payments of 
all claims for labor and materials and 
the return of all plans and specifications 
to the architects. The giving of the 
aforesaid certificates and estimates, how- 
ever, shall in no way lessen the total 
and final responsibility of the party of 
the first part. 

13. It is further expressly understood 
and agreed by the parties hereto that the 
work herein provided for shall be fully 
completed and delivered within the time 
fixed herein. Inasmuch as a failure to 
have said work fully completed and de- 
livered within the time fixed therefor will 
work an injury to the city, and as the 
damages arising from delay in the com- 
pletion of the work cannot be calculated 
with any degree of certainty, it is hereby 
agreed that if said metal furniture is not 
completed and delivered within the time 
specified, then there shall be deducted 
from the contract price and retained by 
the city as its ascertained and liquidated 
damages the sum of fifty ($50) dollars 



for each and every day passing after the 
date so fixed for the completion of said 
work until said metal furniture is fully 
completed and delivered. 

14. This agreement shall be binding 
upon the successors and assigns of the 
respective parties hereto. 

In Witness . Wheeeof, said party of 
the first part has caused this agreement 
to be signed by its President, and its 
corporate seal to be affixed hereto and 
attested by its Secretary, and the City 
of Chicago has caused this agreement to 
be signed by its Commissioner of Public 
iWorks, countersigned by its Comptroller 
and approved by its Mayor, the day and 
year first above written. 

THE VAN DORN IRON WORKS CO., 

By 

President. 

Attest : 



Secretary. 

CITY OF CHICAGO. 

By 

Commissioner of Public Works. 

Approved : 



Mayor. 
Countersigned : 



City Comptroller. 

Form Approved: 



Corporation Counsel. 

Aid. Lipps moved to proceed to the 
consideration of the report of the 
select Committee on Track Eleva- 
tion concerning an ordinance amend- 
ing an ordinance passed June 25, 
1906, requiring the Pittsburgh, Ft. 
Wayne & Chicago Railway and its 
lessee, the Pennsylvania Company, the 
Lake Shore and Michigan Southern 
Railway Company, etc., to elevate the 
plane of certain of their railway tracks 
\to require the widening of roadway 
and the narrowing of sidewalks in sub- 



2068 



UNFINISHED 



BUSINESS. 



December 5, 1910. 



ways in Exchange and Commercial ave- 
nues ) , deferred and published October 
ilO, 1910, page 1477. 
The motion prevailed. 

Aid. Lipps moved to concur in the re- 
port and pass the said ordinance. 

The motion prevailed, and the said 
ordinance was passed by, yeas and nays 
as follows: 

Yeas — Kenna, Coughlin, Shufelt, Fore- 
man, Pringle, Richert, Sheahan, Martin, 
Long, Parker^ Merriam, Snow, Emerson, 
Derpa, Elgan, Vavricek, Cullerton, Dan- 
isch, Cermak, Fulton, Buckley, Lawley, 
Lucas, Utpatel, Beilfuss, Koraleski^ Sitts, 
Healy, Powers, Taylor, Foell, Bauler, 
Ulettenberg, Hey, Britten, Krumholz, 
Haderlein, Dunn, Thomson, Lipps, Rein- ^ 
berg, Capp, Wilson, Littler, Twigg, 
Mueller, McDermott, Mclnerney, Ma- 
honey, KearnSj Bergen, Fisher, Rea, 
Reading, Block^ Ryan, Donahoe, Clark, 
Forsberg — 59. 

Nays — None. 

The following is the said ordinance 
as passed: 

AN OKDINANCE 

To amend an ordinance requiring the 
Pittsburgh, Fort Wayne and Chicago 
Railway and its lessee, the Pennsyl- 
vania Company, the South Chicago 
and Southern Railroad Company, 
the Cummings Branch of the Pitts- 

^ burgh. Fort Wayne and Chicago Rail- 
way, the Lake Shore and Michigan 
Southern Railway Company, the Bal- 
timore and Ohio Railroad Company, 
the South Chicago Railroad Com- 
pany, the Chicago and Western Indi- 
ana Railroad Company, the Chicago, 
Rock Island and Pacific Railway Com- 
pany, and the Chicago, Lake Shore and 
Eastern Railway Company, respec- 
tively, to elevate the plane of certain 
of their railway tracks within the 
City of Chicago, passed June 25, 1906, 
and published on pages 1006 to 1043, 
both inclusive, of the official record of 
the Council Proceedings of the City of 
Chicago for the year 1906-07, and 
amended June 1, 1908, and published 
on pages 514 to 518, both inclusive, of 
the official record of the Council Pro- 
ceedings for the year 1908-09, and 
amended June 14, 1909, and published 
on pages 689 and 690 of the official 
record of the Council Proceedings of 
the City of Chicago for the year 1909- 
10, and amended June 20, 1910, and 
published on pages 631 to 634, both 



inclusive, of the official record of the 
Council Proceedings of the City of 
Chicago for the year 1910-11, and 
further amended July 18, 1910, and 
published on page 1329 of the official 
record of the Council Proceedings of 
the Citv of Chicago for the year 
1910-11.". 

Be it ordained hy the City Council of 
the ■ City of Chicago : 

Section 1. That the specifications in 
Section 4a, under the head of "Sub- 
way in Exchange Avenue" and "Subway 
in Commercial Avenue" of the ordinance 
of June 25, 1906, be and the same are 
hereby amended so that they shall here- 
after read as follows: 

"Subway in Exchange Avenue, Under the 
Pittsburgh, Fort Wayne and Chicago 
Railway and its le'ssee, the Penn- 
sylvania Company, and the Lake Shore 
and Michigan Southern Railway. 
(Avenue, 80 Feet Wide.) 
The depression of the street shall be 
sufficient to make the elevation of the 
floor of the subway not less than 6.67 
feet above city datum. This level shall 
extend to the right-of-way lines of said 
railways on each side thereof. From 
this level the approaches shall extend on 
a grade of not to exceed 3.5 feet in 100 
feet to a connection with the present sur- 
face of street, including the approaches 
into the alleys on the north and south 
of the right-of-way of said railways. 

Width between walls of subway, 60.0 
feet. 

Width of roadway, U feet in subway. 
Width of sidewalks, ,8 feet each in 
subway. 

Width of road and sidewalks outside 
of subway shall be the same as they now 
exist. 

The depression of sidewalks shpll be 
uniform with the roadway and about one 
foot above the level of the same. . . . 
One line of posts may be placed in the 
center of the roadway to support girders. 

Clear head-room, 13.5 feet. 



Subway in Commercial Avenue, Under 
the Pittsburgh, Fort Wayne and Chi- 
cago Railway and its lessee, the Penn- 
sylvania Company, and the Lake Shore 
and Michigan Southern Railway. 
(Avenue, 80 Feet Wide.) 
The depression of the street shall be 

sufficient to make the elevation of the 



December 5, 1910. 



UNFINISHED BUSINESS. 



2069 



floor of the subway not less than 7.0 feet 
above city datum. This level shall ex- 
tend to the right-of-way lines of said 
railways on each side thereof. From this 
level the approaches shall extend on a 
grade of not to exceed 3.5 feet in 100 
feet to a connection with the present 
surface of street, including the ap- 
proaches into the alleys on the northeast 
and southwest right-of-way lines of said 
railways. 

Width between walls of subway, 60 
feet. 

Width of roadway, feet in subway. 
Width of sidewalks, S feet each in 
subway. 

Width of roadway and sidewalks out- 
side of subway shall be the same as they 
now exist. 

The depression of sidewalks shall be 
uniform loith the roadway and about one 
foot above the level of the same. . . . 
One line of posts may be placed in the 
center of the roadway to support girders. 

Clear head-room, 13.5 feet." 



Section 2. This ordinance shall take 
effect from and after its passage, ap- 
proval and publication; provided, how- 
ever, this ordinance shall be null and 
void unless the Pittsburgh, Fort Wayne 
and Chicago Railway, or its lessee the 
Pennsylvania Company, and the Lake 
Shore and Michigan Southern Railway 
Company shall, through their authorized 
officers, file with the City Clerk of the 
City of Chicago within thirty (30) 
days from and after the passage, pub- 
lication and approval by the Mayor of 
this ordinance, an agreement or agree- 
ments, duly executed, whereby said rail- 
way companies shall undertake to do 
and perform all the matters and things 
required of them, and by each of them, 
by this ordinance to be performed, and 
all the provisions of the ordinance of 
June 25, A. D. 1906, and the amenda- 
tory ordinances of June 1, A. D. 1908, 
June 14, A. D. 1909, June 20, A. D. 
1910, and July 18, A. D. 1910, hereby 
amended, shall apply to all things pro- 
vided for and embraced in this ordi- 
nance, unless herein otherwise specially 
provided; and the rights, obligations, 
powers and duties of the City and said 
Pittsburgh, Fort Wayne and Chicago 
Railway, and its lessee the Pennsylva- 
nia Company, and the Lake Shore and 
Michigan Southern Railway Company, 
shall be construed and shall be the 



same in all respects as if said ordi- 
nance of June 25, 1906, and the amenda- 
tory ordinances of June 1^ 1908, June 
14, 1909, June 20, 1910 and July 18, 
1910, had originally contained all the 
matters and things contained in this 
amendatory ordinance. 



Aid. Reinberg moved to proceed to the 
consideration of the report of the select 
Committee on Compensation on an ordi- 
nance granting permission and authority 
to the Chapman & Smith Company to 
construct, maintain and use a caiiopy 
projecting over the sidewalk in Carpen- 
ter street from the building known as 
No. 1017 Washington boulevard, de- 
ferred and published November 14, 1910, 
page 1703. 

The motion prevailed. 

Aid. Reinberg moved to concur in the 
report ana to pass the said ordinance, 
with compensation as fixed by the, said 
committee. 

The motion prevailed, and the said or- 
dinance was passed by yeas and nays as 
follows : 

Yeas — Kenna, Coughlin, Shufelt, Fore- 
man, Pringle, Richert, Sheahan, Martin, 
Long, Parker^ Merriam, Snow, Emerson, 
Derpa, Elgan, Vavricek, Cullerton, Dan- 
isch, Cermak, Fulton, Buckley, I^awley, 
Lucas, Utpatel, Beilfuss, Koraleski, Sitts, 
Healy, Powers, Taylor, Foell, Bauler, 
Clettenberg, Hey, Britten, Krumholz, 
Haderlein, Dunn, Thomson^ Lipps, Rein- 
berg, Capp, Wilson, Littler, Twigg, 
Mueller, MeDermott, Mclnerney, Ma- 
honey, Kearns^ Bergen, Fisher, Rea, 
Reading, Block, Ryan, Donahoe, Clark, 
Forsberg — 59. 

Nays — N one. 

The following is the said ordinance 
as passed: 

Be it ordained hy the City Council of the 
City of Chicago: 

Section 1. That permission and 
authority be and the same are hereby 
given and granted to Chapman and 
Smith Company, a corporation, its suc- 
cessors and assigns, to construct, main- 
tain and use a canopy over the sidewalk 
in Carpenter street extending from the 
building known as No. 1017 Washington 
boulevard, which canopy shall be con- 
structed of incombustible material. Said 
canopy shall not exceed sixty-six (66) 
feet in length nor extend more than four- 
teen (14) feet beyond the face of the 



2070 



UNFINISHED BUSINESS. 



j 

December 5, 1910. j 



building, and the lowest portion of same 
shall not be less than twelve (12) feet 
above the surface of the sidewalk at that 
point. 

Section 2. The location, construc- 
tion and maintenance of said canopy 
shall be under the direction and super- 
vision of the Commissioner of Public 
Works and the Fire Marshal of the 
City of Chicago, and the location and con- 
struction of same shall be in accordance 
with plans and specifications which shall 
first be approved by the Commissioner 
of Public Works and the Fire Marshal 
of the City of Chicago, a copy of which 
plans and specifications shall at all 
times be kept on file in the office of 
the Commissioner of Public Works, and 
no permit shall be issued allowing any 
work to be done in and about the con- 
struction of said canopy herein author- 
ized until such plans and specifications 
have first been submitted to and approved 
by the Commissioner of Public Works 
and said Fire Marshal. 

Section 3. The permission and 
authority herein granted shall cease and 
determine ten (10) years from and 
after the date of the passage of this 
ordinance, or at any time prior thereto 
in the discretion of the Mayor. This 
ordinance is subject to amendment, mod- 
ification or repeal at any time, and 
in case of repeal all privileges hereby 
granted shall thereupon cease and de- 
termine. In case of the termination of 
the privileges herein granted, by lapse 
of time or by the exercise of the Mayor's 
discretion, or otherwise, said grantee, 
its successors or assigns, shall remove 
said canopy without cost or expense of 
any kind whatsoever to the City of 
Chicago, provided that in the event of 
the failure, neglect or refusal on the 
part of said grantee, its successors or 
assigns, to remove said canopy when 
directed so to do, the City of Chicago 
may proceed to remove same and charge 
the expense thereof to said grantee, its 
successors or assigns. 

Section 4. In consideration of the 
privileges herein granted and as com- 
pensation therefor, said grantee, its suc- 
cessors or assigns, shall pay to the City 
of Chicago, so long as the privileges here- 
in authorized are being enjoyed, the sum 
of forty -five and 50-lOOths dollars 
($45.50) per year, payable in ad- 
vance, the first payment to be 
made as of the date of the pas- 
sage of this ordinance, and each suc- 
ceeding payment annually thereafter, 



provided that if default is made in the 
payment of any of the installments of 
compensation herein provided for, the 
privileges herein granted shall im- 
mediately terminate and this ordinance 
shall become null and void. , 

Section 5. Before doing any work un- | 
der and by virtue of the authority herein 
granted, said grantee shall execute a 
bond to the City of Chicago in the penal j 
sum of ten thousand dollars ($10,- j 
000.00), with sureties to be approved 
by the Mayor, conditioned upon the 
faithful observance and performance of 
all and singular the conditions and pro- i 
visions of this ordinance, and condi- 
tioned further to indemnify, keep and 
save harmless the City of Chicago j 
against all liabilities, judgments, costs, 
damages and expenses which may in any 
wise come against said City in conse- 
quence of the granting of this ordinance, | 
or which may accrue against, be ! 
charged to or recovered from said City ^ 
from or by reason or on account of the 
passage of this ordinance, or from or by 
reason or on account of any act or thing 
done by the grantee herein by virtue of 
the authority herein granted. Said bond 
and the liability of the sureties thereon ! 
shall be kept "in force throughout the 
life of this ordinance, and if at any 
time during the life of this ordinance 
such bonds shall not be in full force, 
then tbe privileges herein granted shall 
thereupon cease. ] 

Section 6. This ordinance shall ;! 
take effect and be in force from and after |i 
its passage and approval, provided that : 
a written acceptance of this ordinance . 
and the bond hereinabove provided for 
shall be filed with the City Clerk wdthin 
sixty (60) days of the passage of this , 
ordinance. 



Aid. Reinberg moved to proceed to 
the consideration of the report of the 
select Committee on Compensation on 
an ordinance granting permission and 
authority to Charles E. Davis to con- 
struct, maintain and use two canopies 
projecting over the sidewalk in Halsted 
street and one over the sidewalk ^ in 
IMadlson street, extending from the build- 
ing situated at the southwest corner of 
Halsted and Madison streets, deferred 
pnd published November 14, 1910, page 
1704. 

The motion prevailed. 
Aid. Reinberg moved to concur in the- 
report and to pass the said ordinance,. 



December 5, 1910. 



UNFINISHED 



BUSINESS. 



2071 



with compensation as fixed by the said 
committee. 

The motion prevailed, and the said 
ordinance was passed by yeas and nays 
as follows: 

Yeas — Kenna, Coughlin, Shufelt, Fore- 
man, Pringle, Richert, Sheahan, Martin, 
Ltong, Parker^ Merriam, Snow, Emerson, 
Derpa, Egan, Vavricek, Cnllerton, Dan- 
isch, Cermak, Fulton, Buckley, Lawley, 
Lucas, Utpatel, Beilfuss, Koraleski, Sitts, 
Healy, Powers, Taylor, Foell, Bauler, 
Clettenberg, Hey, Britten, Krumholz, 
Haderlein, Dunn, Thomson^ Lipps, Eein- 
berg, Capp, Wilson, Littler, Twigg, 
Mueller, McDermott, Mclnerney, Ma- 
honey, Kearns^ Bergen, Fisher, Rea, 
Reading, Block, Ryan, Donahoe, Clark, 
Forsberg — 59. 

Nays — None. 

The following is the said ordinance as 
passed : 

Be it ordained hy the City Council of the 
City of Chicago: 

Section 1. That permission and 
authority be and the same are hereby 
given and granted to Charles E. Davis, 
his heirs, executors and assigns, to con- 
struct, maintain and use two (2) cano- 
pies in Halsted street and one (1) in 
Madison street extending from the build- 
ing known as the southwest corner of 
Halsted and Madison streets, which can- 
opies shall be constructed of incombus- 
tible material. Said canopies shall not 
exceed eighteen (18) feet, fourteen (14) 
feet six (6) inches and fifteen (15) 
feet in length and shall not extend more 
than fourteen (14) feet, six (6) inches, 
five (5) feet and fourteen (14) feet six 
(6) inches beyond the face of the build- 
ing, and the lowest portion of same shall 
not be less than twelve ( 12 ) feet above 
the surface of the sidewalk at that 
point. 

Section 2. The location, construc- 
tion and maintenance of said canopies 
shall be under the direction and super- 
vision of the Commissioner of Public 
Works and the Fire Marshal of the City 
of Chicago, and the location and con- 
struction of same shall be in accordance 
with plans and specifications which shall 
first be approved by the Commissioner 
of Public Works and the Fire Marshal 
of the City of Chicago, a copy of which 
plans and specifications shall at all 
times be kept on file in the oflice of 
the Commissioner of Public Works, and 
no permit shall be issued allowing any 



work to be done in and about the con- 
struction of said canopies herein author- 
ized until such plans and specifications 
have first been submitted to and approved 
by the Commissioner of Public Works 
and said Fire Marshal. 

Section 3. The permission and 
authority herein granted shall cease and 
determine ten (10) years from and 
after the date of the passage of this 
ordinance, or at any time prior thereto 
in the discretion of the Mayor. This 
ordinance is subject to amendment, mod- 
ification or repeal at any time, and 
in case of repeal all privileges hereby 
granted shall thereupon cease and de- 
termine. In case of the termination of 
the privileges herein granted, by lapse 
of time or by the exercise of the Mayor's 
discretion, or otherwise, said grantee, 
his heirs, executors or assigns, shall re- 
move said canopies without cost or ex- 
pense of any kind whatsoever to the City 
of Chicago, provided that in the event of 
the failure, neglect or refusal on the 
part of said grantee, his heirs, executors 
or assigns, to remove said canopies when 
directed so to do, the City of Chicago 
may proceed to remove same and 
charge the expense thereof to said gran- 
tee, his heirs, executors or assigns. 

Section 4. In consideration of the priv- 
ileges herein granted and as compensa- 
tion therefor, said grantee, his heirs, exe- 
cutors or assigns, shall pay to the City of 
Chicago, so long as the privileges herein 
authorized are being enjoyed, the sum 
of seventy-five dollars i $75.00) per 
year, payable in advance, the first pay- 
ment to be made as of the date of the 
passage of this ordinance, and each suc- 
ceeding payment annually thereafter, 
provided that if default is made in the 
payment of any of the installments of 
compensation herein provided for, the 
privileges herein granted shall im- 
mediately terminate and this ordinance 
shall become null and void. 

Section 5. Before doing any work un- 
der and by virtue of the authority herein 
granted said grantee shall execute a 
bond to the City of Chicago in the penal 
sum of ten thousand dollars ($10,- 
000.00 ) , with sureties to be approved 
by the Mayor, conditioned upon the 
faithful observance and performance of 
all and singular the conditions and pro- 
visions of this ordinance, and condi- 
tioned further to indemnify, keep and 
save harmless the City of Chicago 
I against all liabilities, judgments, costs, 



2072 



UNFINISHED BUSINESS. 



December 5, 1910. 



damages and expenses which may in any 
wise come against said City in conse- 
quence of the granting of this ordinance, 
or which may accrue against, be 
charged to or recovered from said City 
from or by reason or on account of the 
passage of this ordinance, or from or by 
reason or on account of any act or thing 
done by the grantee herein by virtue of 
the authority herein granted. Said bond 
and the liability of the sureties thereon 
shall be kept in force throughout the 
life of this ordinance, and if at any 
time during the life of this ordinance 
such bond shall not be in full force, 
then the privileges herein granted shall 
thereupon cease. 

Section 6. This ordinance shall take 
effect and be in force from and after 
its passage and approval, provided that 
a written acceptance of this ordinance 
and the bond hereinabove provided for 
shall be filed witn the City Clerk within 
sixty (60) days of the passage of this 
ordinance. 

Section 7. The ordinance granting 
permission to Alexander W. Hannah, his 
heirs, executors and assigns, to construct 
and maintain two (2) canopies over the 
sidewalk in Madison and Halsted streets 
from the building known as 194 West 
Madison street and 75 South Halsted 
street, passed by the City Council No- 
vember 25th, 1907, pages 3226-7 Council 
Proceedings of that date, is hereby re- 
pealed. 



SPECIAL ORDER OF BUSINESS. 

Aid. Long moved to proceed to the 
consideration of the following matters 
of unfinished business: 

Report of the Committee on Building 
Department on an ordinance revising the 
general building ordinances of the City, 
deferred and published June 27, 1910, 
pages 712 to 885, inclusive; 

Report of the said committee on an 
ordinance amending the ordinance rec- 
ommended in the said report of June 27 
(to add thereto a new section to be 
known as Section 6171/2), deferred and 
published July 11, 1910, page 1132; 

Report of the said committee recom- 
mending amendments to certain sections 
of the said ordinance, deferred and pub- 
lished October 17, 1910, page 1527; 

Report of the said committee recom- 
mending amendments to Bundry sections 
of the said ordinance, deferred and pub- 
lished November 28, 1910, page 1772; 



Sundry amendments to the said ordi- 
nance, deferred and published as fol- 
lows: July 5, 1910, page 1062; July 
11, pages 1222 to 1230; July 14, page 
1236; October 31, pages 1633 to 1640; 
and November 28, 1910, page 1788; and 

Report of the Committee of the Whole 
on the foregoing matters, deferred and 
published jJecember 1, 1910, pages 1825 
to 2,000, inclusive, of the Journal. 

The motion prevailed. 

Aid. Long moved to substitute the or- 
dinance relating to buildings,, recom- 
mended by the Committee of the Whole 
December 1, 1910, antd published on 
pages 1825 to 1996 of the Journal, for 
the ordinance concerning the same sub- 
ject recommended by the Committee on 
Building Department June 27, 1910, and 
published on pages 715 to 885 of the 
Journal. 

The motion to substitute prevailed. 

Aid. Richert moved to amend the said 
ordinance hy striking out therefrom 
Paragraph (c) of Section 598. 

Aid. Mclnerney moved to postpone fur- 
ther consideration of the ordinance for 
one week. 

The motion was lost by yeas and nays 
as follows : 

Yeas — Martin, Vavricek, Brennan, 
Healy, Powers, Bowler, Capp, McDer- 
mott, Mclnerney, Mahoney, Bergen — 11. 

i\Tays — Kenna, Coughlin, Harding, Shu- 
felt, Foreman, Pringle, Richert," Shea- 
han, Long, Parker, Merriam, Snow, Em- 
erson, Derpa, Egan, CuUerton, Danisch, 
Cermak, Fulton, Buckley, Lawley, Lucas, 
Utpatel, Beilfuss, Koraleski, Sitts, Tay- 
lor, Foell, Bauler, Clettenberg, Hey, 
Britten, Krumholz, Haderlein, Dunn, 
Thomson, Lipps, Reinberg, Wilson, Lit- 
tler, Twigg, Mueller, Kearns, Fisher, 
Rea, Reading, Block, Donahoe, Clark, 
Forsberg — 50, 

The question being put on Aid. Rich- 
ert's motion to amend, the motion pre- 
vailed. 

Aid. Richert moved that the subject- 
matter of the paragraph so stricken out 
be referred to the Committee on Build- 
ing Department. 

The motion prevailed. 

Aid. Richert moved that the Com- 
missioner of Buildings be instructed not 
to issue any permit for the construction 
of any building over 200 feet in height, 
until such time as the Committee on 



December 5, 1910. 



UNFINISHED BUSINESS. 



2073 



Building Department should report to 
the Council its recommendation as to 
a proper height limit for buildings. 

On a point of order raised by Aid. 
Cullerton, the Chair declared the said 
motion to be out of order. 

AM. Thomson moved to amend Section 
'412 of the said ordinance recommended 
hy the Committee of the Whole, as the 
said section appears on page 1884 of the 
Journal, hy striking out the word ''on" 
from, the second line of Paragraph (c) 
of said section, and hy inserting in lieu 
thereof the loord "one." 

The motion to amend prevailed. 

Aid. Thomson moved to amend the said 
ordinance further, by inserting the 
words "metal lath and plaster" after the 
word "plastering" and before the word 
"plaster" in the third line of Section 
622 of the said ordinance, as printed 
on pages 1951 and 1952 of the Journal. 

The motion to amend Avas lost. 

Aid. Thomson presented the following 
amendment to the said ordinance: 

Amend Section 527 of the Building 
Ordinances, deferred and published De- 
cember 1, 1910, appearing on page 1918 
of the Council Proceedings of that date, 
by striking out paragraph (b) of said 
section and inserting in lieu thereof the 
following : 

"(b) Where any building sixty feet 
or more in height, hereafter erected, is 
located adjacent to any street or alley 
containing any then existing water main, 
water tunnel,, sewer, conduit, tunnel, 
subway or other underground construc- 
tion, owned or controlled by the city, 
its foundation shall extend at least to 
the depth drained by the sewer in the 
adjoining street or alley, and no such 
building forty feet or more in height 
shall hereafter be constructed in such 
manner that the foundation or super- 
structure thereof shall be supported in 
whole or in part by any such underground 
construction." 

Aid. Martin moved to amend the said 
amendment, to make it apply only to 
buildings more than one hundred feet in 
height. 

The motion prevailed. 

Aid. Britten moved as a substitute 
for the said amendment as amended, that 
Paragraph (6) of said Section 527 he 
stricken out. 

The motion prevailed. 



Aid. Britten moved that the subject- 
matter of the said paragraph be referred 
to the Committee on Building Depart- 
ment. 

The motion prevailed. 

Aid. Thomson moved to amend the 
said ordinance further by striking out 
the words "or a building mechanic" 
wherever they occur in Paragraph (a) 
of Section 200 of the said ordinance. 

Aid. Britten moved as a suhstitute 
for the said amendment that the words 
"a huilding mechanic" he stricken out 
from the third and fourth lines of the 
said paragraph as printed on page 1826 
of the Journal, and the tvords "an ef- 
ficient huilding mechanic" he inserted in 
lieu thereof. 

The motion prevailed. 

Aid. Thomson moved to amend the 
said ordinance further by striking out 
the words "or an efficient building me- 
chanic" from Paragraph (a) of Section 
213 of the said ordinance. 

Aid. Britten moved to lay the motion 
on the table. 

The motion to lay on the table pre- 
vailed by yeas and nays as follows: 

Yeas — Kenna, Coughlin, Harding Shu- 
felt, Foreman, Sheahan. Mirtin. Emer- 
son, Derpa, Egan, Vavricek. Cullerton, 
Danisch, Cermak, Buckley^ Lawley, 
Lucas, Utpatel, Beilfuss, Koraleski, 
Sitts, Brennan, Healy, Powers, Foell, 
Bauler, Clettenberg, Hey, Britten, Ivriim- 
holz, Haderlein, Lipps, Peinberg, Capp, 
Wilson. Littler, Twigg, Mueller, McDer- 
mott, Mclnerney, Mahoney, Kearns, Ber- 
gen, Pea, Reading, Block, Donahoe, 
l^iark, Forsberg — 49. 

Isfays — Long, Parker, Merriam, Ftil- 
ton, Taylor, Dunn, Thomson — 7. 

Aid. Thomson moved to amend the 
said ordinance further by striking out 
all that part of Paragraph (g) of Sec- 
tion 442 appearing after the word 
"section", in the third line of the said 
paragraph, as printed on page 1893 of 
the Journal. 

Aid. Cermak moved to lay the said 
motion on the table. 

The motion to lay on the table pre- 
vailed by yeas and nays as follows: 

Yeas — Kenna, Coughlin, Harding, Shu- 
felt, Richert, Sheahan, Martin, Derpa, 
Egan, Vavricek, Cullerton, Danisch, Cer- 
mak, Buckley, Lucas, Utpatel, Koraleski/ 



2074 



UNFINISHED BUSINESS. 



December 5, 1910. 



Sitts, Brennan, Clettenberg, Hey, Britten, 
Krumholz, Haderlein, Reinberg, Capp^ 
Wilson, Littler, Twigg, Mueller, McDer- 
mott, Mclnerney, Mahoney, Kearns, 
Bergen, Fisher, Rea, Reading, Block, 
Donahoe, Clark, Forsberg — 42. 

'Nays — Long, Parker, Merriam, Em- 
erson, Fulton, Lawley, Beilfuss, Healy, 
Powers, Taylor, Foell, Bauler, Dunn, 
Thomson, Lipps — 15. 

Aid. Thomson moved to amend the 
said ordinance further by striking out 
Paragraph (c) of Section 448 thereof, 
and by inserting the word "pantry" 
after the word "every" and before the 
words "bath room" in the first line of 
Paragraph (b) of said section. 

Aid. Britten moved to lay the said 
motion on the table. 

The motion to lay on the table pre- 
vailed by yeas and nays as follows: 

Yeas — Kenna, Cough lin, Harding, Shu- 
felt, Sheaban, Martin, Derpa, Egan, Vav- 
rieek, CuUerton, Danisch, Cermak, Buck- 
ley, Lucas, Utpatel, Koraleski, Brennan, 
Clettenberg, Hey, Britten. Krumholz, 
Haderlein, Capp, Twigg, Mueller, McDer- 
mott, Mclnerney, Mahoney, Kearns, Ber- 
gen, Block, Donahoe, Clark — 33. 

Nays — Richert, Long, Parker, Mer- 
riam, Emerson, F^ulton, Lawley, Beilfuss, 
Sitts, Healy, Powers, Taylor, Foell, 
Dunn, Thomson, Lipps, Wilson, Littler, 
Fisher, Rea, Reading, Forsberg — 22. 

Aid. Lucas moved to amend the said 
ordinance hy inserting therein a new 
section to he known as Section 722 of 
Article XXVI of the said ordinance, 
concerning ivood lathing and plastering. 

Aid. Lucas moved to adopt the said 
amendment. 

Aid. Thomson moved to lay the mo- 
tion on the table. 

The motion to lay on the table was 
lost. 

The question being put on the motion 
of Aid. Lucas to adopt the said amend- 
ment, the motion prevailed. 

The folloioing is the said amendment 
ns adopted: 

j±RTICLE XXVI. 
Wood Lathing and Plasteking. 
722. In all buildings of ordinary con- 
struction where the use of loood lath and 



plaster is permitted under the provisions 
of this code, sitch loood lath and planter 
shall he done in accordance with these 
specifications. 

Wood Lath.) Wood lath shall not he 
over 1% inches wide and shall he nailed 
to each stud, joist or hearing with not 
less than a three-penny fine l6-gauge 
nail. Lath to have joints broken with 
not over seven lath to a break. Lath to 
be spaced not less than V^^-inch apart. 
All ivood lath must be covered with at 
least two coats of plaster, such lath and 
plaster to finish to a total thickness of 
at least yg of an inch. No dirt or loamy 
sand to be used in the mortar or plaster. 

Aid. Lucas moved to amend the said 
ordinance further by striking out Sec- 
tions 695, 700 and 704 thereof. 

Aid. Thomson moved to lay the motion 
on the table. 

The motion to lay on the table pre- 
vailed by yeas and nays as follows: 

Yeas — Kenna, Coughlin, Harding, Shu- 
felt, Foreman, Richert, Sheahan, Long, 
Parker, Merriam, Snow, Emerson, Derpa, 
Egan, Vavricek, Danisch, Cermak, Ful- 
ton, Buckley, Lawley, Utpatel, Beil- 
fuss, Koraleski, Sitts, Brennan, Tay- 
lor, Foell, Bauler, Clettenberg, Hey. Brit- 
ten, Krumholz. Haderlein, Dunn, Thom- 
son, Reinberg, Capp, Wilson, Littler, 
Twigg, Mclnerney, Kearns, Bergen, 
Fisher, Rea, Reading, Block, Donahoe, 
Clark, Forsberg — 50. 

Nays — Martin, Cullerton, Lucas, 
Healy, Powers, Bowler, Lipps, Mueller, 
McDermott, Mahoney — 10. 

Aid. Long moved to pass the said or- 
dinance as amended. 

The motion prevailed, and the said 
ordinance, as amended, was passed by 
yeas and mays as follows: 

Yeas — Kenna, Coughlin, Harding, Shu- 
felt, Foreman, Richert, Sheahan, Mar- 
tin, Long, Parker, Merriam, Snow, Em- 
erson, Derpa, Egan, Vavricek^ Danisch, 
Cermak, Fulton, Buckley, Lawley, Lucas, 
Utpatel, Beilfuss, Koraleski, Sitts, 
Healy, Powers, Bowler, Taylor, Foell, 
Bauler, Clettenberg, Hey, Britten, Krum- 
holz, Haderlein, Dunn, Thomson, Lipps, 
Reinberg, Capp, Wilson, Littler, Twigg, 
Mueller, McDermott, Mclnerney, Kearns, 
Bergen, Fisher, Rea, Reading, B?lock, 
Donahoe, Clark, Forsberg — 57. 

Yeas — ^Ctillerton, Brennan, Mahoney 
—3. 



December 5, 1910. 



UNFINISHED BUSINECS. 



2075 



The following is the said oramaAce as passed: 

AN OEDINANCE, 

Relating to buildings within the City of Chicago. 

Be it ordained ly the City Council of the City of Chicago : 

Section 1. That there is hereby added to the Revised Municipal Code of 
Chicago of 1905 a new Chapter, to be known as Chapter XV, which shall read as 
follows : 

CHAPTER XV. 
ARTICLE I. 

BUILDINGS. 

199. Department of Buildings Established— Officers.) There is hereby estab- 
lished an executive department of the municipal government of the City of Chi- 
cago which shall be known as the Department of Buildings, and which shall 
embrace a Commissioner of Buildings, a Deputy Commissioner of Buildings, an 
Engineer in Charge, a Building Inspector in Charge, an Elevator Inspector in 
Charge, a Eire Escape Inspector in Charge, a Secretary to the Commissioner of 
Buildings and such other assistants and employes as the City Council may by ordi- 
nance provide. 

200. Building Commissioner — Off ice Created — Appointment — Bond.) (a) 
There is hereby created the office of Commissioner of Buildings. He shall be the 
head of said Department of Buildings, and shall be an experienced architect, or a civil, 
structural or architectural engineer or a building contractor or an efficient building 
mechanic and shall have been engaged as an architect or a civil, structural or archi- 
tectural engineer or building contractor or building mechanic for a period of not les& 
than ten years prior to his appointment; and during his term of office as Commis- 
sioner of Buildings he shall not be engaged in any other business. 

(b) He shall be appointed by the Mayor, by and with the advice and consent 
of the City Council. 

(c) The Commissioner of Buildings before entering upon the duties of his office 
shall execute a bond to the City in the sum of twenty-five thousand dollars, with 
such sureties as the City Council shall approve, conditioned for the faithful per- 
formance of his duties as the Commissioner of ^Buildings. 

200l^. Powers — ^Appointment of Subordinates — Duties of Commissioner.) 

(a) He shall have the management and control of all matters and things per- 
taining to the department of buildings, and shall appoint, and may remove 
according to law, all subordinate officers and assistants in his department. All 
subordinate officers, assistants, clerks and employes in said department shall be 
subject to such rules and regulations as shall be prescribed from time to time by 
said commissioner. 

(b) The Commissioner of Buildings shall institute such measures and pre- 
scribe such rules and regulations for the control and guidance of his subordinate 
officers and employes as shall secure the careful inspection of all buildings while 
in process of construction, alteration, repair or removal and the strict enforcement 
of the several provisions of this chapter. 

(c) It shall be the duty of said commissioner and his assistants to enforce all 



2076 



UNFINISHED BUSINESS. 



December 5, 1910. 



ordinances relating to the erection, construction, alteration, repair, removal or the 
safety of buildings. 

201. Inspection of all Buildings in General Use— Precautions in Behalf 
of Public Safety— May Require Repair or Alteration in Such Cases— Interpretation 
of this Chapter, (a) The Commissioner of Buildings shall inspect or cause to be 
inspected all public school buildings, public halls, churches, theatres, buildings used i 
either for manufacturing or commercial purposes, hotels, apartment houses and I 
other buildings or structures occupied or frequented by large numbers of people, j 
for the purpose of determining the safety of such buildings, or any parts or 
appliances or equipment thereof; the sufficiency of their doors, passageways, aisles, 
stairways, corridors, exits or fire escapes and generally their facilities for egress 
in case of fire or other accidents, and the strength of their floors, and he shall make 
return of all violations of the several provisions of this chapter to the Law De- 
partment for prosecution. 

(b) It shall be the duty of the Commissioner of Buildings, when any citizen 
represents that combustible materials are kept in any place in the city in 
an insecure manner, or that the doors, stairways, corridors, exits or fire escapes 
in any factory or workshop or other place of employment are insufficient for 
the escape of employes in case of fire, panic or accident, or do not comply with the 
provisions of this Chapter; or that the funnels, flues, fire boxes, or heating ap- 
paratus in any building in the city are insecure or dangerous, or that any part of 
any building in the city is in an unsafe or dangerous condition or in any wise in 
contravention of this Chapter, to make an examination of such place or building, 
and if such representation is found to be true, said Commissioner shall give notice 
in writing to the owner, occupant, lessee, or .person in possession, charge or control 
of such place or building to make such changes, alterations or repairs as safety 
or the ordinance of the City may require. Upon failure of parties so notified to 
comply with said notice the matter shall be placed in the Law Department for 
prosecution. 

, (c) It shall be unlawful to continue the use of such building until the changes, 
alterations or repairs found necessary by the Commissioner of Buildings to make 
such building or part thereof safe or to bring it into compliance with this Chapter, 
shall have been made. 

(d) The Commissioner of Buildings shall have full power to pass upon any 
question arising under the provisions of this chapter, subject to the conditions, 
modifications, and limitations contained therein. 

202. Buildings Found in Unsafe Condition— Notice to Owner— Authority of 
Commissioner.) (a) Whenever the Commissioner of Buildings shall find any 
building, or structure or part thereof in the city in such an unsafe condition as to 
endanger life, but in such condition that by the immediate application of precau- 
tionary measures such danger may be averted, he shall have authority, and it 
shall be his duty, to forthwith notify, in writing, the owner, agent or person in 
possession, charge or control of such building or structure or part thereof, to adopt 
and put into effect such precautionary measures as may be necessary or advisable 
in order to place such building or structure or part thereof in a safe condition; 
such notice shall state briefly the nature of the work required to be done 
and shall specify the time within which the work required to be done shall be 
completed by the person, firm or corporation notified, which shall be fixed by said 
Commissioner of Buildings, upon taking into consideration the condition of such 



December 5, 1910. 



UNFINISHED BUSINESS. 



2077 



building or structure or part thereof, and the danger to life or property which 
may result from its unsafe condition. 

(b) Whenever such Commissioner of Buildings shall be unable to find the owner 
of such building, structure or part thereof, or any agent or person in possession, 
charge or control thereof, upon whom such notice may be served, he shall address, 
stamp and mail such notice to such person or persons at their last known address, 
and in addition thereto shall place or cause to be placed the notice herein provided 
for upon such building at or near its principal entrance, and shall also post or 
cause to be posted in a conspicuous place at each entrance to such building, in 
large letters, a notice as follows: 

. ^ 

"THi^S BTJILBl-NQ IS IN A DANGEROUS CONDITION AND HAS 
BEEN CONDEMNED BY THE COMMISSIONER OF BUILDINGS." 

^ ¥^ 

(c) It shall be unlawful for any person, firm or corporation to remove said 
notice or notices without written permission from the Commissioner of Buildings. 

(d) If at the expiration of the time specified in such notice for the completion 
of the work required to be done by the terms of such notice, in order to render the 
building or sti^ucture safe, said notice shall not have been complied with, and said 
building or structure is in such an unsafe condition as to endanger life or property, 
it shall be the duty of the Commissioner of Buildings to proceed forthwith to tear 
down or destroy that part of said building or structure that is in such unsafe 
condition as to endanger life or property, and in cases where an unsafe building 
or structure cannot be repaired or rendered safe by the application of precaution- 
ary measures, such building or structure, or the dangerous "parts thereof, shall 
be torn down by said Commissioner of Buildings or by his order and the expense of 
tearing down any part of such building or structure shall be charged to the person 
owning or in possession, charge or control of such building or structure or part 
thereof, and the said commissioner shall recover or cause to be recovered from such 
owner or person in possession, charge or control thereof the cost of doing such work, 
by legal proceedings prosecuted by the Law Department. 

(e) If the owner, agent or person in possession, charge or control of such 
building or structure, or part thereof, when so notified, shall fail, neglect or refuse 
to place such building or structure, or part thereof, in a safe condition, and to adopt 
such precautionary measures as shall have been specified by said commissioner 
within the time specified in such notice, in such case, at the expiration of such time, 
it shall be unlawful for any person, firm or corporation to occupy or use said building 
or structure, or any part thereof, until said building or structure or part thereof 
is placed in a safe condition; and in case where a building or structure, or part 
thereof, is in a dangerous or unsafe condition and has not been placed in a safe 
condition within the time specified in the notice of the Commissioner of Buildings, 
such building or structure, or such part thereof, shall be forthwith vacated, and it 
shall be unlawful for any person or persons to enter same except for the purpose 
of making repairs required by the Commissioner of Buildings and the ordinances of 
the City of Chicago. 

203. Building or Part of Building Constructed or being Constructed in Violation 
of Chapter — Authority of Commissioner to Tear Down.) (a) Whenever it shall be 
found that any building or structure, or part thereof, is being, or shall have been 
constructed or built in violation of any of the provisions of this chapter, the Com- 



2078 



UNFINISHED BUSINESS. 



December 5, 1910. 



missioner of Buildings shall forthwith notify the owner, agent, superintendent or 
architect of, or the contractor engaged in erecting such building or structure, or 
part thereof, of the fact that such building or structure, or part thereof, has been, 
or is being, constructed or erected contrary to the provisions of thi& chapter, and 
shall specify briefly in such notice in what manner the provisions of this chapter, 
or any of them, have been violated, and shall require the person so notified to 
forthwith make such building, structure, or part thereof, conform to and comply 
with the provisions of this chapter, specifying in such notice the time within which 
such work shall be done. 

(b) If, at the expiration of the time set forth in such notice, the person so 
notified shall have refused, neglected or failed to comply with the request made in 
such notice and to have such building or structure, or part thereof, concerning which 
notice was sent, changed so as to conform to and comply with the provisions of 
this chapter, the Commissioner of Buildings shall have the authority, and it shall 
be his duty to proceed forthwith to tear down or cause to be torn down such 
building or structure, or such part thereof as shall or may have been erected and 
constructed in violation of the provisions or any of the provisions of this chapter, 
and the cost of such work shall be charged to and recovered from the owner of 
such building or structure or from the person for whom such building or structure 
is being erected, in legal proceedings prosecuted by the Law Department. 

204. May Direct Fire Department to Remove.) The Commissioner of Build- 
ings shall have authority to direct the Fire Marshal to tear down any defective 
or dangerous wall or structure or any building or structure or 
part thereof which may be constructed in violation of the terms of this chapter, 
after written notice has been served upon the owner, lessee, occupant, agent or 
person in possession, charge or control, directing him or them to tear down or 
remove any defective wall, building or structure, or any part thereof, which is 
in a dangerous condition, which has been, or is being, constructed or 
maintained in violation of the terms of this chapter. In case of the 
destruction or partial destruction of buildings by fire, decay or otherwise, 
when any department of the city government, pursuant to the ordinances of 
the city, shall make an outlay of money or incur any liability for the payment of 
any expense on behalf of the city in an effort to preserve or prevent the destruction 
of such building or buildings, or structure, or for the preserA^ation of life of its 
citizens, it shall be the duty of the Commissioner of Buildings to ascertain the 
amount of such outlay or expenditure and present a bill therefor to the owner or 
owners of any such building or buildings, or its or their agent or agents, and it 
«hall be the duty of said Commissioner of Buildings to refuse to issue a permit for 
the construction, re-construction, alteration or repair of any building or buildings 
or structure by any such owner or owners, lessee, occupant, agent or person in 
possession, charge or control thereof until such outlay or expenditure shall be 
repaid to the city by the owner, lessee, occupant, agent or person in possession, 
charge or control of such building or buildings thus totally or partially destroyed 
in the manner aforesaid. Said commissioner shall also proceed forthwith to collect 
the amount of such bill from such owner or owners, by legal proceedings prosecuted 
by the Law Department. 

205. May Stop Construction and Wrecking of Buildings.) (a) Said com- 
missioner shall have power to stop the construction of any building or the making 
of any alterations or repairs of any building within said city when the same is 
being done in a reckless or careless manner or in violation of any ordinance, and t© 



December 5, 1910. 



UNFINISHED BUSINESS. 



2079 



order, in writing or by parole, any and all persons in any way or manner whatever 
engaged in so constructing, altering or repairing any such building, to stop and 
desist therefrom. 

(b) And the said commissioner shall have power to stop the wrecking or tearing 
down of any building or structure within said city when the same is being done 
in a reckless or careless manner or in violation of any ordinance or in such a 
manner as to endanger life or property, and to order any and all persons engaged 
in said work to stop and desist therefrom. When such work has been stopped by 
the order of said commissioner, it shall not be resumed until said commissioner 
shall be satisfied that adequate precautions will be taken for the protection of life 
and property, and that said work will be prosecuted carefully and in conformity 
with the ordinances of the city. 

206. Arbitration— Appeal from Decision.) (a) In all cases where discre- 
tionary power is given to the Commissioner of Buildings to estimate damage to 
buildings, as also in questions relating to the security of any building or buildings 
or structures, or part thereof, and in all other cases where discretionary powers are 
given by ordinance to the Commissioner of Buildings, any party or parties believing 
themselves injured or wronged by the decision of the Commissioner of Buildings 
must, before instituting any suit, make an appeal for arbitration as follows, to-wit : 

(b) Any person wishing to make an appeal shall do so within five days after 
written notice of the decision or order of the Commissioner of Buildings has been 
given. An appeal made later than five days after the serving of the notice of the 
Commissioner of Buildings shall not entitle the appellant to any arbitration. The 
request for arbitration shall be in writing and shall state the object of the pro- 
posed arbitration and the name of the person who is to represent the appellant as 
arbitrator. 

(c) The Commissioner of Buildings shall thereupon inform the appellant of 
the cost of such arbitration and such appellant shall, within twenty-four hours 
from the receipt of such information, deposit with the Commissioner of 
Buildings the sum of money requested for defraying the expense of the same, which 
sum shall be fixed in each case by said commissioner in proportion to the time it 
will take and the difficulty and importance of the case, but shall in no case be 
more than the cost of similar service in the course of ordinary business of private 
individuals or corporations. As soon as such sum of money shall have been 
■deposited with him, the Commissioner of Buildings shall appoint an arbitrator to 
represent the city and the two arbitrators thus chosen shall, if they cannot agree, 
select a third arbitrator, and the decision of any two of these arbitrators shall, 
after investigation and consideration of the matter in question, be final and bind- 
ing upon the appellant as well as the city unless an appeal is taken therefrom, 
as provided in case of an appeal under a statutory arbitration, within five days 
thereafter. 

207. Arbitrators to Take Oath— Power to Examine Witnesses.) The arbitra- 
tors shall themselves, before entering upon the discharge of their duties, be placed 
under oath by the City Clerk, to the effect that they are unprejudiced as to the 
matter in question and that they will faithfully discharge the duties of their posi- 
tion. They shall have the power to call witnesses and place them under oath, and 
their decision or award shall be rendered in writing, both to the Commissioner of 
Buildings and to the appellant. The fee deposited by the appellant with the Com- 
missioner of Buildings shall be paid by the Commissioner of Buildings to the arbi- 
trators upon the rendering of their report and shall be in full of all costs incident 



2^^^ UNFINISHED BUSINESS. December 5, 1910. 

to the arbitration; but should the decision of said board of arbitration be rendered 
against the Commissioner of Builidngs, then the money deposited by the aforesaid 
appellant shall be returned to him and the entire cost of such arbitration shall 
be paid by the city. 

208. In Urgent Cases-Commissioner's Power Final.) Whenever the decision 
of the Commissioner of Buildings upon the safety of any building or any part 
thereof is made in a ease which is so urgent that failure to properly carry out his 
orders to demolish or strengthen such building or part thereof may endanger life 
and hmb, the decision and order of the Commissioner of Buildings shall be absolute 
and final. 

209. Duty of Police to Assist Commissioner in Enforcing Provisions of this 
Chapter.) Whenever it shall be necessary, in the opinion of the Commissioner of 
Bmldmgs, to call upon the Department of Police for aid or assistance in carrying out 
or enforcing any of the provisions of this chapter, he shall have the authority so to 
do, and It shall be the duty of the Department of Police, or of any member of said 
department, when called upon by said commissioner, to act according to the instruc- 
tions of, and to perform such duties as may be required by said commissioner in 
order to enforce or put into effect the provisions of this chapter. 

210. Certificates-Notices—Register.) (a) The Commissioner of Buildings 
shall sign or cause to be signed all certificates and notices required to be issued 
from the Department of Buildings and shall keep a record of the same, and shall 
issue or cause to be issued all permits authorized by this chapter. 

(b) He shall also keep a proper record of all transactions and operations of 
the department and such record shall be at all times open to the inspection of the 
Mayor, Comptroller, Superintendent of Police, Fire Marshal and members of the 
City Council. 

211. Must Keep Account of Fees Paid— Annual Reports and Estimates.) (a) 
Said commissioner shall keep in proper books for that purpose an accurate account 
of all fees charged, giving the name of person to whom same is charged, date on 
which said charge is made, and the amount of each such fee. 

(b) He shall also, annually, on or before the first day of February in each year 
prepare and present to the City Council a report showing the receipts and expendi- 
tures and entire work of the Department of Buildings during the previous fiscal 
year and he shall on or before November first of each year prepare and submit 
to the Comptroller an estimate of the whole cost and expense of providing for and 
maintaining his office during the ensuing fiscal year. 

212. Examination and Approval of Plans— Record of Inspections and Com- 
plaints.) The Commissioner of Buildings and his assistants shall pass 
upon all questions relating to the strength and durability of buildings or 
structures; shall examine and approve all plans before a permit is issued for the 
construction of any building or structure. The Commissioner of Buildings shall 
cause to be kept a complete record showing the location and character o'f every 
building or other structure for which a permit is issued and shall cause to be filed 
every report of inspection made on such building, which reports shall bear the 
signatures of the inspectors making such inspections. He shall cause to be kept a 
record of all complaints of violations of the building laws and shall cause all 
such complaints to be investigated. 

213. Deputy Commissioner of Buildings— Duty.) (a) There is hereby 



December 5, 1910. 



aNFINISHED BUSINESS. 



2081 



created the office of Deputy Commissioner of Buildings. He shall be appointed by 
the Commissioner of Buildings according to law. The person certified to fill this 
office shall be either a civil, structural or architectural engineer or an architect, 

an experienced building contractor or an efficient huilding mechanic with at least five 

years experience and training. 

(b) The Deputy Commissioner of Buildings shall act as Commissioner of 
Buildings in the absence of the Commissioner of Buildings from his office and while 
so acting shall discharge all the duties and possess all the powers imposed upon 
or vested in the Commissioner of Buildings. 

(c) The Deputy Commissioner of Buildings shall have general control of the , 
work which is under the immediate charge of the Building Inspector in Charge and 
of that which is under the immediate charge of the Engineer in Charge, and shall 
have immediate charge of the work assigned to the Elevator Inspectors and to the 
Fire Escape Inspectors, and shall perform such other duties as may be required of 
Mm by the Commissioner of Buildings. 

214. Engineer in Charge— Duties.) (a) There is hereby created the office 
of Engineer in Charge, of the Department of Buildings. He shall be appointed 
by the Commissioner of Buildings according to law. The person certified to fill 
this position shall be a civil, structural, or architectural engineer of at least five 
years experience and training. 

(b) The Engineer in Charge shall be in immediate charge of the engineering 
work and staff of the Department of Buildings. The examination of plans sub- 
mitted for the purpose of obtaining a permit, except as to matters elsewhere ex- 
pressly assigned by law to some other department of the city government, shall be 
the duty of the Engineer in Charge and the engineering staff under his charge. The 
approval and stamp of the Engineer in Charge shall be required on the plans for 
the erection, enlargement, alteration, repair or removal of every building before 
a permit for such erection, enlargement, alteration, repair or removal shall be issued. 
The Engineer in Charge shall have charge of all tests of materials and systems of 
construction submitted for the approval of the Commissioner of Buildings. The 
Engineer in Charge shall pass upon the number, location, width and design of all 
fire-escapes required for new buildings, and he shall also pass upon the number, 
location, width and design of fire-escapes to be erected on existing buildings 
wherever such existing buildings are being enlarged, altered, or remodeled under a 
building permit issued for such enlargement, alteration or remodeling. He shall 
perform such other duties as may be required of him by the Commissioner of 
Buildings. 

215. Assistant Engineer in Charge— Duties.) (a) There is hereby created, 
the office of Assistant Engineer in Charge, of the Department of Buildings. He 
shall be appointed by the Commissioner of Buildings according to law. The per- 
son certified to fill this position shall be a civil, structural or architectural engi- 
neer of at least five years experience and training. 

(b) In the absence of the Engineer in Charge, the Assistant Engineer in Charge 
shall act as Engineer in Charge. The Assistant Engineer in Charge shall perform 
such other duties as may be required of him by the Engineer in Charge. 

216. Engineering Staff.) (a) The Commissioner of Buildings shall appoint 
according to law at least four Architectural Engineers, and such other engineers 
and assistants as the City Council may by ordinance provide, for service on the 
«ngineering staff of the Department of Buildings. Every person certified to fill 



2082 UNFINISHED BUSINESS. December 5, 1910. i 

I 

the position of Architectural Engineer shall be a civil, structural or architectural | 
engineer of at least five years training and experience. | 

(b) The Architectural Engineers shall, under the direction of the Engineer 
in Charge, examine all plans submitted for the purpose of obtaining a permit. 
They shall also examine and verify the figures on all floor load placards before 
such placards are approved for posting. They shall perform such other duties 
as may be required of them by the Engineer in Charge. 

217. Building Inspector in Charge— Duties.) (a) The office of Assistant 
Deputy Commissioner of Buildings is hereby abolished and in lieu thereof there is 
hereby created the office of Building Inspector in Charge of the Department of 
Buildings. He shall be appointed by the Commissioner of Buildings according to ! 
law. The person certified to fill this position shall be a civil, structural, architec- 
tural or fire protection engineer, or an architect, or a building superintendent or a | 
building mechanic with at least five years experience in general building construe 1 

tion. I 

I 

(b) In the absence of the Commissioner of Buildings and the Deputy Commis- 
sioner of Buildings from their offices the Building Inspector in Charge shall act as 
Commissioner of Buildings, and while so acting he shall discharge all of the duties 
and possess all of the powers imposed upon or vested in the Commissioner of 
Buildings. 

(c) He shall have immediate charge of the periodical inspection of buildmgs 
and of the inspection of buildings and structures being erected, enlarged, altered 

or repaired, excepting only such inspection as is expressly assigned to the elevator 
or fire-escape inspectors or is by law assigned to some other department of the 
city government. 

218. Assistant Building Inspectors In Charge.) (a) The Commissioner of | 
Buildings shall appoint, according to law, at least four Assistant Building Inspec- 
tors in Charge. 

(b) Every person certified to fill the position of Assistant Building Inspector 
in Charge shall be a civil, structural, architectural or fire protection engineer, or 
an architect, or a building superintendent or a building mechanic, with at least five 
years experience in general building construction. The Assistant Building Inspectors 
in Charge shall have immediate charge of the several districts assigned to them by - 
the Commissioner of Buildings and shall perform such other duties as the Commis- 
sioner of Buildings shall require of them. 

219. Building Inspectors.) (a) The Commissioner of Buildings shall ap- | 
point according to law such Building Inspectors as may be necessary. | 
(b) Every person certified to fill the position of Building Inspector shall be ! 
a civil, structural, architectural or fire prot-ection engineer, or an architect, or a | 
building superintendent or a building mechanic with at least five years experience In I 
general building construction. The Building Inspectors shall, under the direction of 
the Building Inspector in Charge, examine all buildings and structures in the course of 
erection, enlargement, alteration, repair or removal, as often as is required for 
efficient supervision, and shall make such periodical examinations of existing struc- 
tures as shall be assigned to them. They shall examine all buildings, structures 
and walls reported to be in dangerous condition. They shall examine all buildings 
and other structures for the enlarging, altering, raising or removing of which,, 
application for permit shall be made. 



p 



December 5, 1910. unfinished business. 



2083 



(c) Every building inspector shall make written reports daily to the Com- 
missioner of Buildings as to the condition in which he found each building examined 
and as to violations, if any, of the ordinances which the Commissioner of Buildings 
is required to enforce, together with the street and number of the premises where 
such violations, if any, were found, the names of the owner^ agent, lessee and 
I occupant thereof, and of the architect and the contractor engaged in and about the 
work in question. The Building Inspectors shall perform such other duties as may 
be required of them by the Commissioner of Buildings. 

220. Elevator Inspector in Charge.) (a) There is hereby created the office 
of Elevator Inspector in Charge. He shall be appointed by the Commissioner of 
Buildings according to law. 

(b) The person certified to fill the position of Elevator Inspector in Charge, 
shall be a graduate in engineering from a recognized technical school, shall be 
versed in the essentials of both mechanical and electrical engineering and shall 
have had at least five years experience in shop or construction work. 

(c) The Elevator Inspector in Charge shall examine all plans for the installa- 
tion of elevators and for the installation of mechanical devices and apparatus in 

I theatres, amusement parks and the like, and, no such elevator, mechanical device 
I or apparatus shall be installed or operated without the approval of the Elevator 
Inspector in Charge. The Elevator Inspector in Charge shall cause such inspection 
to be made of all new installations, as may be necessary to insure the carrying 
out of the approved plans and shall cause such periodic inspection to be made 
of existing installations of such mechanisms, devices and apparatus, as may be 
reqmred by the Commissioner of Buildings, and shall perform such other duties as 
may be required of him by the Commissioner of Buildings. 

221. Elevator Inspectors.) (a) The Commissioner of Buildings shall appoint 
I according to law such Elevator Inspectors as may be necessary. 

I (b) Every person certified to fill the position of Elevator Inspector shall be 
a mechamcal engineer, machinist or elevator builder, and shall be well grounded in 
the rudiments of mechanical and electrical engineering. 

(c) The Elevator Inspectors shall inspect all elevators and such other me- 
chanisms, devices and apparatus as shall, be assigned to them by the Inspector in 
Charge, both existing and in process of being erected or installed, together with all 
the equipment and enclosures thereof. They shall make written reports daily to 
the Commissioner of Buildings as to the condition in which they find the elevators 
equipment, enclosures, mechanisms, devices and apparatus inspected by them, and 
tLpfY requirements of this Chapter pertaining to such matters, 

together with the street and number of the premises where such violations, if any 
°^^^r> ^gent, lessee and occupant thereof, and of the 
architect and contractor engaged in or about the construction and installation of 
such elevators, equipment, enclosures, mechanisms, devices or apparatus. They 
ofBuiKr """^ '"^'""^^ '^^^ Commissioner 

affioP^f; ^^^P^^*''^ Charge.) (a) There is hereby created the 

sioner of Buildings according to law. 

UJI^ The person certified to fill the position of Fire-escape Inspector in Charge 
jshall be a civil, structural or architectural engineer, or a man who has had not less 
tlian five years experience in the design and erection of structural steel or in the 



2Q84 UNFINISHED BUSINESS. December 5, 1910, 

design and construction of fire-escapes, and he shall be qualified to make all neces- 
sary computations as to the strength of any fire-escape, the design of which may 
be submitted for approval and to pass upon the relative merits of such various 
types of design as may be so submitted. 

(c) The Fire-escape Inspector in Charge shall have immediate charge of the 
inspection of the erection of all fire-escapes and of the periodic inspection of fire-, 
escapes, and shall pass upon the number, location, width and design of fire-escape, 
to be erected upon existing buildings, except where an existing building is bem^ 
enlarged altered or remodeled under a building permit issued for such enlarge 
ment" alteration or remodeling, in which case the Engineer in CMrge shall pass 
upon' the number, location, width and design of all fire-escapes required, and th. 
Encrineer in Charge shall also pass upon the number, location, width and desigi 
of til fire-escapes required for new buildings. The Fire-escape Inspector in Char- 
shall also perform such other duties as may be required of him by the Commis.-.une 
of Buildings. 

223. Fire-escape Inspectors.) (a) The Commissioner of Buildings shall ap 
point according to law such Fire-escape Inspectors as may be necessary. 

(b) Every person certified to fill the position of Fire-escape Inspector shal 
be a person who has had at least four years experience in superintending 
erection of buildings, or in the design or erection of fire-escapes or other stee 
construction, or who is a graduate of a recognized technical school. t 

(c) The Fire-escape Inspectors shall, under the direction of the Fire-escap | 
Inspector in Cliarge, inspect all fire-escapes in course of erection and shall mak i 
periodic inspection of the fire-escape equipment of existing buildings. Every sue 1 
inspector shall make, daily, a written report to the Commissioner of Buildings a 
to the condition of the fire-escape equipment of each building or premises examinee I 
as to the accessibility of and means of egress to such equipment, as to the presurap j 
tive adequacy of such equipment, and as to any violations of any city ordinance i j 
relation to such equipment, together with the street and number of the buildm , 
or premises inspected, the names of the owner, agent, lessee and occupant therec , 
and of the architect and contractor if any, engaged in operation m connectio , 
with such equipment. The Fire-escape Inspectors shall perform such other dutit 
as may be required of them by the Commissioner of Buildings. 

2'>4 Secretary— Duties.) (a) There is hereby created the office of Secretar 
to the Commissioner of Buildings. He shall be appointed by the Commissioner ( 
Buildings according to law. 

(b) The Secretary to the Commissioner of Buildings shall, under the supe | 
vision and direction of" the Commissioner of Buildings, preserve and keep all book ^ 
records and papers belonging to the office of the Department of Buildings or whic! 
are required by law to be filed therein. He shall perform such other duties as ma| 
be required of him by the Commissioner of Buildings. 

225. Clerical Assistants.) The Commissioner of Buildings shall appoii| 
accordino- to law, such clerical assistants, stenographers and messengers as may 1 
necessary; and they shall perform such duties as may be required of them by tl 
Commissioner of Buildings. 

226 Bonds.) The Deputy Commissioner of Buildings, the Engineer in Charg 
■ the Assistant Engineer in Charge, the Building Inspector in Charge, the Assistai 



December 5, 1910. 



UNFINISHED BUSINESS. 



2085 



Building Inspectors in Charge, the Elevator Inspector in Charge, the Fire-escape 
Inspector in Charge and the Architectural Engineers shall, before entering upon the 
duties of their offices or positions, each execute to the City of Chicago a bond, con- 
ditioned for the faithful performance of their duties, with such sureties as the 
City Council shall approve in the following sums: The Deputy Commissioner of 
Buildings, ten thousand dollars; the Engineer in Charge, the Assistant Engineer 
in Charge, the Building Inspector in Charge, the Assistant Building Inspectors in 
in Charge, the Elevator Inspector in Charge, the Fire-escape Inspector in Charge, and 
the Architectural Engineers, five thousand dollars each. 

227. Employees Not to Engage in Another Business.) Every employee in 
the Department of Buildings shall devote his entire time to such employment andi 
shall not be engaged in any other business or vocation. 

228. Power of Entry.) The Commissioner of Buildings and his Assistants 
are empowered to enter any building or structure or premises, whether completed 
or in process of erection, for the purpose of determining whether the same has 
been or is being constructed and maintained in accordance with the provisions of 
this chapter and it shall be unlawful to exclude them from any such building, struc- 
ture or premises. 

ARTICLE II. 

229. Permits— When Requiied— Limitations of Time For.) Before proceeding 
with the erection, enlargement, alteration, repair or removal of any building or 
structure in the city, a permit for such erection, enlargement, alteration, re^pair 
or removal shall first be obtained by the owner or his agent from the Commissioner 
of Buildings, and it shall be unlawful to proceed with the erection, enlargement, 
alteration, repair or removal of any building or of any structural part 'thereof 
within the city unless such permit shall first have been obtained from the Com- 
missioner of Buildings. And if after such permit shall have been granted, the 
operations called for by the said permit shall not be begun within six months' after 
the date thereof, or if such operations are not completed within a reasonable time 
then such permit shall be void, and no operations thereunder shall be begun or 
completed until an extended permit shall be taken out by the owner or his'agent, 
and a fee of ten per cent, of the original cost of permit shall be charged for such 
extended permit. 

230. Permits— Application For— How Made— How Recorded- Stamped Plans- 
How Cared For— Return of Same.) (a) Application for building permits shall be 
made by the owner or his agent to the Commissioner of Buildings. When such ap- 
plication is made, plans in conformity with the provisions of this chapter, which 
have been examined and approved by the Commissioner of Buildings and his' assist- 
jants, as hereinbefore provided for, shall be filed with the Commissioner of Buildings. 
He shall then issue a permit, and shall file such application, and shall apply to such 
Iplans a final official stamp, stating that the drawings to which the same has been 
^applied comply with the terms of this chapter. The plans so stamped shall then 
jbe returned to such applicant. True copies of so much of such plans as may be 
[required m the opinion of the Commissioner of Buildings to illustrate the features 
of construction and equipment of the building referred to, shall be filed with the 
Commissioner of Buildings, and shall remain on file in his office for a period of si^c 
months after the occupation of such building, after which such drawings shall be 



2086 



UNFINISHED BUSINESS. December 5, 1910. 



returned by the Commissioner of Buildings to the person by whom they have been 
deposited with him, upon demand. It shall not be obligatory upon the Commis- 
sioner of Buildings to retain such drawings in his custody for more than six months 
after the occupation of the building to which they relate. 

(b ) AH plans and drawings for the construction or alteration of any building 
or other structure for which building permits are required shall, before such permits 
are issued be presented to the Commissioner of Health for examination and approval 
as to the proposed plan for the ventilation of rooms, light and air shafts, windows, 
the ventilation of water closets, drainage and plumbing. They shall also be pre- 
sented to the Fire Marshal for approval as to standpipes and all fire-fighting 
apparatus, where same are required. They shall also be presented to the Boiler 
Inspector 'and Smoke Inspector in all cases where permits from these departments 
are required to be procured by the ordinances of the city. 

(c) The Commissioner of Buildings shall not issue any permit authorizing the 
construction, erection, repair or alteration of any building or structure unless the 
plans submitted for his approval clearly show that such building or structure with 
all its appurtenances, foundations and attachments can be erected entirely within the 
limits of the lot or tract of land upon which it is proposed to erect such building or | 
structure, except as provided by the ordinances of the City of Chicago, and no 
permit to erect, repair or alter any building or structure shall authorize the use 
of any part of any public highway or other public ground for the construction or 
maintenance of such building or structure except as provided by the ordinances of the 
City of Chicago, nor shall any permit be issued for the construction or maintenance 
of any balcony or canopy extending over any public highway or other public ground 
unless permits therefor have been obtained from the proper department of the 
city government pursuant to an ordinance specifically authorizing the same. The 
plans of every building or structure which show that any part of said building; 
or structure, or any of its appurtenances, or any attachments thereto, extend over ! 
any part of any public highway or other public ground shall first be submitted to 
the Superintendent of Streets and notice thereby given to him of the proposed en- 
croachment upon any public highway or other public ground. Proof of such notice 
to the Superintendent of Streets must be presented to the Commissioner of Build- 
ings before a permit for any such building or structure shall be issued by said 
Commissioner of Buildings; and no permit issued by the Commissioner of Buildings, 
shall authorize any encroachment upon any part of any public highway or other 
public ground. 

(d) In all cases, the approved plan, together with building permits, must be 
kept on the job while the work is in progress. 

231. Plans— Essentials Of.) All such plans and drawings shall be drawn 
to a scale of not less than one-eighth of an inch to the foot, ou paper or cloth, in 
ink, or by some process that will not fade or obliterate. All distances and dimen- 
sions shall be accurately figured, and drawings made explicit and complete, showing 
the lot lines and the entire sewerage and drain pipes and the location of all plumbing 
fixtures within such building. Each set of plans presented shall be approved by the 
Commissioner of Buildings before a permit will be granted. No permit shall be 
grantr^d or plans approved unless sueh plans are signed and sealed by a licensed 
architect, as provided in "An Act to provide for the licensing of architects and regu- 
lating the practice of architecture as a profession in the State of Illinois," approved 
June 3, 1897. 



Decern Der 5, 1910. unfinished business. 



208: 



232. Plans-Alterations Upon Stamped Plans Not Permitted Without Permis- 
sion-Certain Alterations Excepted.) It shall be unlawful to erase, alter or modify 
any Imes, figures, or coloring contained upon such drawings so stamped by the 
Commissioner of Buildings or filed with him for reference. If, during the progress 
of the execution of such work, it is desired to deviate in any manner affecting the 
construction or other essentials of the building from the terms of the application 
or drawing, notice of such intention to alter or deviate shall be given to the Com- 
missioner of Buildings, and his written assent shall first be obtained before such 
alteration or deviation may be made; but alterations in buildings which do not 
involve any change in their structural parts or of their stairways, elevators fire 
escapes or other means of communication or ingress or egress or in lighting or 
venti ation and that are not in violation of any of the provisions of this chapter 
may be made without the permission of the Commissioner of Buildings. 

. Jl^' '^""''^ Department-How Made-Indemnifying Bonds-Fees 

for Water Used.) (a) Before the Commissioner of Buildings issues a permit as afore- 
said he shall require evidence from the applicant that payment has been made to 
the Bureau of Water of the city for the water to be used or for a water meter for 
measuring all the water to be used in the construction of such building, under the 
regulations of the Bureau of Water. Such applicant shall produce evidence that 
he has filed with and had approved by the Commissioner of Public Works of the 
My an indemnifying bond protecting the city against any and all damage that 
may arise to the streets or alleys upon which such building abuts, and to the city 
• ^YJ'^'^'l consequence, or by reason of, the proposed operations to be 
authorized by such permit, or by reason of any obstruction or occupation of any 
street or sidewalks in and about such building operations. 

I, -J^^ V'l 1^"" P""'^ '^^^^"^ ""^^ connection with the erection of 

bmldmgs shall be as follows, to-wit: 

.n.r.^\'^^\?^^ t^""^ '^""^^ '^""^ thousand bricks, wall measure, used in 
connection therewith : ' 

At the rate of six cents for every one hundred cubic feet of rubble stone used 
m connection therewith. 

At the rate of eight cents for every one hundred cubic feet of concrete used in 
connection therewith. 

.onnfetion tttlfth""""' ^^"'^ ^"^^ °^ P'^^*-^"^ "-'^ - 

^!'-t °I *™ ^""^ """^ '■"■"I'-^'l <="''i'= feet of hollow tile 

arch, partition or fireproof covering used in connection therewith: 

n,H ^'t /r^'Vn ^'"'-^ *" ^« f - l™"ding per- 

mrts shall be as follows: For sheds not exceeding three hundred square feet in 
|area, Two Dollars; for open shelter sheds, at the rate of Fifty Cents for each one 
thousand cubic feet or fractional part thereof; for all buildings or other structures, 
other than sheds and open shelter sheds, as .hereinafter described, the fee for the 
permit shall be at the rate of Ten Cents for every one thousand cubic feet or frac- 
everv Tt contained therein, the cubic contents being measured to include 

roof . , . ^^"'"^ ^'""^ basement floor to the highest point of the 
wof, and to include all bay windows and other projections; but in no case, shall 

lUollar shall be charged for recovering or recoating the roof of any building 



2088 



UNFINISHED BUSINESS. December 5, 1910. 



(b) The fee to be charged for permits issued for alterations and repairs in or 
to any building or other structure shall be based on the cost of such alterations 
and repairs and shall be at the rate of Two Dollars for each Five Thousand Dollars 
or part thereof to be expended therefor. The fee for permit to raise any buildmg 
other than a frame building shall be Two Dollars for every twenty-five feet or frac- 
tional part thereof of frontage. 

(c) In addition to the above permit fees for buildings, permit and inspectioD 
fee ghall be charged as follows : 

For erection of fire-escape, $2.00; 

For installation or alteration of elevator, $2.00; 

For annual inspection of elevator, $2.00; 

For erection of billboard or signboard, $2.00 for every 25 lineal feet or fractional 
part thereof. 

For annual inspection of billboard or signboard, 35 cents for each 25 lineal feet 
of billboard or signboard or fractional part thereof; | 

For erection of illuminated and other roof signs under Section 710 of this ; 
Chapter, $50.00 for the first 500 square feet of superficial area or fractional 
part thereof, and two cents for each additional square foot area. j 

For annual inspection of illuminated and other roof signs under Section 710 j 
of this Chapter, $50.00; 

For tearing down or wrecking a building $2.00 for every 25 feet of frontage or 
fractional part thereof; 

For annual inspection of building required to be inspected by Section 237 of 
this Chapter, $2.00 for each 25,000 square feet or fractional part thereof; 

For semi-annual inspection of iron, steel or asbestos curtain, $5.00; 

For permit for tank on roof in excess of 400-gallon capacity, $5.00. 

235. Permit for Wrecking Building.) (a) Before proceeding with the wrecking 
or tearing down of any building or other structure more than one story in height or 
of any structure of greater area than 2,800 square feet, a permit for such wrecking or 
tearing down shall first be obtained by the owner or his agent from the Commis- 
sioner of Buildings, and it shall be unlawful to proceed with the wrecking or 
tearing down of any such building or structure or any structural part of such 
building or structure unless such permit shall first have been obtained. Application | 
for such permit shall be made by such owner or his agent to the Commissioner of 
Buildings who shall issue such permit upon such application and the payment of 
the fee herein provided for. Such application shall state the location and describe j 
the building which it is proposed to wreck or tear down. The fee for such permit | 
shall be Two Dollars for every twenty-five feet, or fractional part thereof, of j 
frontage. Upon the issuance of such permit, such building may be wrecked or | 
torn down, provided that all the work done thereunder shall be subject to the !| 
supervision of the Commissioner of Buildings and to such reasonable restrictions i 
as he may impose in regard to elements of safety and health, and provided, further, ; 
that the work shall be kept sprinkled and sufficient scaffolding be provided 
to insure safety to human life. 

(b) Any person, firm or corporation engaged in the wrecking of a building or 
other structure for which a permit is required, shall file with the City Clerk 
a bond with sureties satisfactory to the City Comptroller in the sum of 



December 5, 1910. 



UNFINISHED BUSINESS. 



2089 



Twenty Thousand Dollars, to indemnify the City against any law suits brought or 
judgments obtained against the City of Chicago or any of its officials, resulting 
from accidents to persons or property during wrecking operations, and no permit 
shall be issued for any wrecking work except as hereinabove otherwise provided, 
until such bond is filed. 

236. Permit— Revocation Of.) If the work in, upon or about any building 
shall be conducted in violation of any of the provisions of this chapter, it shall be 
the duty of the Commissioner of Buildings to revoke the permit for the building 
or wrecking operations in connection with which such violation shall have taken 
place. It shall be unlawful, after the revocation of such permit, to proceed with 
such building or wrecking operations unless such permit shall first have been re- 
instated or re-issued by the Commissioner of Buildings. Before a permit so revoked 
may be lawfully re-issued or re-instated, the entire building and building site shall 
first be put into condition corresponding with the requirements of this chapter, 
and any work or material applied to the same in violation of any of the provisions 
of this chapter shall be first removed from such building. 

237. Annual Inspection of Buildings— Stairways and Means of Egress— In- 
spection Fee.) (a)The Commissioner of Buildings and his assistants shall make an 
annua] inspection of all theatres and places of amusement, worship, instruction or 
entertainment, and also of all other buildings over two stories in height, except 
residences, and except tenements three stories or less in height. It shall be the 
duty of every owner, agent, lessee or occupant of any such building as is referred 
to in this section and of the person in charge or control of the same to permit 
the making of such annual inspection by the Commissioner of Buildings, or by a 
duly authorized Building Inspector, at any time upon demand being duly made. 

(b) Whenever any such inspection shows the building to be in compliance 
ffith the requirements of this Chapter with respect to stairways, means of egress, 
and in all other respects, it shall be the duty of the Commissioner of Buildings to 
issue, or cause to be issued, a certificate setting forth the result of such inspec- 
sion, containing the date thereof, and a statement to the effect that such building 
complies in all respects with the provisions of this Chapter, upon the payment of 
the inspection fee herein required. 

(c) It shall be the joint and several duty of the owner, agent, lessee or 
occupant of the building so inspected and of each and every person in charge and 
control of the same to frame the said certificate and place it in a conspicuous place 
near the main entrance of such building. 

(d) It shall be the joint and several duty of the owner, agent, lessee or occu- 
pant of every building described in this section to provide a typical floor plan of 
such building reproduced on a sheet eight by ten inches in size. Said plan shall 
be drawn on as large a scale as will be practicable on such sheet, and said sheet 
shall also state the street address of such building, and shall give the class of the 
building, the kind of construction used therein, the height and the number of 

i stones contained therein, the nature of the occupancy, and whether said building 
I IS equipped with an approved automatic sprinkler system. 

I (e) It shall also be the joint and several duty of such owner, agent, lessee 
or occupant to deliver a copy of said sheet to the Commissioner of Buildings and to 
I frame a copy of said sheet and place the same near the framed certificate herein- 
! above required. 

(f) It shall also be the joint and several duty of the said owner, agent, 



2090 



UNFINISHED BUSINESS. 



December 5, 1910. 



lessee or occupant to substitute a new sheet for the sheet on file with the Com- 
missioner of Buildings, and also the sheet framed as above required, whenever such 
changes or alterations are made in such building as will affect the substantial 
accuracy of the sheet previously furnished such Commissioner and framed as above 
required. 

(g) Where the result of such inspection shall show that such building fails 
in any respect to comply with the requirements of this Chapter, it shall be the 
duty of the Commissioner of Buildings to notify the owner, agent lessee or occupant 
of such building to this effect and to specify wherein such building fails to comply 
with the requirements of this Chapter; and it shall thereupon become the joint , 
and several duty of such owner, agent, lessee or occupant to proceed forthwith to | 
make whatever changes or alterations may be necessary to make such building 
comply in all respects with the requirements of this Chapter and to complete such 
changes and alterations within thirty days after the receipt of such notice. 

(h) Upon making such annual inspection, it shall be the duty of the owner 
to pay to the City Collector an annual inspection fee for the same, amounting to 
$2.00 for each 25,000 square feet of floor area, or fractional part thereof. 

238. Architect Must Certify That Plans Comply With the Building Ordi- | 
nances.) Tt shall be unlawful for any architect, or other person permitted under j 
the laws of the state to make plans, to prepare or submit to the Commissioner of 
Buildings for his approval any final plans for any building or structure which 
do not comply with the structural requirements of this Chapter. It shall be the 
duty of the Commissioner of Buildings to require that all plans submitted to him 
for approval for any building or structure shall be accompanied by a certificate 
of such architect or such other person preparing such plans that the plans sub- 
mitted comply with the structural requirements of this chapter. 

239. Constructing Buildings Contrary to Approved Plans.) (a) It shall be un- 
lawful for any owner, agent or architect, or for any contractor or builder, engaged 
in erecting or altering any building, to make any departure from the plans as 
approved by the Commissioner of Buildings, of such nature that such departure 
involves any violation of the requirements of this chapter as to buildings of the 
class in which such building is, or to make any changes in plan or construction, 
affecting means of egress, ventilation, natural lighting, or sanitary conditions 
without first obtaining the written consent of the Commissioner of Buildings and 
of the Commissioner of Health for such changes. 

(b) No contractor or builder shall begin any work on any building or 
structure for which a permit is required by this chapter, until such permit shall j 
have been secured. ^ | 



ARTICLE III. 

CLASSIFICATION OF BUILDINGS. 

240. Buildings— Class Of.) (a) All buildings other than sheds and shelter 
sheds as hereafter described, now existing or hereafter erected, altered or enlarged, 
shall be classified as follows: 

(b) Class I.) In Class I shall be included every building other than depart- 
ment stores as described in this chapter, used for the sale, storage, or manufacture 
of merchandise, and every stable having a ground area of 500 square feet or over. 



December 5, 1910. unfinished business. 



2091 



(c) Class II.) In Class II shall be included every building referred to in sub- 
divisions Class Ila, Class lib and Class He. 

(d) In Class Ila shall be included every building used for office purposes 
and also every building used for club house purposes where sleeping accommoda- 
tions are provided for less than twenty persons. 

(e) In Class lib shall be included every building used for hotel, club, lodging 
or rooming house purposes where such building has sleeping accommodations for 
twenty or more persons. 

(f) In Class lie shall be included every building used for a hospital, for 
housing the sick and infirm ,imbeciles or children, and every jail, police station 
asylum, house of correction and detention, and also every home for the aged and 

I -decrepit, where sleeping accommodations are provided for more than ten persons. 

j (g) Class III.) In Class III shall be included every building used as a family 
residence, and also every building used for garage or stabling purposes, and having 

I ^ ground area of less than 500 square feet. 

I (h) Class IV.) In CJass IV shall be included every building referred to in 
sub-divisions Class IVa. Class IVb, Class IVc, and Qass IVd, as follows: 

(i) In Class IVa shall be included every building used as a church or place 
of worship. ^ 

(j) In Class IVb shall be included every building having a parish hall, lodge 
hall, dance hall, banquet hall, skating rink, assembly hall, halls used for the pur- 
pose of exposition and exhibition, and buildings having a hall for the purpose of 
instruction other than schools, included in Class VIII, and also every existing build- 
ing having a hall used for theatrical purposes at the time of the passage "of this 
ordinance, except such buildings as are included in Classes IVa, IVc, IVd, and V. 

(k) In Class IVc shall be included every' building hereafter erected used for 
moving picture and vaudeville shows and similar entertainments, where an admis- 
sion fee IS charged and regular performances are given, and where the seating 
capacity does not exceed three hundred, ^provided, that every building of Class IVc 
existing at the time of the passage of this ordinance shall comply with the provi- 
sions of Qass IVb. ^ ^ ^ 

(1) In Class IVd shall be included every grand stand and every baseball, 
atnietic and amusement park. 

(m) Class V.) In Class V shall be included every building which is used as a 
public theatre where an admission fee is charged and in which movable scenery is 

used, and every assembly hall hereafter erected having a seating capacity of 
■over 300 and containing a permanent stage on which scenery and theatrical ap- 
paratus are used and regular theatrical vaudeville performances are given- 
provided, however, that public halls and club halls with a seating <,apacity ol 
less than 600, although occasionally used for theatrical presentations, shall not be 
construed to be public theatres within the meaning of the term as used in this sec- 
tion, notwithstanding the fact that movable scenery is used upon the stages thereof 
on such occasions, and such public halls and club halls shall not be considered as 

i^nl Tf-^'^r?^^^ ^ ^^"'^'^ P^^l^^ club halls shall be 

included m Class IVb, as defined in this section. 

(n) Class VI.) In Class VI shall be included every tenement and apartment 
^ouse or building or portion thereof which is used or intended to be used as a 
^ome or residence for two or more families living in separate apartments. 

(0) Class VII.) In Oass VII shall be included every building used for the 



2092 



UNFINISHED BUSINESS. December 5, 1910, 



sale at retail of dry goods and other articles of general merchandise and commonly 
known and described as a department store. 

(p) Class VIII.) In Class YIII shall be included every building used for 
school purposes having a seating capacity of more than 100 students. 

(q) Requirements with regard to buildings not within any of the above 
classes shall be determined by the Commissioner of Buildings, subject to arbitration 
in the same manner as provided in Sections 206 and 207 of this chapter. 

241 Buildings Used for the Purposes of More Than One Class.) mere any 
building is used for the purposes of two or more classes, as herein specified, and 
defined such portion of any such building as is devoted to the uses and purposes 
of any' particular class shall be constructed, operated and maintained in accordance 
with the requirements of this chapter relating to such class, unless such construe 
tion shall in the opinion of the Commissioner of Buildings, prove impracticable, 
or unless there would be a conflict between the provisions of this chapter relating 
to the construction of buildings, in either of which cases the provisions which 
relate to and govern the construction of buildings of the class requirmg the best 
and safest form of construction shall govern the entire building. 

242 Conflict Between Special and General Provisions. Whenever any 
provision or requirement of this chapter relating specifically to the construction, 
equipment, maintenance, or operation of any building or part of a building used for 
the purposes of any specified class, shall conflict with the general provisions of this 
chapter relating to the construction, equipment, maintenance and operation of 
buildings generally, the special provisions shall govern in each case, except in the 
case of Se^ction 514, which shall govern in all cases coming within its provisions. 



ARTICLE IV. 

CLASS I. 

243 Class I Defined.) In Class I sltkll be included every building other than 
department stores, as described in this chapter, used for the sale, storage or manu- 
facture of merchandise, and every stable having a ground area of 500 square feet 
or over. 

243% Must Comply With General and Special Provisions.) Every building 
of Class I shall comply with the general provisions of this chapter, and shall, m 
additon, comply with the following special provisions: 

044 Buildings-Construction of-In Relation to Height.) (a) The construc- 
tion of buildings of Class I shall be as follows: Buildings of Class I which are 
more than 90 feet in height shall be built of fireproof construction. 

(b) Buildings of Class I which are less tlmn 90 feet in height and morel 
than 50 feet in height shall be built of slow-burning, mill or fireproof construction. ,^ 

(c) Buildings of Class I of ordinary construction shall not be built more than | 
four stories in height. ; 

245 Skeleton Steel Walls-Metal Lath, and Solid Cement Plaster Covers.) 
(a) A one or two story building used for the purposes of Class I, no part of 
which is within twentv feet of any lot line, alley line or street hne, having a 
complete self-supporting steel frame consisting of wall columns, supportmg steel 
trusses with steel trusses and steel diagonals, designed to resist safely, with n 
the safe limits of stress provided by this chapter, a wind pressure of twenty 



1 



December 5, 1910. ' unfinished business. 



209;3 



pounds per square foot, for each and every exterior surface exposed to the 
wind, in addition to the dead weight of the completed structure, and in addition 
to the live load of 100 pounds per square foot provided for by this chapter, and 
any other live loads which may be imposed on such structure, may have exterior 
walls measuring not less than one and one-third inches thick of metal 
lath or metal fabric plastered on both sides with a mortar consisting only of 
Portland cement and torpedo sand. Complete reinforced concrete framework, 
built in every manner equally as strong and as safe as provided for a steel 
frame, in this section, may have exterior walls built in the same manner, of the 
same materials and of the same thickness. 

(b) The enclosing walls of buildings which are built not less than fifty feet 
from any lot, alley or street line, may be made of corrugated iron, supported 
•On ■ a steel frame. 

246. Door Openings— Revolving Doors.) (a) The aggregate width of door 
openings at the street level in buildings of Class I shall be equal to the aggregate 
width of stairways, as specified in Section 666 of this chapter, and all locks 
used on exit doors or on doors or gates leading to hallways or stairways which 
lead to exit doors, shall be so arranged that they may be opened from the inside 
without the use of a key, during business hours, or while such buildings are 
occupied for any purpose. In every building of this class, every door leading 
from a loft or space above the first story shall swing into the stair hall, and 
every door which is a means of exit from any floor above the first, shall swing 
outwardly from the space or hallway in which said stairway from such upper 
floor is located. No door when oper shall project over a public sidewalk. 

(b) Revolving doors hall not be considered as complying with this section 
unless the revolving wings of such revolving doors are so arranged that by the 
application of a force slightly more than is necessary to revolve said doors and 
which one person of ordinary strength is capable of exerting, all the wings of 
said doors fold flat on each other, and in an outward direction, or unless the re- 
volving wings of said revolving doors are so arranged that they will be readily 
collapsed or removed by pressure or simple mechanical means to be approved by the 
Commissioner of Buildings and leave sufTicient opening for two or more persons 
to pass through side by side. 

247. Existing Buildings of Class I-Increasing Height of.) In all cases where 
bmldmgs of Class I of ordinary construction built prior to the passage of this 
ordinance, are to be increased in height above the height of fifty feet, or of mill 
or slow-burning construction above the height of ninety feet, the additional 
parts of such buildings shall be constructed as herein provided for buildings over 
fifty feet in height or over ninety feet in height, respectively, and said additional 
parts shall be made to conform in all respects to the requirements for buildings 
of this class more than fifty feet in height or more than ninety feet in height, 
respectively, before it shall be lawful to occupy them. 

248. Ceiling and Roof— Space Between.) In buildings of Class I, if the 
enclosed space between a ceiling and the roof is of greater average height than 
two feet, access shall be provided by means of at least one stairway not less than 
three feet wide, leading from a public hallway or corridor. 

249. ^ Fire Walls.) (a) Buildings occupied by more than one person, firm or 
corporation, or for more than one business enterprise conducted by the same 



2094 



UNFINISHED BUSINESS. 



December 5, 1910. 



person, firm or corporation, in separate enclosures on any one floor, shall have 
a brick dividing wall for every fifty feet of street frontage, if of ordinary 
construction, or for every eighty feet of street frontage, if of slow-burning or 
mill construction, and such dividing walls shall extend from the front to the rear , 
wall and such dividing walls and the doors therein shall